HSBC
HSBC
#45
Rank
A$437.49 B
Marketcap
A$127.43
Share price
0.63%
Change (1 day)
59.98%
Change (1 year)

HSBC - 20-F annual report


Text size:

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 5, 2004.

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F


  REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE 
     SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
   
 
or
 
   
 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
 
      SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
 

 

 
 
     For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003
 
   
 
or
 
   
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
      SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from N/A to N/A

Commission file number: 1-14930

HSBC Holdings plc
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

N/AUnited Kingdom
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation)

8 Canada Square
London E14 5HQ
United Kingdom
(Address of principal executive offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:

Title of each className of each exchange on which registered
 
Ordinary Shares, nominal value US$0.50 each.


American Depository Shares, each representing 5 Ordinary
Shares of nominal value US$0.50 each.
London Stock Exchange
Hong Kong Stock Exchange
Euronext Paris
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:

None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:

None


     Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the period covered by the annual report:

Ordinary Shares, nominal value US$0.50 each
10,998,301,166
  

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes No

     Indicate by check mark which financial statements Item the registrant has elected to follow:

Item 17 Item 18

 

 

 

 
 
 



Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Table of Contents

  

 


 

Certain Defined Terms

  
   
   
Unless the context requires otherwise, ‘HSBC Holdings’ means HSBC Holdings plc and ‘HSBC’ or the ‘Group’ means HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiary undertakings. Within this document the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China is referred to as ‘Hong Kong’.

 


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Highlights

  
  
  
HSBC’s Financial Statements and Notes thereon, as set out on pages 233 to 366, are prepared in accordance with UK Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (‘UK GAAP’). HSBC uses the US dollar as its reporting currency because the US dollar and currencies linked to it form the major currency bloc in which HSBC transacts its business. As HSBC is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, it also reconciles certain financial information to US Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (‘US GAAP’), which differ in certain respects from UK GAAP as explained on page 326 and reconciled in Note 50 of the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’. Unless otherwise stated, the numbers presented in this document have been prepared in accordance with UK GAAP.

     HSBC judges its own performance by comparing returns before goodwill amortisation on cash invested as HSBC believes this gives an important measure of its underlying performance and facilitates comparison with its peer group. Profit before goodwill amortisation is derived by adjusting reported earnings to eliminate the impact of the amortisation of goodwill arising on acquisitions. The derivation of non-GAAP measures from the equivalent reported measures is explained in the ‘Footnotes to Financial Highlights’ on page 4.

 2003 2002 
US$mUS$m
For the year (excluding goodwill amortisation)    
Operating profit before provisions119,990 11,641 
Profit on ordinary activities before tax214,401 10,513 
Profit attributable to shareholders210,359 7,102 
     
For the year (as reported)    
Operating profit before provisions18,540 10,787 
Profit on ordinary activities before tax12,816 9,650 
Profit attributable to shareholders8,774 6,239 
Dividends(6,532)(5,001)
     
At year-end    
Shareholders’ funds374,473 51,765 
Capital resources74,042 57,430 
Customer accounts and deposits by banks643,556 548,371 
Total assets31,034,216 758,605 
Risk-weighted assets618,662 430,551 
     
 US$ US$ 
Per ordinary share4    
Basic earnings0.84 0.67 
Earnings excluding goodwill amortisation50.99 0.76 
Diluted earnings0.83 0.66 
Dividends0.60 0.53 
Net asset value at year end6.79 5.46 
     
 
At
31 December
2003
 
At
31 December
2002
 
     
Share information    
US$0.50 ordinary shares in issue10,960m9,481m
Market capitalisationUS$172bnUS$105bn
Closing market price per ordinary share:    
– London£8.78 £6.87 
– Hong KongHK$122.50 HK$85.25 
Closing market price per American Depositary Share (‘ADS’) 6US$78.82 US$54.98 
     
 HSBC Benchmark 
 Total shareholder return to 31 December 20037    
 over 1 year136 132 
since 1 January 19998211 126 
     
For the above footnotes, see ‘Footnotes to Financial Highlights’ on page 4.    

1


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

FinancialHighlights(continued)

  
     
     
Capital and performance ratios    
 
2003
%
  
2002
%
 
Capital ratios    
Tier 1 capital8.9 9.0 
Total capital12.0 13.3 
     
Performance ratios (excluding goodwill amortisation)    
Return on average invested capital913.7 12.9 
Return on average net tangible equity10,1124.7 20.1 
Post-tax return on average tangible assets111.21 1.11 
Post-tax return on average risk-weighted assets112.07 1.95 
     
Performance ratios (as reported)    
Return on average shareholders’ funds313.0 12.4 
Post-tax return on average total assets31.01 0.97 
Post-tax return on average risk-weighted assets1.78 1.74 
     
Credit coverage ratios    
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts as a percentage of operating profits before goodwill amortisation and provisions30.5 11.3 
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts as a percentage of average gross customer advances:    
– in aggregate1.2 0.4 
– Consumer Finance (Household)125.2 n/a 
– other HSBC0.4 0.4 
Total provisions outstanding as a percentage of non-performing loans at year end:    
– in aggregate91.0 86.7 
– Consumer Finance (Household)12110.5 n/a 
– other HSBC82.1 86.7 
     
Efficiency and revenue mix ratios    
Cost:income ratio (excluding goodwill amortisation)1351.3 56.2 
As a percentage of total operating income:    
– net interest income62.3 58.1 
– other operating income37.7 41.9 
– net fees and commissions25.3 29.4 
– dealing profits5.3 4.9 
     
Constant currency
 
Constant currency comparatives in respect of 2002 and 2001, used in the 2003 and 2002 commentaries respectively, are computed by retranslating into US dollars:
  
the profit and loss accounts for 2002 and 2001 of non-US dollar branches, subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates at the average rates of exchange for 2003 and 2002 respectively; and
the balance sheets at 31 December 2002 and 2001 for non-US dollar branches, subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates at the rates of exchange ruling at 31 December 2003 and 2002 respectively.
 No adjustment is made to the exchange rates used to translate foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities into the functional currency of any HSBC branches, subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates.
  

 

 2003 compared with 2002 2002 compared with 2001 
 
 
 
 
As
reported
  
Constant
currency
  
As
reported
  
Constant
currency
 
 % % % % 
Operating income and cost growth        
Net interest income66 58 5 6 
Fees and commissions (net)33 24 5 4 
Dealing profits66 58 (22)(23)
Total operating income54 46 3 3 
Administrative expenses (excluding goodwill        
   amortisation)41 32 2 (4)

For the above footnotes, see ‘Footnotes to Financial Highlights’ on page 4.

 

2


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

FinancialHighlights(continued)

  
           
           
Five-year comparison          
           
  
2003
US$m
  
2002
US$m
3 
2001
US$m
3 
2000
US$m
3 
1999
US$m
 
At year-end          
Share capital5,481 4,741 4,678 4,634 4,230 
Shareholders’ funds74,473 51,765345,688345,631 34,40217
Capital resources1474,042 57,430 50,854 50,964 44,270 
Customer accounts573,130 495,438 449,991 427,069 359,972 
Undated subordinated loan capital3,617 3,540 3,479 3,546 3,235 
Dated subordinated loan capital17,580 14,831 12,001 12,676 12,188 
Loans and advances to customers15528,977 352,344 308,649 289,837 253,567 
Total assets1,034,216 758,6053695,5453673,503 569,90817
           
For the year          
Net interest income25,598 15,460 14,725 13,723 11,990 
Other operating income15,474 11,135 11,163 10,850 9,012 
Operating profit before provisions18,540 10,787 10,484 10,486 9,653 
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts(6,093)(1,321)(2,037)(932)(2,073)
Profit on ordinary activities before tax12,816 9,650 8,000 9,775 7,982 
Profit attributable to shareholders8,774 6,239 4,992 6,457 5,408 
Dividends(6,532)(5,001)(4,467)(4,010)(2,872)
           
 US$US$US$US$US$ 
Per ordinary share4          
Basic earnings0.84 0.67 0.54 0.74 0.65 
Earnings excluding goodwill amortisation50.99 0.76 0.63 0.80 0.66 
Diluted earnings0.83 0.66 0.53 0.73 0.65 
Dividends0.60 0.53 0.48 0.435 0.34 
Net asset value at year end6.79 5.46 4.88 4.92 3.95 
           
Share information          
US$0.50 ordinary shares in issue10,960m9,481m9,355m9,268m8,458m
           
 % % % % % 
           
Financial ratios          
Dividend payout ratio1660.6 69.7 76.2 54.4 51.5 
Post-tax return on average total assets1.01 0.9730.8631.31 1.20 
Return on average shareholders’ funds13.0 12.4310.6315.8 17.5 
Average shareholders’ funds to average total assets7.06 6.9136.8736.64 6.24 
           
Capital ratios          
Tier 1 capital8.9 9.0 9.0 9.0 8.5 
Total capital12.0 13.3 13.0 13.3 13.2 
           
Foreign exchange translation rates to US$          
Closing       – US$1:£0.560 0.620 0.690 0.670 0.620 
                     – US$1:€0.793 0.953 1.130 1.076 0.996 
Average      – US$1:£0.612 0.666 0.695 0.660 0.618 
                     – US$1:€0.885 1.061 1.117 1.084 0.943 

For the above footnotes, see ‘Footnotes to Financial Highlights’ on page 4.

 

3


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

FinancialHighlights(continued)

  
           
Five-year comparison (continued)          
           
Amounts in accordance with US GAAP          
  
2003
US$m
  
2002
US$m
  
2001
US$m
  
2000
US$m
  
1999
US$m
 
Income statement for the year          
Net income available for ordinary          
   shareholders7,231 4,900 4,911 6,236 4,889 
Other comprehensive income7,401 5,502 (1,439)(511)(776)
Dividends(6,974)(4,632)(4,394)(3,137)(2,617)
           
Balance sheet at 31 December          
Total assets1,012,023 763,565 698,312 680,076 574,588 
Shareholders’ funds80,251 55,831 48,444 48,072 35,930 
           
 US$ US$ US$ US$ US$ 
Per ordinary share          
Basic earnings0.69 0.52 0.53 0.71 0.59 
Diluted earnings0.69 0.52 0.53 0.70 0.58 
Dividends0.685 0.495 0.48 0.34 0.31 
Net asset value at year end7.32 5.89 5.18 5.19 4.25 
           
           
Footnotes to Financial Highlights
  
1Operating profit before provisions and excluding goodwill amortisation can be reconciled to the equivalent reported measure by deducting goodwill amortisation of US$1,450 million ( 2002: US$854 million).
  
2The profit on ordinary activities before tax and the profit attributable to shareholders excluding, in each case, goodwill amortisation, can be reconciled to the equivalent reported measures by deducting goodwill amortisation, including that attributable to joint ventures and associates, of US$1,585 million (2002: US$863 million).
  
3The figures for shareholders’ funds, total assets and average total assets for 2002 and, in the Five-year comparison, 2001 and 2000, have been restated to reflect the adoption of Urgent Issues Task Force (‘UITF’) Abstracts 37 ‘Purchases and sales of own shares’, and 38 ‘Accounting for ESOP trusts’, details of which are set out in Note 1 of the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on pages 239 to 240. The 1999 comparatives in the Five-year comparison have not been restated as any adjustment would not significantly alter the figures. Therefore, any benefit to be obtained from restatement would be outweighed by the cost of the exercise.
  
4Per ordinary share amounts reported here and throughout the document reflect the share capital reorganisation on 2 July 1999.
  
5Earnings excluding goodwill amortisation per ordinary share are calculated by dividing profit excluding goodwill amortisation attributable to shareholders (as explained in note 2 above) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue and held outside the Group during the year, which is the same number used in the calculation of basic earnings per share on a reported basis.
  
6Each ADS represents 5 ordinary shares.
  
7Total shareholder return (‘TSR’) is defined on page 218.
  
8HSBC’s governing objective for its five year strategic plan ended 31 December 2003 was to beat the TSR of its defined peer group benchmark. An additional target objective was set to achieve a doubling of TSR over the five years beginning on 1 January 1999.
  
9The definition of return on invested capital and a reconciliation to the equivalent GAAP measures are set out on page 58.
  
10The return on average net tangible equity is defined as attributable profit excluding goodwill amortisation of US$10,359 million (2002: US$7,102 million) divided by average shareholders’ funds after deduction of average purchased goodwill of US$42.0 billion (2002: US$35.3 billion).
  
11 Average net tangible equity and average tangible assets are calculated by deducting average purchased goodwill net of cumulative amortisation of US$25.4 billion (2002: US$15.0 billion). The calculation of average risk-weighted assets is the same for both the reported basis and that excluding goodwill amortisation.
  
12Annualised on the basis of the period of ownership in the year of acquisition.
  
13The cost:income ratio, excluding goodwill amortisation, is defined as operating expenses excluding goodwill amortisation of US$1,450 million (2002: US$854 million) divided by operating income.
  
14Capital resources are defined on page 173. A detailed computation for 2003 and 2002 is provided on page 175.
  
15 Net of suspended interest and provisions for bad and doubtful debts
  
16Dividends per share expressed as a percentage of earnings per share (excluding goodwill amortisation)
  
17Apart from shareholders’ funds and total assets at the 1999 year-end, the 1999 comparatives have not been restated to reflect the adoption of UK Financial Reporting Standard 19 ‘Deferred tax’ in 2002 as any adjustment made would not significantly alter the figures. Therefore, any benefit to be obtained from restatement would be outweighed by the cost of the exercise.
  

 

4


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  
  

This Annual Report contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of HSBC.

     Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about HSBC’s beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Words such as ‘expects’, ‘anticipates’, ‘intends’, ‘plans’, ‘believes’, ‘seeks’, ‘estimates’, ‘potential’, ‘reasonably possible’ and variations of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are based on current plans, estimates and projections, and therefore undue reliance should not be placed on them. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and it should not be assumed that they have been revised or updated in the light of new information or future events.

     Written and/or oral forward-looking statements may also be made in the periodic reports to the US Securities and Exchange Commission, summary financial statements to shareholders, proxy statements, offering circulars and prospectuses, press releases and other written materials, and in oral statements made by HSBC’s Directors, officers or employees to third parties, including financial analysts.

     Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties. Readers are cautioned that a number of factors could cause actual results to differ, in some instances materially, from those anticipated or implied in any forward-looking statement. These factors include, among others:

·  changes in general economic conditions in the markets in which HSBC operates, such as:
   
 

-

changes in foreign exchange rates, in both market exchange rates (for example, between the US dollar and the pound sterling) and government-established exchange rates (for example, between the Hong Kong dollar and the US dollar);
   
 -volatility in interest rates;
   
 -  volatility in equity markets, including in the smaller and less liquid trading markets in Asia and South America;
   
 -  lack of liquidity in wholesale funding markets in periods of economic or political crisis;
 -  volatility in national real estate markets, particularly consumer-owned real estate markets;
   
 -continuing or deepening recessions and employment fluctuations; and
   
 -  consumer perception as to the continuing availability of credit, and price competition in the market segments served by HSBC.
  
·  changes in governmental policy and regulation, including:
   
 -  the monetary, interest rate and other policies of central banks and bank and other regulatory authorities, including the UK Financial Services Authority, the Bank of England, the Hong Kong Monetary Authority, the US Federal Reserve, the European Central Bank, the People’s Bank of China and the central banks of other leading economies and markets where HSBC operates;
   
 -  expropriation, nationalisation, confiscation of assets and changes in legislation relating to foreign ownership;
   
 -  initiatives by local, state and national regulatory agencies or legislative bodies to revise the practices, pricing or responsibilities of financial institutions serving their consumer markets;
   
 -  changes in personal bankruptcy legislation in the principal markets in which HSBC operates and the consequences thereof;
   
 -  general changes in governmental policy that may significantly influence investor decisions in particular markets in which HSBC operates;
   
 -  other unfavourable political or diplomatic developments producing social instability or legal uncertainty which in turn may affect demand for HSBC’s products and services;
   
 -  the costs, effects and outcomes of regulatory reviews, actions or litigation, including any additional compliance requirements;

5


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements (continued)

  
  
 -  the ability of the Government of Argentina to attract international support for the measures necessary to restructure its debt obligations and create a viable financial system with stability in monetary, fiscal and exchange rate policies; and
   
 -  the effects of competition in the markets where HSBC operates including increased competition resulting from new types of affiliations between banks and financial services companies, including securities firms, particularly in the United States.
  
·  factors specific to HSBC:
   
 -  the success of HSBC in adequately identifying the risks it faces, such as the incidence of loan losses or delinquency, and
  managing those risks (through account management, hedging and other techniques). Effective risk management depends on, among other things, HSBC’s ability through stress testing and other techniques to prepare for events that cannot be captured by the statistical models it uses; and
   
 -the success of HSBC in integrating the recently acquired Grupo Financiero Bital S.A. de C.V. (now Grupo Financiero HSBC S.A. de C.V. (‘HSBC Mexico’)), Household International, Inc. (‘Household’), Losango Promotora de Vendas, and The Bank of Bermuda Limited.


 

Information About the Enforceability of Judgements made in the United States

  
  

HSBC Holdings is a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales. Most of HSBC Holdings’ Directors and executive officers live outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible to serve process on such persons or HSBC Holdings in the United States or to enforce judgements obtained in US courts against them or HSBC Holdings based on civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States. There is doubt as to whether English courts would enforce:

·  certain civil liabilities under US securities laws

in original actions; or

· 
judgements of US courts based upon these civil liability provisions.

     In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in the United Kingdom. The enforceability of any judgement in the United Kingdom will depend on the particular facts of the case as well as the laws and treaties in effect at the time.

 


Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting Equity Security Holders

  
  

There are currently no UK laws, decrees or regulations which would prevent the transfer of capital or remittance of distributable profits by way of dividends and other payments to holders of HSBC Holdings’ equity securities who are not residents of the United Kingdom. There are also no restrictions

under the laws of the United Kingdom or the terms of the Memorandum and Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings concerning the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold HSBC Holdings’ equity securities or, when entitled to vote, to do so.


 

6


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Description of Business

  
  

Introduction

HSBC is one of the largest banking and financial services organisations in the world, with a market capitalisation of US$172 billion at 31 December 2003.

     Headquartered in London, HSBC operates through long-established businesses and has an international network of over 9,500 offices in 79 countries and territories in five regions: Europe; Hong Kong; the rest of Asia-Pacific, including the Middle East and Africa; North America; and South America. Within these geographical regions, a comprehensive range of financial services is offered to personal, commercial, corporate, institutional, investment and private banking clients. HSBC manages its business through the following customer groups: Personal Financial Services; Commercial Banking; Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets; and Private Banking. Whilst part of Personal Financial Services, the consumer finance operations of Household are currently a distinct business and have been separately identified accordingly. Services are delivered through businesses which usually operate as domestic banks, typically with large retail deposit bases and strong liquidity and capital ratios. In North America, Household is one of the largest consumer finance companies in the US, and is substantially funded in the wholesale market. By using HSBC’s extensive technological links, businesses are able to access its wide range of products and services and adapt them to local customer needs.

     The establishment of HSBC and its hexagon symbol as a uniform, international brand has ensured that it has become an increasingly familiar sight across the world.

History and development

The founding member of HSBC, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (‘The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation’), was established in Hong Kong and Shanghai in 1865. The bank expanded rapidly, with an emphasis on building up representation in China and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region, whilst also establishing a presence in the major financial and trading centres in Europe and America.

     In the mid-1950s, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation embarked on a strategy of pursuing profitable growth through acquisition as well as organic development – a combination that has remained a key feature of HSBC’s approach ever since.

     As each acquisition has been made, HSBC has focused on integrating its newly acquired operations with its existing businesses with a view to maximising the synergy between the various components. Key to this integration process is to blend local and international expertise.

     The most significant developments are described below. Other acquisitions in 2003 are discussed in the section headed ‘Business highlights in 2003’ under the relevant geographical region on pages 15 to 26.

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation purchased The Mercantile Bank of India Limited and The British Bank of the Middle East (now HSBC Bank Middle East Limited) in 1959. In 1965, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation acquired a 51 per cent interest (subsequently increased to 62.14 per cent) in Hang Seng Bank Limited (‘Hang Seng Bank’), consolidating its position in Hong Kong. Hang Seng Bank is the second-largest listed bank in Hong Kong by market capitalisation.

     From the beginning of the 1980s, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation began to focus its acquisition strategy on the UK. In 1987, it purchased a 14.9 per cent interest in Midland Bank plc, now HSBC Bank plc (‘HSBC Bank’), one of the UK’s principal clearing banks. In 1991, HSBC Holdings plc was established as the parent company of HSBC and, in 1992, HSBC Holdings purchased the remaining interests in HSBC Bank. In connection with this acquisition, HSBC’s head office was transferred from Hong Kong to London in January 1993. To expand its base in the euro zone, in October 2000 HSBC completed its acquisition of 99.99 per cent of the issued share capital of CCF S.A. (‘CCF’), a major French banking group.

     The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation entered the US market in 1980 by acquiring a 51 per cent interest in Marine Midland Banks, Inc. (now HSBC USA Inc.). The remaining interest was acquired in 1987.


 

7


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Description of Business (continued)

  
  

     In 1981, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation incorporated its extant Canadian operations. HSBC Bank Canada has since made numerous acquisitions, expanding rapidly to become the largest foreign-owned bank in Canada and the seventh-largest overall at 31 December 2003.

     In 1997, HSBC assumed selected assets, liabilities and subsidiaries of Banco Bamerindus do Brasil S.A. following the intervention of the Central Bank of Brazil, and completed the acquisition of Grupo Roberts in Argentina.

     In December 1999, HSBC acquired Republic New York Corporation, subsequently merged with HSBC USA Inc., and Safra Republic Holdings S.A. (together ‘Republic’).

     In 2002, HSBC made further steps in expanding its presence in North America, completing the acquisition of 99.59 per cent of Grupo Financiero Bital S.A. de C.V. (now ‘HSBC Mexico’), the fifth-largest banking group in Mexico measured by deposits and assets.

     Mainland China remains a critical long-term growth area for the Group. In 2002, HSBC completed the acquisition of a 10 per cent equity stake in Ping An Insurance Company of China Limited. Ping An Insurance is the second-largest life insurer and the third-largest insurer in mainland China.

     In March 2003, HSBC acquired Household International, Inc. (‘Household’) for a consideration of approximately US$14.8 billion. The acquisition has significantly increased the contribution from HSBC’s North American business. In particular, Household offers HSBC national coverage in the US for consumer lending, credit cards and credit insurance through varied distribution channels, including over 1,300 branch offices in 45 states.

     In October 2003, HSBC agreed to acquire The Bank of Bermuda Limited for US$1.3 billion, adding a strong position in the local banking market in Bermuda and significant scale and geographical spread to HSBC’s existing international fund administration, private banking, trust and payments, and cash management businesses. The acquisition was completed on 18 February 2004.

     In December 2003, HSBC acquired substantially all of Lloyds TSB Group plc’s onshore and offshore businesses and assets related to Brazil for US$745 million. Included in the transaction was the

acquisition of all the shares of Banco Lloyds TSB S.A. – Banco Múltiplo and a consumer finance company, Losango Promotora de Vendas (‘Losango’).

Outlook

     In 2004, the Group has already seen growth in consumer spending and borrowing, in increased merger and acquisition activity, and a modest resumption of growth in demand for equity investment products. The Group also sees improving prospects for economic growth and private sector employment, particularly in the US and in Hong Kong.

     In emerging markets, such as Brazil, Mexico and the ASEAN countries, relatively stable currencies and historically low interest rates are promoting consumer activity, fuelling domestic growth and reducing export dependence. China plays an increasingly important role, not only through its export growth, but also as the fastest growing market for commodity producing countries and for those developed countries which are supplying the technology, equipment and services to support its economic expansion.

     The Group is conscious of the changing nature of the global economy and the speed of change and continues to monitor the impact on sentiment and consumer spending of globally strong property prices, which continue to rise faster than underlying wage growth in many developed markets. While such rises are understandable in the context of low interest rates and limited appetite for alternative investment opportunities, in the long run property prices have to be linked to income growth.

     The picture for 2004 therefore is one of improving sentiment and stronger growth prospects in the near term, but with the potential risk of an unexpected shock as a result of circumstances which would cause a spike in either short-term interest rates or commodity prices.

     Against this backdrop HSBC expects to concentrate on building its businesses steadily. HSBC expects to see lending to consumers around the world rise as a proportion of our total lending, with the emphasis on real estate secured lending. The Group also expect to see business in the US grow in importance to HSBC as the potential of the


 

8


Back to Contents

Household acquisition is realised and as the US economy shows its flexibility and responds to the lower value of the dollar.

Strategy

At the end of 1998, HSBC launched Managing for Value, a five-year plan to take the Group into the 21st Century. Over the life of the plan, HSBC made significant progress against the eight strategic imperatives included therein.

     Under Managing for Value, HSBC established HSBC and its hexagon symbol as a globally recognised brand and greatly increased the scope and penetration of its wealth management services in a number of key markets. Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets operations were completely integrated, enabling the Group to pursue a strategy of seamlessly servicing the needs of the largest international companies and institutions, and build corporate origination and cross-selling capabilities. A risk adjusted cost of capital methodology was introduced and applied. (For the application of economic profit in HSBC and its results for 2003 see page 58.) Good progress was made against the other strategic imperatives announced under the initiative.

     In financial terms, HSBC achieved its objective of doubling Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’) and beating the TSR performance of a peer group of leading banks over the period. TSR is a measure of the growth in the value of a share over a specific period with dividends reinvested. Starting with a benchmark of 100 on 31 December 1998, HSBC’s TSR more than doubled to 211 on 31 December 2003, while that of its peer group stood at 126.

     As HSBC worked on its strategic plan for the next five years it was clear that there were many opportunities to develop HSBC’s businesses further, and also that HSBC could build more from the structural and business changes achieved in the recent past. For instance, during the five years of Managing for Value, HSBC made investments in the US (Republic and Household), France (CCF) and Mexico (HSBC Mexico), as a result of which an additional 100,000 employees joined the Group. This expansion changed the profile of HSBC’s business, increased the complexity of the Group and brought new management and business challenges as well as exciting opportunities.

     The new plan, developed to build on the achievements of the Managing for Value strategy and take the Group forward, is now being implemented. This plan, called Managing for Growth, was launched at the end of 2003. It provides HSBC with a blueprint for growth and development during the next five years. The plan is an evolutionary, not revolutionary, strategy. It builds on HSBC’s strengths and it addresses the areas where further improvement is considered both desirable and attainable.

     Management’s vision for the Group remains unchanged: HSBC aims to be the world’s leading financial services company. In this context, ‘leading’ means preferred, admired and dynamic, and being recognised for giving the customer a fair deal. HSBC will strive to secure and maintain a leading position within each of its customer groups in selected markets.

     HSBC will remain focused on growing its TSR. In an era of low interest rates and low nominal growth rates, HSBC remains committed to exceeding a benchmark based on peer group comparison. For full details of the benchmark, see page 217. The peer group of banks has been updated to include HSBC’s current principal competitors, and HSBC will chart its TSR progress on a three-year rolling basis and over the five-year plan period.

     HSBC’s core values are integral to its strategy, and communicating them to shareholders, customers and employees is intrinsic to the plan. These values comprise a preference for long-term, ethical client relationships; high productivity through teamwork; a confident and ambitious sense of excellence; being international in outlook and character; prudence; creativity and strong marketing.

     In the plan, HSBC also recognises its corporate social responsibility (‘CSR’), which is essential to sustaining the Group’s long-term success in the community. HSBC has always had a strong sense of corporate social responsibility, and believes that there is no fundamental conflict between being a good corporate citizen and being sustainably profitable. Moreover, the pressures to comply with public expectations across a wide spectrum of social, ethical and environmental issues are growing rapidly. The strategy therefore calls for a renewed recognition of HSBC’s wider obligations to society and for increased external communication of the Group’s CSR policies and performance, particularly on education and the environment, which will remain


 

9


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Description of Business (continued)

  
  

the principal beneficiaries of HSBC’s philanthropic activities.

     HSBC’s new plan is led by customer groups, and specific strategies will be implemented for each of them. The expression ‘customer group’ is new in 2003. Previously ‘customer groups’ were called ‘lines of business’, but HSBC believes the new term reinforces more accurately to all its employees the Group’s customer focus.

     The acquisition of Household in 2003 highlighted the importance within Personal Financial Services of a distinctive customer group, Consumer Finance, to augment HSBC’s existing activities in Personal Financial Services. HSBC’s other customer groups are Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets; Commercial Banking; and Private Banking.

     Key elements in achieving HSBC’s objectives for its customer groups will be accelerating the rate of growth of revenue; developing the brand strategy further; improving productivity; and maintaining the Group’s prudent risk management and strong financial position. Developing the skills of HSBC’s staff will also be critical and it will be necessary to ensure that all employees understand how they can contribute to the successful achievement of the Group’s objectives. Employees who achieve this contribution will be rewarded accordingly.

     Operating management will continue to be organised geographically under four regional intermediate head offices, with business activities concentrated in locations where growth and critical mass are to be found.

 The plan contains eight strategic imperatives:
  
Brand: make HSBC and its hexagon symbol one of the world’s leading brands for customer experience and corporate social responsibility;
  
Personal Financial Services (‘PFS’): drive growth in key markets and through appropriate channels to make HSBC the strongest global player in PFS;
  
Consumer Finance: extend HSBC’s new business to existing customers and penetrate new markets;
  
Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets: accelerate growth through enhanced capital markets and advisory capabilities focused on the client;
Commercial Banking: make the most of HSBC’s international customer base through effective customer relationship management and improved product offering in all the Group’s markets;
  
Private Banking: serve the Group’s highest value personal clients around the world, utilising the investments already made;
  
Attract, develop and motivate HSBC’s people, rewarding success and rejecting mediocrity; and
  
TSR: fulfil HSBC’s TSR target by achieving strong competitive performances in earnings per share growth and efficiency.
  
Employees and management

At 31 December 2003, HSBC’s customers were served by 232,000 employees (including part-time employees) worldwide, compared with 192,000 at 31 December 2002 and 180,000 at 31 December 2001. The main centres of employment are the UK with 56,000 employees, the US (43,000), Hong Kong (24,000), Brazil (25,000), Mexico (18,500) and France (14,000). HSBC negotiates with recognised unions, and estimates that approximately 44 per cent of its employees are unionised. The highest concentrations of union membership are in Brazil, France, India, Malaysia, Malta, Mexico, the Philippines, Singapore and the UK. HSBC has not experienced any material disruptions to its operations from labour disputes during the past five years.

     In support of its new strategy, HSBC continues to focus on attracting, developing and motivating the very best individuals. Emphasis is therefore given to performance management; reward; talent management, including graduate recruitment and international secondments; diversity; and learning and development. Ensuring that employee satisfaction with the working experience is kept as high as possible is seen as beneficial to shareholders, employees and customers alike.

     HSBC is proud of its diverse workforce, which is able to communicate with HSBC’s customers in local languages and dialects across 79 countries and territories. A continuing focus on policies that encourage an inclusive working environment and the development of career opportunities for all, regardless of ethnicity, gender or grade, is a key part of positioning HSBC as an employer of choice.


 

10


Back to Contents

     HSBC operates in a highly competitive and international business environment and as such is obliged to manage its costs realistically, responding to the availability of talent pools which are proven to be both efficient and cost effective. This can lead to the migration of tasks to different geographical locations as education levels improve, and as investments in technology and telecommunications facilitate access to those locations. As a result, job losses can arise. HSBC has a good record of communicating openly and sensitively in these circumstances and of reassigning employees and minimising compulsory redundancies, wherever possible.

     The quality of HSBC’s employees represents a significant competitive advantage. The international mix of staff, working in a meritocracy, enables HSBC to resource operations with employees who have a detailed knowledge of local markets, whilst maintaining a global perspective. To maintain this balance, international mobility is seen as vital to sharing best practice and is actively encouraged and managed. HSBC promotes and recruits the most able and attaches great importance to cultivating its own talent. It values teamwork and collective management. Senior management succession is planned to be as seamless as possible.

Customer Groups

Profit before tax by customer group

Year ended 31 December 2003

Total assets by customer group
Year ended 31 December 2003

*excludes Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

Personal Financial Services

Personal Financial Services provides some 39 million individual and self-employed customers with a wide range of banking and related financial services. Customer Relationship Management (‘CRM’) systems and processes are used by HSBC employees to recognise and fulfil customer needs by identifying appropriate products and services and delivering them to the customer through their channel of preference. Examples include current, cheque and savings accounts; loans and home finance; cards; payments; insurance; and investment services, including securities trading. Insurance products sold and distributed by HSBC through its branch networks include loan and health protection; life, property, casualty and health insurance; and pensions. HSBC acts as both a broker and an underwriter, and sees continuing opportunities to deliver insurance products to its personal customer base.

     Personal Financial Services are increasingly delivered via self-service terminals, the telephone and the internet. Comprehensive financial planning services, covering customers’ investment, retirement, personal and asset protection needs are offered through specialist financial planning managers.

     High net worth individuals and their families who choose the differentiated services offered within Private Banking are not included in this segment.

     The most valuable of the 39 million Personal Financial Service customers worldwide are offered HSBC Premier. HSBC currently has more than 880,000 HSBC Premier customers, who have access to more than 250 specialised Premier centres located in 31 countries. In addition to the standard range of personal banking products and services, HSBC Premier customers receive dedicated relationship


11


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Description of Business (continued)

  

 

management and 24 hour priority telephone access and global travel assistance. In 2003 HSBC Premier International Services were introduced in eight countries, providing seamless account opening and credit history transfer across borders for HSBC Premier customers.

Consumer Finance

Within Personal Financial Services, Household’s operations in the US, the UK and Canada make credit available to customer groups not well catered for by traditional banking operations, facilitate point of sale credit in support of retail trading purchases and support major affiliate credit card programmes. At 31 December 2003 Household had over 60 million customers with total gross advances of US$121.7 billion. Consumer Finance products are offered through the following businesses:

     Household’s consumer lending business is one of the largest sub-prime home equity originators in the US, marketed under the HFC and Beneficial brand names through a network of over 1,300 branches in 45 states, direct mail, telemarketing, strategic alliances and the internet. ‘Sub-prime’ is a US categorisation which describes customers who have limited credit histories, modest incomes, high debt-to-income ratios, high loan-to-value ratios (for real estate secured products) or have experienced credit problems caused by occasional delinquencies, prior charge-offs, bankruptcy or other credit related actions. Consumer lending products include secured and unsecured loans such as first and second lien closed-end mortgages, open-ended home equity loans, personal loans and retail finance contracts.

     Household’s mortgage services business purchases first and second lien residential mortgage loans from a network of over 200 unaffiliated third party lenders (‘correspondents’) in the US. Purchases are either of pools of loans (‘bulk acquisitions’) or individual loan portfolios (‘flow acquisitions’) made under predetermined underwriting guidelines. Forward commitments are offered to selected correspondents to strengthen relationships and create a sustainable growth channel for this business. Household, through its subsidiary Decision One, also offers mortgage loans referred by mortgage brokers.

Household’s retail services business is one of the largest providers of third party private label credit cards (or store cards) in the US based on receivables

outstanding, with over 60 merchant relationships and 14 million active customer accounts.

     In addition to originating and refinancing motor vehicle loans, Household’s motor vehicle finance business purchases retail instalment contracts of US customers who do not have access to traditional prime based lending sources. The loans are largely sourced from a network of approximately 5,000 motor dealers.

     Household’s credit card services business is the seventh largest issuer of MasterCard1 and Visa1 credit cards in the US, and also includes affiliation cards such as the GM Card ® and the AFL-CIO Union Plus2 ® credit card. Also, credit cards issued in the name of Household’s Household Bank and Orchard Bank brands ar e offered to customers under-served by traditional providers, or are marketed primarily through merchant relationships established by the retail services business.

     A wide range of insurance services is offered by Household to customers in the US, the UK and Canada who are typically under-insured by traditional sources. The purchase of insurance is never a condition of any loan or credit advanced by Household.

     The refund lending business accelerates access to funds for US taxpayers who are entitled to tax refunds. The business is seasonal with most revenues generated in the first three months of the year.

     Household’s business in the UK provides mid-market consumers with mortgages, secured and unsecured loans, insurance products, credit cards and retail finance products. It concentrates on customer service through its 216 HFC Bank and Beneficial branches, and finances consumer electronics through its retail finance operations. In Canada, similar products are offered and, deposits are taken through Household’s trust operations there.

Commercial Banking

HSBC is one of the world’s leading banks in the

1MasterCard is a registered trademark of MasterCard International, Incorporated and Visa is a registered trademark of Visa USA, Inc.
2The Union plus MasterCard and Visa credit card programme is an affinity arrangement with Union Privilege under which credit cards are offered to members of unions affiliated with the American Federation of Labor and Congress of Industrial organisations (‘AFL-CIO’).

12


Back to Contents

provision of financial services and products to small and medium-sized businesses, with over 2 million business customers including sole proprietors, partnerships, clubs and associations, incorporated businesses and publicly quoted companies.

     At 31 December 2003, HSBC had total commercial customer deposits of US$111.5 billion and total commercial customer loans and advances, net of suspended interest and provisions for bad and doubtful debts, of US$103.5 billion.

     The Commercial Banking segment places particular emphasis on multi-disciplinary and geographical collaboration in meeting its commercial customers’ needs. This differentiated service allows HSBC to broaden and enhance its offering to its Commercial Banking customers. The range of products includes:

     Payments and cash management: HSBC is a leading provider of payments, collections, liquidity management and account services worldwide, enabling financial institutions and corporate customers to manage their cash efficiently on a global basis. HSBC’s extensive network of offices and strong domestic capabilities in many countries, including direct access to local clearing systems, enhance its ability to provide high-quality cash management services.

     e-banking: A key component of HSBC’s provision of financial services to commercial customers is continuing innovation and flexibility in electronic delivery solutions.

     Wealth management services: These include advice and products related to savings and investments. They are provided to commercial banking customers and their employees through HSBC’s worldwide network of branches and business banking centres.

     Insurance: HSBC offers insurance protection, employee benefits programmes and pension schemes designed to meet the needs of businesses and their employees, and to help fulfill the applicable statutory obligations of client companies. These products are provided by HSBC either as an intermediary (broker, agent or consultant) or as a supplier of in-house or third party offerings. Products and services include a full range of commercial insurance, including pension schemes; healthcare schemes; ‘key man’ life insurance; car fleet; goods in transit; trade credit protection; risk management and insurance due

diligence reviews; and actuarial/employee benefit consultancy.

     Trade services: HSBC has more than 130 years of experience in trade services. A complete range of traditional documentary credit, collections and financing products is offered, as well as specialised services such as insured export finance, international factoring and forfaiting. HSBC’s expertise is supported by highly automated systems.

     Leasing, finance and factoring: HSBC provides leasing, finance (including instalment and invoice finance) and domestic factoring services, primarily to commercial customers in the UK, Hong Kong and France. Special divisions have been established to finance vehicles, plant and equipment, materials handling, machinery and large complex leases.

Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets

HSBC’s Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets business provides tailored financial solutions to major government, corporate and institutional clients worldwide. Managed as a global business, this customer group operates a long-term relationship management approach to build a full understanding of clients’ financial requirements. Sectoral client service teams comprising relationship managers and product specialists develop financial solutions to meet individual client needs. With dedicated offices in over 50 countries and with access to HSBC’s worldwide presence and capabilities, this business serves subsidiaries and offices of these clients on a global basis.

     Products and services offered include:

     Global Markets: HSBC’s operations in Global Markets consist of treasury and capital markets services for supranationals, central banks, corporations, institutional and private investors, financial institutions and other market participants. Products include:

foreign exchange;
  
currency, interest rate, bond, credit, equity and other specialised derivatives;
  
government and non-government fixed income and money market instruments;
  
precious metals and exchange traded futures;
  
equity services, including research, sales and


13


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Description of Business (continued)

  

 

 

trading for institutional, corporate, private clients and asset management services, including global investment advisory and fund management services; and

  
capital raising, both publicly and privately, including debt and equity capital, structured finance and syndicated finance, and distribution of these instruments utilising links with HSBC’s global networks.
  
     Global Transaction Banking: This includes international, regional and ‘in-country’ payments and cash management services; trade services, particularly the specialised ‘supply chain’ product; and securities services, where HSBC is one of the world’s leading custodians providing custody and clearing services and funds administration to both domestic and cross-border investors. Factoring and banknotes services are also provided by specialist units.
  
     Corporate and Institutional Banking: This includes:
  
direct lending, including structured finance for complex investment facilities;
  
leasing finance with an emphasis on ‘large ticket’ transactions; and
  
deposit-taking.
  
 Global Investment Banking: This comprises:
  
corporate finance and advisory services for mergers and acquisitions, asset disposals, stock exchange listings, privatisations and capital restructurings;
  
project and export finance services providing non-recourse finance to exporters, importers and financial institutions, and working closely with all major export credit agencies; and
  
financing and risk advisory services.
  
     Asset management services: This comprises Asset Management products and services for institutional investors, intermediaries and individual investors and their advisors.
  
Private Banking
  
HSBC is one of the world’s leading international private banking groups with total client funds under management of US$169 billion at 31 December 2003. In December 2003, HSBC announced the
adoption of HSBC Private Bank as the worldwide marketing name for its principal private banking business.
  
     Drawing on the strength of the HSBC Group and utilising the best products from the marketplace, Private Banking works with its clients to offer both traditional and innovative ways to manage and preserve wealth whilst optimising returns. Products and services offered include:
  
     Investment services: These comprise both advisory and discretionary investment services. A wide range of investment vehicles is covered, including bonds, equities, derivatives, structured products, mutual funds and hedge funds. Supported by five major advisory centres in Hong Kong, Singapore, Geneva, New York and London, Private Banking selects and validates the most suitable investments for clients’ needs and investment strategies.
  
     Global wealth solutions: These comprise planning, trustee and other fiduciary services designed to protect existing wealth and create tailored structures to preserve wealth for future generations. Areas of expertise include trusts, foundations, charitable trusts, private investment companies, insurance vehicles and offshore structures.
  
     Specialist advisory services: Private Banking offers expertise in several specialist areas of wealth management including tax advisory, family office advisory, charities and foundations, media, diamonds and jewellery, and real estate. Such specialist advisers are available to deliver products and services which are tailored to meet the full range of high net worth clients’ individual financial needs.
  
     General banking services: These are the ancillary services necessary for the management of clients’ finances. They include treasury and foreign exchange, offshore and onshore deposits, tailor-made loans and internet banking. The skills and products available in HSBC’s other customer groups, such as corporate banking, investment banking and insurance are also offered to Private Banking clients.
  
     HSBC Private Bank is the marketing name for the private banking business conducted by the principal private banking subsidiaries of the HSBC Group worldwide. Private Banking services are also provided by HSBC Guyerzeller and HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt.

 

14


Back to Contents

 Geographical Regions
 
   
 Profit before tax split by geographical region
   
 Year ended 31 December 2003
   
   
 Total assets1split by geographical region
   
 As at 31 December 2003
   
 
   
 1 Excludes Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness.
   
 Business highlights in 2003
   
 For additional information regarding business developments in 2003, as well as comparative information relating to developments in 2002 and 2001, please refer to the ‘Financial Review’ on pages 36-117.
   
 Europe
   
 HSBC’s principal banking subsidiaries in Europe are HSBC Bank, CCF and HSBC Private Bank. HSBC provides a wide range of banking, treasury and financial services to personal, commercial and corporate customers in the UK, France, and across continental Europe, with strong coverage in Malta and Turkey. The bank’s strategy is to build long-term relationships attracting customers through value-for-money products and high-quality service.
General
  
The remarkable efforts of colleagues in Turkey ensured that business returned to normal following the two bomb blasts on 20 November, 2003 which severely damaged the Head Office and a branch in Istanbul. All branches were operating as normal the day after, with the exception of Beyoglu, which was damaged by the bomb at the British Consulate. Head Office employees relocated to a contingency site and the bank’s business recovery planning proved both highly effective and invaluable. In the face of the terrible events, colleagues responded with incredible courage and commitment. HSBC immediately launched support initiatives for the bereaved and those most impacted by the tragic events.
  
In March, HSBC added the consumer finance business, HFC Bank plc (‘HFC Bank’), to its European network as a consequence of the Household acquisition. HFC Bank provides a range of loan and insurance products to over 3.5 million customers throughout the UK, making it one of the country’s largest pure consumer finance businesses.
  
Personal Financial Services
  
For the second year running, HSBC won a major category of the ‘What Mortgage?’ award in the UK and was the Mortgage Magazine winner of the ‘Lender of the Year’ award. First Direct won the Mortgage Advisor and Home Buyer Magazine award for ‘Offset Mortgage of the Year’.
  
In July, HSBC became the first British high street bank to offer an Islamic mortgage to the estimated UK Muslim population of 1.8 million. The Amanah Home Finance product was launched with the backing of HSBC's Dubai-based Amanah Finance division.
  
The Premiercustomer base in the UK grew by 57 per cent to over 280,000. PremierInternational, offering credit history transfer across borders and seamless account opening, was launched in the UK, Jersey (Offshore) and France, while Malta and Greece became the 30thand 31stcountries to offer the HSBC Premierservice.

 

15


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Description of Business(continued)

  

 

In July, HSBC launched HSBC InvestDirect, a new online and telephone investment service in the UK. This provides internet and telephone share-dealing and price information across a broad range of UK equities and gilts.
  
HSBC in the UK was awarded the coveted ‘Five Star Award’ from Money Management magazine for its regular premium stakeholder pensions.
  
HSBC’s Private Clients service was ranked the number one UK Independent Financial Adviser (‘IFA’) in a survey of the top 50 IFAs by
Professional Advisor Magazine again in 2003.
  
In the UK, individual service reviews (a review of a customer’s financial service needs) were completed for more than 800,000 customers during the year, an increase of 67 per cent on 2002.
  
By the end of 2003, over 2 million customers in the UK were registered for personal internet banking and over 4.7 million customers are now registered for telephone banking.
  
Significant progress was made in migrating the UK card issuing business onto Household’s credit card system, improving both operational and cost efficiency. HSBC Card Services issued its highest ever number of new credit cards and gained a record number of competitor balance transfers in the UK, boosted by the introduction of a ‘0%’ balance transfer offer in July.
  
Following successful participation in the UK ‘chip and pin’ trials earlier in the year, HSBC will begin issuing chip and pin enabled credit and debit cards in 2004, delivering greater security for card users and reducing exposure to fraud costs.
  
HSBC expanded its UK debt counselling service for customers with potential repayment difficulties. The service works with customers to construct plans to manage debt more effectively ahead of possible problems.
  
Consumer Finance
  
In June, HFC Bank announced a long-term agreement with the John Lewis Partnership, the employee-owned UK department store and supermarket group, for the joint management and operation of the John Lewis, Peter Jones and Waitrose store card business. The agreement
involves the transfer of US$400 million of loans and 1.8 million cardholders to HFC Bank on a revenue-sharing basis. The bank will work with the John Lewis Partnership to enhance its credit card offering to existing and potential customers.
  
Commercial Banking
  
HSBC’s commitment to supporting new businesses in the UK helped in the formation of over 102,000 start-ups during the year through its ‘Start-up Stars’ programme. Additionally, the bank attracted more than 23,000 new competitor balance transfers in 2003.
  
The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (‘CIMA’) voted HSBC ‘Best Small Business Bank’ following feedback from its Members in Practice Group. The CIMA recognition follows the Forum of Private Business’s announcement of HSBC as the ‘Best High Street Clearing Bank for Small Businesses’, while the UK 200 Group, a consortium of leading accountants, also named HSBC the best bank for business.
  
A new Business Money Manager deposit product was launched in January, attracting an average of 1,700 new accounts per week.
  
During 2003, in response to depolarisation in the UK investments market, the bank introduced a number of Commercial Independent Financial Advisors to provide quality independent financial advice to business customers. Based on the success of the initial pilot, the initiative is being expanded across the network. HSBC is now the number one provider of income protection products in the UK.
  
 HSBC DriverQuote won the award for the ‘most innovative e-delivery channel’ at the Institute of Financial Services’ Financial Innovation Awards 2003. HSBC DriverQuote is the UK bank’s online quotation and ordering system and allows businesses to manage their company car policy over the internet.
  
HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Limited was awarded the Best Factoring Award by Trade Finance Magazine in 2003.
  
Business Moneyfacts, a leading independent finance guide, named HSBC the UK’s ‘Best Computer Banking Provider’. Over 130,000

 

16


Back to Contents

 customers in the UK registered for business internet banking in 2003. Fifty-four per cent of all new business customers register for internet banking at the time of account opening. The value of payments generated using business internet banking now exceeds US$786 million per month. At the Institute of Financial Services’ Financial Innovation Awards HSBC won the award for the ‘Best Internet Banking Service’ and the ‘Grand Prix Award’ for general innovation in the financial services industry.
  
By the end of 2003, over 280,000 UK customers were registered for business telephone banking, utilising the bank’s telephone centres in the UK and India. These handle some 3,000 sales and more than 100,000 in-bound calls per month, leaving relationship managers to focus on customer service.
  
Group ‘Secure E-Payments’ remote payments solution successfully launched in June 2003. HSBC’s offering has enhanced security features over other providers and includes compliance with MasterCard ‘Securecode’ and verification by Visa standards for internet merchants.
  
Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets
  
In June, HSBC announced the appointment of co-heads of its global Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets business. Under this new management structure, HSBC combined its origination capabilities with its broad-based trading and sales platform to ensure a seamless banking, financing and investor service for the Group’s corporate and institutional clients.
  
During 2003, the business strengthened its client coverage model, adopting a sector-based relationship approach to client servicing. The origination businesses were restructured to reflect this sectoral approach and reinforced through selective recruitment. As a result of this investment, HSBC strengthened its corporate client service offering, winning a number of notable contracts.
  
In March 2003, the payments and cash management, trade services, securities services and banknotes businesses were brought together under a single management and organisation structure, Global Transaction Banking.
  
In September, HSBC commenced the integration
  of its equities business into the Global Markets business, creating a single platform for all trading and sales operations. In addition, HSBC announced the restructuring of the research offering so as to align macro, sectoral and price driven research with both institutional investor and corporate client needs.
  

  
In the international bond market, HSBC’s market share rose to 4.4 per cent, and in the fourth quarter, HSBC came third in the international bond bookrunner league table.
  

  
HSBC was joint adviser to Safeway on its £3 billion recommended merger with Morrison in the UK and advised LNM Holdings on its US$1.2 billion acquisition of Polish steel maker Polski Huty Stali.
  

  
The London and Paris dealing rooms were fully integrated with each site taking a lead role in specific product areas. This dual-hub structure in Europe has proved to be a key competitive advantage.
  

  
HSBC won a five-year contract to support British Telecommunications plc’s (‘BT’) corporate card programme. The BT programme is the largest in both the UK and Europe with more than 35,000 corporate cards in issue and an annual spend of over £100 million (US$164 million).
  
The Universities Superannuation Scheme, the UK’s third largest pension fund, appointed HSBC Global Fund Services Limited as sole provider of a full range of investment accounting and performance measurement services.
  

  
In response to the anticipated growth in employee share saving schemes and personal retirement schemes, CCF created HSBC CCF Épargne Enterprise, following the acquisition of minority shareholdings in Elysees Gestion and Elysees Fonds
 .
Private Banking
  
HSBC Private Bank was rated among the top three ‘Best Global Private Banks’ in Euromoney’s first annual survey of wealth management providers published in January 2004.
  
HSBC Private Bank’s alternative investments attracted in excess of US$3 billion new assets,

 

17


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Description of Business (continued)

  

 

 raising total client assets invested in hedge funds to US$14 billion. In Switzerland, four new hedge funds were launched. HSBC Private Bank was voted ‘Best European High Net Worth/Retail Hedge Fund of Funds Product Provider’ for 2003 at the ‘Hedge Funds Review’ and received Financial Adviser magazine’s gold award as a ‘Top Provider’ in the long/short funds of funds sector.
  
Strategic Investment Solutions (‘SIS’) was launched in July, providing clients with externally managed multi-manager investment portfolios.
  
The Family Office Advisory team launched Consolidation and Analysis of Investment Portfolios providing wealthy clients and their families with a single set of statements covering all their wealth. For clients with more complex portfolios, the service provides a means of developing coherent tax and investment management strategies.
  
The Group’s four French private banking subsidiaries combined into a single operating unit, HSBC Private Bank France, to create a major player in the French private banking market, with over US$15 billion in assets under management. The new unit comprises three divisions: resident private clients, international clients and institutional clients.
  
Other
  
HSBC Actuaries and Consultants Limited were appointed as actuarial consultant for a UK pension fund, The Pensions Trust. With assets approaching £2 billion (US$3.6 billion), The Pensions Trust is the leading multi-employer occupational pension fund for employees involved in the charitable, social, educational, voluntary and not-for-profit sectors.
  
Hong Kong
  
HSBC’s principal banking subsidiaries in Hong Kong are The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation and Hang Seng Bank, in which HSBC has a 62.14 per cent stake. The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation is the largest bank incorporated in Hong Kong and is HSBC’s flagship bank in the Asia-Pacific region. It is one of Hong Kong’s three note-issuing banks, accounting for more than 62 per cent by value of banknotes in

 

 circulation in 2003.
  
General
  
Surveys indicated that HSBC has the strongest brand equity amongst all banks in Hong Kong. With its ‘The world's local bank’ positioning, HSBC combines a strong global brand with local reach and knowledge.
  
To support the recovery of the Hong Kong economy post-SARS (severe acute respiratory syndrome), HSBC launched the ‘HSBC Supports Hong Kong’ campaign, investing up to HK$100 million (US$12.8 million) to provide financial assistance to those affected by atypical pneumonia, and to stimulate local consumer spending. This leadership position received a very positive reaction from all sectors of the community.
  
Hang Seng Bank celebrated its 70th anniversary on 3 March 2003. The anniversary tagline, ‘70 Years of Excellence’, highlighted the bank’s commitment to providing high quality services that exceed customer expectations.
  
Personal Financial Services
  
HSBC’s position as one of the leading providers of wealth management services was sustained amid keen competition. Income from wealth management, including commissions on sales of unit trust products, funds under management, and securities transactions, grew by 38 per cent to US$408 million. A wide range of new retail unit trusts, certificates of deposit, bonds and structured deposits were launched to provide products to meet customers’ needs in the low-interest rate environment.
  
HSBC increased sales of new regular premium individual life insurance by 59 per cent, growing its market share from 13.9 per cent to 18.6 per cent.
  
On the back of this success, HSBC continued to add to its dedicated sales force, and the number of sales staff gaining professional qualifications in investment and insurance business also rose.
  
HSBC maintained its position as the number one credit card issuer in Hong Kong and, through strong and targeted customer marketing, increased card usage despite the subdued economy.

 


18


Back to Contents

HSBC continued to focus on operational efficiency, with the Group Service Centres in mainland China expanding to provide about half the operational support for credit cards in Hong Kong.
  
HSBC continues to have the largest market share in online banking in Hong Kong, with more than 665,000 registered users at December 2003, up by 41 per cent on 2002. A 62 per cent increase in monthly website visits was achieved in 2003, following the introduction of tailored web pages for customer segments, alert services and market information.
  
HSBC was judged the best consumer internet bank in Hong Kong for the second year in a row by Global Finance and also won awards for the best consumer online securities trading service; the best consumer online credit service in Asia, and the best consumer web site design in Asia.
  
Hang Seng Bank continued to enhance its internet banking services, launching the e-Fund Supermarket in July to provide customers with comprehensive one-stop online investment fund services. By the year-end the number of Hang Seng customers registered for Personal e-Banking services in Hong Kong had risen by 34 per cent to 337,000, and internet transactions represented 20 per cent of total transactions.
  
HSBC increased the number of Premier centres in Hong Kong to 36, which support an enlarged Premier customer base of 224,000.
  
HSBC was named the Best Bank in Hong Kong in 2003 by Euromoney, The Asset, and The Banker, and Best Local Bank in Hong Kong by Finance Asia. HSBC was also named as the Best Managed Company in Hong Kong for the second consecutive year by Asiamoney, and won the Hong Kong Retail Management Association’s 2003 Award for Services: Customer Service Grand Award.
  
Hang Seng Bank was named the Best Domestic Commercial Bank in Hong Kong by The Asset and Asiamoney.
  
Hang Seng Bank strengthened its suite of insurance and investment products by widening its product range. The number of funds under the Hang Seng Investment series launched by Hang Seng Bank rose from 60 to 90 in 2003, and funds under management increased by 30 per
 cent to HK$30 billion (US$3.9 billion) at the year end.
  
Hang Seng Investment Management Limited introduced the first exchange traded fund tracking the Hang Seng China Enterprises Index. This fund was listed on the Hong Kong stock exchange in December 2003.
  
Hang Seng Bank launched Leisure Class in June 2003, a new service which offers retirees and those who are planning to retire, comprehensive investment services and benefits and a range of leisure activities including Chinese painting and calligraphy classes and seminars on Chinese medicine.
  
Following the relaxation of restrictions on individual travel to Hong Kong by mainland China visitors, the People’s Bank of China and the Hong Kong Monetary Authority announced consent at the end of 2003 for Hong Kong banks to commence specified renminbi services, including exchange, deposit taking, remittances and renminbi credit cards. HSBC and Hang Seng Bank launched renminbi services in February 2004.
  
Commercial Banking
  
HSBC maintained its position as the leading trade services bank in 2003, growing market share and being named the Best Trade Finance Bank in Asia by Global Finance. With 80 per cent of HSBC’s substantial trade income coming from Commercial Banking customers, instant@dvice, an internet based service which supports electronic documentary credits advising, was launched.
  
Launched in August 2001, HSBC’s Business Internet Banking service continued to be well received in the market. HSBC was recognised by Global Finance as the Best Corporate/ Institutional Internet Bank in Hong Kong in 2003. Surveys indicated that HSBC had the largest online business banking market share in Hong Kong with over 31,000 companies registered as users. In addition, Hang Seng Bank had some 13,000 business e-banking customers by the year-end compared with 5,000 at the end of 2002.
  
Hang Seng Bank launched the Integrated Business Solutions Account in September 2003,

19


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Description of Business (continued)

  

 

 offering small and medium-sized enterprises one-stop financial services to facilitate their business growth.
  
Hang Seng Bank opened its first branch in the Macau SAR in December 2003 to serve the trade finance needs of its customers with business operations there.
  
Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets
  
HSBC increased its market share in G3 and local currency bond issuance in the Hong Kong market from 33 per cent in 2002 to 45 per cent in 2003, with 249 issues totalling US$11 billion. It was named Best Hong Kong Bond House by IFR.
  
HSBC was a joint bookrunner on Hutchison Whampoa’s US$5 billion global bond issue, the largest bond issue in Asia to date.
  
The debt finance group set up Cheung Kong’s HK$10 billion (US$1.3 billion) retail bond programme and led Hong Kong’s largest retail bond to date, for Kowloon-Canton Railway Corporation.
  
The securitisation team led the industry’s first securitisation of taxi and public light bus loans and the first synthetic securitisation of non-mortgage consumer and small and medium-sized enterprise (‘SME’) obligors in Hong Kong and the rest of Asia-Pacific.
  
The equity capital markets team executed equity placements amounting to US$576 million.
  
HSBC Asset Management celebrated its 30th anniversary on 4 September 2003, with the theme ‘Your Advantage in Investment In Asia and Around the World’, highlighting its commitment to providing investment solutions and delivering results.
  
By the end of 2003, HSBC Asset Management had launched 14 capital guaranteed funds, covering a wide range of sector and country themes, with US$3.5 billion in assets at the year-end, which represented more than 80 per cent of the guaranteed fund market in Hong Kong.
  
Private Banking
  
HSBC Private Bank was named the Best Private Bank in Hong Kong in 2003 by Euromoney.

 

HSBC Private Bank continued to expand its family office capabilities with the relaunch of its tax consulting service as Wealth and Tax Advisory Services (‘WTAS’) (Asia) Limited.
  
In October 2003, HSBC and Hang Seng Bank launched one-stop private banking services to cater to the needs of applicants to the Hong Kong Government’s Capital Investment Entrant Scheme.
  
Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East)
  
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation offers personal, commercial, corporate and investment banking and markets services in mainland China. The bank’s network spans 11 major cities, comprising nine branches and two representative offices. Hang Seng Bank offers personal and commercial banking services and operates five branches, a sub-branch, and two representative offices in seven cities.
  
     Outside Hong Kong and mainland China, the HSBC Group conducts business in the Asia-Pacific region primarily through branches and subsidiaries of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, with particularly strong coverage in India, Indonesia, Korea, Singapore, Taiwan and Thailand. HSBC’s presence in the Middle East is led by HSBC Bank Middle East Limited, the largest foreign-owned bank in the region; in Australia by HSBC Bank Australia Limited; and in Malaysia by HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad, which has the second largest presence of any foreign-owned bank in the country.
  
General
  
In 2003 HSBC celebrated 150 years of doing business in India.
  
HSBC remains committed to the local communities in which it operates across the region. With the World Health Organization declaring the SARS virus contained worldwide in July, HSBC launched the ‘Shop Asia, Dine Asia’ programme to stimulate affected industries. Over 2,500 outlets across Asia-Pacific joined with HSBC to support the programme.
  
HSBC entered into an agreement to acquire a 14.71 per cent stake in UTI Bank Limited, an Indian retail bank, for a consideration of
  



20


Back to Contents

 

 Rs3.1 billion (US$66 million), with the option to acquire a further 5.37 per cent stake. UTI has some 200 branches and extension counters and over 1,000 ATMs nationwide, and offers a comprehensive range of corporate banking, retail lending and deposit products, and an internet banking service, to its one million customers.
  
In New Zealand, HSBC purchased the retail banking business of AMP Bank Limited, which comprised mortgage lending of US$1.1 billion and deposits of US$122 million. The purchase, which complements HSBC’s existing retail franchise in New Zealand, involved the acquisition of approximately 25,000 customer accounts and substantially increased HSBC’s mortgage and deposit business.
  
In October, HSBC Insurance Brokers Limited entered into a joint venture agreement to offer insurance broking and risk management services to domestic and international clients in mainland China, the first foreign joint venture in China to obtain such a licence. HSBC holds a 24.9 per cent stake in the new company, Beijing HSBC Insurance Brokers Limited.
  
In December, HSBC and China Ping An Trust & Investment Co. Limited (‘Ping An’) announced an agreement to acquire 50 per cent each of Fujian Asia Bank Limited for not more than US$20 million in cash. Completion of the transaction is expected to be at the end of March 2004, by which time Ping An is committed to injecting a further US$23 million into Fujian Asia bank, diluting HSBC’s share to 27 per cent.
  
Also in December, Hang Seng Bank signed an agreement to acquire 15.98 per cent of Industrial Bank Co. Limited’s (‘Industrial Bank’) enlarged capital for a consideration of 1.7 billion renminbi (US$208 million) in cash, subject to regulatory and shareholder approval. With this transaction, Hang Seng Bank will become the first foreign bank to acquire more than 15 per cent of a mainland Chinese bank. Industrial Bank has assets of 190 billion renminbi (US$23 billion).
  
In January 2004, HSBC and the Bank of Shanghai launched the Shanghai International Credit Card, which enables mainland Chinese customers to make purchases when travelling outside the mainland at any merchant accepting
 Visa credit cards, and settle their payments in renminbi through a Bank of Shanghai account.
  
Six new branches were opened during the year, one in Bangladesh, one in New Zealand and four in India, further building HSBC’s position in the region.
  
In March, HSBC was among the first foreign banks in mainland China to receive full approval to offer custodian services to Qualified Foreign Institutional Investors (‘QFII’s) in China’s A-share market. HSBC also provides custodian services for China’s B-share market, in which it has a leading market position.
  
HSBC obtained approval for its QFII licence in August and as a result is able to invest in renminbi-denominated securities in China’s A-share market.
  
HSBC has been providing renminbi banking services to foreign-invested companies and foreign nationals through its Shanghai and Shenzhen branches since 1997 and 1998 respectively. In November 2003, HSBC received approval to provide these services through its branches in Guangzhou, Qingdao and Tianjin. In a further development, with effect from 1 December 2003, foreign banks have also been allowed, subject to regulatory approval, to offer renminbi services to local corporations in selected cities. HSBC will introduce these services in the first half of 2004.
  
Hang Seng Bank expanded its services in mainland China to help customers capture business opportunities arising from the Closer Economic Partnership Arrangement (‘CEPA’) between Hong Kong and the mainland. The bank opened its fifth mainland branch in Nanjing in the economically important Yangtze River Delta area in August, and a sub-branch in Puxi, Shanghai in October, and applied to upgrade its Beijing representative office to a branch.
  
Hang Seng Bank commenced renminbi services at its Guangzhou branch in October – the bank’s second branch, after Shanghai in 2002, to offer such services – and its Shenzhen branch in January 2004.
  
Hang Seng Investment Management Limited opened a representative office in Shenzhen in March.

21


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Description of Business (continued)

  

 

Personal Financial Services
  
HSBC continued to broaden its range of products and services across the Asia-Pacific region, notably in investment products. Structured deposit products were launched across the region, and a wide range of unit trusts were sold, driving funds under management up year-on-year.
  
HSBC’s credit card business in the rest of Asia-Pacific achieved significant growth in 2003, with over 3.7 million cards in force.
  
An enhanced credit card processing system was implemented in five countries, improving operational efficiency. The new system applies state-of-the-art technology to risk and fraud management allowing HSBC to better protect its customers.
  
As part of the strategic management of costs, selected processing activities were moved into the Group Service Centres in Bangalore, Kuala Lumpur and Shanghai from Australia, New Zealand, the Philippines and Singapore. In January 2004, HSBC announced plans to open a new Group Service Centre in Colombo, Sri Lanka, during the year.
  
HSBC continued to upgrade and enhance its online banking offering, and the number of personal internet banking customers increased by 52 per cent to 378,000. The quality of its services was recognised in Malaysia where HSBC was named the Best Consumer Internet Banking Site by Global Finance.
  
HSBC was the first international bank in the United Arab Emirates to offer a range of Shariah (Islamic law) compliant personal financial services. Two services were launched initially –the HSBC Amanah Current Account and HSBC Amanah Personal Finance.
  
HSBC was named Asia-Pacific Bank of the Year by The Banker, and Best Foreign Bank in mainland China, India and Indonesia by FinanceAsia.
  
Commercial Banking
  
HSBC achieved impressive growth of over 49 per cent in its loan book in mainland China in 2003, with its branches in Hong Kong,Taiwan and the mainland working closely together on


 cross-border referrals and knowledge transfer. The increase is also attributable to strong growth in trade advances.
  
A Commercial Banking intranet was developed in 2003 that facilitates the spread of best practice and cross-border referrals between different members of the Group.
  
In Malaysia, new business facilities approval increased by 65 per cent.
  
Delivery channels were further developed across the region. In Malaysia, HSBC recorded a 150 per cent increase in internet, and an 80 per cent increase in telephone banking customers, and significantly enhanced the electronic delivery of trade services to its customers
  
As part of its wider Islamic Banking initiatives, HSBC won approval from the Bangladesh Bank to launch an Islamic Banking service in the country with specific focus on Commercial Banking products.
  
HSBC launched a Shariah banking service in Indonesia, the first foreign bank to do so. The Group’s Indonesian Shariah business will initially focus on the corporate and institutional sectors, providing structured financial capabilities and debt capital markets advisory services. In the medium term, HSBC intends to extend the service to provide a broad range of wealth management and investment products and services.
  
HSBC Bank Middle East launched a new factoring service to assist businesses financing their outstanding invoices. The service provides domestic and international factoring facilities for businesses trading on open account payment terms.
  
Trade Services continued to build on its leading presence in the region and HSBC was named Best Trade Finance Bank in Asia by FinanceAsia. Document Tracker, a new service which provides customers with a convenient way to check the delivery status of international documents sent through HSBC’s Trade Services offices, is now available in eight countries in Asia following its rollout in 2003 in Bangladesh, mainland China, Korea, Malaysia and Thailand.

22


Back to Contents

HSBC was named Best Bank in India, the Philippines and Thailand in The Asset Magazine’s Triple A Country Awards 2003.
  
Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets
  
HSBC’s rankings and market share improved, with the bank raising more debt in a single year than any other bank in Hong Kong and the rest of Asia-Pacific and leading more deals than any other firm. It led 311 G3 and local currency deals with a market share of 15 per cent, and raising US$14.8 billion. HSBC was named the Best International Bond House and Best Local Currency Bond House by FinanceAsia.
  
HSBC won Euromoney’s award for Best at Treasury and Risk Management in Asia for the sixth consecutive year.
  
The Ministry of Finance of the State of Qatar selected HSBC as joint lead manager of its debut Islamic bond issue. The issue, launched in September, was fully compliant with Shariah law.
  
Corporate Finance and Advisory was the sole financial advisor to mainland China’s largest brewery, Tsingtao Brewer, in a strategic alliance with the world’s largest brewery, Anheuser-Busch. A mandatory convertible bond structure was used for the first time for a foreign investment in a mainland-listed company.
  
HSBC continued to be at the forefront of the development of local currency bond markets. The successful placing of the Republic of Philippines’ Peso74.3 billion retail treasury bond benefited from the streamlined documentation framework HSBC has developed for bond placement.
  
HSBC’s strength in Payments and Cash Management gained recognition, with HSBC named the Best Cash Management Bank in Asia by AsiaMoney and FinanceAsia. Roll out across the region of the integrated payments and receivables proposition continued and was successfully completed in Hong Kong during 2003.
  
HSBC was voted the number one cash management bank in the Middle East in a 2003 poll of Euromoney readers. The bank took top honours for the scope of its services and customer satisfaction. It was also recognised for
 its achievements in building new product lines, as well as integrating existing services to provide tailor made solutions to its customers.
  
HSBC was named the best-rated sub-custody provider in 21 different countries in the Global Custodian Survey. This strong performance was reflected in further client business for our sub-custody network.
  
HSBC Asset Management continued to enjoy strong growth in 2003. Assets in the HSBC Chinese Equity Fund and the HSBC Indian Equity Fund grew significantly, making them the world’s largest Chinese and Indian equity funds.
  
HSBC Asset Management, which began operating in India in 2002, achieved strong growth there in 2003, with funds under advice and management growing to US$1.8 billion. The client base increased to more than 50,000 from 18,000 in 2002.
  
Private Banking
  
HSBC Private Bank continued its expansion in Asia, working with strategic partners to strengthen offshore banking business for the mainland China market. Development of the private banking market in Japan, and exploration of the market in Malaysia, continued in partnership with HSBC’s local branch networks.
  
In Singapore, HSBC Private Bank was granted a wholesale banking licence in May 2003 which has allowed its range of services to be expanded.
  
North America
  
 HSBC’s North American business covers the United States, Canada, Mexico and Panama. Operations are primarily conducted in the US through HSBC Bank USA in New York State and Household, based in Chicago. HSBC’s Canadian and Mexican operations are run through HSBC Bank Canada and HSBC Mexico respectively.
  
General
  
Household’s membership of the HSBC Group provided it with a source of direct funding and improved access to the capital markets, lowering its funding costs and expanding its access to a worldwide pool of potential investors.

 

23


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Description of Business (continued)

  

 

In December 2003, upon receipt of regulatory approval, Household sold US$2.8 billion of its higher quality real estate secured receivables to HSBC Bank USA. The sale represented the first step in a strategy to lower the Group’s overall borrowing costs by utilising liquidity at HSBC Bank USA. Further asset transfers are planned in 2004, subject to regulatory approval.
  
The major power cut in northeast USA and southeast Canada in August resulted in minimal disruption for HSBC’s customers. The events management protocol and business continuity plans for all critical areas of the North American operations were successfully invoked with all transactions processed and settled within accepted customer service standards and with no financial losses.
  
The back-up site and production centre for HSBC’s Canadian IT operations were transferred to the Group’s state of the art facility in Amherst, New York, allowing for greater economies of scale in the use of technology.
  
In Mexico, significant new acquisitions in 2003 included the purchase for US$144 million of ING’s 49 per cent stake in the joint-venture insurance company jointly owned with HSBC Bank Mexico, and the acquisition of a pension fund company (AFORE Allianz Dresdner) from Allianz A.G. for US$175 million. These new acquisitions strengthened product offerings to HSBC’s extensive customer base and will lead to increased cross-selling.
  
On 31 December 2003, HSBC announced its agreement to sell to CIT Group Inc. substantially all of the factoring assets (approximately US$1 billion) and liabilities of HSBC Bank USA. Net assets amounted to approximately US$270 million. The sale agreement reflected HSBC’s strategic emphasis on its core US businesses.
  
In January 2004, HSBC rebranded all its Mexican banking operations as HSBC Bank Mexico.
  
Personal Financial Services
  
HSBC’s residential loan portfolio continued to grow in the US, with total originations by HSBC
 Bank USA increasing to US$30 billion in 2003 from US$21 billion in 2002.
  
Personal Internet Banking registrations in the US reached 520,000, an increase of 25 per cent in the year. In Canada, 28 per cent of customers are registered, up from 14 per cent in 2002.
  
The number of HSBC Premier customers in the US grew by 37 per cent from approximately 53,000 to over 73,000, with the launch of Premier International Services helping to propel the growth. In Canada, the number of Premier customers increased by 87 per cent to 28,500 in 2003.
  
clientCONNECT, an integrated customer relationship management system, was successfully rolled out to all branches in Canada and across the US, resulting in increased contacts and cross-sales.
  
The direct brokerage operation, Merrill Lynch HSBC Canada Inc., was rebranded as HSBC InvestDirect Inc. prior to becoming a division of HSBC Securities (Canada) Inc., thereby completing the reintegration of the direct investing channel into HSBC.
  
Consumer Finance
  
Significant progress was made in 2003 in integrating Household’s and HSBC’s technology teams and systems, including initiatives to consolidate data centres and convert HSBC’s credit card portfolios onto the Household system. Using the combined buying power of HSBC and Household, a number of supplier contracts, including tele-communications, were renegotiated. Efficiency savings were also achieved elsewhere through the integration of various functions including purchasing, human resources, facilities and finance.
  
A number of initiatives are being developed to expand business opportunities in consumer finance. These included broadening the range of products, such as offering mortgage insurance and HSBC banking services to existing Household customers; cross referring consumer finance and retail services customers between Household and HSBC; and automating HSBC’s auto finance loan process. Also, in the US, HSBC and Household initiated a customer referral programme and developed near-prime

 

24


Back to Contents

 and prime products to provide Household’s customers with a full range of options.
  
Household and HSBC in Mexico plan to introduce a remittance service between Household’s customers in the US and their families and friends in Mexico in 2004. This includes the provision of a web-based service enabling recipients in Mexico to use stored value cards to access funds from Automated Teller Machines, and a remittance service through HSBC branches and kiosks. Both services are expected to provide cross-selling opportunities.
  
In April 2003, Household’s private label credit card business acquired US$1.2 billion in receivables as a result of entering into a new relationship with a major retail merchant, Saks, Inc.
  
During 2003, Household’s US MasterCard/Visa credit card business acquired approximately US$0.9 billion of receivables in two separate transactions, taking advantage of weakness elsewhere in the sector.
  
Commercial Banking
  
Loans to small businesses in the US grew by 19 per cent in 2003 as HSBC moved up to second in the Small Business Association lender ranking in New York State.
  
HSBC Bank Canada was rated the highest for overall quality of customer service to the SME market among all banks included in an independent survey of SME owners, published by the Canadian Federation of Independent Business in October.
  
Business internet banking penetration in the US increased from 9 per cent to 15 per cent of commercial customers, with 28,500 now using it. The service was launched in Canada and reached 14 per cent of customers there.
  
Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets
  
HSBC made significant investments in its US relationship management function, strengthening its sector approach and improving coverage of major institutional and corporate clients. New business generated from its Corporate and Institutional Banking client base rose 80 per cent compared with 2002.
Capital markets platforms in the US were considerably strengthened through selective hiring, and this contributed to a significant rise in the number and value of mandates won.
  
Augmenting the investment in primary capabilities, HSBC’s market distribution capabilities in the US were enhanced by key hires in sales and origination, as co-ordination was improved across the region.
  
Renewed interest from US institutional account-holders resulted in a considerable increase in the volume of customer trades in Global Markets products, including foreign exchange, structured products, and debt. This partly reflected changes in relationships with other financial institutions which followed the regulatory reviews of certain US market practices in 2002.
  
HSBC’s service proposition in the US was enhanced by the introduction of e-platforms which enable clients to trade online in bonds via Trade Web, and in foreign exchange via FXAll.
  
Private Banking
  
Private Banking streamlined its operations in the US by successfully merging the management and support infrastructure of its domestic and international clients. The product range was broadened to include alternative investments, structured products and investment management products.
  
South America
  
HSBC’s operations in South America principally comprise HSBC Bank Brasil and HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.
  
In Brazil, HSBC has an extensive domestic network, with over 1,300 branches and offices, 3.4 million personal customers and over 240,000 business and institutional customers. HSBC operates the tenth largest insurance business in Brazil, offering a broad range of insurance products.
  
In Argentina, HSBC has over 4,000 employees and a total of 101 sales points. HSBC also has one of the largest insurance businesses in Argentina, HSBC La Buenos Aires and, through HSBC Máxima and HSBC New York Life, offers pensions and life assurance. Notwithstanding the financial crisis in Argentina, HSBC continues to provide a full range of

 

25


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Description of Business (continued)
 
  

 

financial services to its customers, and remains one of a few such market participants.
 
General
  
In February 2003, HSBC acquired from Bank of America the right to manage its mutual funds and managed accounts in Brazil, and by June, seventy-five funds amounting to US$0.4 billion had been transferred. Funds under management grew from US$7 billion in June 2002 to US$10 billion in December 2003.
  
In December, HSBC bought substantially all of Lloyds TSB Group plc’s on-shore and off-shore Brazilian businesses and assets. The new business, which is mainly consumer finance, added approximately US$1.7 billion of assets and over 7 million to the customer base.
  
HSBC Seguros’s health insurance portfolio was sold to Sul América Co. in June as part of HSBC’s strategic decision to focus on more profitable lines of business in Brazil.
  
In December, HSBC acquired the remaining 40 per cent of HSBC Salud (Argentina) S.A. following the exercise by New York Life Inc. of its put option. As the provision of prepaid health insurance is not considered to be a core business for HSBC, the Group agreed to sell the entire issued share capital of HSBC Salud to Swiss Medical Group on 23 December 2003.
  
In response to changes in the global re-insurance market, HSBC La Buenos Aires withdrew from serving the large corporate risk segment during 2003 in order to focus on commercial and middle market business.
  
Personal Financial Services
  
In August 2003, ExtraMoney was launched to 440,000 customers in Brazil, by which funds are advanced to employees of business customers and repayments made as a deduction from their payroll. ExtraMoney Senior, a personal credit product for retired Brazilian customers, was launched in September.
  
HSBC reinforced its presence in Brazil with several marketing initiatives, including the ‘Mata Tarifas’ campaign in April, which targeted customer acquisition and credit card sales and, in August, the ‘Verdades’ campaign, the biggest
  HSBC advertising drive in Brazil to date. The campaigns were successful and exceeded internal targets.
  
New customers increased by 23 per cent and the HSBC Premier segment grew by 38 per cent, with seven specialised HSBC Premier branches opening in 2003.
  
Sales of banking products increased by 16 per cent. Credit card sales continued to grow strongly in 2003 with a 31 per cent growth in cards in issuance. ‘Autofinance’ lending grew by 91 per cent in the year.
  
The number of active users of personal internet banking increased by 18 per cent in 2003 with transaction usage increasing 46 per cent.
  
HSBC selectively relaunched personal lending products in Argentina, as the domestic economy recovered from the depths reached in the currency crisis.
  
Commercial Banking
  
Small business clients in Brazil were segmented according to a relationship index and differentiated in terms of price and services.
  
In Brazil, loans increased 43 per cent in 2003 following successful sales campaigns and the roll out of a new receivables discount system.
  
Brazil ended 2003 with 211,000 credit card affiliations, consolidating its position as the 3rd largest bank in Brazil in the credit card acquirer business.
  
The number of active users of business internet banking increased by 41 per cent in 2003.
  
Joint initiatives between the bank and the insurance businesses were successfully undertaken in 2003, with growth of 15 per cent in sales of insurance products to Commercial Banking customers.
  
Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets
  
Standard & Poor’s awarded HSBC in Brazil the ‘Top Fixed Income Fund Manager’ prize for 2003.
  
Competitive environment

HSBC faces keen competition in all the markets it

 

26


Back to Contents

serves. It competes in the provision of commercial banking products and services with other major financial institutions, including commercial banks; savings and loan associations; credit unions; consumer finance companies; major retailers; brokerage firms; and investment companies. In investment banking, HSBC faces competition from both pure investment banks and the investment banking operations of other commercial banks.

Global factors

Consolidation in the banking industry: There is an increasing trend towards bank consolidation, at both national and international levels, creating more banks capable of competing directly with HSBC across a broader range of services.

     Limited market growth: In HSBC’s largest current markets, the UK, US and Hong Kong, there is limited market growth in the provision of basic financial and banking services. There is, however, growth potential in the provision of a wider range of financial services to existing customers and also through expansion into new market segments.

     Advances in technology: The rapid convergence of information and communication technologies is altering radically HSBC’s range of competitors. Specialist providers and non-financial organisations are now able to deliver a diverse range of financial services across a variety of electronic channels without the need for a traditional branch network. These innovations increase the pressure on established banks to enhance service quality while also investing in the provision of similar services. HSBC continues to adapt its business to provide customers with access to its full range of services in the manner they most prefer, with internet, interactive TV, mobile phone, WAP and telephone banking all complementing the branch system.

Regional factors

Europe

UK

Overall market growth in the UK has remained relatively limited. However, the expanding demand for consumer credit in recent years has led to greater competition and the introduction of a wide array of new channels, products and entrants. Traditional banks now face competition in the retail market from

a variety of non-financial institutions including supermarkets, clothing and grocery retailers, car manufacturers and utilities, as well as from internet banks and specialist market providers.

     The Competition Commission Report on the supply of banking services to small and medium-sized businesses came into effect during the year. In response, HSBC introduced an enhanced package of services for small and medium-sized customers and paid interest on all qualifying current accounts from 1 January 2003. Further initiatives included the introduction of a new instant access savings account and improved terms for start-up businesses.

     On 11 February 2003, the Office of Fair Trade (‘OFT’) announced its preliminary conclusion that an agreement between MasterCard’s UK members, which includes HSBC Bank plc, on a common interchange fee charged on transactions made in the UK by credit and charge cards, infringed the Competition Act 1998. The OFT gave MasterCard a further opportunity to justify the existing agreement or suggest changes to it so that it will meet the conditions for an exemption under the Act. This matter is still under review.

     In May, the OFT reported its initial findings from its review of payment systems in the UK. The review welcomed industry progress to agree proposals to shorten clearing cycles and stated that the OFT will continue to monitor the progress of these initiatives.

     The OFT launched a study into store cards in September in response to concerns raised by the Treasury Select Committee. The study, which is expected to be released in early 2004, will review the application of competition law, marketing and sales practices, transparency issues and interest rates.

France

Like the other economies in the eurozone, the French banking sector was affected in 2003 by the poor economic environment but benefited from high volumes of sight deposits and slightly improved lending margins.

     Consolidation in the banking industry saw one significant combination during the year and this trend is expected to continue. Non-bank competitors encroached further into traditional banking sectors with, as an example, the Post Office being granted approval to expand its mortgage activities.


 

27


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Description of Business (continued)
 
  

 

     The rule forbidding the payment of interest on demand deposits was challenged in 2003 through the European Court of Justice in Luxembourg. While the outcome of the challenge is currently uncertain, it opens the possibility that this restriction could be lifted in the near future, potentially raising the cost of deposits.

     A number of new tax efficient pension products were approved in a pension reform act which was enacted during the year. The expansion of the retirement market is likely to introduce both new opportunities for personal banking and new sources of competition.

Hong Kong

Banks in Hong Kong faced pressure on traditional core products due to the low interest rate environment and fierce pricing competition. To diversify income streams and enhance fee-based business, financial institutions actively promoted investment and insurance products, and increased public awareness of insurance protection products following the outbreak of SARS.

     Competition for credit card, mortgage and consumer assets business remained intense in a highly liquid but relatively subdued lending market. An improvement in the economic outlook and proactive debt-restructuring by lenders led to a welcome drop in the level of bankruptcies in the second half of the year.

     Several regulatory changes, including the new Securities and Futures Ordinance, deregulation of minimum brokerage commission, and consumer credit data-sharing, occurred in 2003. These changes opened the market further and intensified competition for quality customers and assets.

     To pave the way for the full opening of mainland China’s financial sector, Hong Kong banks were active in key mainland cities and maintained regular dialogue with Chinese financial institutions. Various government announcements regarding the CEPA and the introduction of personal renminbi business in Hong Kong are expected to drive demand from mainland China and boost Hong Kong’s GDP.

     As market leaders in Hong Kong, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation and Hang Seng Bank are well placed to meet these competitive challenges.

Rest of Asia-Pacific (including Middle East)

The Asia-Pacific economies experienced mixed fortunes in the first half of 2003, due mainly to the impact of SARS, although growth rebounded in the second half of the year. The competitive environment varied greatly across the region, depending on the level of regulation, number of entrants, and the maturity of the markets. However, competition remained intense throughout Asia-Pacific across all customer groups served by HSBC. Additionally, in many countries in the region, the relatively young population and its increasing sophistication in financial services continued to provide further growth opportunities for HSBC.

North America

In the US, continuing mergers and acquisitions in the banking, insurance and securities industries are bringing consolidation and a blending of services. HSBC Bank USA also faced vigorous competition from a large number of non-bank suppliers of financial services that have found new and effective ways to meet the financial demands of customers. Many of these institutions are not subject to the same laws and regulations imposed on HSBC Bank USA.

     These continuing trends will increase competitive pressures. Commercial banks appear to have recovered from portfolio credit problems experienced in 2001 and 2002, particularly in the technology, energy and telecommunications sectors.

     Household competes with non-bank lenders for sub-prime and other consumers who do not conform to US banking industry requirements. Household’s consumer finance businesses are highly regulated, and are subject to laws relating to consumer protection, discrimination in extending credit, use of credit reports, privacy matters, disclosure of credit terms and correction of billing errors. They are also subject to regulations and legislation that limit operations in certain jurisdictions. Failure to comply with laws and regulations may limit the ability of Household’s licensed lenders to collect or enforce loan agreements made with consumers and may leave Household liable for damages and penalties.

     There has been a significant amount of legislative activity in the US, nationally, locally and at the state level, aimed at curbing lending practices deemed to be ‘predatory’. In addition, states have sought to alter lending practices through consumer


 

28


Back to Contents

protection actions. Household continues to work with regulators and consumer groups to create appropriate safeguards to eliminate abusive practices while allowing middle-market borrowers to continue to have unrestricted access to credit for personal purposes. During 2003 Household implemented all the actions required under its 2002 settlement with the Attorneys General of 50 States and the District of Columbia.

     The Canadian financial services industry continues to be dominated by the five largest banks in the country. However, the market remains highly competitive as other banks, insurance companies and financial institutions offer comparable products and services. This was aided by reform of the Bank Act of Canada in late 2001 which provided the stimulus for more competition. One of the key changes concerned the access provided in the national payments system. This change allowed non-deposit taking institutions to participate in cheque payments, credit card systems, debit card networks and automated bank machine networks.

     Whilst merger activity amongst the largest banks in Canada remains a possibility, major financial institutions continue to look elsewhere for growth. During the year a number of Canadian banks and insurance companies completed strategic acquisitions of financial institutions in the US.

     In Mexico, the banking industry has seen significant concentration in recent years with over 76 per cent of banking assets and 79 per cent of deposits owned by subsidiaries of five major foreign banks. Given that Mexico has a population of approximately 100 million, the majority of whom do not use the banking system, the growth opportunities in the retail sector are favourable in the medium to long term. With its extensive branch network and growing young customer base, HSBC is well positioned to take full advantage of this economic and competitive environment.

     Currently there is strong regulatory pressure to reduce banking and pension management fees and commissions, constraining growth in non-funds income. Government regulators are also intent on increasing credit availability in the market, specifically lending for residential mortgages and small business loans.

     Mexico’s economy is very closely linked to those of the US and Canada, and over 90 per cent of Mexico’s exports are to the North American market.

HSBC’s growing presence across the region provides a competitive advantage.

South America

There are over 165 banks in Brazil operating through a network of over 16,000 branches and offices. Consolidation in the banking industry continues, increasingly involving foreign banks (at the end of 2003 there were 45 banks in Brazil with foreign ownership interests). With a population of 178 million and an estimated 46 per cent of the eligible population ‘unbanked’, there are growth opportunities in the retail sector, in particular in the medium to long-term.

     2003 saw continued consolidation in the Brazilian financial services industry, and HSBC Brazil, following its purchase of Lloyds TSB Group plc’s Brazilian businesses and assets, is well placed to take advantage of the economic development that is bringing new entrants to the financial system. This consolidation has heightened the focus on retail customer growth, and further highlighted the importance of customer service as a means of competitive differentiation. Competition at the top end of this retail market is particularly strong, and HSBC continues to focus on differentiating its product range and service quality.

     In Argentina, international financial groups are HSBC’s main competitors, as most major banking and insurance players in the market are foreign controlled.

     The fallout from the crisis in Argentina continues to have a profound impact on the financial services market. HSBC is one of a few participants providing a comprehensive range of financial services to its customers. The outlook for the financial services industry has improved but sustained improvement depends upon the resolution of outstanding government debt and, following that, the pending economic, fiscal and political reforms required to build confidence in the country’s prospects. HSBC will continue to monitor carefully developments to evaluate the opportunities and risks within the financial services industry in Argentina.

     In 2003, competition between banks re-emerged as the economy started to grow and the population regained some confidence in the financial system. The local banks benefited from sharply increased deposits from the government who deposited surplus tax revenues in the system.


 

29


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Regulation and Supervision

  

 

HSBC’s operations throughout the world are regulated and supervised by approximately 370 different central banks and regulatory authorities in those jurisdictions in which HSBC has offices, branches or subsidiaries. HSBC estimates the cost of this regulation and supervision to be approximately US$400 million in 2003. These authorities impose certain reserve and reporting requirements and controls (for example, capital adequacy, depositor protection, and prudential supervision) on banks. In addition, a number of countries in which HSBC operates impose rules that affect, or place limitations on, foreign or foreign-owned or controlled banks and financial institutions. The rules include restrictions on the opening of local offices, branches or subsidiaries and the types of banking and non-banking activities that may be conducted by those local offices, branches or subsidiaries; restrictions on the acquisition of local banks or regulations requiri ng a specified percentage of local ownership; and restrictions on investment and other financial flows entering or leaving the country. The supervisory and regulatory regimes of the countries where HSBC operates will determine to some degree HSBC’s ability to expand into new markets, the services and products that HSBC will be able to offer in those markets and how HSBC structures specific operations.

     The UK Financial Services Authority (‘FSA’) supervises HSBC on a consolidated basis. In addition, each operating bank within HSBC is regulated by local supervisors. The primary regulatory authorities are those in the UK, Hong Kong and the US, the Group’s principal areas of operation.

United Kingdom regulation and supervision

UK banking and financial institutions are subject to multiple regulations. The primary UK statute is the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (‘FSMA’). Other UK primary and secondary banking legislation is derived from European Union (‘EU’) directives relating to banking, securities, investment and sales of personal financial services.

     The FSA is responsible for authorising and supervising UK banking institutions and regulates all investment business in the UK from retail life and pensions business to custody, branch share dealing, and treasury and capital markets activity. HSBC Bank is HSBC’s principal authorised institution in the UK.

     FSA rules establish the minimum criteria for authorisation for banks and investment businesses in the UK. They also set out reporting (and, as applicable, consent) requirements with regard to large individual exposures and large exposures to related borrowers. The FSA will periodically obtain independent reports, usually from the auditors of the authorised institution, as to the adequacy of systems governing internal control as well as systems governing records and accounting. The FSA has the right to object, on prudential grounds, to persons who hold, or intend to hold, 10 per cent or more of the voting power of a financial institution.

     The regulatory framework of the UK banking system has traditionally been based on co-operation between the FSA and authorised institutions. The FSA monitors authorised institutions through ongoing supervision and the review of routine and ad hoc reports relating to financial and prudential matters. The FSA meets regularly with HSBC’s senior executives to discuss HSBC’s adherence to the FSA’s prudential guidelines. The FSA and senior executives in the UK also regularly discuss fundamental matters relating to HSBC’s business in the UK and internationally, including areas such as strategic and operating plans, risk control, loan portfolio composition and organisational changes.

     In its capacity as supervisor of HSBC on a consolidated basis, the FSA receives information on the capital adequacy of, and sets requirements for, HSBC as a whole. Further details on capital measurement are included in ‘Capital Management’ on pages 173 to 174.

     UK depositors and investors are covered by the Financial Services Compensation Scheme which deals with deposits with authorised institutions in the UK, investment business and contracts of insurance. Institutions authorised to accept deposits and conduct investment business are required to contribute to the funding of the scheme. In the event of the insolvency of an authorised institution, depositors are entitled to receive 100 per cent of the first £2,000 (US$3,600) of a claim plus 90 per cent of any further amount up to £33,000 (US$59,000) (the maximum amount payable being £31,700 (US$56,600)). Payments under the scheme in respect of investment business compensation are limited to 100 per cent of the first £30,000 (US$53,600) of a claim plus 90 per cent of any further amount up to £20,000 (US$35,700) (the maximum amount payable being £48,000 (US$85,700)).


 

30


Back to Contents

     The European Union reached final agreement to a new directive regarding the taxation of savings income on 3 June 2003. Under the directive, each Member State, other than Austria, Belgium, and Luxembourg, will be required, beginning in 2005, to provide the tax authorities of each other Member State with details of payments of interest or other similar income paid by a person within its jurisdiction to individuals resident in such other Member State. Beginning on the same date, Austria, Belgium, and Luxembourg will impose a withholding tax on such income. The withholding tax rate will initially be 15 per cent, increasing to 20 per cent from 2008 and 35 per cent from 2011. Subject to future conditions being met, Austria, Belgium, and Luxembourg may cease to apply the withholding tax and instead comply with the automatic exchange of information rules applicable to the other Member States. Implementation of the directive is dependent upon Switzerland, Liechtenstein, San Marino and Andorra applying equivalent measures.

Hong Kong regulation and supervision

Banking in Hong Kong is subject to the provisions of the Banking Ordinance of Hong Kong (Chapter 155) (the ‘Banking Ordinance’), and to the powers, functions and duties ascribed by the Banking Ordinance to the Hong Kong Monetary Authority. The principal function of the Monetary Authority is to promote the general stability and effective working of the banking system in Hong Kong. The Monetary Authority is responsible for supervising compliance with the provisions of the Banking Ordinance. The Chief Executive of Hong Kong has the power to give directions to the Monetary Authority, which the Banking Ordinance requires the Monetary Authority and the Financial Secretary to follow.

     The Monetary Authority has responsibility for authorising banks, and has discretion to attach conditions to its authorisation. The Monetary Authority requires that banks or their holding companies file regular prudential returns, and holds regular discussions with the management of the banks to review their operations. The Monetary Authority may also conduct ‘on site’ examinations of banks, and in the case of banks incorporated in Hong Kong, of any local and overseas branches and subsidiaries. The Monetary Authority requires all authorised institutions to have adequate systems of internal control and requires the institutions’ external

auditors, upon request, to report on those systems and other matters such as the accuracy of information provided to the Monetary Authority. In addition, the Monetary Authority may from time to time conduct tripartite discussions with banks and their external auditors.

     The Monetary Authority, which may deny the acquisition of voting share capital of over 10 per cent in a bank, and may attach conditions to its approval thereof, can effectively control changes in the ownership and control of Hong Kong-incorporated financial institutions. In addition, the Monetary Authority has the power to divest controlling interests in a bank from a person if they are no longer deemed to be fit and proper, or if they may otherwise threaten the interests of depositors or potential depositors.

     The Monetary Authority may revoke authorisation in the event of an institution's non-compliance with the provisions of the Banking Ordinance. These provisions require, among other things, the furnishing of accurate reports.

     The Banking Ordinance requires that banks submit to the Monetary Authority certain returns and other information and establishes certain minimum standards and ratios relating to capital adequacy (see below), liquidity, capitalisation, limitations on shareholdings, exposure to any one customer, unsecured advances to persons affiliated with the bank and holdings of interests in land, with which banks must comply.

     Hong Kong fully implemented the capital adequacy standards established by the Basel Accord in 1989. The Banking Ordinance currently provides that banks incorporated in Hong Kong maintain a capital adequacy ratio (calculated as the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of its capital base to its risk-weighted exposure) of at least 8 per cent. For banks with subsidiaries, the Monetary Authority is empowered to require that the ratio be calculated on a consolidated basis, or on both consolidated and unconsolidated bases. If circumstances require, the Monetary Authority is empowered to increase the minimum capital adequacy ratio (to up to 12 per cent for fully-licensed banks and 16 per cent for deposit-taking companies and restricted-licence banks), after consultation with the bank.

     The marketing of, dealing in and provision of advice and asset management services in relation to securities in Hong Kong are subject to the provisions


 

31


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Regulation and Supervision (continued)
 
  

 

of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong (Chapter 571) (the ‘Securities and Futures Ordinance’). Entities engaging in activities regulated by the Securities and Futures Ordinance are required to be licensed. The Monetary Authority is the primary regulator for banks involved in the securities business, while the Securities and Futures Commission is the regulator for non-banking entities.

US regulation and supervision

HSBC is subject to extensive federal and state supervision and regulation in the US. Banking laws and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (‘FDIC’) and the State of New York Banking Department govern many aspects of HSBC’s US business.

     HSBC and its US operations are subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve Board because HSBC is a bank holding company under the US Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the ‘BHCA’) as a result of its ownership of HSBC Bank USA. HSBC Bank USA, is a New York state-chartered bank and a member of the Federal Reserve System. As such, HSBC Bank USA is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by both the Federal Reserve Board and the State of New York Banking Department. HSBC also owns Household Bank (SB), N.A. (‘Household Bank’), a nationally chartered ‘credit card bank’ subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (‘OCC’). The deposits of HSBC Bank USA and Household Bank are insured by the FDIC and both banks are subject to relevant FDIC regulation.

     The BHCA and the International Banking Act of 1978 (‘IBA’) impose certain limits and requirements on the US activities and investments of HSBC and certain companies in which it holds direct or indirect investments. As a ‘qualifying foreign banking organisation’ under Federal Reserve Board regulations, HSBC may engage in the United States in certain limited non-banking activities and hold certain investments that would otherwise not be permissible under US law. Prior to 13 March 2000, however, the BHCA generally prohibited HSBC from acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of more than 5 per cent of the voting shares of any company engaged in the United States in activities other than banking and certain activities closely related to banking. On that date HSBC became a financial holding company (‘FHC’) under

the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act amendments to the BHCA, enabling it to offer a more complete line of financial products and services. HSBC’s ability to engage in expanded financial activities as an FHC depends upon HSBC continuing to meet certain criteria set forth in the BHCA, including requirements that its US depository institution subsidiaries, HSBC Bank USA and Household Bank be ‘well-capitalised’ and ‘well-managed’, and that they have achieved at least a satisfactory record in meeting community credit needs during their most recent examination pursuant to the Community Reinvestment Act. These requirements also apply to Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A., in which HSBC has a 20 per cent voting interest in equity capital and a 40 per cent economic interest. Each of these depository institution subsidiaries achieved at least the required rating during their most recent examinations. In general under the BHCA, an FHC would be required, upon notice by the Federal Reserve Board, to enter into an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board to correct any failure to comply with the requirements to maintain FHC status. Until such deficiencies are corrected, the Federal Reserve Board may impose limitations on the US activities of an FHC and its subsidiaries as it deems appropriate. If such deficiencies are not corrected, the Federal Reserve Board may require an FHC to divest its control of any subsidiary bank or to cease to engage in certain financial activities.

     HSBC is generally prohibited under the BHCA from acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of more than 5 per cent of any class of voting shares of, or substantially all the assets of, or exercising control over, any US bank or bank holding company without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board.

     The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the ‘Riegle-Neal Act’) permits a US bank holding company or foreign banking organisation, with Federal Reserve Board approval, to acquire a bank located in a state other than the organisation’s US ‘home’ state, subject to certain restrictions, and a national or state-chartered bank to merge across state lines or to establish or acquire branches in other states, subject to various state law requirements or restrictions. In general, the Riegle-Neal Act provides a non-US bank with interstate branching and expansion rights similar to those of a US national or state-chartered bank located in its ‘home’ state.


 

32


Back to Contents

     The US is a party to the 1988 Basel Capital Accord and US banking regulatory authorities have adopted risk-based capital requirements for US banks and bank holding companies that are generally consistent with the Accord. In addition, US bank regulatory authorities have adopted ‘leverage’ capital requirements that generally require US banks and bank holding companies to maintain a minimum amount of capital in relation to their balance sheet assets (measured on a non-risk-weighted basis).

     The Federal Reserve Board has determined that, as a general matter, a US bank holding company that is owned and controlled by a foreign bank with FHC status is not required to comply with the Federal Reserve Board’s capital adequacy guidelines. HSBC may rely on the Federal Reserve Board’s flexibility with respect to the capital adequacy requirements applicable to such intermediate US bank holding companies.

     HSBC Bank USA, Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A. and Household Bank, like other FDIC-insured banks, may be required to pay assessments to the FDIC for deposit insurance under the FDIC’s Bank Insurance Fund. Under the FDIC’s risk-based system for setting deposit insurance assessments, an institution’s assessments vary according to the level of capital an institution holds, its deposit levels and other factors.

     The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 provides for extensive regulation of depository institutions (such as HSBC Bank USA, Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A. and Household Bank), including requiring federal banking regulators to take ‘prompt corrective action’ with respect to FDIC-insured banks that do not meet minimum capital requirements.

     As at 31 December 2003, HSBC Bank USA, Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A. and Household Bank were each well-capitalised under Federal Reserve Board regulations.

     The USA Patriot Act (‘Patriot Act’) signed into law in October 2001, imposes significant record keeping and customer identity requirements, expanded the US federal government’s powers to freeze or confiscate assets and increases the available penalties that may be assessed against financial institutions for failure to comply with obligations imposed on such institutions to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing. Among other things, the Patriot Act requires the US

Treasury Secretary to develop and adopt final regulations with regard to the anti-money laundering compliance obligations of financial institutions (a term which, for this purpose, includes insured US depository institutions, US branches and agencies of foreign banks, US broker-dealers and numerous other entities). The US Treasury Secretary delegated this authority to a bureau of the US Treasury Department known as the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (‘FinCEN’).

     Many of the new anti-money laundering compliance requirements of the Patriot Act, as implemented by FinCEN, are generally consistent with the anti-money laundering compliance obligations previously imposed on HSBC Bank USA under the Bank Secrecy Act (which was amended in certain respects by the Patriot Act) and applicable Federal Reserve Board regulations. These include requirements to adopt and implement an anti-money laundering program, report suspicious transactions and implement due diligence procedures for certain correspondent and private banking accounts. Certain other specific requirements under the Patriot Act involve new compliance obligations. The passage of the Patriot Act and other recent events have resulted in heightened scrutiny of the Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering compliance by federal and state bank examiners. On 30 April 2003, HSBC Bank USA entered into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the New York State Banking Department to enhance its compliance with anti-money laundering requirements. HSBC Bank USA has implemented certain improvements in its compliance, reporting, and review systems and procedures and is in the process of making additional improvements in these areas.

     HSBC’s US consumer finance operations are also subject to extensive regulation in the US, and to laws relating to consumer protection; discrimination in extending credit; use of credit reports; privacy matters; disclosure of credit terms; and correction of billing errors. They also are subject to regulations and legislation that limit operations in certain jurisdictions. For example, limitations may be placed on the amount of interest or fees that a loan may bear, the amount that may be borrowed, the types of actions that may be taken to collect or foreclose upon delinquent loans or the information about a customer that may be shared. HSBC’s US consumer branch lending offices are generally licensed in those jurisdictions in which they operate. Such licences


 

33


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Regulation and Supervision (continued)
 
  

 

have limited terms but are renewable, and are revocable for cause. Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may limit the ability of these licensed lenders to collect or enforce loan agreements made with consumers and may cause the consumer lending subsidiary to be liable for damages and penalties.

     HSBC’s US credit insurance operations are subject to regulatory supervision under the laws of the states in which they operate. Regulations vary from state to state but generally cover licensing of insurance companies; premiums and loss rates; dividend restrictions; types of insurance that may be sold; permissible investments; policy reserve requirements; and insurance marketing practices.

     Certain US source payments to foreign persons may be subject to US withholding tax unless the foreign person is a qualified intermediary. A qualified intermediary is a financial intermediary who is qualified under the Internal Revenue Code and has completed the Qualified Intermediary Withholding Agreement with the Internal Revenue Service. Various HSBC operations outside the US are qualified intermediaries.


 

34


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Description of Property

  

 

At 31 December 2003, HSBC had some 9,700 operational properties worldwide, of which approximately 3,300 were located in Europe, 600 in Hong Kong and the rest of Asia Pacific, 3,700 in North America (including 1,500 in Mexico) and 1,700 in Brazil. Additionally, properties with a net book value of US$715 million were held for investment purposes. Of the total net book value of

 

HSBC properties, more than 73 per cent were owned or held under long-term leases. Further details are included in Note 25 of the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’.

     HSBC values its properties on an annual basis and updates their balance sheet values accordingly.


 

Legal Proceedings

  

 

HSBC, together with a number of its subsidiary undertakings, is named in and is defending legal actions in various jurisdictions arising from its

 

normal business. None of the above proceedings is regarded as material litigation.


35


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review

  

Summary


               
 Year ended 31 December
 
 2003 2002  2001 
 
      
       Rest of       
 Total  Household1  HSBC       
 US$m  US$m  US$m  US$m  US$m 
               
Net interest income25,598  8,305  17,293  15,460  14,725 
Other operating income15,474  1,878  13,596  11,135  11,163 
 

 

 

 

 

Total operating income41,072  10,183  30,889  26,595  25,888 
Operating expenses excluding goodwill              
   amortisation(21,082) (3,406) (17,676) (14,954) (14,605)
Goodwill amortisation(1,450) (381) (1,069) (854) (799)
 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit before provisions18,540  6,396  12,144  10,787  10,484 
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts(6,093) (4,575) (1,518) (1,321) (2,037)
Provisions for contingent liabilities and              
   commitments(35)   (35) (39) (649)
Loss from foreign currency redenomination              
   in Argentina(9)   (9) (68) (520)
               
Amounts written off fixed asset investments(106)   (106) (324) (125)
 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit12,297  1,821  10,476  9,035  7,153 
               
Share of operating loss in joint ventures(116)   (116) (28) (91)
Share of operating profit in associates221    221  135  164 
Gains/(losses) on disposal of              
      – investments451  6  445  532  754 
      – tangible fixed assets(37)   (37) (24) 20 
 

 

 

 

 

Profit on ordinary activities before tax12,816  1,827  10,989  9,650  8,000 
Tax on profit on ordinary activities(3,120) (463) (2,657) (2,534) (1,988)
 

 

 

 

 

Profit on ordinary activities after tax9,696  1,364  8,332  7,116  6,012 
               
Minority interests(922)   (922) (877) (1,020)
 

 

 

 

 

Profit attributable to shareholders8,774  1,364  7,410  6,239  4,992 
 

 

 

 

 

Profit before tax excluding goodwill              
         amortisation14,401  2,208  12,193  10,513  8,807 
Profit attributable to shareholders excluding              
         goodwill amortisation10,359  1,745  8,614  7,102  5,799 
  
1The results shown cover the period since the date of acquisition, 28 March 2003.

 

Year ended 31 December 2003 compared with year ended 31 December 2002

In the sections which follow, analysis of these results highlights the contributions from Household, acquired at the end of March 2003, and HSBC Mexico, acquired in November 2002, together with the impact of a weaker US dollar on translating revenues and costs arising in other currencies. These factors are important to an understanding of HSBC’s performance in 2003. It is also important to recognise the structural effect on reported financial performance of the acquisition of Household. In 2004, HSBC’s results will reflect a full year’s contribution from Household.

 

     The shape of the Group’s profit and loss account changed as a result of the Household acquisition, reflecting the nature of its business model. Household generally serves non-conforming and sub-prime customers who, for a variety of reasons, have a higher delinquency and credit loss probability. These customers are charged a higher rate of interest to compensate for this additional risk of loss. As a consequence, Household’s net interest income is a much higher proportion of its total revenues than in the rest of HSBC, and a much higher proportion of Household’s pre-provision profitability is absorbed in bad and doubtful debt charges than is normally the case in the rest of HSBC.


 

36


Back to Contents

     In the following discussion, the phrase ‘on an underlying basis’ is used to describe performance excluding the acquisitions of Household and HSBC Mexico.

     HSBC made a profit on ordinary activities before tax of US$12,816 million in 2003, an increase of US$3,166 million, or 33 per cent, compared with 2002. Household and HSBC Mexico accounted for over 70 per cent of this increase. Household contributed US$1,827 million in its first nine months, while HSBC Mexico contributed US$441 million in its first full year.

     Excluding goodwill amortisation, Household and HSBC Mexico contributed US$2,208 million and US$534 million respectively to profit before tax, which grew by US$3,888 million or 37 per cent to US$14,401 million. Underlying growth, on a constant currency basis, was 7 per cent. Goodwill amortisation increased by US$722 million to US$1,585 million in 2003, reflecting acquisitions, currency movements and the write down of goodwill attributed to a fund management company previously acquired as part of the CCF acquisition.

     Net interest income of US$25,598 million in 2003 was US$10,138 million, or 66 per cent, higher than in 2002. Of this increase, Household contributed US$8,305 million and HSBC Mexico US$874 million. Excluding these acquisitions, and in terms of constant currency, net interest income was marginally higher. This reflected a number of offsetting factors. The net interest margin benefited from the change in asset mix, with growth of over 80 per cent in the year in personal lending, mainly in the US (including Household) and in Europe. However, deposit margins fell as interbank placements matured and were redeployed at lower yields. Growth in the volume of deposits raised only partially compensated for this, while the impact of the Competition Commission ruling on paying interest on qualifying small business accounts in the UK cost US$136 million. Net interest income declined in Hong Kong, reflecting spread compression o n the value of deposits and continued pressure on mortgage margins.

     Other operating income of US$15,474 million was US$4,339 million, or 39 per cent, higher than in 2002. Household contributed US$1,878 million and HSBC Mexico US$599 million of this increase. The acquisitions of Household and HSBC Mexico reduced the proportion of fee revenues exposed to

stock market levels by bringing into the Group significant levels of account service fees (HSBC Mexico) and credit card fee income (Household). Fees from credit cards now constitute close to 24 per cent of total fees receivable compared with 13 per cent in 2002. This will increase in 2004 as Household is consolidated for a full year. On an underlying basis, and at constant currency, the increase was 9 per cent. Strong growth in dealing profits in HSBC Markets benefited from investment made in 2002 and 2003 to upgrade dealing room capabilities in the major centres and broaden the range of products offered to customers. Debt trading benefited from favourable credit spread movements. Foreign exchange revenues increased due to currency volatility and increased levels of corporate sales. In addition, higher income was earned from increased demand from corporate customers for structured tailored products. In constant currency, fees and commission income increased by 4 per cent on an underlying basis, reflecting growth in income from card transactions, insurance and lending.

     Operating expenses, excluding goodwill amortisation, rose US$6,128 million, or 41 per cent, of which Household contributed US$3,406 million and HSBC Mexico US$881 million. Excluding the effect of these acquisitions, and expressed in terms of constant currency, operating expenses increased by 5 per cent, primarily due to increased employment costs. Pension costs and social taxes, together with restructuring costs, added over US$300 million to employment costs in 2003. HSBC’s cost:income ratio, excluding goodwill amortisation, decreased to 51.3 per cent from 56.2 per cent in 2002.

     The charge for bad and doubtful debts was US$6,093 million in 2003, US$4,772 million higher than in 2002. This was essentially all attributable to the acquisitions, with Household accounting for US$4,575 million and HSBC Mexico US$110 million. On an underlying basis, and in constant currency, the increase in provisioning was around 2 per cent. Credit charges increased in line with the growth in personal lending, and the commercial customer base continued to perform well. New corporate provisions increased in Europe in the engineering and power sectors, and in Hong Kong in the electronics sector, but these were partly offset by a lower charge in North America reflecting the improved credit environment.

     Other charges of US$44 million in 2003 were US$63 million, or 59 per cent, lower than in 2002.


 

37


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Losses in Argentina, which continue to arise from judicial orders or ‘amparos’, were mitigated in 2003 following the receipt of ‘compensation bonds’ in part settlement of the original asymmetrical pesification. Amparos allow certain depositors relief from the mandatory pesification rules and recovery of their historical US dollar deposits at current exchange rates.

Amounts written off fixed asset investments of US$106 million were lower than in 2002, which was dominated by a US$143 million charge writing down the carrying value of HSBC’s stake in a major European life assurer.

The US$116 million share of operating losses in joint ventures principally reflected a write-down of HSBC’s share of goodwill attributed to a UK fund management company acquired as part of the CCF acquisition.

Gains on disposal of investments of US$451 million were US$81 million lower than in 2002. Gains on sales of investment debt securities were slightly lower than in the prior year. Gains in 2002 benefited from the sale of HSBC’s share of Lixxbail to its joint venture partner and the sale of HSBC’s 6.99 per cent share in Banco Santiago S.A.

Year ended 31 December 2002 compared with year ended 31 December 2001

The translation of revenues and costs arising in 2002, and consequently the results reported for the year, were affected by the weaker US dollar against other major currencies and significantly weaker South American currencies against all currencies. Both are important to an understanding of HSBC’s performance in 2002.

HSBC made a profit on ordinary activities before tax of US$9,650 million in 2002, an increase of US$1,650 million, or 21 per cent, compared with 2001. Profit before tax, excluding goodwill amortisation, increased by US$1,706 million, or 19 per cent.

Net interest income of US$15,460 million in 2002 was US$735 million, or 5 per cent, higher than in 2001. Net interest income in Europe and North America was higher than in 2001 by US$1.1 billion, of which US$0.2 billion arose from foreign exchange translation and US$85 million was contributed by HSBC Mexico. Underlying growth reflected higher levels of average interest-earning assets and the

benefits from lower funding costs. Net interest income in South America was US$0.4 billion lower than in 2001 of which US$0.3 billion was due to foreign exchange translation. Excluding this, the underlying reduction reflected a lower level of local debt securities in Brazil. In Argentina narrower spreads and the costs associated with the funding of the non-performing loan portfolio resulted in net interest expense in 2002.

Other operating income of US$11,135 million was in line with 2001 as growth in wealth management income was offset by falls in fees and commission income from securities market activities. Dealing profits were also lower against a backdrop of difficult trading conditions in the credit and equity markets.

Operating expenses, excluding goodwill amortisation, were US$349 million, or 2 per cent, higher than 2001 reflecting the cost structures of new acquisitions, investment in the expanding wealth management business, and costs associated with the enhancement of business processes. In constant currency, operating expenses were 4 per cent higher. HSBC’s cost:income ratio, excluding goodwill amortisation, decreased to 56.2 per cent from 56.4 per cent in 2001.

The charge for bad and doubtful debts was US$1,321 million in 2002, US$716 million lower than in 2001. The main component of the charge, which related to the personal sector, amounted to US$857 million, a rise of US$113 million, largely as a result of growth in lending and higher credit card provisioning in Hong Kong. New corporate provisions also increased in Europe but this was more than offset in Asia as the economic conditions in some Asian countries improved. The substantial reduction in the total charge in 2002 reflected the US$600 million general provision against Argentine exposure charged in 2001.

Other charges of US$107 million in 2002 were US$1,062 million, or 91 per cent, lower than in 2001. The 2001 charges included the loss of US$520 million arising from the foreign currency redenomination in Argentina and a charge of US$575 million in respect of the Princeton Note matter. The 2002 charge included US$68 million in losses in Argentina arising from judicial orders or ‘amparos’ (allowing certain depositors relief from the mandatory pesification rules and recovery of their historic US dollar deposits at current exchange rates),


 

38


Back to Contents

government decrees and renegotiation of banking contracts.

Amounts written off fixed asset investments were dominated by a US$143 million charge writing down the carrying value of a major European life assurer in which CCF had for some time held a strategic minority stake.

The US$28 million share of operating losses in joint ventures principally reflected HSBC’s share of the ongoing costs of Merrill Lynch HSBC for the first half of 2002. Following the acquisition by

HSBC of its joint venture partner’s share on 28 June 2002, these results were consolidated fully on a line by line basis.

Gains on disposal of investments ofUS$532 million included profit on the sale of CCF’s stake in Lixxbail to its joint venture partner, and HSBC’s 6.99 per cent stake in Banco Santiago S.A. In addition, disposal gains of US$170 million were realised from sales of investment debt securities made to adjust to changes in interest rate conditions. In aggregate, disposal gains on investments were US$222 million lower than in 2001.

 

39



Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Net interest income

 Year ended 31 December 
 
 
 2003 2002  2001  
 








  
 Total Household1 Rest of HSBC         
 US$m % US$m% US$m% US$m % US$m % 
By geographical                    
   region                    
Europe7,540 29.5 438 5.3 7,102 41.0 6,343 41.0 5,563 37.8 
Hong Kong3,901 15.2   3,901 22.6 4,133 26.7 4,165 28.3 
Rest of Asia-                    
   Pacific1,740 6.8   1,740 10.1 1,607 10.4 1,482 10.1 
North America11,777 46.0 7,867 94.7 3,910 22.6 2,732 17.7 2,450 16.6 
South America640 2.5   640 3.7 645 4.2 1,065 7.2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income25,598 100.0 8,305 100.0 17,293 100.0 15,460 100.0 14,725 100.0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 Year ended 31 December 
 
 
 2003 2002 2001 
 US$m US$m US$m 
       
Net interest income25,598 15,460 14,725 
Average interest-earning assets778,415 608,749 579,665 
Gross interest yield (per cent)25.13 4.70 6.08 
Net interest spread (per cent)33.06 2.27 2.09 
Net interest margin (per cent)43.29 2.54 2.54 
  
1Since the date of acquisition.
2Gross interest yield is the average interest rate earned on average interest-earning assets (AIEA).
3Net interest spread is the difference between the average interest rate earned on average interest-earning assets and the average interest rate paid on average interest-bearing funds.
4Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

 

Year ended 31 December 2003 compared with year ended 31 December 2002

Net interest income in 2003 was US$10,138 million, or 66 per cent higher than 2002, at US$25,598 million. Of this increase, Household contributed US$8,305 million, and HSBC Mexico US$874 million. Excluding these acquisitions, and at constant exchange rates, net interest income was only marginally higher than in 2002, as the impact of growth in interest-earning assets was offset by continuing margin compression from the effect of low interest rates worldwide. This impact is expected to continue in 2004 unless interest rates rise ahead of market expectations.

In Europe, net interest income wasUS$1,197 million, or 19 per cent, higher than in 2002. HFC Bank contributed US$438 million of this increase. Excluding this acquisition and at constant exchange rates, net interest income was slightly higher than in 2002, reflecting strong growth in average interest-earning assets. This was partly offset by the cost of paying interest on small and medium-sized business accounts in the UK and the impact of liquidity being redeployed at lower yields as assets matured. In North America, net interest income

 

40

increased by US$9,045 million. On an underlying basis, the growth was US$304 million, or 11 per cent, primarily reflecting the benefits of strong growth in mortgage lending and savings products, and good balance sheet management, which improved the mix of lending by exiting less profitable business. Benefit was also gained from the elimination of funding costs following the closure of certain arbitrage trading activities in the US. In Hong Kong, net interest income declined by 6 per cent, largely due to spread compression on the value of deposits and continued pressure on margins in the mortgage business. Continued pressure on margins depressed mortgage yields in an environment of very low credit demand. This was partly offset by a 7 per cent growth in average interest-earning assets, increased customer deposits and the redeployment of interbank placements in holdings of debt securities. Credit card lending also grew by 6 per cent, improving the m ix of assets.

In the rest of Asia-Pacific, net interest income increased by 8 per cent. In constant currency, this increase was 5 per cent, driven by growth in mortgages and credit card lending, and the beneficial effect of the acquisition of the retail deposit and loan



Back to Contents

business of AMP Bank Limited in the first half of 2003.

     In South America, net interest income was broadly in line with last year. In constant currency, net interest income grew by 10 per cent. In Brazil, net interest income was marginally higher than in 2002, benefiting from the acquisition of the Brazilian businesses and assets of Lloyds TSB Group plc in December 2003. Excluding this, the favourable effect of higher levels of customer lending and deposits were fully offset by reduced spreads as interest rates fell during the year. Argentina recorded net interest income of US$14 million in 2003 compared with a net interest expense last year. As the domestic economy began to recover and the trade surplus grew, interest rates fell. The effect of the continuing reduction in average interest-earning assets was more than offset by the lower cost of funding the non-performing loan portfolio.

     Overall, average interest-earning assets increased by US$169.7 billion, or 28 per cent, compared with 2002. Of the increase, Household contributed US$92.0 billion and HSBC Mexico US$17.8 billion. At constant exchange rates, underlying average interest-earning assets increased by 4 per cent. This growth was driven principally by higher mortgage balances and personal lending in the UK, France, the US, Canada, Malaysia, Australia and Singapore, and an increase in holdings of long-term securities in the US and debt securities in Hong Kong.

     HSBC’s net interest margin was 3.29 per cent in 2003, compared with 2.54 per cent in 2002. The acquisitions of Household and HSBC Mexico increased net interest margin by 77 and 6 basis points respectively. On an underlying basis, HSBC’s net interest margin fell by 8 basis points to 2.46 per cent.

     In Europe, the fall in net interest margin was primarily due to a decline in the benefit of net free funds, mainly as a result of paying interest on current account balances belonging to small and medium sized enterprises in the UK. In Hong Kong, HSBC’s net interest margin also declined because of lower spreads on deposits and lower yields on redeployed interbank placements. In Hang Seng Bank, net interest margin narrowed due to lower mortgage yields, narrower spreads on deposits and debt securities, and a lower contribution from net free funds, partly offset by switching liquidity from interbank placements to debt securities. In the rest of

Asia-Pacific, net interest margin fell in several countries, mainly from narrower spreads on deposits, lower yields on mortgages, the maturing of higher yielding assets, and a reduced contribution from net free funds. In the US, growth in mortgage balances and a shift in the treasury portfolio to higher yielding fixed rate investments led to an improvement in net interest margin.

Year ended 31 December 2002 compared with year ended 31 December 2001

Net interest income in 2002 was US$735 million, or 5 per cent, higher than 2001, at US$15,460 million. At constant exchange rates, net interest income was 6 per cent higher than 2001 reflecting growth in HSBC’s operations in Europe, North America and the rest of Asia Pacific, as well as the acquisition of HSBC Mexico at the end of November 2002.

     In Europe, net interest income was US$780 million, or 14 per cent, higher than in 2001, mainly reflecting the growth in average interest-earning assets and the benefits of lower funding costs. In constant currency, growth was 10 per cent. In North America, net interest income increased by US$282 million, or 12 per cent, due to a combination of the increased level of average interest-earning assets, primarily residential mortgages, and wider margins on treasury activities as a steeper yield curve led to reduced funding costs. In addition, HSBC Mexico contributed US$85 million of net interest income to the North American region. In Hong Kong, notwithstanding modest loan growth and a reduced contribution from net free funds, net interest income was largely maintained as a strong performance in Global Markets, together with growth in credit card lending and in low cost deposits, offset continuing margin compression in the mortgage business.

     In the rest of Asia-Pacific net interest income growth of 8 per cent was driven by higher credit card and personal lending together with the full year impact of the acquisition of NRMA Building Society (‘NRMA’) in Australia in 2001.

     In South America the unsettled economic environment caused net interest income to fall by US$420 million to US$645 million. In Brazil, underlying net interest income was in line with 2001 as the benefit from higher levels of customer lending was offset by the impact of HSBC’s decision to reduce the level of local debt securities and to


41


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)
 
  

 

position the balance sheet more conservatively. In Argentina, the combination of narrower spreads and the high cost of local funding of the non-performing loan portfolio resulted in net interest expense in 2002.

     Average interest-earning assets at US$609 billion increased by US$29 billion, or 5 per cent. Adjusting for the impact of foreign exchange translation and acquisitions, underlying growth was 3 per cent, driven principally by the placement of customer deposits in the UK, Taiwan, India, Korea, mainland China and the Middle East, together with personal lending growth in the UK, France, US, Canada, Singapore, Malaysia, Korea, Taiwan and India. The increase in average interest-earning assets from acquisitions was US$4 billion.

     HSBC was able to maintain its net interest margin at 2.54 per cent, unchanged from 2001, as an 18 basis point widening in interest spread was offset by a similar reduction in the contribution from net free funds. Interest spreads benefited from a change in asset mix, with a higher proportion of personal lending, and from the increasing investment of surplus liquidity in higher yielding investment grade corporate debt securities, instead of interbank placements. In addition, margins benefited from the fall in short-term interest rates as relative returns earned on liquidity deployed in longer dated assets by Global Markets increased as the yield curve steepened. A reduced benefit from a higher level of net free funds mitigated this effect on the net interest margin.

 

     In the UK, net interest margin fell as an improved contribution from Global Markets activities and the benefit of higher levels of personal customer lending were more than offset by reduced earnings from net free funds. In Hong Kong, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation maintained its margin through improved Global Markets performance, higher net recoveries of suspended interest and an increased proportion of higher yielding credit card advances. These factors offset the impact of reduced spreads on deposits, a lower contribution from net free funds and narrower spreads in the competitive mortgage market. Hang Seng Bank suffered a fall in net interest margin, primarily from a combination of lower earnings on net free funds as interest rates fell and narrower spreads on mortgages. For Hang Seng Bank these drivers were much more significant than for The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation. In the US, t he net interest margin improved as the result of a strong performance in Global Markets activities, as a steeper yield curve reduced funding costs, and growth in average mortgage balances.

     HSBC moved increasingly to differentiated product pricing in 2002. This competitive approach reflected the value to HSBC of its loyalest customers, but resulted in narrower spreads on a number of products, particularly mortgages and savings. The benefit of this strategy was seen in the mix and volume of HSBC’s core current account and savings products, particularly in the UK, Hong Kong and the US.


 

42

Back to Contents

Other operating income                  
 Year ended 31 December
 
 2003 2002   2001  
 
        
 Total    Household1    Rest of HSBC           
 US$m  % US$m % US$m % US$m % US$m %
By geographical                    
   region                    
Europe7,555  47.4 198 10.5 7,357 52.6 6,272 54.8 6,056 53.0
Hong Kong2,3312 14.7   2,331 16.6 1,917 16.7 1,852 16.2
Rest of Asia-                    
      Pacific1,350  8.5   1,350 9.6 1,174 10.2 1,137 10.0
North America3,982  25.1 1,680 89.5 2,302 16.4 1,502 13.1 1,495 13.1
South America678  4.3   678 4.8 596 5.2 880 7.7
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 15,896  100.0 1,878 100.0 14,018 100.0 11,461 100.0 11,420 100.0
    
   
   
   
   
Intra-HSBC                    
      elimination(422)      (422)  (326)  (257) 
 
    
   
   
   
  
Other operating                    
      income15,474    1,878   13,596   11,135   11,163  
 
    
   
   
   
  

 

 Year ended 31 December
 
  
 2003 2002 2001
 
    
 Total Household1 Rest of
HSBC
    
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m
          
By income category         
Dividend income222 12 210 278 186
Fees and commissions (net)10,394 1,216 9,178 7,824 7,470
          
Dealing profits         
– foreign exchange1,239  1,239 1,167 1,120
– interest rate derivatives330  330 47 159
– debt securities251  251 75 311
– equities and other trading358  358 24 95
              
 2,178  2,178 1,313 1,685
          
Operating leased assets rental income553 4 549 490 465
General insurance underwriting (net)473 62 411 313 373
Increase in value of long-term insurance2062  206 182 251
   business         
Other1,448 584 864 735 733
          
 2,680 650 2,030 1,720 1,822
 
 
 
 
 
Total other operating income15,474 1,878 13,596 11,135 11,163
 
 
 
 
 
          
1Since the date of acquisition.
2This figure has been reduced by the reversal of a US$42 million profit made on own shares, as a result of compliance with UITF Abstracts 37 and 38, details of which are set out in Note 1 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on pages 239 to 240.

43


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

FinancialReview (continued)

  
  

Analysis of fees and commissions receivable and payable

   Year ended 31 December     
 
 
   2003    2002   2001  
 
     
 Total Household 1Rest of HSBC     
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Account services2,317 138 2,179 1,715 1,620 
Credit facilities966  966 752 628 
Remittances288  288 268 246 
Cards2,976 1,495 1,481 1,242 1,116 
Imports/exports609  609 556 524 
Underwriting175  175 173 135 
Insurance961 35 926 775 668 
Mortgage servicing rights75    75  77  78 
Trust income145  145 125 114 
Broking income873  873 773 928 
Global custody338  338 296 308 
Maintenance income on operating leases171  171 160 165 
Funds under management1,096  1,096 1,026 965 
Unit trusts358  358 284 481 
Corporate finance189  189 122 115 
Other1,023 6 1,017 901 665 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total fees and commissions receivable12,560 1,674 10,886 9,245 8,756 
Less: fees payable(2,166)(458)(1,708)(1,421)(1,286)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net fees and commissions10,394 1,216 9,178 7,824 7,470 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 Since the date of acquisition.           
           

Year ended 31 December 2003 compared with year ended 31 December 2002

Other operating income of US$15,474 million, was US$4,339 million, or 39 per cent, higher than in 2002. Of this increase, Household contributed US$1,878 million and HSBC Mexico contributed US$599 million. On an underlying basis, and at constant exchange rates, growth in other operating income was 9 per cent, principally as a result of higher dealing profits throughout HSBC’s operations.

     The acquisitions of Household and HSBC Mexico reduced the proportion of fee revenues exposed to stock market fluctuations by bringing into the Group significant levels of account service fees (HSBC Mexico) and credit card fee income (Household). Fees from credit cards now constitute close to 24 per cent of total fees receivable compared with 13 per cent in 2002.

     Fees and commission income, excluding Household and HSBC Mexico and at constant exchange rates, increased by 4 per cent compared with 2002. In Europe, fee income increased by US$664 million, or 15 per cent, of which HFC Bank contributed US$49 million. Excluding this acquisition and at constant exchange rates, fee income increased by 2 per cent, mainly from growth in sales of creditor protection insurance, cards

transactions and loan fees. Within the UK, personal loan protection premiums grew by 19 per cent, reflecting growth in mortgages and personal loans. However, this was partly offset by a decline in sales of investment and pension products, mainly reflecting uncertainty in the equity markets.

     In North America, excluding US$1,167 million and US$453 million relating to Household and HSBC Mexico respectively, fee income was marginally higher than in 2002. Growth in income from securities advisory services, deposit-related service charges and card fees were partly offset by lower earnings from mortgage servicing.

     In Hong Kong, fee income increased by US$119 million, primarily due to higher revenues from wealth management services. There was strong growth in fees from sales of unit trusts and capital guaranteed funds, which increased by US$1.6 billion in 2003. HSBC expanded its range of structured deposit products, further benefiting fee income. Revenues from securities and stockbroking also increased in line with a buoyant stock market in the second half of the year and increased market share. In addition, the insurance business generated strong results reflecting growth in new individual life business written.


 

44


Back to Contents

     HSBC’s operations in the rest of Asia-Pacific increased fee income by US$81 million with strong growth in wealth management income, reflecting higher unit trust sales and funds under management. Fee income from credit cards rose in a number of countries.

     In South America, fee income increased by 10 per cent at constant exchange rates, mainly in Brazil. The increase reflected good growth in credit-related revenue, account service fees and cards. In Argentina a decline in fee income was recorded.

     Dealing profits of US$2,178 million were US$865 million, or 66 per cent, higher than in 2002 and reflected investment in and refocusing of HSBC’s markets businesses, primarily in the US and in Europe. In Asia a wider range of structured solutions were offered to customers which boosted revenues. Acquisitions were not significant contributors to growth in this area with HSBC Mexico contributing US$103 million. Within dealing profits, there was strong growth in fixed income earnings, predominantly in Europe and Hong Kong, as a result of favourable credit spreads and strong investor demand for yield enhancement products. Foreign exchange revenues increased in both Europe and North America, with volatility in the major currencies driving sales of hedging products and sales activity generally. In Hong Kong, a greater focus on tailored solutions generated a significant increase in corporate sales during the year.

     Other operating income further benefited from expansion of the insurance businesses in Argentina and Hong Kong and growth in the rail leasing business in the UK.

Year ended 31 December 2002 compared with year ended 31 December 2001

Other operating income of US$11,135 million was in line with that of 2001, both in nominal terms and in constant currency. In both Europe and South America the nominal movements in other operating income were primarily due to currency translation. With the exception of equity market-related activities, namely broking income and custody fees, growth was achieved in virtually all elements of other operating income.

     Net fees and commissions, at US$7,824 million, were US$354 million, or 5 per cent, higher than in 2001 and represented 29 per cent of total operating income in both 2002 and 2001. At constant exchange

rates, net fees and commissions were 4 per cent higher than in 2001.

     In Europe, fee income increased byUS$318 million, or 8 per cent (3 per cent in constant currency), as growth in wealth management income, particularly in general and life insurance, private client, pensions and investment advisory business more than offset the lower levels of equity market-related fees. In the UK, growth of 17 per cent was achieved in HSBC branded life, pensions and investment products sold through the tied salesforce. Sales of life protection products grew by 4 per cent and creditor protection insurance by 29 per cent.

     In North America, fee income wasUS$24 million higher than in 2001, excluding the US$47 million increase arising from the acquisition of HSBC Mexico. Growth in fee income from the sale of annuities and mutual funds, and across a range of banking services, more than offset a lower level of broking income.

     In Hong Kong, where the demand for credit products was muted, emphasis was placed on generating fee income. A combination of initiatives meant fee income was US$92 million higher than in 2001. This was primarily due to strong growth in fees from the sale of unit trusts, including the sale of US$2.8 billion of HSBC’s capital guaranteed funds, and fees from credit cards, insurance and underwriting business. In addition, higher levels of fee income were earned from structured finance transactions.

     HSBC’s operations in the rest of Asia-Pacific grew fee income by US$43 million, with strong contributions from credit cards in Taiwan, Malaysia, Indonesia, the Middle East, Thailand and India.

     In South America, fee income fell nominally by US$170 million, though by only US$27 million at constant exchange rates. Fee earning opportunities contracted in the subdued economic environment and, in addition, the Brazilian Government moved to prohibit the charging of fees against certain accounts.

     Dealing profits at US$1,313 million were US$372 million, or 22 per cent, lower than in 2001. Within this category foreign exchange earnings grew 4 per cent to US$1,167 million and continued to demonstrate resilience across all market conditions. The deterioration was primarily in the area of interest rate trading, with earnings from debt securities


45


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  
  

     US$236 million lower as credit spreads on corporate bonds widened sharply in response to an erosion of market confidence caused by low earnings growth and news of corporate scandals in the United States. Dealing profits were also affected by weaknesses in the equity markets.

     Fees in debt capital markets grew strongly by 30 per cent, or US$40 million, as HSBC improved its position in European markets.


 

46


Back to Contents

Operating expenses

 
Year ended 31 December
 
 
 
 
2003
 2002   2001   
 
         
 Total   Household1  Rest of HSBC           
 US$m % US$m % US$m% US$m % US$m % 
By geographical                    
region                    
Europe9,529 44.3 299 8.8 9,230 51.1 7,878 51.6 7,288 49.0 
Hong Kong2,212 10.3   2,212 12.2 2,139 14.0 2,140 14.4 
Rest of Asia-Pacific1,741 8.1   1,741 9.6 1,528 10.0 1,397 9.4 
North America6,947 32.3 3,107 91.2 3,840 21.2 2,675 17.5 2,540 17.1 
South America1,075 5.0   1,075 5.9 1,060 6.9 1,497 10.1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 21,504 100.0 3,406 100.0 18,098 100.0 15,280 100.0 14,862 100.0 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 Intra-HSBC elimination(422)     (422)  (326)  (257)  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 21,082   3,406   17,676   14,954   14,605   
 
   
   
   
   
   
Goodwill amortisation                    
Europe758 52.3 23 6.0 735 68.7 651 76.2 632 79.1 
Hong Kong3 0.2   30.3     
Rest of Asia-Pacific35 2.4   353.3 33 3.9 8 1.0 
North America643 44.3 358 94.0 285 26.7 146 17.1 145 18.1 
South America11 0.8   111.0 24 2.8 14 1.8 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1,450 100.0 381 100.0 1,069 100.0 854 100.0 799 100.0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total operating expenses22,532   3,787   18,745   15,808   15,404   
 
   
   
   
   
   

 

 Year ended 31 December 
 
 
 2003 2002 2001 
 
     
    Rest of     
 Total Household1 HSBC     
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
By expense category          
Staff costs12,111 1,794 10,317 8,609 8,553 
Premises and equipment (excluding depreciation)2,331 299 2,032 1,824 1,639 
Other administrative expenses5,243 1,203 4,040 3,331 3,279 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Administrative expenses19,685 3,296 16,389 13,764 13,471 
Depreciation and amortisation          
– tangible fixed assets1,382 99 1,283 1,189 1,133 
– intangible assets15 11 41  1  
– goodwill1,450 381 1,069 854 799 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total operating expenses22,532 3,787 18,745 15,808 15,404 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 % % %%  %  
Cost:income ratio (excluding goodwill amortisation)51.3 33.4 57.2 56.2 56.4 
           
1    Since the date of acquisition.           

 

 As at 31 December 
 
 
 2003 2002 2001 
 
     
     Rest of     
 Total Household HSBC     
Staff numbers (full-time equivalent)          
Europe73,943 4,075 69,868 72,260 73,326 
Hong Kong23,636  23,636 23,786 24,654 
Rest of Asia-Pacific31,827  31,827 28,630 26,259 
North America65,021 28,872 36,149 34,207 19,291 
South America28,292  28,292 25,522 27,519 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total staff numbers222,719 32,947 189,772 184,405 171,049 
 
 
 
 
 
 

47


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  
  

Year ended 31 December 2003 compared with year ended 31 December 2002

Growth in operating expenses of US$6,724 million, or 43 per cent, principally reflected the acquisitions of Household, US$3,787 million, and HSBC Mexico, US$964 million. Excluding the impact of these acquisitions and expressed in terms of constant currency, underlying operating expenses, excluding goodwill amortisation, were 5 per cent higher than in 2002. Virtually all of this growth was in staff costs, reflecting restructuring costs, higher social taxes and pension costs. In addition, Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets incurred higher costs reflecting expansion of the business and increased profitability. Notwithstanding this growth, the cost:income ratio of Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets improved by 3 per cent to 48.9 per cent. HSBC’s cost:income ratio excluding goodwill amortisation was 51.3 per cent for 2003, compared with 56.2 in 2002. Excluding Household, the cost:income ratio was 57.2 per cent.

     In 2003, HSBC’s Group Service Centre in Malaysia became operational. Overall, the Group’s Global Resource centres now employ in excess of 7,000 employees.

     In Europe, costs excluding goodwill amortisation increased by US$1,651 million compared with 2002, of which Household contributed US$299 million. At constant exchange rates and excluding Household and goodwill amortisation, expenses were 5 per cent higher than in 2002. This increase in expenses was primarily due to higher pension provision and employment costs, particularly in the UK, where social taxes were raised. Redundancy and property provisioning costs also increased, as HSBC restructured and relocated positions to the Group Service Centres in order to reduce its long-term staff costs. In addition, higher bonus accruals reflected stronger Global Markets revenues.

     Operating expenses in Hong Kong, excluding goodwill amortisation, were marginally higher than in 2002. Increased staff costs were mainly attributable to higher performance-related bonuses, reflecting strong Global Markets performance, and provisions for restructuring costs. Marketing expenses also rose in Personal Financial Services as Hong Kong’s economy rebounded after SARS abated. These increases were partly offset by reductions in staff numbers in Hong Kong as HSBC

continued its policy of migrating back office processing functions to the Group Service Centres.

     In the rest of Asia-Pacific, costs in 2003, excluding goodwill amortisation, increased by US$213 million, or 14 per cent, compared with 2002. At constant exchange rates, the increase was 9 per cent, primarily from recruitment to support business expansion, branch opening costs, acquisitions and provisions for restructuring. In addition, the continued migration of processing activities from other regions to the Group Service Centres in India, Malaysia and mainland China added to costs.

     In North America, operating expenses, excluding goodwill amortisation, increased by US$284 million, or 11 per cent, in 2003 excluding Household and HSBC Mexico. This increase was largely driven by higher staff costs, namely pension and healthcare provisions, performance-related incentives, and expenses associated with long-term restructuring programmes. In the US during 2003, severance costs of US$47 million were recorded for expense reduction initiatives, global resourcing moves and Household integration efforts, a US$28 million increase over the prior year. In addition, costs rose from the first full year inclusion of HSBC’s high net worth personal tax advisory business. These increases were partly offset by the benefits obtained from discontinuing certain of HSBC’s government and agency securities arbitrage operations in the US, and from business disposals.

     In South America, operating expenses, excluding goodwill amortisation, were broadly in line with 2002. At constant exchange rates and excluding goodwill amortisation, costs were 6 per cent higher than in 2002. The rise in Brazil was due to higher staff costs, driven by increases in labour claims, together with higher marketing costs and increased transaction taxes on higher operating income as the personal lending portfolio was expanded. In addition, the Group’s newly acquired businesses in Brazil added to cost growth. Costs in Argentina were down on 2002, mainly because of lower severance costs.

Year ended 31 December 2002 compared with year ended 31 December 2001

Operating expenses in 2002 were US$404 million, or 3 per cent, higher than in 2001. The increase reflected organic growth, acquisitions made during 2002, and the full year effect of acquisitions and the expansion of business activities in 2001, particularly


 

48


Back to Contents

in North America and the rest of Asia Pacific. In constant currency, excluding acquisitions made in 2002 and goodwill amortisation, cost growth was 2 per cent. Goodwill amortisation increased by US$55 million, of which US$10 million was goodwill amortised on GFBital for the one month of its ownership, and US$20 million was a non-recurring charge to write-off the balance of purchased goodwill on the Group’s insurance activities in Argentina.

     In Europe, costs excluding goodwill amortisation increased by US$590 million in 2002 compared with 2001. At constant exchange rates, costs in 2002, excluding goodwill amortisation, were US$265 million or 3 per cent higher than in 2001. US$165 million of this increase was attributable to acquisitions and changes in Group structure. These comprised the full consolidation of the Merrill Lynch HSBC business from July 2002 (US$45 million), and the acquisition of Demirbank and the Benkar card business in Turkey (US$120 million). The move to the Group’s new headquarters in Canary Wharf, together with consequent increases in vacant space provisioning, added US$76 million. Costs in the UK based investment banking operations were lower as headcount was adjusted to reflect market conditions.

     In Hong Kong, costs in 2002, excluding goodwill amortisation, were in line with 2001. A fall in staff costs, following the transfer of back office processing functions to Group Service Centres in

India and mainland China, and the non-recurrence of a pension top-up in Hang Seng Bank, offset increases in costs associated with business expansion.

     In the rest of Asia-Pacific, costs excluding goodwill amortisation increased by US$131 million, or 9 per cent, in 2002 compared with 2001. This growth in costs primarily reflected a higher staff complement in Group Service Centres in India and mainland China, and the expansion of business in several countries in the region, in particular mainland China, Taiwan, the Middle East and Australia, the latter through the acquisition of NRMA.

     Operating expenses in North America, excluding goodwill amortisation, increased by US$135 million, or 5 per cent, in 2002. This increase largely arose from the acquisition of GFBital and the costs associated with the establishment of the Wealth and Tax Advisory Services (‘WTAS’) business in the US. A reduction in the costs associated with ongoing development of hsbc.com offset additional costs from the closure of the institutional equity business in Canada and the restructuring of the merchant banking business in the US.

     In South America, operating expenses, excluding goodwill amortisation, fell by US$437 million, or 29 per cent, during 2002. At constant exchange rates, operating expenses excluding goodwill amortisation were 4 per cent higher than in 2001. The increase related to industry-wide salary adjustments agreed with unions in Brazil and costs of severance as headcount reductions were made in the recessionary environment.


Bad and doubtful debts
 Year ended 31 December 
 
 
 2003 2002 2001 
 
         
 Total Household1 Rest of HSBC         
 US$m% US$m% US$m% US$m % US$m % 
By geographical  region                    
Europe874 14.3 180 3.9 694 45.7 569 43.1 441 21.6 
Hong Kong400 6.6  400 26.4 246 18.6 197 9.7 
Rest of Asia-Pacific851.4  855.6 89 6.7 172 8.4 
North America4,676 76.7 4,395 96.1 281 18.5 300 22.7 300 14.7 
South America                    
Hong Kong581.0  583.8 313 23.7 327 16.1 
additional2    (196)(14.8)600 29.5 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total charge for bad
   and doubtful debts
6,093 100.0 4,575 100.0 1,518 100.0 1,321 100.0 2,037 100.0 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                     
1   Since the date of acquisition.
2   Additional general (recoveries)/provision against Argentine exposures.

49


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

       Year ended 31 December
 
 2003 2002 2001 
 
               
         Rest of   
 TotalHousehold1HSBC
 US$mUS$mUS$mUS$mUS$m
Specific provisions          
New provisions7,777 4,773 3,004 2,678 2,566 
Release of provisions no longer required(953)(4)(949)(826)(817)
Recoveries of amounts previously written off(610)(307)(303)(180)(285)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 6,214 4,462 1,752 1,672 1,464 
 
 
 
 
 
 
General provisions          
Argentine additional provision   (196)600 
Other(121)113 (234)(155)(27)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (121)113 (234)(351)573 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total6,093 4,575 1,518 1,321 2,037 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer non-performing loans15,050 4,706 10,344 10,523 9,649 
Customer bad and doubtful debt provisions13,691 5,201 8,490 9,117 8,161 
           
           
1 Since the date of acquisition.          

 

Year ended 31 December 2003 compared with year ended 31 December 2002

The acquisition of Household significantly affected the geographical and customer segment distribution of the Group’s lending activities and, more markedly, the distribution of its credit costs. At 31 December 2003, 76 per cent of customer lending was located, fairly equally, in Europe and North America, compared with 69 per cent in 2002, with Europe two-thirds of that total. At 31 December 2003, personal lending accounted for 56 per cent of the customer loan portfolio compared with 42 per cent at 31 December 2002.

     Excluding the effect of foreign exchange translation and the acquisition of Household, over 90 per cent of loan growth in 2003, excluding the financial sector, was generated in personal lending, predominantly mortgages, credit cards and other personal products.

     Over 90 per cent of the charge for bad and doubtful debts in 2003 related to lending to the personal sector, including consumer finance, compared with 65 per cent in 2002. Similarly, over 90 per cent of the charge related to lending in the US and Europe, compared with 66 per cent in 2002.

     The charge for specific bad and doubtful debts adjusts the specific balance sheet provisions to the level that management deems adequate to absorb actual and inherent losses in the Group’s loan portfolio from homogenous portfolios of assets and individually identified customer loans. Following the acquisition of Household, the majority of specific

provisions are now determined on a portfolio basis. In addition, the acquisition of Household has resulted in a significant increase in the extent to which HSBC employs statistical calculations using roll rate methodology to determine specific provisions for bad and doubtful debts. Other than this, there have been no significant changes to HSBC’s procedures in determining the various components of the charge for specific bad and doubtful debts. The charge for specific provisions in 2003 was US$6,214 million compared with US$1,672 million in 2002, an increase of US$4,542 million. New specific provisions, which increased by US$5,099 million, principally reflected the acquisitions of Household (US$4,773 million) and HSBC Mexico (US$47 million). Excluding the effect of the acquisitions, new specific provisions rose by US$249 million, or 9 per cent, compared with 2002.

     General provisions augment specific provisions and provide cover for loans which are impaired at the balance sheet date but which will not be individually identified as such until some time in the future. In determining the level of general provisions management takes into account historical loss experience, the estimated period between a loss occurring and that loss being identified and use their judgement as to whether current economic and credit conditions are likely to increase or reduce the actual level of inherent losses. There was a net general provision release of US$121 million in 2003, US$230 million lower than the net release of US$351 million in 2002. In Household and HSBC Mexico, general provisions were augmented by US$191 million due to growth in personal lending.


 

50

Back to Contents

Excluding this, the net release of general provisions of US$312 million was in line with that of 2002. This reflected improved underlying economic conditions, and progress made with refinancing and restructuring problem credits.

     The aggregate customer bad and doubtful debt provisions at 31 December 2003 of US$13.7 billion represented 2.66 per cent of gross customer advances (net of suspended interest, reverse repos and settlement accounts) compared with 2.68 per cent at 31 December 2002. As in 2003, HSBC cross-border exposures did not necessitate significant provisions.

     Non-performing loans (net of suspended interest) of US$15 billion at 31 December 2003 included US$5 billion relating to Household’s loan book. Excluding Household, and at constant exchange rates, there was a decrease in the level of non-performing loans (net of suspended interest) in 2003 compared with 2002 mainly as a result of the write-off of loans from the legacy portfolio acquired on the acquisition of HSBC Mexico.

Year ended 31 December 2002 compared with year ended 31 December 2001

HSBC’s customer loan portfolio continued to be well-spread both geographically and across personal and industrial sectors during 2002. The loan portfolio at constant exchange rates and excluding loans to the financial sector, grew by US$31.5 billion, or 11 per cent, during 2002 of which US$9.4 billion, or 3 per cent, arose from the acquisition of HSBC Mexico. The personal loan sector of the Group’s loan portfolio increased to 42 per cent of the aggregate at the end of 2002 compared with 40 per cent at the end of 2001. At constant exchange rates, there was growth of US$19.5 billion, mainly in Europe, North America and Asia. Of this increase, US$14.2 billion arose from residential mortgage lending.

     Changes in the concentration risk and asset quality of HSBC’s loan portfolio arose from the incorporation of the domestic loan book of HSBC Mexico. 13 per cent of HSBC Mexico’s loan book of US$9.7 billion was non-performing, including significant proportions of residential mortgage loans

and unsecured personal loans. These assets became impaired during the Mexican economic crisis in the late 1990s. In addition, approximately 40 per cent of HSBC Mexico’s loan exposure was peso-denominated Mexican Government risk. HSBC Mexico also had impaired assets in the agricultural and other government-supported sectors. These loan assets were critically reviewed and provisions restated where necessary to conform with the requirements of both UK GAAP and US GAAP during the fair value exercise undertaken as at the date of acquisition of HSBC Mexico.

     Excluding HSBC Mexico, there was a decrease in the level of non-performing loans during 2002 of US$350 million. This was due to a combination of write-offs, recoveries and upgradings in Hong Kong and a number of other Asian countries, partly offset by a rise of US$813 million in non-performing loans in Europe. The European increase came primarily from a small number of individual corporate loans in the telecommunications, private healthcare, leisure and manufacturing sectors and was not indicative of a general trend. Importantly, credit quality on consumer lending remained stable. In South America, in local currency terms, there was a sharp increase in the level of individual Argentinian non-performing loans as the effects of the economic crisis manifested themselves. By the end of 2002, almost three-quarters of the non-government loan book was classified as non-performing. The impact of this was recognised in the gen eral provision established at the end of 2001.

     Aggregate customer bad and doubtful debt provisions at 31 December 2002 of US$9.1 billion represented 2.52 per cent of gross customer advances compared with 2.57 per cent at 31 December 2001.

     As in 2001, HSBC’s cross-border exposures did not necessitate significant provisions.

     There were no significant changes to the Group’s procedures for determining the various components of the provision for bad and doubtful debts.


51


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

Gains on disposal of investments

  Year ended 31 December
  
  2003 2002 2001 
  US$m US$m US$m 
Gains/(losses) on disposal of:      
debt securities161 170 170 
equity investments233 226 305 
other participating interests1 69 4 
associates1 47 257 
subsidiaries37 16 21 
other18 4 (3)
  
 
 
 
  451 532 754 
  
 
 
 
        

Year ended 31 December 2003 compared with year ended 31 December 2002

During 2003, HSBC made 26 business acquisitions and completed 14 business disposals.

     HSBC’s profit on disposal of investments was US$451 million, US$81 million lower than in 2002. The profits in 2002 included gains of US$39 million on the sale of HSBC’s 50 per cent share of Lixxbail to its joint venture partner, and US$38 million on the sale of HSBC’s 6.99 per cent share in Banco Santiago S.A..

     Realised gains on the sale of debt and equity investment securities during the period were broadly in line with 2002. The reductions in interest rates and improvement in equity markets drove growth of US$59 million in the unrecognised gains on HSBC’s debt and equity investment portfolios.

Year ended 31 December 2002 compared with year ended 31 December 2001

During 2002, HSBC made 23 business acquisitions and completed 20 business disposals.

HSBC’s European results includedUS$213 million of profits on the sales of securities from investment portfolios, principally as HSBC adjusted its exposure to changes in interest rates. HSBC also disposed of its 50 per cent stake in Lixxbail to its joint venture partner, generating a profit of US$39 million.

     In the US, gains were taken in the first half of the year on the sale of a number of mortgage-backed and other debt securities as long-term portfolios were adjusted in response to exposures to interest rates and sovereign credit.

     HSBC’s South American results included a gain of US$38 million on the sale of HSBC’s 6.99 per cent stake in Banco Santiago S.A..


52


Back to Contents

Taxation

   Year ended 31 December    
 
 
 2003 2002 2001 
 US$m US$m US$m 
Current taxation      
UK corporation tax charge547 684 416 
Overseas taxation2,590 1,217 1,570 
Joint ventures1 (6)(13)
Associates19 17 26 
 
 
 
 
 3,157 1,912 1,999 
 
 
 
 
Deferred taxation      
Origination and reversal of timing differences(5)615 (176)
Effect of (increased)/decreased tax rate on opening asset(7) 3 
Adjustment in respect of prior periods(25)7 162 
 
 
 
 
 (37)622 (11)
 
 
 
 
Total charge for taxation3,120 2,534 1,988 
 
 
 
 
Effective taxation (per cent)24.3 26.3 24.9 
       
Standard UK corporation tax rate (per cent)30.0 30.0 30.0 
       
   
 Year ended 31 December     
 
 
 2003 2002 2001 
 US$m US$m US$m 
Analysis of overall tax charge      
Taxation at UK corporate tax rate of 30 per cent (2002 and 2001: 30.0 per cent)3,845 2,895 2,400 
Impact of differently taxed overseas profits in principal locations(366)(472)(616)
Tax free gains(17)(19)(102)
Argentine losses(25)87 336 
Goodwill amortisation476 261 263 
Amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments(331)  
Prior period adjustments(230)(90)(167)
Other items(232)(128)(126)
 
 
 
 
Overall tax charge3,120 2,534 1,988 
 
 
 
 
       

Year ended 31 December 2003 compared with year ended 31 December 2002

HSBC Holdings and its subsidiary undertakings in the United Kingdom provided for UK corporation tax at 30 per cent, the rate for the calendar year 2003 (2002: 30 per cent).

     HSBC’s effective tax rate of 24.3 per cent in 2003 was lower than the corporation tax rate of 30 per cent. The geographic mix of profits; fair value accounting adjustments, which are ignored for tax purposes; and prior period adjustments were the main factors which reduced the rate. These were partially offset by the effect of goodwill amortisation, which is also ignored for tax purposes, which increased the rate.

     Overseas tax included Hong Kong profits tax of US$483 million (2002: US$408 million) provided at a rate of 17.5 per cent (2002: 16 per cent) on the profits assessable in Hong Kong. Other overseas taxation was provided for in the countries of operation at the appropriate rates of taxation.

     Profits arising in North America represented a higher percentage of HSBC’s profits in 2003 compared with 2002 largely because of the acquisition of Household. US profits are taxed at a higher rate than the average for the rest of the Group and this change in mix raised the effective tax rate.

     A number of fair value acquisition accounting adjustments relating to Household and HSBC Mexico resulted in net credits to the profit and loss account with no corresponding tax charge. A more detailed explanation of the acquisition accounting adjustments is disclosed in Note 8 of the ‘Notes to the Financial Statements’.

     Prior period adjustments arose in 2003 which reduced HSBC’s overall tax charge. These related mainly to the recognition of deferred tax assets on losses, which became more likely to be utilised. The Group also reached agreement on a number of settlements. in respect of outstanding matters on prior year computations which allowed contingency reserves to be released.


 

53


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)
 
  

 

     Goodwill amortisation was higher than in the previous year, mainly due to the acquisition of Household.

     At 31 December 2003 there were potential future tax benefits of US$963 million (2002: US$885 million). The potential benefits are in respect of trading losses, allowable expenditure charged to the profit and loss account but not yet allowable for tax, and capital losses which had not been recognised because realisation of the benefits was not considered more likely than not.

Year ended 31 December 2002 compared with year ended 31 December 2001

HSBC Holdings and its subsidiary undertakings in the United Kingdom provided for UK corporation tax at 30 per cent, the rate for the calendar year 2002 (2001: 30 per cent).

     Overseas tax included Hong Kong profits tax of US$408 million (2001: US$450 million) provided at a rate of 16 per cent (2001: 16 per cent) on the profits assessable in Hong Kong. Other overseas taxation was provided for in the countries of operation at the appropriate rates of taxation.

     HSBC’s effective tax rate of 26.3 per cent in 2002 was higher than that for 2001 (24.9 per cent), mainly as a result of changes in the geographic mix of profits and certain non-recurring items occurring in 2001 which reduced the 2001 rate.

     In particular, profits arising in North America represented a higher percentage of HSBC’s profits in 2002 compared with 2001 because profits in the US were abnormally suppressed in 2001 by the provision relating to the Princeton Note settlement. US profits were taxed at a higher rate than the average for the rest of the Group and thus this change in mix raised the overall tax rate of the Group.

     One-off tax-free gains arising in 2002 were less than those in 2001.

     Partly offsetting these factors, no tax relief was assumed in respect of the bad debt provision and other losses relating to Argentina. These losses and provisions were lower in 2002 than in 2001. This had the effect of increasing the aggregate tax rate in both 2002 and 2001, though to a lesser extent in 2002.

     In 2002, prior year adjustments which resulted in a reduction in the tax rate, mainly relating to audit settlements, were less than similar adjustments in 2001.

     At 31 December 2002 there were potential future tax benefits of US$885 million (2001: US$906 million). The potential benefits were in respect of trading losses, allowable expenditure charged to the profit and loss account but not yet allowable for tax, and capital losses which had not been recognised because realisation of the benefits was not considered more likely than not.


 

54

Back to Contents

Asset deployment

 At 31 December   
 






 
 2003   20021  
 US$m % US$m % 
Loans and advances to customers528,977 51.6 352,344 47.1 
Loans and advances to banks117,173 11.5 95,496 12.7 
Debt securities205,722 20.1 175,730 23.5 
Treasury bills and other eligible bills20,391 2.0 18,141 2.4 
Equity shares12,879 1.3 7,664 1.0 
Goodwill and intangible assets28,640 2.8 17,192 2.3 
Other109,447 10.7 82,593 11.0 
 
 
 
 
 
 1,023,229 100.0 749,160 100.0 
   
   
 
Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness10,987   9,445   
 
    
   
 1,034,216    758,605   
 
   
   
Loans and advances to customers include:        
– reverse repos17,777   12,545   
– settlement accounts8,594   8,385   
         
Loans and advances to banks include:        
– reverse repos23,220   18,736   
– settlement accounts7,039   4,717   
         
1Figures for 2002 have been restated to reflect the adoption of UITF Abstracts 37 ‘Purchases and sales of own shares’, and 38
‘ Accounting for ESOP trusts’, details of which are set out in Note 1 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on pages 239 to 240.
  

Year ended 31 December 2003 compared with year ended 31 December 2002

HSBC’s total assets (excluding Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness) at 31 December 2003 were US$1,023 billion, an increase of US$274 billion, or 37 per cent, since 31 December 2002. Of this increase, US$131 billion were assets (including the related goodwill) added as

at the date of the acquisition of Household. Excluding this and at constant exchange rates, total assets grew by US$92 billion or 11 per cent.

     The impact of Household on asset mix by geography and customer type, which was operating primarily in North America in personal financial services, is also significant and is illustrated in the table below.


     
 31 December 31 December 
 2003 2002 
 % % 
Loans and advances to customers (gross)    
Europe39.6 46.5 
North America36.5 22.1 
Hong Kong and rest of Asia-Pacific22.9 30.4 
South America1.0 1.0 
 
 
 
 100.0 100.0 
 
 
 
Personal and consumer lending56.2 42.3 
 
 
 

     At 31 December 2003, HSBC’s balance sheet remained highly liquid, reflecting continued strong growth in customer deposits. Notwithstanding the acquisition of Household, the proportion of assets deployed in customer advances rose modestly from 47 per cent to 52 per cent. As a result of the Household acquisition, lending in Europe and North America rose to over 75 per cent of the total lending portfolio.

     Foreign exchange translation had a significant impact on reported growth within the balance sheet, as the US dollar weakened by 9.7 per cent and by 16.8 per cent over the year against sterling and the euro respectively.

     At constant exchange rates, gross loans and advances to customers (excluding loans to the financial sector and settlement accounts) were US$145 billion higher than at 31 December 2002. Of this growth, US$108 billion related to loans outstanding at the time Household was acquired.


 

55

Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

     Growth in lending in 2003 was concentrated in the personal sector. Excluding loans outstanding at the time Household was acquired, and at constant exchange rates, personal lending increased by US$34 billion, or 21 per cent, compared with 31 December 2002. This was mainly as a result of increased mortgage lending in the UK and the US, the acquisitions in Brazil and New Zealand, and post-acquisition growth in Household, where lending grew at an annualised 11 per cent following acquisition.

     Commercial and corporate lending, excluding lending to governments, grew by under 2 per cent as corporate demand for credit remained subdued and HSBC maintained its cautious lending criteria. Surplus funds from increased customer deposits in most geographic regions were increasingly deployed in investment securities in order to diversify risk concentration away from interbank lending.

     In Europe, growth in assets was driven primarily by increased mortgage lending in the UK, the post-acquisition growth in personal lending in HFC Bank and higher balances from trading activities in the UK and France. In addition, there was strong growth in consumer credit in the UK and secured lending in Switzerland driven by private banking customers seeking to maximise the overall earnings potential of their investments by borrowing to reinvest in higher returning securities.

     In Hong Kong there was only modest growth in customer lending against a backdrop of weak consumer demand, the impact of SARS and intense competition in the mortgage market. Additionally, loan balances under the Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme continued to fall following the suspension of this programme in 2001. Encouragingly, however, there was a 5 per cent growth in commercial and corporate lending, particularly in the second half of the year, as business confidence improved post-SARS, and initiatives announced by the mainland government to eliminate restrictions on tourists entering Hong Kong took effect.

     In the rest of Asia-Pacific, growth in assets was also driven by increased personal customer advances. At constant exchange rates, personal lending increased by 33 per cent compared with 31 December 2002, mainly as a result of increased mortgage lending in Australia and New Zealand, where HSBC acquired the AMP Bank’s mortgage

business, and in Korea, Singapore, India, Malaysia and Taiwan. Other personal lending increased in most countries in the region.

     In North America, the increase in total assets (excluding that relating to the acquisition of Household) was primarily in residential mortgages and other personal lending in both the US and Canada, as customers took the opportunity to consolidate their debt and re-mortgage at the lower prevailing interest rates.

     In South America, growth in total assets reflected the inclusion of the consumer lending portfolios of Losango and the ex-Lloyds TSB corporate lending portfolio.

     At 31 December 2003, assets held by the Group as custodian amounted to US$1,869 billion. Custody is the safekeeping and administration of securities and financial instruments on behalf of others. Funds under management amounted to US$399 billion at 31 December 2003.

Debt securities and equity shares



Debt securities held on an accruals basis in the investment book at 31 December 2003 showed an aggregate unrecognised gain, net of off-balance sheet hedges, of US$1,160 million compared with an unrecognised gain of US$1,278 million at 31 December 2002. Equity shares included US$5,390 million held on investment account, compared with US$4,284 million at 31 December 2002, on which there was an unrecognised gain of US$827 million, compared with a gain of US$473 million at 31 December 2002.

Funds under management

Funds under management of US$399 billion were US$47 billion, or 13 per cent, higher than at 30 June 2003 and US$93 billion, or 30 per cent, higher than at the end of 2002. During the year both the asset management and private banking businesses reported net fund inflows. The weakening of the US dollar benefited the translation of sterling and euro-denominated funds, and contributed to the positive market performance which resulted from the upturn in global equity markets. As at 31 December 2003, HSBC’s asset management business, including affiliates, reported funds under management of US$193 billion, and the private banking business reported funds under management of US$169 billion.


 

56


Back to Contents

 2003 2002 
 US$bn US$bn 
Funds under management    
At 1 January 2003306 284 
Additions136 116 
Withdrawals(94)(86)
Value change25 (26)
Exchange and other26 18 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2003399 306 
 
 
 

Economic profit



HSBC’s internal performance measures include economic profit, a measure which compares the return on the financial capital invested in HSBC by its shareholders with the cost of that capital. HSBC prices its cost of capital internally and the difference between that cost and post-tax profit attributable to ordinary shareholders represents the amount of economic profit generated. Economic profit is used by management as one of the measures to decide where to allocate resources so that they will be most productive. Internally HSBC emphasises the trend in economic profit within business units rather than

absolute amounts in order to concentrate on external factors rather than measurement bases. As a result of this, HSBC has consistently used a benchmark cost of capital of 12.5 per cent on a consolidated basis. Given recent changes in interest rates and in the composition of HSBC, HSBC believes that its true cost of capital on a consolidated basis is now approximately 10 per cent, and this rate will be adopted from 2004 onwards within the Group’s new strategic plan. HSBC has used the figure of 12.5 per cent for the duration of the current five year strategic plan period, which expired at the end of last year, in order to ensure consistency and to help comparability.

     On this basis, economic profit increased fourfold to US$934 million, compared with 2002, reflecting the benefit of Household and HSBC Mexico in 2003 as well as organic improvement. Measurement of economic profit involves a number of assumptions and, therefore, management believes that the trend over time is more relevant than the absolute economic profit reported for a single period.


 

 Year ended 31 December 
 
 
 2003   2002   
 US$m %1US$m4%1
Average shareholders' funds67,585   50,266   
Add:cumulative goodwill written off and amortised8,172   6,554   
 dividends declared but not paid1,773   953   
Less:property revaluation reserves(1,824)  (2,180)  
 
   
   
Average invested capital275,706   55,593   
 
   
   
Profit after tax9,696 12.8 7,116 12.8 
Add:goodwill amortisation1,585 2.1 863 1.6 
 depreciation charged on property revaluations38  80 0.1 
Less:equity minority interest(487)(0.6)(505)(0.9)
 preference dividends(435)(0.6)(372)(0.7)
 
 
 
 
 
Return on invested capital310,397 13.7 7,182 12.9 
         
Benchmark cost of capital(9,463)(12.5)(6,949)(12.5)
 
 
 
 
 
Economic profit/spread934 1.2 233 0.4 
 
 
 
 
 
  
1Expressed as a percentage of average invested capital.
2Average invested capital is measured as shareholders’ funds after adding back goodwill amortised and goodwill previously written-off directly to reserves and after deducting property revaluation reserves. This measure reflects capital initially invested and subsequent profit (excluding goodwill amortisation).
3Return on invested capital is based on attributable profit excluding goodwill amortisation adjusted for depreciation attributable to revaluation surpluses.
4Figures for 2002 have been restated to reflect the adoption of UITF Abstracts 37 ‘Purchases and sales of own shares’, and 38 ‘Accounting for ESOP trusts’, details of which are set out in Note 1 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on pages 239 to 240

57


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Analysis by customer group and by geographical region

By customer group:

Profit/(loss) excluding goodwill amortisation

 Year ended 31 December 2003 
 
 
TotalPersonal Financial Services
US$m
 Consumer Finance
US$m
 4Total
Personal Financial Services
US$m
 Commercial Banking
US$m
 Corporate, Investment Banking & Markets
US$m
 Private
Banking
US$m
 Other
US$m
5 Inter-
segment
elimination
US$m
 Total
US$m
 
                   
Net interest income8,654 8,289 16,943 4,196 3,899 574 (14) 25,598 
                            
Dividend income6 12 18 3 161 3 37  222 
Net fees and commissions3,623 1,219 4,842 2,256 2,315 822 159  10,394 
Dealing profits133  133 118 1,764 209 (46) 2,178 
Other income865 674 1,539 597 810 50 892 (1,208)2,680 
                            
Other operating income4,627 1,905 6,532 2,974 5,050 1,084 1,042 (1,208)15,474 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income13,281 10,194 23,475 7,170 8,949 1,658 1,028 (1,208)41,072 
Operating expenses                  
   excluding goodwill                  
   amortisation1(8,263)(3,397)(11,660)(3,778)(4,378)(1,149)(1,325)1,208 (21,082)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit/(loss)                  
   before provisions15,018 6,797 11,815 3,392 4,571 509 (297) 19,990 
Provisions for bad and                  
   doubtful debts(1,058)(4,575)(5,633)(274)(297)(2)113  (6,093)
Provisions for contingent                  
   liabilities and                  
   commitments(19) (19)14 (53)(2)25  (35)
Loss from foreign currency                  
   redenomination in                  
   Argentina      (9) (9)
Amounts written off fixed                  
   asset investments(18) (18) (91)(3)6  (106)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit/(loss)13,923 2,222 6,145 3,132 4,130 502 (162) 13,747 
Share of operating profit in                  
   joint ventures211  11  8    19 
Share of operating profit in                  
   associates247  47 20 80  74  221 
Gains on disposal of                  
   investments and tangible                  
   fixed assets27 3 30 6 225 61 92  414 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary                  
   activities before tax34,008 2,225 6,233 3,158 4,443 563 4  14,401 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 % % % % % % %   % 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax                  
   profits327.8 15.5 43.3 21.9 30.9 3.9    100.0 
Cost:income ratio162.2 33.3 49.7 52.7 48.9 69.3 128.9   51.3 
                   
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m   US$m 
Selected balance sheet                  
   data6                  
Loans and advances to                  
   customers (net)173,613 116,409 290,022 103,495 115,092 18,109 2,259   528,977 
Total assets7206,721 145,383 352,104 128,093 462,998 54,510 25,524   1,023,229 
Customer accounts290,540 232 290,772 111,515 119,335 50,951 557   573,130 
The following assets and                  
   liabilities were                  
   significant to customer                  
   groups as noted:                  
Loans and advances to banks                  
   (net)        101,277         
Debt securities, treasury bills                  
   and other eligible bills        186,139         
Deposits by banks        65,882         
Debt securities in issue  110,905               
                   
Goodwill amortisation:                  
1 excluded from (1) above249 379 628 263 272 282 5   1,450 
2 excluded from (2) above1  1  135  (1)  135 
3 excluded from (3) above250 379 629 263 407 282 4   1,585 
                   
For other footnotes, see page 65.                  

 

58


Back to Contents

Profit/(loss) excluding goodwill amortisation (continued)

     Year ended 31 December 2002       
 












 
     Corporate,         
 Personal   Investment     Inter-   
 Financial Commercial Banking & Private   segment   
 Services Banking Markets Banking Other  elimination Total  
TotalUS$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
               
Net interest income7,429 3,835 3,700 549 (53) 15,460 
               
Dividend income6 6 230  2 34  278 
Net fees and commissions2,979 1,934 2,164  623 124  7,824 
Dealing profits50 107 1,008  137 11  1,313 
Other income788 463  610  102  905 (1,148)1,720  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other operating income3,823 2,510 4,012  864 1,074 (1,148)11,135  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income11,252 6,345 7,712 1,413 1,021 (1,148)26,595 
               
Operating expenses excluding goodwill amortisation1(6,973)(3,153)(3,899)(987)(1,090)1,148 (14,954)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit/(loss) before  provisions1,84,279 3,192 3,813 426 (69) 11,641 
               
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts(857)(269)(184)(5)(6) (1,321)
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments(42)19 12 (21)(7) (39)
Loss from foreign currency redenomination in              
     Argentina    (68) (68)
Amounts written off fixed asset investments(2)3 (109)(22)(194) (324)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit/(loss)1,83,378 2,945 3,532 378 (344) 9,889 
               
Share of operating profit/(loss) in  joint ventures2(23)3 2 (1)  (19)
Share of operating profit in associates217 15 45 (10)68  135 
Gains on disposal of investments              
   and tangible fixed assets19 51 317 46 75  508 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax3,83,391 3,014 3,896 413 (201) 10,513 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 % % % % %   % 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits3,832.3 28.7 37.1 3.8 (1.9)  100.0 
Cost:income ratio1,862.0 49.7 50.6 69.9 106.8   56.2 
               
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m   US$m 
               
Selected balance sheet data6              
Loans and advances to customers              
      (net)143,696  90,562  101,770  14,115 2,201   352,344  
Total assets7,9171,496  113,525  394,542  48,346 21,251   749,160 
Customer accounts257,880  92,884  95,351  49,012 311   495,438 
The following assets and liabilities              
      were significant to Corporate,              
      Investment Banking and Markets:              
Loans and advances banks (net)    80,870         
Debt securities, treasury bills and              
      other eligible bills    162,583          
Deposits by banks    48,895         
               
Goodwill amortisation:              
1 excluded from (1) above186 168 236 264    854 
2 excluded from (2) above  8  1   9 
3 excluded from (3) above186 168 244 264 1   863 
               
For other footnotes, see page 65.              

59


Back to Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

FinancialReview (continued)

  

Profit/(loss) excluding goodwill amortisation (continued)

 Year ended 31 December 2001 
 













     Corporate,         
 Personal   Investment     Inter-   
 Financial Commercial Banking & Private   segment   
 Services Banking Markets Banking Other elimination Total 
TotalUS$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
               
Net interest income6,828 3,821 3,419 577 80   14,725 
               
Dividend income5 7 138 4 32   186 
Net fees and commissions2,877 1,751 2,140 602 100  7,470 
Dealing profits53 103 1,411 124 (6) 1,685 
Other income806 422 568 87 996 (1,057)1,822 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other operating income3,741 2,283 4,257 817 1,122 (1,057)11,163 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income10,569 6,104 7,676 1,394 1,202 (1,057)25,888 
               
Operating expenses excluding goodwill amortisation1   (6,477)(3,116)(3,920)(919)(1,230)1,057 (14,605)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
Operating profit/(loss) before  provisions14,092 2,988 3,756 475 (28) 11,283 
               
               
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts(767)(662) (34)24 (598) (2,037)
               
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments(17)16 (14)(46) (588) (649)
               
Loss from foreign currency              
      redenomination in Argentina    (520) (520)
               
Amounts written off fixed asset investments(5)(1) (72)(2) (45) (125)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit/(loss)13,303 2,341 3,636 451 (1,779) 7,952 
               
Share of operating profit/(loss) in              
      joint ventures2(99)6 10     (83)
Share of operating profit in              
      associates243 28 33  60   164 
Gains on disposal of investments              
   and tangible fixed assets210 10 354 5 195  774 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax33,457 2,385 4,033 456 (1,524) 8,807 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 % % % % %    %  
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits339.3 27.1 45.8 5.2 (17.4)  100.0 
Cost:income ratio161.3 51.0 51.1 65.9 102.3   56.4 
               
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m   US$m 
Selected balance sheet data6              
               
Loans and advances to customer  (net)113,844 81,999 99,260 12,137 1,409   308,649 
Total assets7,9138,908 101,002 374,282 52,135 20,581   686,908 
Customer accounts228,931 81,038 88,618 51,199 205   449,991 
The following assets and liabilities              
      were significant to Corporate,              
      Investment Banking and Markets:              
Loans and advances to              
   banks (net)    83,312         
Debt securities, treasury bills and              
      other eligible bills    155,330         
Deposits by banks    49,785         
               
Goodwill amortisation:              
1 excluded from (1) above179 157 204 249 10   799 
2 excluded from (2) above(1)2 6  1   8 
3 excluded from (3) above178 159 210 249 11   807 
               
For other footnotes, see page 65.              

60


Back to Contents

Personal Financial Services

Profit/(loss) excluding goodwill amortisation

 Year ended 31 December 
 









   2003  2002 2001 
 
 
 
     
 Total         
 Personal   Personal Personal Personal 
 Financial Consumer Financial Financial Financial 
 Services Finance4Services Services Services 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
           
Net interest income16,943 8,289 8,654 7,429 6,828 
           
Dividend income18 12 6 6 5 
Net fees and commissions4,842 1,219 3,623 2,979 2,877 
Dealing profits133  133 50 53 
Other income1,539 674 865 788 806 
           
Other operating income6,532 1,905 4,627 3,823 3,741 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income23,475 10,194 13,281 11,252 10,569 
           
Operating expenses excluding goodwill amortisation1(11,660)(3,397)(8,263)(6,973 (6,477)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit before provisions1,811,815 6,797 5,018 4,279 4,092 
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts(5,633)(4,575)(1,058)(857)(767)
Provisions for contingent          
   liabilities and commitments(19) (19)(42)(17)
Amounts written off fixed          
   asset investments(18) (18)(2)(5)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit1,86,145 2,222 3,923 3,378 3,303 
           
Share of operating profit/(loss) in joint ventures211  11 (23)(99)
Share of operating profit in associates247  47 17 43 
Gains on disposal of investments and          
   tangible fixed assets30 3 27 19 210 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           
Profit on ordinary activities before tax3,86,233 2,225 4,008 3,391 3,457 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By geographic region:          
Europe1,424 157 1,267 987 1,091 
Hong Kong1,740  1,740 1,705 1,631 
Rest of Asia-Pacific158  158 127 80 
North America2,938 2,068 870 605 593 
South America(27) (27)(33)62 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           
Profit on ordinary activities before tax3,86,233 2,225 4,008 3,391 3,457 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 % % % % % 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits3,843.3 15.5 27.8 32.3 39.3 
Cost:income ratio1,849.7 33.3 62.2 62.0 61.3 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Selected balance sheet data6          
Loans and advances to          
   customers (net)290,022 116,409 173,613 143,696 113,844 
Total assets7352,104 145,383 206,721 171,496 138,908 
Customer accounts290,772 232 290,540 257,880 228,931 
The following liabilities were significant to          
   Consumer Finance:          
   Debt securities in issue  110,905       
           
Goodwill amortisation:           
1 excluded from (1) above628 379 249 186 179 
2 excluded from (2) above1  1  (1)
3 excluded from (3) above629 379 250 186 178 
           
For other footnotes, see page 65.          

61


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review(continued)

  

Commercial Banking and Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets

Profit/(loss) excluding goodwill amortisation

            
       Corporate, Investment Banking  
 Commercial Banking     and Markets   
 Year ended 31 December   Year ended 31 December   
 




 




 
 2003 2002 2001 2003 2002 2001 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
             
Net interest income4,196 3,835 3,821 3,899 3,700 3,419 
             
Dividend income3 6 7 161 230 138 
Net fees and commissions2,256 1,934 1,751 2,315 2,164 2,140 
Dealing profits118 107 103 1,764 1,008 1,411 
Other income597 463 422 810 610 568 
             
Other operating income2,974 2,510 2,283 5,050 4,012 4,257 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income7,170 6,345 6,104 8,949 7,712 7,676 
Operating expenses excluding goodwill            
   amortisation1(3,778)(3,153)(3,116)(4,378)(3,899)(3,920)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit before provisions1,83,392 3,192 2,988 4,571 3,813 3,756 
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts(274)(269)(662)(297)(184)(34)
Provisions for contingent liabilities and            
   commitments14 19 16 (53)12 (14)
Amounts written off fixed asset            
   investments 3 (1)(91)(109)(72)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit1,83,132 2,945 2,341 4,130 3,532 3,636 
Share of operating profit in joint            
   ventures2 3 6 8 2 10 
Share of operating profit in associates220 15 28 80 45 33 
Gains on disposal of investments and            
   tangible fixed assets6 51 10 225 317 354 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit on ordinary activities before tax3,83,158 3,014 2,385 4,443 3,896 4,033 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By geographic region:            
Europe1,303 1,344 986 1,623 1,438 1,438 
Hong Kong711 733 726 1,275 1,226 1,244 
Rest of Asia-Pacific450 423 277 732 706 725 
North America595 435 410 837 494 441 
South America99 79 (14)(24)32 185 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit on ordinary activities before tax3,83,158 3,014 2,385 4,443 3,896 4,033 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 % % % % % % 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits3,821.9 28.7 27.1 30.9 37.1 45.8 
Cost:income ratio1,852.7 49.7 51.0 48.9 50.6 51.1 
             
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Selected balance sheet data6            
Loans and advances to customers (net)103,495 90,562 81,999 115,092 101,770 99,260 
Total assets7128,093 113,525 101,002 462,998 394,542 374,282 
Customer accounts111,515 92,884 81,038 119,335 95,351 88,618 
The following assets and liabilities were            
   significant to Corporate, Investment            
   Banking and Markets:            
   Loans and advances to banks (net)      101,277 80,870 83,312 
   Debt securities, treasury bills and            
      other eligible bills      186,139 162,583 155,330 
   Deposits by banks      65,882 48,895 49,785 
             
             
Goodwill amortisation:            
1 excluded from (1) above263 168 157 272 236 204 
2 excluded from (2) above  2 135 8 6 
3 excluded from (3) above263 168 159 407 244 210 
             
For other footnotes, see page 65.            

62


Back to Contents

Private Banking and Other

Profit/(loss) excluding goodwill amortisation

   Private Banking     Other5   
 Year ended 31 December   Year ended 31 December   
 




 




 
 2003 2002 2001 2003 2002 2001 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Net interest income574 549 577 (14)(53)80 
             
Dividend income3 2 4 37 34 32 
Net fees and commissions822 623 602 159 124 100 
Dealing profits209 137 124 (46)11 (6)
Other income50 102 87 892 905 996 
             
Other operating income1,084 864 817 1,042 1,074 1,122 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income1,658 1,413 1,394 1,028 1,021 1,202 
Operating expenses excluding goodwill            
   amortisation1(1,149)(987)(919)(1,325)(1,090)(1,230)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
             
Operating profit/(loss) before provisions1,8509 426 475 (297)(69)(28)
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts(2)(5)24 113 (6)(598)
Provisions for contingent liabilities and            
   commitments(2)(21)(46)25 (7)(588)
Loss from foreign currency            
   redenomination in Argentina   (9)(68)(520)
Amounts written off fixed asset            
   investments(3)(22)(2)6 (194)(45)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit/(loss)1,8502 378 451 (162)(344)(1,779)
Share of operating profit/(loss) in joint            
   ventures2 (1)    
Share of operating profit/(loss) in            
   associates2 (10) 74 68 60 
Gains on disposal of investments and            
   tangible fixed assets61 46 5 92 75 195 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax3,8563 413 456 4 (201)(1,524)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By geographic region:            
Europe339 236 310 173 155 357 
Hong Kong127 107 84 (123)(61)198 
Rest of Asia-Pacific36 25 (16)50 12 30 
North America63 57 81 (176)(207)(877)
South America(2)(12)(3)80 (100)(1,232)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit on ordinary activities before tax3,8563 413 456 4 (201)(1,524)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 % % % % % % 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits3,83.9 3.8 5.2  (1.9)(17.4)
Cost:income ratio1,869.3 69.9 65.9 128.9 106.8 102.3 
             
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Selected balance sheet data6            
Loans and advances to customers (net)18,109 14,115 12,137 2,259 2,201 1,409 
Total assets7,954,510 48,346 52,135 25,524 21,251 20,581 
Customer accounts50,951 49,012 51,199 557 311 205 
             
             
Goodwill amortisation:            
1 excluded from (1) above282 264 249 5  10 
2 excluded from (2) above   (1)1 1 
3 excluded from (3) above282 264 249 4 1 11 
             
For other footnotes, see page 65.            

63


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review(continued)

  

By geographical region:

In the analysis of profit by geographical region which follows, operating income and operating expenses include intra-HSBC items of US$422 million in 2003, US$326 million in 2002 and US$257 million in 2001.

Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax

       Year ended 31 December         
 
 
     2003      2002  2001   
 




         
 Total  Household10 Rest of HSBC         
 US$m % US$m % US$m % US$m % US$m % 
                     
Europe3,969 30.9 134 7.3 3,835 34.9 3,500 36.3 3,542 44.3 
Hong Kong3,728 29.1   3,728 33.9 3,710 38.4 3,883 48.5 
Rest of Asia-                    
   Pacific1,391 10.9   1,391 12.7 1,260 13.1 1,088 13.6 
North America3,613 28.2 1,693 92.7 1,920 17.5 1,238 12.8 503 6.3 
South America115 0.9   115 1.0 (58)(0.6)(1,016)(12.7)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total12,816 100.0 1,827 100.0 10,989 100.0 9,650 100.0 8,000 100.0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                     
Included within                    
   the above:                    
Princeton                    
   settlement11        (575)(7.2)
Argentina                    
   provisions12(9)(0.1)  (9)(0.1)  (1,120)(14.0)
                     

Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax excluding goodwill amortisation

      Year ended 31 December         
 
 
    2003      2002   2001   
 




         
 Total  Household10 Rest of HSBC           
 US$m % US$m % US$m % US$m % US$m % 
                     
Europe4,862 33.7 157 7.1 4,705 38.6 4,160 39.5 4,182 47.5 
Hong Kong3,730 25.9   3,730 30.6 3,710 35.3 3,883 44.1 
Rest of Asia-                    
   Pacific1,426 9.9   1,426 11.7 1,293 12.3 1,096 12.4 
North America4,257 29.6 2,051 92.9 2,206 18.1 1,384 13.2 648 7.4 
South America126 0.9    126 1.0 (34)(0.3)(1,002)(11.4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total14,401 100.0 2,208 100.0 12,193 100.0 10,513 100.0 8,807 100.0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                     
Included within                    
   the above:                    
Princeton                    
   settlement11        (575)(6.5)
Argentina                    
   provisions12(9)(0.1)  (9)(0.1)  (1,120)(12.7)
                     

Total assets

       At 31 December        
 


 
     2003      20028  
 








     
 Total   Household10   Rest of HSBC       
 US$m % US$m %   % US$m % 
                 
Europe425,312 41.6 10,665 7.2 414,647 47.4 341,569 45.6 
Hong Kong7197,487 19.3 - - 197,487 22.5 180,433 24.1 
Rest of Asia-Pacific98,081 9.6  - 98,081 11.2 76,635 10.2 
North America289,800 28.3 136,727 92.8 153,073 17.5 142,032 19.0 
South America12,549 1.2  - 12,549 1.4 8,491 1.1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total1,023,229 100.0 147,392 100.0 875,837 100.0 749,160 100.0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For above footnotes, see page 65                

64


Back to Contents

Basis of preparation and Footnotes to ‘Analysis by customer group and by geographical region’

Basis of preparation

The results are presented in accordance with the accounting policies used in the preparation of HSBC’s consolidated financial statements. HSBC’s operations are closely integrated and, accordingly, the presentation of customer group data includes internal allocations of certain items of income and expense. These allocations include the costs of certain support services and head office functions, to the extent that these can be meaningfully attributed to operational business lines. While such allocations

have been made on a systematic and consistent basis, they necessarily involve a degree of subjectivity.

     Where relevant, income and expense amounts presented include the results of intra-segment funding as well as inter-company and inter-business line transactions. All such transactions are undertaken on arm’s-length terms. Intra-segment funding and placements of surplus funds are generally undertaken at market interest rates.


 

Footnotes to ‘Analysis by customer group and by geographic region’

12,3,Goodwill amortisation excluded from profit/(loss) is disclosed in the tables on pages 58 to 63.
  
4 Comprises Household’s consumer finance activities since the date of acquisition.
  
5The main items reported under ‘Other’ are the income and expenses of wholesale insurance operations, certain property activities, unallocated investment activities including hsbc.com, centrally held investment companies and HSBC’s holding company and financing operations. The results include net interest earned on free capital held centrally and operating costs incurred by the head office operations in providing stewardship and central management services to HSBC. Net fees and commissions and other income of the Group’s wholesale insurance operations amounted to US$382 million in 2003 (2002:US$324 million; 2001: US$297 million).
  
6Third party only.
  
7Excluding Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness.
  
8In 2003, North America implemented a revised funds transfer pricing system to transfer interest rate risk from the business units to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets. The figures for 2002 have been restated to reflect the impact of transfer pricing had it been in place on a similar basis. The effect on the figures for 2001 is immaterial.
  
9The figures for ‘Total assets’ for 2002 and 2001, and for total assets for ‘Other’ for 2002 and 2001, have been restated to reflect the adoption of UITF Abstracts 37 ‘Purchases and sales of own shares’ and 38 ‘Accounting for ESOP trusts’, details of which are set out in Note 1 of the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on pages 239 to 240 .
  
10 Since the date of acquisition.
  
11 Deducted in arriving at the profit on ordinary activities before tax of North America.
  
12 Deducted in arriving at the profit on ordinary activities before tax of South America.

65


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Europe      
       
Profit/(loss) before tax excluding goodwill amortisation      
 
Year ended 31 December
 
 




 
 2003 2002 2001 
 
US$m
 US$m US$m 
       
Personal Financial Services1,267 987 1,091 
       
United Kingdom1,050 826 906 
France165 139 133 
Other52 22 52 
       
Consumer Finance1157   
       
United Kingdom157   
France   
Other   
 
 
 
 
       
Total Personal Financial Services1,424 987 1,091 
       
United Kingdom1,207 826 906 
France165 139 133 
Other52 22 52 
       
Commercial Banking1,303 1,344 986 
       
United Kingdom939 929 742 
France257 325 186 
Other107 90 58 
       
Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets1,623 1,438 1,438 
       
United Kingdom1,234 1,118 1,188 
France129 147 52 
Other260 173 198 
       
Private Banking339 236 310 
       
United Kingdom73 88 114 
France21 8 33 
Other245 140 163 
       
Other173 155 357 
       
United Kingdom139 176 196 
France12 (130)83 
Other22 109 78 
       
Total24,862 4,160 4,182 
       
United Kingdom3,592 3,137 3,146 
France584 489 487 
Other686 534 549 
       
       
1 Comprises Household since the date of acquisition.      
2 Goodwill amortisation excluded:      
   - arising on subsidiaries758 651 632 
   - arising on associates and joint ventures135 9 8 
   - total893 660 640 

66


Back to Contents

Profit before tax          
 Year ended 31 December 
 








 
 2003 2002 2001 
 




     
     Rest of     
 Total Household1HSBC     
EuropeUS$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Net interest income7,540 438 7,102 6,343 5,563 
           
Dividend income150  150 211 116 
Net fees and commissions5,192 49 5,143 4,528 4,210 
Dealing profits960  960 508 708 
Other income1,253 149 1,104 1,025 1,022 
           
Other operating income7,555 198 7,357 6,272 6,056 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total operating income15,095 636 14,459 12,615 11,619 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Staff costs(5,576)(146)(5,430)(4,425)(4,227)
Premises and equipment(1,058)(56)(1,002)(966)(786)
Other(2,068)(70)(1,998)(1,763)(1,619)
Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation.(827)(27)(800)(724)(656)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (9,529)(299)(9,230)(7,878)(7,288)
Goodwill amortisation(758)(23)(735)(651)(632)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses(10,287)(322)(9,965)(8,529)(7,920)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit before provisions4,808 314 4,494 4,086 3,699 
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts(874)(180)(694)(569)(441)
Provisions for contingent liabilities and          
   commitments(33) (33)(15)(30)
Amounts written off fixed asset investments(64) (64)(267)(90)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit3,837 134 3,703 3,235 3,138 
Share of operating loss in joint venture(127) (127)(26)(79)
Share of operating profit/(loss) in associates47   47 3  42 
Gains on disposal of investments and          
      tangible fixed assets212  212 288 441 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit on ordinary activities before tax3,969 134 3,835 3,500 3,542 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 % % % % % 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits (excluding          
   goodwill amortisation)33.7 1.0 32.7 39.5 47.5 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits30.9 1.0 29.9 36.3 44.3 
Cost:income ratio (excluding goodwill          
   amortisation)63.1 47.0 63.8 62.4 62.7 
Period-end staff numbers (full-time equivalent)73,943 4,075 69,868 72,260 73,326 
           
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Selected balance sheet data2          
Loans and advances to customers (net)210,605 8,452 202,153 164,701 133,380 
Loans and advances to banks (net)51,783 27 51,756 39,373 40,641 
Debt securities, treasury bills and other          
   eligible bills82,656 66 82,590 71,446 66,255 
Total assets3425,312 10,665 414,647 341,569 297,066 
Deposits by banks47,500 831 46,669 34,559 36,908 
Customer accounts242,724 231 242,493 197,362 169,371 
  
1 Since the date of acquisition.
2 Third party only.
3Figures for 2002 and 2001 have been restated to reflect the adoption of UITF Abstracts 37 ‘Purchases and sales of own shares’, and 38 ‘Accounting for ESOP trusts’, details of which are set out in Note 1 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on pages 239 to 240.

67


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Year ended 31 December 2003 compared with year ended 31 December 2002

The UK economy expanded by 2.3 per cent in 2003. After a slow first six months, growth accelerated in the third quarter and that momentum continued into the final months of the year. Growth in consumer spending slowed during the course of the year but nevertheless remained robust and, in particular, the housing market and household appetite to borrow remained strong. However, low real income growth, together with the expectation of further rises in interest rates, are expected to dampen household activity in the forthcoming months. Elsewhere, there are a few encouraging signs that industrial activity in particular and corporate confidence in general is starting to improve from a low base. Going forward, stronger global demand, if maintained, should provide a boost to the corporate sector.

     Having slipped into recession in the first half of the year, the eurozone economy returned to growth in the second half, expanding by 0.4 per cent quarter-on-quarter in the third quarter and by 0.3 per cent in the fourth quarter. Once again, however, it was stronger exports that drove the third quarter improvement, while the domestic economies remained subdued. Consumer spending was flat and investment contracted for the third consecutive quarter. The pick-up in exports occurred despite the appreciating euro, which rose more than 16 per cent against the dollar during the course of the year. In the fourth quarter, growth seemed to have been largely the result of inventory build up, with exports falling back after the strength of the third quarter, and with limited growth in consumer spending. Interest rates were cut twice during 2003, with the European Central Bank’s repo rate dropping by 75 basis points to 2 per cent. By contrast, however, longer-term interest rates have moved higher, rising by about 80 basis points between June and the end of December, as the bond market anticipated economic recovery.

     In 2003, personal credit expansion in the UK was the major growth area as consumers took advantage of historically low interest rates, enabling HSBC to generate strong growth in mortgages and consumer lending. Conversely, sales of investment and pension products fell, reflecting a lack of confidence in equity markets. In this environment, HSBC grew its deposit base as customers sought flexibility and security for their savings, notwithstanding the low interest rates available. The

 

low interest rate environment also meant that the value of HSBC’s maturing liquidity reduced as it was redeployed in lower yielding assets.

     The same factors, low interest rates and weak equity markets, increased the cost of pension provision by US$96 million in the UK. Employment costs also grew, notably in the UK, as social taxes were raised. In order to adjust for this higher cost environment, HSBC took steps to reduce its staff costs, announcing both 1,400 redundancies in the UK and the shift over the next three years of 4,000 positions to the Group Service Centres. In the short term these actions incurred both redundancy and excess property provisioning costs totalling over US$176 million.

     European operations contributed pre-tax profit of US$3,969 million in 2003 compared with US$3,500 million last year. Excluding goodwill amortisation, European operations contributed pre-tax profit of US$4,862 million and represented around one-third of HSBC’s total profit on this basis. At constant exchange rates, and excluding the US$157 million contribution from HFC, which was the only major change in the composition of the Group in Europe, pre-tax profit, excluding goodwill amortisation, was 2 per cent higher than last year. Goodwill amortisation of US$893 million increased by US$233 million compared with 2002, mainly reflecting a goodwill write-down in respect of a UK fund management company previously acquired as part of the CCF acquisition, and exchange rate movements.

     The commentaries that follow are based on constant exchange rates.

     Pre-tax profit, before goodwill amortisation, of US$1,267 million in Personal Financial Services, excluding Consumer Finance, was 16 per cent higher than in 2002, reflecting strong growth in UK mortgage and consumer lending, and in deposit-taking activities.

     Net interest income increased by 10 per cent, driven by strong growth in mortgages and personal lending in the UK and, to a lesser extent, in France. The net interest margin fell modestly as rates remained at historically low levels. However, balance sheet growth more than compensated for this. UK mortgage balances increased by 25 per cent to US$37.4 billion, as borrowers continued to take advantage of the low interest rate environment to refinance their mortgages. In France, a similar


 

68


Back to Contents

 

pattern was seen, and CCF’s mortgage balances increased by 11 per cent over 2002. Gross new mortgage lending in the UK grew by 12 per cent to US$17.9 billion. First Direct contributed to this growth with a US$280 million, or 14 per cent, increase over 2002, reflecting the continuing success of its Offset mortgage product. Both HSBC and First Direct continued to win major awards for their mortgage products in 2003.

     In the UK, personal lending balances, excluding mortgages and credit cards, grew by 15 per cent reflecting the success of targeted marketing campaigns and improved utilisation of customer relationship management systems. Card balances grew by 18 per cent to US$4.2 billion, due to strong consumer expenditure and targeted marketing campaigns, resulting in an overall increase in fee income from cards of 13 per cent.

     HSBC’s Premier service was further enhanced and the number of customers using this service in the UK grew by 57 per cent to over 280,000. Significant growth was achieved in HSBC Premier savings accounts in 2003, which contributed to an overall increase in UK personal savings balances of 20 per cent to US$35.7 billion. UK personal current account balances grew by 13 per cent to US$18.0 billion.

     Other operating income was broadly in line with 2002. The strong growth in mortgages and personal loans boosted sales of repayment protection products in the UK, producing a 19 per cent increase in personal loan protection premiums. HSBC maintained its position as the leading provider of income protection products in the UK, with a market share of 17 per cent at the end of September 2003. Lack of customer confidence in equity markets led to a decline in sales of investments and pension products. This trend also adversely affected the value of HSBC’s long-term assurance business in the UK. However, weakness in investment product sales reflected market conditions rather than competitive positioning and the bank was awarded the coveted ‘Five Star Award’ from Money Management magazine for its regular premium stakeholder pensions in the UK again in 2003.

     HSBC Turkey benefited from additional card fee income following the acquisition of Benkar in September 2002, contributing to an overall increase in its other operating income of 51 per cent.

     Operating expenses, excluding goodwill amortisation, increased by 2 per cent. This was

largely due to restructuring costs and external factors in the UK, including higher social taxes and the amortisation of the UK pension scheme deficit reported at the end of 2002. The relocation of the bank’s headquarters to Canary Wharf contributed to higher premises costs, following the upgrade of equipment and infrastructure. Additional costs were also incurred migrating the card issuing business in the UK to the more efficient platform used by Household in the US. Costs in France were largely unchanged compared with 2002.

     Low interest rates, stable employment and a gradual upturn in economic conditions in the UK provided the environment for continuing low levels of credit charges. The charge for bad and doubtful debts at US$267 million was 14 per cent higher than in 2002, a satisfactory performance in view of the growth of over 20 per cent in UK personal lending. Overall, credit quality improved.

     In Consumer Finance, HFC Bank, which joined HSBC in the UK in March as part of the Household acquisition, contributed US$157 million to pre-tax profit, before goodwill amortisation, in its first nine months of ownership. Integration with the HSBC Group is running on schedule.

     In Commercial Banking, pre-tax profits, before amortisation of goodwill, declined by 13 per cent compared with 2002 mainly reflecting lower net interest income and a higher cost base.

     Net interest income decreased by 3 per cent to US$1,961 million. Following the recommendations of the UK’s Competition Commission, HSBC applied credit interest to all qualifying small and medium-sized customer accounts, increasing interest expense by US$136 million. The move did, however, lead HSBC to strengthen its product proposition within those market segments in the UK, and business current account balances consequently rose by 21 per cent to just over US$10 billion. In addition, HSBC’s popular ‘Start-up Stars’ competition continued to raise the profile of the bank’s small business proposition in the UK and helped to attract over 102,000 new business start-ups and over 23,000 customer transfers. Enhanced customer targeting and the introduction of risk-based relationship pricing improved HSBC’s competitive position in the UK market, increasing lending balances by over US$2.2 billio n and net interest income by 10 per cent.

 

69



Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

     Overall, deposit balances in the UK grew by 9 per cent to just over US$9 billion, increasing market share and partly offsetting the effects of reduced deposit book spreads. Balances grew as a consequence of the introduction of the new Business Money Manager account, launched in response to customer demand for flexible savings accounts. The new product attracted an average of 1,700 new accounts per week and generated US$95 million of net interest income.

     In France, overall net interest income was broadly in line with 2002. The subdued economic climate saw businesses adopt a more conservative investment policy that was reflected in a 3 per cent rise in sight deposits. Short-term higher spread lending fell by 8 per cent, but was partly offset by growth in medium and longer-term lending, which increased by 4 per cent.

     In the UK, other operating income was marginally higher than 2002. Overdraft fees rose by 12 per cent, or US$19 million, reflecting the further benefit of improved account management initiatives introduced last year, whilst loan fees increased significantly in line with the growth in customer numbers.

     In France, higher income was generated through a volume-led increase in banking transaction fees and the introduction of a variety of guaranteed investment funds during the year. The former was achieved after specific initiatives directed towards middle market enterprises (‘MME’s). The successful launch of several structured financial products led to higher trading fees within CCF and the take-up of Asset Management products increased by 9 per cent.

     Overall, wealth management income declined as continued uncertainty in equity markets led to a fall in sales of savings and investment products.

     Operating expenses, excluding goodwill amortisation, were 7 per cent higher than last year at US$2,113 million. This was largely due to an increase in staff costs in the UK. Pension costs rose to compensate for the scheme deficit and one-off redundancy costs were incurred as migration was planned to the Group’s global processing capabilities. The costs of distributing and supporting business services and products within the UK increased in line with the growth in volumes and continued investment was made in electronic delivery channels across Europe.

     At US$204 million, the overall charge for bad and doubtful debts was 9 per cent lower than in 2002. In the UK there was a release of general provision which recognised the gradual improvement in the economic outlook for businesses over the year. Offsetting this there was a higher specific charge, reflecting a number of large provisions across various industries. Additionally, the charge in France increased due to lower recoveries in two of the regional banks. Underlying credit quality in France remained stable.

     Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported pre-tax profit, before amortisation of goodwill, of US$1,623 million, an increase of 2 per cent compared with last year. In Global Markets Europe, performance was strong. This reflected income growth in foreign exchange, derivatives and debt securities, partly offset by higher bad debt provisions in Corporate Banking. HSBC also absorbed the costs of restructuring and repositioning the equities and investment banking businesses.

     In Global Markets UK, earnings from deploying the excess liquidity of the bank declined as long-term assets matured and proceeds were reinvested at lower rates. Overall, net interest income was 5 per cent lower than in 2002.

     Other operating income increased by 9 per cent, reflecting a substantial growth in dealing profits that more than offset lower fee and commission income. Foreign exchange revenues remained strong as volatility in the major currency pairs prompted customers to hedge their currency exposures. Continued weakening of the US dollar provided a clear trend in the markets for position taking. Fixed income earnings showed a strong year-on-year growth reflecting a combination of tightening credit spreads and strong investor demand for yield in the low interest rate environment, which boosted sales of corporate bonds. In line with a greater business focus on risk management products, revenues from trading increased, reflecting the benefit successful interest rate positioning and continued growth in customer mandates from corporate customers. Additional growth in revenue resulted from a strong presence in each of the euro vani lla and structured derivatives markets.

     Fees and commission income decreased by 6 per cent. Difficult operating conditions in equity markets resulted in lower commissions and new-issue fees, but these were partly offset by higher fees from


 

70


Back to Contents

merger and advisory business as greater focus was given to HSBC’s core customer sectors and regions. Fees from debt capital markets activities were also strong. Generally, fees benefited from the high level of activity in the primary markets, as customers sought long-term financing at low interest rates.

     Staff costs rose, with higher bonuses reflecting increased profitability in specific product lines. Restructuring and research costs of US$24 million were also incurred to build and reshape HSBC’s investment banking and equities businesses. Premises and equipment expenses were lower as a result of savings in rental payments from the London office move to Canary Wharf.

     Credit experience was generally satisfactory although new specific provisions were higher, mainly due to a single name in the engineering sector which was extensively restructured in the second half of the year. Corporate weakness in the power generation sector was also dealt with through raising additional specific provisions, although these were partly offset by recoveries in the transport and telecommunications sectors, as balance sheets were strengthened.

     Gains on investment disposals were lower than in 2002, mainly due to a reduction in profits from the disposal of venture capital investments in CCF.

     Against the background of a recovery from recent lows in European stock markets, Private Banking activities continued to grow during 2003. Pre-tax profit, excluding goodwill amortisation, increased by 48 per cent as a result of strong growth in dealing income, lower costs and the non-recurrence of contingencies and write downs in 2002.

     Net interest income was broadly in line with 2002. A 30 per cent increase in lending balances was driven by clients seeking to maximise the overall earnings potential of their investments by borrowing to reinvest in higher returning securities. These additional earnings were mostly offset by a decline in yield on free funds as lower interest rates prevailed throughout the year.

     Net fees and commissions increased by 2 per cent to US$556 million. The low interest rate environment improved the attractiveness of investment markets, particularly for sophisticated investors with access to structured products which

offered potentially higher returns than from cash deposits. Consequently, funds under management increased by US$20 billion to US$91 billion, with a move by clients away from liquid positions bringing in some US$9 billion of new client funds. A strong rise in discretionary mandates together with client demand for structured products and Household’s commercial paper contributed to the increase. Transaction and safe custody fees rose in line with the growth in client funds while an increased focus on product enrichment produced strong growth in income from structured products. In Germany, fee income was boosted by the placement of two new property funds. However, income in France was weaker as stock market activity remained subdued.

     Volatility in the major currencies resulted in higher volumes of client transactions in the foreign exchange markets, and combined with proprietary equity gains in 2003, contributed to the 37 per cent improvement in dealing profits to US$94 million.

     Total operating expenses, before goodwill amortisation, fell by 4 per cent to US$709 million. This was achieved through cost savings realised following the merger of three banks in Switzerland in 2002 and lower property expenses.

     Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments were lower than in 2002, which included amounts provided for litigation. Amounts written off fixed asset investments were lower than in 2002 following a specific write down of a debt security in 2002. Gains on disposal of investments and tangible fixed assets increased by 22 per cent to US$61 million, principally reflecting a gain on a long-term private placement transaction.

Year ended 31 December 2002 compared with year ended 31 December 2001

The UK registered strong consumer-led GDP growth of 1.7 per cent in 2002. Structural disparities within the UK economy widened further as consumer and government spending masked an industrial recession. A combination of low interest rates, and a rising incidence of equity withdrawal as house prices rose, boosted consumer expenditure, particularly in the latter half of the year. Unemployment remained low as the jobs shake-out in manufacturing was absorbed by growth in the public sector.

     Economic activity slowed further in 2002, as early indicators pointing to a standard cyclical recovery in economic activity diminished and the


 

71


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

momentum from rate cuts in 2001 was lost.Industrial production and investment contracted in all major economies, although this was offset to varying degrees by consumer and government expenditure. Initial optimism that the fourth quarter of 2001 marked the low point in the eurozone’s economic cycle was largely misplaced as constraints imposed by the EMU’s growth and stability pact limited the degree of fiscal loosening available to members.

European operations contributed US$3,500 million to HSBC’s pre-tax profit in 2002. Europe’s pre-tax profits, before goodwill amortisation, were US$4,160 million, and represented 40 per cent of HSBC’s profits on this basis. Goodwill amortisation of US$660 million was broadly in line with 2001. Operating performance was strong with pre-provision profit rising 9 per cent to US$4,737 million before goodwill amortisation. In constant currency terms, the growth was 6 per cent. This growth was driven essentially by the core personal and commercial banking businesses in the UK and France and by Global Markets UK’s performance. There was no material benefit in 2002 from disposal gains as after making provisions for amounts to be written off fixed asset investments, the net gain was only US$21 million. The comparable figure in 2001 was US$351 million, a result dominated by the sale of the Group’s stake in British Interactive Broadcasting.

     The impact of acquisitions on the 2002 profit before tax was modest at US$51 million. The acquisitions of Demirbank in October 2001 and Benkar in September 2002, however, represented a major expansion of HSBC’s business in Turkey. These businesses were successfully integrated during 2002, and by the end of the year over 500,000 customers in Turkey were being served through a combination of call centres, internet banking and a network of 163 branches.

     Internal restructuring took place to enhance operational efficiency. In June 2002, HSBC acquired Merrill Lynch’s 50 per cent share of the Merrill Lynch HSBC joint venture. The business was integrated into HSBC Bank in December 2002.

     The commentaries on the Europe results that follow are based on constant exchange rates.

     In Personal Financial Services, pre-tax profit, before goodwill amortisation, of US$987 million was 13 per cent lower than in 2001. However, after adjusting for the US$200 million profit from the sale

of the Group’s stake in British Interactive Broadcasting in 2001, profit increased by 6 per cent. The underlying increase was driven by strong growth in lending and savings products and increased spreads, as funding costs reflected the low interest rate environment across Europe. Higher operating expenses, due in part to the full year impact of acquisitions, one-off property costs and vacant space provisions, partly offset the growth in income.

     Net interest income, at US$2,541 million, was 14 per cent higher than in 2001. UK mortgage balances increased by 24 per cent and gross new lending by 57 per cent as HSBC increased its market share from 4 per cent to 6 per cent in a buoyant housing market. HSBC’s UK mortgage balances have almost doubled over the past five years through a combination of innovative products and competitive pricing. ‘HomeStart’, an innovative mortgage allowing first time buyers to pay only the interest costs during the first three years, was a major contributor to growth during the year.

     In the UK, personal current account balances increased by 11 per cent as customers preferred to hold cash in the uncertain investment climate. The launch of a new Bonus Savings Account, and improved utilisation of customer relationship management systems, contributed to growth of 19 per cent in personal savings balances and 16 per cent in personal lending balances.

     In France, CCF’s net interest income of US$386 million was 7 per cent higher than in 2001. Net interest income grew strongly, driven by growth in personal lending and sight deposits as customers preferred liquidity and security in the face of falling equity markets. In Turkey, net interest income increased substantially reflecting the full year’s contribution of Demirbank and the acquisition of Benkar in September 2002.

     Other operating income at US$1,767 million was 3 per cent lower than in 2001. This reflected lower income from equity market-related activity and sales of investment products, largely offset by strong growth in sales of life, critical illness and income protection products. Credit card income particularly benefited from the inclusion of a full year’s income for Demirbank, and three months contribution from Benkar.

     In the UK, sales of HSBC branded life, critical illness and income protection products, through the tied sales-force, were 7 per cent higher than in 2001.


 

72


Back to Contents

Life protection sales grew by 42 per cent on the back of strong mortgage growth and there was a 26 per cent rise in sales of creditor protection insurance, driven by the growth in personal lending. The bank continued to deepen customer relationships through a broader range of products with particular focus on wealth management. The bank’s combined market share for its principal investment products, Open Ended Investment Companies and ISAs, was maintained at over 5 per cent during the year despite the difficult investment market conditions. However, overall wealth management income fell, principally as a result of the fall in the investment markets and adjustments to the value of long-term assurance business. In France, a similar pattern was seen. Good growth was achieved in fee income on credit facilities, cards and from sales of investment protection products. This was partly offset by lower stockbroking fees.

     Operating expenses, excluding goodwill amortisation, increased by 8 per cent, and included a full year’s costs for Demirbank, the acquisition of Benkar and the integration of Merrill Lynch HSBC. Excluding these, costs rose by 3 per cent, due in part to one-off property and vacant space costs relating to the relocation of the bank’s headquarters to Canary Wharf in the second half of 2002, and increased marketing and IT costs, as further investment was made in both front office and customer contact systems. Non-staff costs increased, reflecting the cost of outsourcing HSBC Bank’s cash and cheque processing services and the impact of offshore processing. Utilisation of HSBC’s service centres in China and India increased with some 700 staff positions and 20 new processes transferred to India during the year. In France, CCF’s staff costs were broadly unchanged on 2001, despite the full year impact of Banque Hervet, and was achieved in part through a small reduction in headcount.

     The charge for bad and doubtful debts at US$215 million was 3 per cent higher than in 2001. Increased provisions in CCF were partly offset by a lower charge in the UK where credit quality remained stable and improved debt counselling services proved effective.

     Losses from joint ventures fell significantly, reflecting the full consolidation of Merrill Lynch HSBC from the second half of 2002.

     Commercial Banking reported pre-tax profit, before goodwill amortisation, of US$1,344 million,

an increase of 32 per cent compared with 2001. The increase reflected higher net interest income and fee income together with lower provisions for bad and doubtful debts.

     Net interest income rose by 11 per cent. Term lending balances grew by 9 per cent, with a corresponding increase in income of 10 per cent, as a result of customer segmentation and the introduction of tiered pricing in the UK. A general move away from equity investments towards deposits helped increase balances by 9 per cent. The customer base rose by 7 per cent, on the back of an increased share of the business start-up market and relatively low attrition levels. During 2002, over 87,000 business start-up accounts were opened, an increase on last year of some 26,000 accounts or 42 per cent. This was attributed to effective marketing, particularly the ‘Start-Up Stars’ campaign.

     CCF’s net interest income also grew with the rise in customer stocks, leading to an increase in sight deposits of 8 per cent and growth in the loan book of 4 per cent, combined with an improvement in spreads.

     Other operating income increased by 11 per cent. UK overdraft fees rose by 28 per cent, reflecting improved account management. Fee income from UK invoice financing activities grew by 7 per cent, with an increase of 13 per cent in the number of clients opting for credit protection. This reflected greater economic uncertainty, particularly in the manufacturing sector. Along with other specialisms, such as vehicle and equipment finance, the invoice finance salesforce was integrated into the network, improving the level of cross sale introductions and contributing to a 10 per cent increase in its client base. Sales of business protection products such as key man insurance and partnership protection grew by 11 per cent in the UK. These were sold along with pension and inve stment products aimed at assisting businesses in managing wealth and offering protection.

     Underlying operating expenses rose by 5 per cent in 2002. The UK experienced increased premises costs with the opening of the new headquarters at Canary Wharf in the latter half of 2002 and the rationalisation of the property portfolio, resulting in one-off property and vacant space costs. IT costs increased Europe-wide from the systems modifications necessitated by the introduction of the Euro.


 

73


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

     In order to increase customer choice, further investment was made in alternative sales channels such as business telephone banking and business internet banking. A business outbound centre was established at Leicester in the UK. January 2002 saw the launch of business internet banking (www.bib.hsbc.com) to the UK’s business customers, with 35,000 registering in its first year. Dedicated business-banking centres were set-up in Swansea, Edinburgh and Hyderabad, handling calls from approximately 134,000 registered users.

     The net charge for bad and doubtful debts reduced by 23 per cent, mainly due to a fall in CCF, where lower provisions combined with higher releases and recoveries in 2002. The UK saw an improvement in the risk profile of commercial customers leading to a net release of the general provisions held. Against this, new specific provisions were required in the private health, leisure and manufacturing sectors and the overall charge remained flat.

     Gains on disposal of investments of US$40 million mainly reflected the sale of CCF’s holding in Lixxbail.

     2002 included full year contributions from Banque Hervert in France and Demirbank in Turkey. Both performed in line with expectations and integrated well into HSBC.

     Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported pre-tax profit, before amortisation of goodwill, of US$1,438 million in 2002, unchanged from 2001. Growth in net interest income was offset by lower dealing profits and a higher charge for bad debts.

     Net interest income increased by 15 per cent compared with 2001, primarily because of earnings on money market business, which benefited from the steeper yield curve following interest rate cuts during 2002. The impact of this diminished during the second half of the year as maturing liquidity was redeployed in lower yielding assets. Net interest income also grew as Global Markets increased the proportion of liquid assets held in high quality corporate and institutional bonds relative to interbank placement. Increased equity swap activity also generated additional cash deposits.

     Net fees and commissions were broadly in line with 2001. Markets in global new equity issues and financial advisory services continued to be

depressed, and trading volumes on stock markets remained at subdued levels, adversely affecting commission revenues. However, fee income from fixed income products designed for corporate clients increased, and HSBC achieved the number one ranking in bond issuance for UK and French corporates in all currencies.

     Dealing profits decreased by 38 per cent. Dealing losses were generated on interest rate derivatives undertaken to hedge the interest rate risk arising on holdings of corporate bonds, although this was offset by increased net interest income on the bonds. Also, foreign exchange revenues grew by 11 per cent following expansion in emerging markets business and currency options. In the UK, increased activity in equity swap transactions generated dealing losses, which were offset by a rise in dividend income.

     Operating expenses were in line with 2001. Increased revenue-related costs in Global Markets were offset by a significant reduction in staff costs following a restructuring of Investment Banking to reflect market conditions.

     The charge for bad and doubtful debts, at US$153 million, reflected an increase in specific provisions for a small number of telecommunications related exposures in the UK.

     In Private Banking, HSBC continued to restructure and strengthen its operations with the integration of HSBC Guyerzeller and CCF’s private banking operations outside France with HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse). The comments below assume that this structure was in place during 2001.

     Despite the decline in the European stock markets, growth in clients’ funds under management continued, in part due to a significant increase in client referrals from Personal Financial Services.

     Net interest income fell by 10 per cent compared with 2001 as lower interest rates reduced earnings on Private Banking’s investment portfolio and free funds. Part of the portfolio was repositioned at the beginning of the year into lower yielding but higher grade securities in anticipation of difficult credit markets.

     Transaction and safe custody fees increased in line with the US$4 billion growth in funds under management to US$71 billion, despite falls in world stock markets. Investment fees benefited strongly


74


Back to Contents

from the success of the Hermitage Fund, which offered clients access to Russian investment opportunities. In France, fee income was affected by lower stock market indices while interest arbitrage activities on securities boosted net interest income at the expense of dealing income. The latter was further undermined by mark-to-market losses.

     Dealing profits fell by 13 per cent compared with 2001, mainly in France and HSBC Guyerzeller, reflecting difficult market conditions.

     Underlying operating expenses excluding goodwill amortisation were in line with last year.

     The credit for provisions for bad and doubtful debts in 2002 was smaller than in 2001, when a larger reduction in general provisions was booked following a reassessment of provisions required.

     Amounts written off fixed asset investments were higher than last year following a write down of a specific debt instrument of a company in the telecommunications sector.

     The share of loss in associated undertakings of US$10 million in 2002 reflected a drop in the value of a partially owned private equity company.

     The gain on disposal of investments and tangible assets increased to US$48 million. The increase reflected debt instruments sold during the year and the liquidation of a Russian Recovery fund established in 2000 to manage previously written down Russian debt instruments.


75


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) excluding goodwill amortisation by customer group

        Year ended 31 December 2003      
  
 
      Total   Corporate,         
  Personal   Personal   Investment     Inter-   
  Financial Consumer Financial Commercial Banking & Private   segment   
  Services Finance4Services Banking Markets Banking Other elimination Total 
 EuropeUS$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
 Net interest income3,082 438 3,520 1,961 1,509 334 216  7,540 
                             
 Dividend income4  4 2 138 2 4  150 
 Net fees and commissions1,789 49 1,838 1,335 1,204 556 259  5,192 
 Dealing profits37  37 16 839 94 (26) 960 
 Other income129 149 278 294 539 10 371 (239)1,253 
 Other operating income1,959 198 2,157 1,647 2,720 662 608 (239)7,555 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Operating income5,041 636 5,677 3,608 4,229 996 824 (239)15,095 
                    
 Operating expenses                  
    excluding goodwill                  
    amortisation1(3,471)(299)(3,770)(2,113)(2,471)(709)(705)239 (9,529)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Operating profit before                  
    provisions11,570 337 1,907 1,495 1,758 287 119  5,566 
                    
 Provisions for bad and                  
    doubtful debts(267)(180)(447)(204)(218)(4)(1) (874)
 Provisions for contingent                  
    liabilities and                  
    commitments(29) (29)10 (52)(2)40  (33)
 Amounts written off fixed                  
    asset investments(1) (1) (42)(3)(18) (64)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Operating profit11,273 157 1,430 1,301 1,446 278 140  4,595 
                    
 Share of operating profit in                  
    joint ventures2    8     8 
 Share of operating profit                  
    in associates23  3 3 13   28  47 
 Gains/(losses) on disposal                  
    of investments and                  
    tangible fixed assets(9) (9)(1)156 61 5  212 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Profit on ordinary                  
    activities before tax31,267 157 1,424 1,303 1,623 339 173  4,862 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  % % % % % % %   % 
 Share of HSBC’s pre-tax                  
    profits38.8 1.1 9.9 9.0 11.3 2.4 1.1   33.7 
 Cost:income ratio168.9 47.0 66.4 58.6 58.4 71.2 85.6   63.1 
                    
  US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m   US$m 
 Selected balance sheet                  
    data5                  
 Loans and advances to                  
    customers (net)76,439 8,452 84,891 52,947 61,085 11,681 1   210,605 
 Total assets92,890 10,526 103,416 67,107 209,885 40,964 3,940   425,312 
 Customer accounts102,192 231 102,423 45,558 63,556 31,187    242,724 
 The following assets and                  
    liabilities were significant                  
    to the customer groups                  
    noted:                  
    Loans and advances to                  
       banks (net)        43,699         
    Debt securities, treasury                  
       bills and other eligible                  
       bills        67,692         
    Deposits by banks        44,261         
    Debt securities in issue  3,232               
Goodwill amortisation:                  
1excluded from (1) above123 23 146 160 192 257 3   758 
2excluded from (2) above    135     135 
3excluded from (3) above123 23 146 160 327 257 3   893 
4Comprises Household since the date of acquisition.                  
5Third party only.
                  

76


Back to Contents

Profit/(loss) excluding goodwill amortisation by customer group (continued)

      Year ended 31 December 2002       
  
 
      Corporate,         
  Personal   Investment     Inter-   
  Financial Commercial Banking & Private   segment   
  Services Banking Markets Banking Other elimination Total 
EuropeUS$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
               
Net interest income2,541 1,800 1,444 300 258  6,343 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividend income3 4 202 2   211 
Net fees and commissions1,570 1,128 1,137 471 222  4,528 
Dealing profits31 18 385 63 11  508 
Other income163 303 508 16 316 (281)1,025 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other operating income1,767 1,453 2,232 552 549 (281)6,272 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income4,308 3,253 3,676 852 807 (281)12,615 
                
Operating expenses excluding              
 goodwill amortisation1(3,076)(1,759)(2,197)(618)(509)281 (7,878)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit before              
 provisions11,232 1,494 1,479 234 298  4,737 
                
Provisions for bad and doubtful              
 debts(215)(204)(153)7 (4) (569)
Provisions for contingent liabilities              
 and commitments(23)11 (3)(21)21  (15)
Amounts written off fixed asset              
 investments(1)3 (72)(22)(175) (267)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit1993 1,304 1,251 198 140  3,886 
                
Share of operating profit/(loss) in              
 joint ventures2(22)3  2    (17)
Share of operating profit/(loss) in              
 associates2(1)(3)3 (10)14  3 
Gains/(losses) on disposal of              
 investments and tangible fixed              
 assets17 40 182 48 1  288 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit on ordinary activities              
 before tax3987 1,344 1,438 236 155  4,160 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  % % % % %   % 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits39.4 12.8 13.7 2.2 1.4   39.5 
Cost:income ratio171.4 54.1 59.8 72.5 63.1   62.4 
  US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m   US$m 
Selected balance sheet data4              
Loans and advances to customers              
 (net)58,421 43,104 54,099 9,077    164,701 
Total assets572,817 56,934 172,665 35,920 3,233   341,569 
Customer accounts84,486 35,614 45,818 31,444    197,362 
The following assets and liabilities              
 were significant to Corporate,              
 Investment Banking and Markets:              
 Loans and advances to              
 banks (net)    31,402         
 Debt securities, treasury bills and              
 other eligible bills    53,897         
 Deposits by banks    31,741         
                
                
Goodwill amortisation:              
1excluded from (1) above112 133 169 238 (1)  651 
2excluded from (2) above  8  1   9 
3excluded from (3) above112 133 177 238    660 
4Third party only.
5Figures for 2002 have been restated to reflect the adoption of UITF Abstracts 37 ‘Purchases and sales of own shares’, and 38 ‘Accounting for ESOP trusts’, details of which are set out in Note 1 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on pages 239 to 240.

77


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  
    
    
      Year ended 31 December 2001       
  
 
      Corporate,         
  Personal   Investment     Inter-   
  Financial Commercial Banking & Private   segment   
  Services Banking Markets Banking Other elimination Total 
EuropeUS$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Net interest income2,136 1,551 1,213 334 329  5,563 
                 
Dividend income2 5 105 4    116 
Net fees and commissions1,535 963 1,086 452 174  4,210 
Dealing profits22 12 603 71   708 
Other income189 274 486 18 271 (216)1,022 
               
Other operating income1,748 1,254 2,280 545 445 (216)6,056 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income3,884 2,805 3,493 879 774 (216)11,619 
                
Operating expenses excluding              
 goodwill amortisation1(2,715)(1,606)(2,133)(608)(442)216 (7,288)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit before              
 provisions11,169 1,199 1,360 271 332  4,331 
                
Provisions for bad and doubtful              
 debts(199)(244)(33)35   (441)
Provisions for contingent liabilities              
 and commitments(17)11 (5)(15)(4) (30)
Amounts written off fixed asset              
 investments(5)(2)(54)(2)(27) (90)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit1948 964 1,268 289 301  3,770 
                
Share of operating profit/(loss) in              
 joint ventures2(87)6 10    (71)
Share of operating profit/(loss) in              
 associates227 15 1 1 (2) 42 
Gains/(losses) on disposal of              
 investments and tangible fixed              
 assets203 1 159 20 58  441 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit on ordinary activities              
 before tax31,091 986 1,438 310 357  4,182 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                
  % % % % %   % 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits312.4 11.2 16.3 3.5 4.1   47.5 
Cost:income ratio169.9 57.3 61.1 69.2 57.1   62.7 
  US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m   US$m 
Selected balance sheet data4              
Loans and advances to customers              
 (net)43,170 35,792 46,608 7,808 2   133,380 
Total assets558,170 49,054 150,033 37,756 2,053   297,066 
Customer accounts68,384 28,361 41,840 30,777 9   169,371 
The following assets and liabilities              
 were significant to Corporate,              
 Investment Banking and Markets:              
 Loans and advances to              
 banks (net)    26,927         
 Debt securities, treasury bills and              
 other eligible bills    51,703         
 Deposits by banks    33,967         
                
                
Goodwill amortisation:               
1   excluded from (1) above122 123 163 222 2   632 
2   excluded from (2) above(1)2 6  1   8 
3   excluded from (3) above121 125 169 222 3   640 
4   Third party only.
5   Figures for 2001 have been restated to reflect the adoption of UITF Abstracts 37 ‘Purchases and sales of own shares’, and 38 ‘Accounting for ESOP trusts’, details of which are set out in Note 1 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on pages 239 to 240.

78


Back to Contents

Hong Kong      
Profit/(loss) before tax excluding goodwill amortisation      
 Year ended 31 December 
 
 
 2003 2002 2001 
 US$m US$m US$m 
Personal Financial Services1,740 1,705 1,631 
Commercial Banking711 733 726 
Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets1,275 1,226 1,244 
Private Banking127 107 84 
Other(123)(61)198 
 
 
 
 
Total13,730 3,710 3,883 
 
 
 
 
1 Goodwill amortisation excluded:      
   arising on subsidiaries3    
   arising on associates and joint ventures(1)  
   total2   
       
       
Profit before tax      
 Year ended 31 December 
 
 
 2003 2002320013
Hong KongUS$mUS$mUS$m
Net interest income3,9014,1334,165
       
Dividend income31 25 26 
Net fees and commissions1,383 1,264 1,172 
Dealing profits321 133 218 
Other income596 495 436 
       
Other operating income2,331 1,917 1,852 
 
 
 
 
Total operating income6,232 6,050 6,017 
 
 
 
 
Staff costs(1,276)(1,249)(1,279)
Premises and equipment(240)(233)(234)
Other(502)(459)(428)
Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation(194)(198)(199)
 
 
 
 
 (2,212)(2,139)(2,140)
Goodwill amortisation(3)  
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses(2,215)(2,139)(2,140)
 
 
 
 
Operating profit before provisions4,017 3,911 3,877 
       
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts(400)(246)(197)
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments(6)(14)6 
Amounts written off fixed asset investments31 (10)(18)
 
 
 
 
Operating profit3,642 3,641 3,668 
Share of operating profit in associates18 11 17 
Gains on disposal of investments and tangible fixed assets68 58 198 
 
 
 
 
Profit on ordinary activities before tax3,728 3,710 3,883 
 
 
 
 
 % %  %  
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits (excluding goodwill amortisation) .25.9 35.3 44.1 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits29.1 38.4 48.5 
Cost:income ratio (excluding goodwill amortisation)35.5 35.4 35.6 
Period-end staff numbers (full-time equivalent)23,636 23,786 24,654 
       
 US$m US$m US$m 
Selected balance sheet data1      
Loans and advances to customers (net)73,988 69,948 67,359 
Loans and advances to banks (net)38,640 33,359 42,516 
Debt securities, treasury bills and other eligible bills66,158 60,083 49,625 
Total assets2,3197,487 180,433 175,652 
Deposits by banks4,777 2,379 3,271 
Customer accounts164,024 148,904 146,544 
       
       
1Third party only.
2Excluding Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness.
3Figures for 2002 and 2001 have been restated to reflect the adoption of UITF Abstracts 37 ‘Purchases and sales of own shares’, and 38 ‘Accounting for ESOP trusts’, details of which are set out in Note 1 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on pages 239 to 240.

79


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)
 
  

 

Year ended 31 December 2003 compared with year ended 31 December 2002

The Hong Kong economy faced challenging conditions during the first half of 2003. Slower growth in major export markets, rising unemployment and a weak property market dampened consumer demand, whilst the outbreak of the SARS virus had a significant adverse impact on the entertainment, leisure and tourism sectors. However, by the third quarter there was clear evidence of a bounce-back with GDP growing 6.4 per cent quarter-on-quarter, more than reversing the 3.7 per cent dip in the second quarter of 2003. The growth rate benefited significantly from the release of demand deferred during the SARS period. Growth also drew support from stronger export demand and improving sentiment after the central government unveiled a series of economic measures to help Hong Kong, including the relaxation of controls on mainland residents travelling to Hong Kong. Local consumer spending grew for the first time in two years and even more encouraging was a pick-up in investment reflecting an improved business outlook.

     HSBC’s operations in Hong Kong performed well in these circumstances and reported a pre-tax profit of US$3,728 million, broadly in line with 2002. Excluding goodwill amortisation, profit before tax was US$3,730 million and represented 26 per cent of HSBC’s total profit on that basis. Goodwill amortisation was US$2 million in 2003.

     Personal Financial Services in Hong Kong reported a pre-tax profit, before goodwill amortisation, of US$1,740 million, 2 per cent higher than in 2002. Given the pressure on net interest income as a consequence of muted credit demand and the impact of lower interest rates on the value of deposits, there was continued focus on the insurance business and wealth management. Sales of unit trusts and of capital guaranteed funds were particularly successful.

     Net interest income fell by US$161 million or 7 per cent compared with 2002, largely due to a reduction in spreads on the value of deposits taken in the low interest rate environment and continued pressure on yields in the mortgage business, although there was some benefit from lower cost of funds.

     Partly offsetting the decline in net interest income, other operating income at US$1,182 million was 13 per cent higher than in 2002. HSBC’s

 

position as one of Hong Kong’s leading providers of insurance and wealth management services was sustained amid keen competition. Income from wealth management initiatives, including commissions on sales of unit trust products, funds under management, and securities transactions, grew by 38 per cent to US$408 million. This was achieved by strong growth in sales of unit trusts and capital guaranteed funds, which increased by US$1.6 billion, or 32 per cent, over 2002.

     Net fee income from credit cards was broadly in line with 2002. Despite fierce competition in the market, HSBC maintained its position as the largest credit card issuer in Hong Kong with some 3.1 million cards in circulation, 9 per cent higher than in 2002.

     During the year, HSBC continued to place significant emphasis upon the growth and development of its insurance business. HSBC increased sales of regular premium individual life insurance by 59 per cent, growing its market share from 13.9 per cent to 18.6 per cent. Income from the insurance business, including the Mandatory Provident Fund, grew by 53 per cent or US$118 million.

     Operating expenses, excluding goodwill amortisation, were 5 per cent lower than in 2002, with savings in staff costs partly offset by higher marketing costs. Headcount reduced as HSBC continued to migrate a wide range of back office and call centre functions to the Group Service Centres in Guangzhou and Shanghai. The Group Service Centres in mainland China now provide about half the operational support for credit card operations in Hong Kong.

     Provisions for bad and doubtful debts were broadly in line with last year. The charge for specific provisions for bad and doubtful debts decreased compared with 2002, mainly due to a reduced charge for unsecured lending (including credit cards), in line with lower personal bankruptcy filings and improved economic conditions in the latter half of the year. This was partly offset by higher provisions against mortgage lending. 2002 benefited from a higher release of general provision. As the economy grows and property prices stop falling the environment for personal credit is expected to improve in 2004.

     Commercial Banking in Hong Kong contributed a pre-tax profit, before amortisation of


 

80


Back to Contents

goodwill, of US$711 million, a fall of US$22 million, or 3 per cent.

     Net interest income declined by 7 per cent largely due to lower recoveries of suspended interest and the effect of lower spreads on deposits. There was good volume growth in the loan book, despite the impact of SARS and the war in Iraq. This was offset by narrower spreads caused by limited local investment and market pressure as banks competed for quality business. Loan growth was driven by increased demand for finance to support record trade flows between mainland China and the rest of the world, especially in the US. This was particularly evidenced in the manufacturing and transportation sectors. Several new business banking/trade service centres were opened to focus on the business needs of small and medium-sized customers and start-ups.

     Other operating income rose by US$57 million, or 14 per cent, reflecting growth in cash management and trade services. Both benefited from the increase in trade flows and closer liaison between branches of the bank in Hong Kong and mainland China. This was developed in order to service the growth of investment in the Pearl River delta by Hong Kong-based customers. Additionally, Hang Seng Bank opened its first branch in Macau aimed at assisting customers setting-up offices in the territory. Results of this alignment were particularly successful, with referrals significantly higher than anticipated. Trade finance benefited from a campaign specifically aimed at the increase in export trade business which occurs during the peak summer season. Insurance income rose as a consequence of business expansion, increasing by 36 per cent.

     Operating expenses were in line with 2002. Staff costs increased marginally as headcount rose to support the insurance business expansion. This was offset by lower legal and professional fees.

     Overall, credit quality remained stable reflecting improved economic conditions in the latter part of the year. There was a lower release in general provisions in 2003 as last year benefited from a reduction in latent losses.

     Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported pre-tax profit, before amortisation of goodwill, of US$1,275 million, 4 per cent higher than in 2002. Exceptional Global Markets performance was partly offset by a shift from net recovery to net charge for bad and doubtful debts.

     Net interest income of US$1,157 million was broadly in line with last year. Reduced corporate lending spreads, which remained under pressure throughout the year, and weak loan demand, were mitigated by a strong Global Markets performance. Global Markets benefited from successful interest rate positioning and an increased value of funds was switched to debt securities from interbank placements in order to enhance yields.

     Other operating income grew strongly to US$648 million, an increase of US$184 million or 40 per cent. This was achieved through a significant increase in dealing profits to US$205 million. HSBC significantly expanded its derivatives capabilities and higher income was earned from both successful positioning and a growing demand from corporate customers for structured tailored solutions. Increased sales of structured transactions, offering yield enhancement products to retail clients, generated further revenue. Debt securities trading achieved a strong turnaround in income during the year, as losses caused by widening credit spreads in 2002 did not recur. Foreign exchange profits rose compared with 2002, with a significant increase in corporate sales. Trading profits were generated as the bank took advantage of US dollar volatility, and the general weakening of the US dollar during the year. This was partly offset by lower Corporate and Investment Banking fees and commissions reflecting a decrease in income from credit facilities.

     Operating expenses, before goodwill amortisation, increased by 5 per cent to US$491 million, with the significant increase in Global Markets’ profitability reflected in higher performance-related staff costs.

     There was a net charge for bad and doubtful debts of US$52 million compared with a release of US$68 million in 2002. This was primarily due to new specific provisions raised against two corporate accounts.

     HSBC’s Private Banking activities in Hong Kong reported pre-tax profit, before goodwill amortisation, of US$127 million, an increase of 19 per cent over 2002. Funds under management grew by 12 per cent to US$56 billion, benefiting from US$7 billion of net new funds as clients moved away from liquid positions into the investment markets.

     Net interest income declined by US$7 million, or 8 per cent, to US$84 million. Lower margins from


 

81


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)
 
  

 

free funds and the investment portfolio reflected falling interest rates while the flattening of the yield curve during the year meant that the significant income earned on longer dated assets in 2002 was not repeated. This more than offset the impact of an increase in lending balances as clients borrowed on margin against their investments to reinvest in higher returning securities.

     A general improvement in investment markets in the second half of the year saw greater client activity across a range of products. Brokerage, trust services and safekeeping all benefited from the upturn in the markets, and associated fee and commission income increased by 19 per cent to US$87 million. Greater market activity also stimulated higher sales of tailored structured products for clients and higher volumes of debt securities and derivatives transactions, resulting in a 68 per cent increase in dealing profits. Overall, other operating income increased by 31 per cent to US$164 million.

     Total operating expenses grew by US$9 million or 8 per cent, reflecting a rise in headcount to support increased client activity and the migration of regional support from Singapore to Hong Kong during the year. There was also higher performance-related remuneration in line with increased profits.

Year ended 31 December 2002 compared with year ended 31 December 2001

Hong Kong continued to suffer from deflation in 2002 and domestic demand remained subdued. An improvement in trade failed to stimulate demand, as unemployment increased and salaries fell.

     Against this backdrop, HSBC’s operations in Hong Kong reported an operating profit, before provisions, of US$3,911 million, an increase of US$34 million, or 1 per cent, compared with 2001, largely through income growth from wealth management products. Pre-tax profit of US$3,710 million was US$173 million, or 4 per cent, lower than in 2001 due to a higher bad debt charge and lower investment disposal gains and represented 35 per cent of HSBC’s pre-tax profit on this basis. There was no goodwill amortisation in Hong Kong during 2002 and 2001.

     Personal Financial Services reported pre-tax profit, before goodwill amortisation, of US$1,705 million, US$74 million, or 5 per cent, higher than 2001. The improvement was driven by growth in revenues from wealth management products and

 

increased card fee income. Significantly higher personal bankruptcy filings during the year resulted in additional provisions for credit card accounts compared with 2001.

     Net interest income at US$2,364 million was broadly in line with 2001. The benefits of increased credit card and mortgage lending together with improved spreads from lower funding costs were largely offset by competitive pricing on residential mortgages and a lower benefit from free funds.

     In another year of fierce competition for quality assets and increasing consumer loan write-offs in Hong Kong, HSBC maintained a strong performance. Including cards issued by Hang Seng Bank, HSBC remained the largest personal credit card issuer in Hong Kong with 2.8 million cards in circulation and led the market in cardholder spending and balances. The implementation in 2001 of an enhanced card processing system and continued migration of work to HSBC’s Group Service Centres in Guangzhou enabled operational efficiency to be further improved.

     Other operating income at US$1,048 million grew by 19 per cent, compared with 2001, driven by growth in revenues from initiatives related to investment products and the insurance business. Sales of unit trusts and capital guaranteed funds were strong, including the sale of over US$4.9 billion of funds during the year, a rise of 36 per cent compared with 2001. Revenues from insurance and underwriting also increased significantly.

     HSBC had grown to be one of the leading distributors of retail funds in Hong Kong by the end of the year. In 2002’s uncertain investment market, HSBC achieved significant growth in the sale of unit trusts through the promotion of 14 guaranteed/capital secured funds designed to meet customers’ demands for capital protection. In the low interest rate environment, HSBC also introduced a range of alternative deposit products. There was strong growth in funds under management, which rose 68 per cent compared with 2001.

     The insurance business remained a key focus in HSBC’s strategy in Hong Kong. Significant growth in personal insurance was achieved, outpacing market growth and giving HSBC a larger market share of new business.

     Costs in Hong Kong were in line with 2001. The increased cost of continuing marketing initiatives and


 

82


Back to Contents

 

higher IT costs supporting business growth were funded by a reduction in staff costs. Costs fell as back office processing functions were transferred to HSBC’s Group Service Centres in India and China, and pension top-up fees in Hang Seng Bank in 2001 were not repeated.

     Customer demand for remote services continue to grow and the bank responded with further investment in internet banking. According to various surveys in 2002, HSBC has the largest online banking market share in Hong Kong, with over 470,000 registered users. The e-channel proposition was enhanced during 2002 introducing a number of new solutions and a new investment page. Online@hsbc won a number of awards in 2002, offering more than 50 services, including a range of insurance personal loans, and payment services. Hang Seng Bank’s comprehensive range of internet banking services had similarly become an important part of its multi-channel delivery network. By the end of 2002, more than 250,000 customers had registered for its Personal e-Banking Services, and internet transactions had grown to more than 14 per cent of total transactions.

     The provision for bad and doubtful debts rose by 44 per cent to US$362 million as significantly higher personal bankruptcy filings resulted in a higher charge for both credit cards and other retail lending. However, provisions against the mortgage portfolio fell as delinquency rates reduced.

     Commercial Banking in Hong Kong contributed a pre-tax profit, before amortisation of goodwill, of US$733 million, broadly in line with 2001.

     Net interest income decreased byUS$69 million, or 10 per cent, as low interest rates reduced the value of interest-free balances. In addition, there were lower balances and reduced spreads on deposits, partly offset by a higher release of suspended interest.

     Net fees and commissions increased by US$16 million, or 6 per cent, due to higher levels of fee income on investment funds as a result of cross-selling initiatives with HSBC Asset Management and Treasury. Insurance and trade services income also increased. Operating expenses were US$33 million, or 8 per cent, lower than 2001 due to rationalisation of sales teams within the area and the transfer of back office processing functions to Group Service Centres.

     The net release of provisions for bad and doubtful debts was higher than 2001 mainly due to releases of general provisions reflecting a reduction in latent losses.

     Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported pre-tax profit, before amortisation of goodwill, of US$1,226 million, broadly in line with 2001.

     Net interest income was 5 per cent higher than in 2001 reflecting the benefit of a strong performance in Global Markets as the accrual books were well positioned for the low interest rate environment. This was partly offset by lower net interest income from Corporate and Institutional Banking business, as lower spreads on deposits in HSBC combined with reduced spreads on lending and subdued loan demand in Hang Seng Bank. There was also a considerable reduction in the benefit of net free funds as average interest rates fell.

     Other operating income was US$83 million, or 15 per cent, lower as growth in fee income was more than offset by lower dealing profits. Dealing profits fell by US$108 million as debt securities used for interest rate trading purposes generated net interest income while corresponding derivative positions produced dealing losses in the current low interest rate environment. In addition, there were dealing losses on debt securities trading due to widening credit spreads following a series of corporate scandals in the US. Growth in fee income reflected higher income from structured finance and from corporate finance transactions.

     Operating expenses were in line with 2001.

     The net release of provisions during 2002 was US$68 million, reflecting releases of specific provisions against corporate customers. In addition, there was a release of general provisions reflecting a reduction in latent losses.

     HSBC’s Private Banking activities in Hong Kong reported pre-tax profits, before goodwill amortisation, in 2002 of US$107 million, an increase of 27 per cent over 2001. Funds under management grew by 23 per cent to US$50 billion at 31 December 2002, benefiting from net new funds from clients, which more than offset the effect of falling stock prices.

     Net interest income at US$91 million was 17 per cent higher than in 2001. The steeper yield curve, reflecting the fall in short-term interest rates


 

83


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

compared with long-term rates, increased margins as surplus funds were deployed in longer-dated assets. Higher income also resulted from the growth of the investment portfolio.

     Other operating income increased by 18 per cent to US$125 million. Fees and commission income for the period was US$73 million, an increase of 9 per cent over 2001. This growth was driven by higher insurance referral fees and fund management income. Dealing income rose to US$44 million, an

increase of US$11 million, primarily due to a higher volume of client transactions in the debt securities and derivatives markets and increased sales of client-tailored structured products.

     Operating expenses, excluding goodwill amortisation, of US$109 million increased by US$12 million, or 12 per cent, compared with 2001. The increase was predominantly driven by costs associated with the reorganisation of Private Banking activities in Hong Kong.


 

84


Back to Contents

Profit/(loss) excluding goodwill amortisation by customer group

 Year ended 31 December 2003
 
 
     Corporate,         
 Personal   Investment     Inter-   
 Financial Commercial Banking & Private   segment   
 Services Banking Markets Banking Other elimination Total 
Hong KongUS$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
               
Net interest income2,203 602 1,157 84 (145) 3,901 
               
Dividend income2 1 3  25  31 
Net fees and commissions630 315 382 87 (31) 1,383 
Dealing profits40 31 205 74 (29) 321 
Other income510 107 58 3 313 (395)596 
                      
Other operating income1,182 454 648 164 278 (395)2,331 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income3,385 1,056 1,805 248 133 (395)6,232 
               
Operating expenses excluding              
   goodwill amortisation1(1,286)(372)(491)(118)(340)395 (2,212)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit/(loss) before              
   provisions12,099 684 1,314 130 (207) 4,020 
               
Provisions for bad and doubtful              
   debts(366)22 (52)(2)(2) (400)
Provisions for contingent liabilities              
   and commitments 1   (7) (6)
Amounts written off fixed asset              
   investments  5  26  31 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit/(loss)11,733 707 1,267 128 (190) 3,645 
               
Share of operating profit in              
   associates25  1  11  17 
Gains/(losses) on disposal of              
   investments and tangible fixed              
   assets2 4 7 (1)56  68 
 












 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities              
   before tax31,740 711 1,275 127 (123) 3,730 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 % % % % %   % 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits312.1 5.0 8.9 0.9 (1.0)  25.9 
Cost:income ratio138.0 35.2 27.2 47.6 255.6   35.5 
               
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m   US$m 
Selected balance sheet data4              
Loans and advances to customers              
   (net)33,494 12,760 23,441 2,357 1,936   73,988 
Total assets536,410 17,783 120,890 7,555 14,849   197,487 
Customer accounts111,145 31,490 13,286 7,862 241   164,024 
The following assets and liabilities              
   were also significant to Corporate,              
   Investment Banking and Markets:              
   Loans and advances to              
      banks (net)    34,165         
   Debt securities, treasury bills and              
      other eligible bills    57,831         
   Deposits by banks    4,665         
               
Goodwill amortisation:              
1   excluded from (1) above 2 1     3 
2   excluded from (2) above    (1)  (1)
3   excluded from (3) above 2 1  (1)  2 
4   Third party only.               
5 
Excluding Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness              

 

85


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)
  
  
Profit/(loss) excluding goodwill amortisation by customer group (continued)  
    
      Year ended 31 December 20026       
  
 
      Corporate,         
  Personal   Investment     Inter-   
  Financial Commercial Banking & Private   segment   
  Services Banking Markets Banking Other elimination Total 
Hong KongUS$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
                
Net interest income2,364 648 1,161  91 (131)  4,133 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividend income3 2 3   17    25  
Net fees and commissions543 284 399 73  (35)  1,264 
Dealing profits45 25 21 44 (2 )  133 
Other income457 86 41   8 362 (459)495 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other operating income1,048 397 464 125  342 (459)1,917 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income3,412 1,045 1,625 216  211 (459)6,050 
                
Operating expenses excluding              
     goodwill amortisation1(1,351)(371)(469)(109)(298)459 (2,139)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit/(loss) before              
     provisions12,061 674 1,156 107  (87)  3,911 
                
Provisions for bad and doubtful              
     debts(362)54 68   (6 )  (246)
Provisions for contingent liabilities              
     and commitments  1    (15)  (14)
Amounts written off fixed asset              
     investments    (4)  (6 )  (10)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit/(loss)11,699 729 1,220 107 (114)  3,641 
                
Share of operating profit in              
     associates23     8    11  
Gains on disposal of investments              
     and tangible fixed assets3 4 6   45    58  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities              
     before tax31,705 733 1,226 107 (61)  3,710 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  %  %   % %  %    %  
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits316.2 6.9 11.7 1.0  (0.5)  35.3 
     Cost:income ratio139.6 35.5 28.9 50.5  141.2   35.4 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m   US$m 
Selected balance sheet data4              
Loans and advances to customers              
     (net)34,447 10,797 20,703 1,917 2,084   69,948 
Total assets5,636,369 15,097 108,063  7,346  13,558   180,433 
Customer accounts103,413 27,019 11,154 7,142  176   148,904 
The following assets and liabilities              
 were also significant to Corporate,              
 Investment Banking and Markets:              
Loans and advances to              
 banks (net)    29,284         
Debt securities, treasury bills and              
 other eligible bills    53,689         
 Deposits by banks    2,170         
                
Goodwill amortisation:              
1excluded from (1) above       
2excluded from (2) above       
3excluded from (3) above       
4Third party only.              
5Excluding Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness.              
6Figures for 2002 have been restated to reflect the adoption of UITF Abstracts 37 ‘Purchases and sales of own shares’, and 38 ‘Accounting for ESOP trusts’, details of which are set out in Note 1 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on pages 239 to 240.  
 

86


Back to Contents

       Year ended 31 December 2001       
  
 
      Corporate,         
  Personal   Investment     Inter-   
  Financial Commercial Banking & Private   segment   
  Services Banking Markets Banking Other elimination Total 
Hong KongUS$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Net interest income2,355 717  1,105 78  (90)  4,165 
                
Dividend income3  2  4    17    26  
Net fees and commissions478 268 376 67 (17)  1,172 
Dealing profits39  23 129 33 (6 )  218 
Other income357 81 38 6  439 (485)436 
               
Other operating income877 374 547 106 433 (485)1,852 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income3,232 1,091 1,652 184 343 (485)6,017 
                
Operating expenses excluding              
 goodwill amortisation1(1,353)(404)(494)(97)(277)485 (2,140)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit before              
 provisions11,879 687 1,158 87  66    3,877 
                
Provisions for bad and doubtful              
 debts(252)30 23  (1 )3    (197)
Provisions for contingent liabilities              
 and commitments  4  11    (9 )  6  
Amounts written off fixed asset              
 investments    (2 )  (16)  (18)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit11,627 721 1,190 86  44    3,668 
                
Share of operating profit in              
 associates22    (1 )(2 )18    17  
Gains on disposal of investments              
 and tangible fixed assets2  5  55    136   198 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit on ordinary activities              
 before tax31,631 726 1,244 84  198   3,883 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  %  %  %  %  %    %  
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits318.6 8.2 14.1 1.0 2.2   44.1 
Cost:income ratio141.9 37.0 29.9 52.7 80.8   35.6 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m   US$m 
Selected balance sheet data4              
Loans and advances to customers              
 (net)34,248 9,790 20,183 1,232 1,906   67,359 
Total assets5,635,765 13,843 106,791 6,573 12,680   175,652 
Customer accounts102,536 25,659 11,749 6,590 10    146,544 
The following assets and liabilities              
 were also significant to Corporate,              
 Investment Banking and Markets:              
 Loans and advances to              
 banks (net)    37,558         
 Debt securities, treasury bills and              
 other eligible bills    44,528         
 Deposits by banks    3,359         
                
Goodwill amortisation:              
1excluded from (1) above        
2excluded from (2) above        
3excluded from (3) above        
4Third party only.
              
5Excluding Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness.
              
6Figures for 2001 have been restated to reflect the adoption of UITF Abstracts 37 ‘Purchases and sales of own shares’, and 38 ‘Accounting for ESOP trusts’, details of which are set out in Note 1 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on pages 239 to 240.     

87


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)
 
  

 

 

Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East)      
       
Profit before tax excluding goodwill amortisation      
  Year ended 31 December  
 
 
 2003 2002 2001 
 US$m US$m US$m 
Personal Financial Services158 127 80 
Commercial Banking450 423 277 
Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets732 706 725 
Private Banking36 25 (16)
Other50 12 30 
 


 
Total11,426 1,293 1,096 
 
 
 
 
       
1 Goodwill amortisation excluded:      
  – arising on subsidiaries35 33 8 
   – arising on associates and joint ventures     
   – total35 33 8 
       
  Year ended 31 December  
 
 
 2003 2002 2001 
 US$m US$m US$m 
Australia and New Zealand96 34 22 
Brunei28 34 24 
India94 85 86 
Indonesia75 73 (26)
Japan39 44 18 
Mainland China42 50 33 
Malaysia149 129 141 
Middle East (excluding Saudi Arabia)236 225 201 
Philippines16 32 31 
Saudi Arabia133 103 86 
Singapore198 223 270 
South Korea69 60 53 
Taiwan80 80 44 
Thailand54 39 51 
Other117 82 62 
 
 
 
 
 1,426 1,293 1,096 
 
 
 
 

 

88


Back to Contents

Profit before tax      
       
 Year ended 31 December 
 




 
 2003 2002 2001 
Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East)US$m US$m US$m 
Net interest income1,740 1,607 1,482 
       
Dividend income4 3 3 
Net fees and commissions805 724 681 
Dealing profits421 364 395 
Other income120 83 58 
       
Other operating income1,350 1,174 1,137 
 
 
 
 
Total operating income3,090 2,781 2,619 
 
 
 
 
Staff costs(952)(826)(771)
Premises and equipment(164)(156)(143)
Other(527)(454)(401)
Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation(98)(92)(82)
 
 
 
 
 (1,741)(1,528)(1,397)
Goodwill amortisation(35)(33)(8)
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses(1,776)(1,561)(1,405)
 
 
 
 
Operating profit before provisions1,314 1,220 1,214 
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts(85)(89)(172)
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments(1)18 (43)
Amounts written off fixed asset investments(2)(2)(11)
 
 
 
 
Operating profit1,226 1,147 988 
Share of operating loss in joint ventures  (5)
Share of operating profit in associates149 113 99 
Gains on disposal of investments and tangible fixed assets16  6 
 
 
 
 
Profit on ordinary activities before tax1,391 1,260 1,088 
 
 
 
 
 % % % 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits (excluding goodwill amortisation)9.9 12.3 12.4 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits10.9 13.1 13.6 
Cost:income ratio (excluding goodwill amortisation)56.3 54.9 53.3 
Period-end staff numbers (full-time equivalent)31,827 28,630 26,259 
       
 US$m US$m US$m 
Selected balance sheet data1      
Loans and advances to customers (net)47,952 37,078 30,666 
Loans and advances to banks (net)12,944 10,708 11,253 
Debt securities, treasury bills and other eligible bills25,980 21,622 13,623 
Total assets98,081 76,635 62,355 
Deposits by banks6,967 5,362 4,010 
Customer accounts65,441 54,172 45,498 
       
1   Third party only.      

89


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Year ended 31 December 2003 compared with year ended 31 December 2002

     The rest of the Asia-Pacific economies experienced mixed fortunes in the first half of 2003 but performed better in the second half of the year on the back of strong exports (particularly to China), strong commodity prices and improving domestic demand. Inflation and interest rates remained very low and many of the region’s central banks implemented programmes to limit currency appreciation against the US dollar.

     HSBC’s operations in the rest of Asia-Pacific region reported pre-tax profit of US$1,391 million, an increase of US$131 million, or 10 per cent, over 2002. Excluding goodwill amortisation, pre-tax profit was US$1,426 million and represented 10 per cent of HSBC’s total equivalent profit. At constant exchange rates, pre-tax profit, before goodwill amortisation, increased by 8 per cent over 2002. Goodwill amortisation of US$35 million was marginally higher than last year due to an acquisition in Singapore.

     The commentaries that follow are based on constant exchange rates.

     In Personal Financial Services pre-tax profit, before goodwill amortisation, of US$158 million, increased by 25 per cent compared with 2002 and was broadly double that achieved in 2001.

     Net interest income grew by 15 per cent compared with 2002, reflecting strong asset growth in a number of countries across the region. The impact on deposit taking business of lower margins in generally low interest rate environments was more than offset by increased customer deposits and the growth in mortgage lending. The latter increased by 38 per cent mainly due to growth in Korea, Singapore, Malaysia and India. Net interest income also benefited from the acquisition of the mortgage business of AMP Bank Limited in New Zealand in the first half of 2003. Strong growth in card balances contributed to a 34 per cent increase in net interest income in Indonesia.

     Other operating income grew by 25 per cent to US$345 million. The acquisition of Keppel Insurance, which was renamed HSBC Insurance (Singapore) Pte Ltd, contributed US$17 million to this increase during the year. HSBC continued to expand its wealth management initiatives and a number of structured deposit products were launched

 

 

across the region. Wealth management income grew by 10 per cent, reflecting strong growth in unit trust sales and funds under management, particularly in Taiwan, Korea, Indonesia and India, while fee income from credit cards rose in a number of markets across the region. At 31 December 2003, the bank’s card base in Asia, outside Hong Kong, exceeded 3.7 million, 20 per cent higher than at the end of 2002. An enhanced credit card processing system was implemented in five countries in the region, applying state-of-the-art technology to risk and fraud management.

     Operating expenses, excluding goodwill amortisation, of US$835 million were 18 per cent higher than in 2002. This reflected increased costs to support business expansion and provisions for restructuring costs of US$34 million. The acquisition of HSBC Insurance (Singapore) Pte Ltd in the year accounted for US$6 million of the increase. Headcount in the region increased by 2,500 compared with last year, as HSBC continued to migrate a number of processing activities to the Group Service Centres in India, Malaysia and mainland China, and as a result of business expansion in the region.

     Provisions for bad and doubtful debts were 38 per cent higher than in 2002. Provisions against personal lending increased in Singapore, India, Korea and Australia in line with growth in advances.

     Commercial Banking reported pre-tax profits, before goodwill amortisation, of US$450 million, an increase of 4 per cent, compared with 2002.

     Net interest income was in line with 2002. There were lower margins in most countries across the region, in particular Malaysia, Indonesia and Singapore. Consolidation in the financial services sector increased competition in Singapore, whilst Indonesia was impacted by a lower interest rate environment. In addition, Malaysia suffered lower margins on lending. These effects were offset by increased income in both the Middle East and Australia. In the Middle East an intensive marketing campaign led to an expansion in term lending in addition to a growth in overdraft balances. Net interest income in Australia was boosted by the full year contribution from the acquisition of State Street Bank’s trade finance portfolio in July 2002.

     Other operating income rose by 12 per cent to US$296 million. HSBC Bank Middle East reported a strong performance despite a subdued first quarter as

 


90


Back to Contents

a result of the war in Iraq. In addition, insurance income in Singapore increased as a result of the acquisition of Keppel Insurance, as detailed previously.

     Operating expenses increased by 5 per cent to US$334 million, mainly due to restructuring costs in India and Singapore and the impact of the acquisition in Singapore.

     Credit experience continued to be very good, benefiting from ongoing success in recovering historical troubled debt. The net release of provisions increased 46 per cent to US$52 million in 2003 with higher net releases of specific provisions in Malaysia than last year. This was partly offset by an increase in specific provisions in Indonesia.

     Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported pre-tax profit, before amortisation of goodwill, of US$732 million, which was broadly in line with 2002.

     Net interest income fell by 7 per cent compared with last year, with reductions in Singapore, and to a lesser extent in the Middle East, as higher yielding assets matured and the proceeds were reinvested at lower rates. This was partly offset by an increase in net interest income from corporate banking business in India, Korea and mainland China.

     Dealing profits increased, primarily in Taiwan, Japan and Thailand, reflecting a broader product offering, more customer-focused sales activity and successful positioning to take advantage of directional trends in the generally more volatile market conditions. Higher fee income was generated from brokerage and corporate finance transactions in the Middle East.

     Operating expenses, before goodwill amortisation, of US$526 million, increased by 3 per cent, mainly due to restructuring costs in India and Singapore.

     There was a net release of US$5 million for bad and doubtful debts compared with a net charge of US$26 million in 2002, at constant exchange rates. A specific provision raised against a New Zealand corporate customer in 2002 was recovered during the year.

     HSBC’s Private Banking activities in the rest of Asia-Pacific reported pre-tax profit, before goodwill amortisation, of US$36 million in 2003, an increase of 46 per cent, compared with 2002. This

was achieved through strong growth in dealing profits, which rose by 55 per cent to US$38 million, and more than compensated for a reduction of 7 per cent in net interest income.

     The fall in net interest income reflected significant income earned in 2002 from the deployment of liquidity into longer dated assets which benefited from the fall in short-term interest rates. With the flattening of the yield curve this was not repeated in 2003.

     Dealing profits benefited from a higher volume of client transactions in the debt securities and derivatives markets and increased sales of client-tailored structured products.

     Operating expenses, excluding goodwill amortisation, increased by 25 per cent to US$47 million, primarily to support business growth.

Year ended 31 December 2002 compared with year ended 31 December 2001

Following the slowdown across the region in 2001, the growth in mainland China, Malaysia and South Korea was export-led, whilst consumer spending drove growth in Australia and New Zealand. Interest rates and inflationary pressures remained low across the region. Improving economic fundamentals in Thailand, Malaysia and Singapore positioned those economies to benefit from a recovery in direct investment in the future. The Japanese economy remained fragile, with consumer growth rates slowing during the year despite an improvement in GDP during the second half of 2002 driven by increased exports and domestic consumption.

     HSBC’s operations in the rest of the Asia-Pacific region contributed US$1,220 million to operating profit before provisions, broadly in line with 2001. Pre-tax profit, before goodwill amortisation, of US$1,293 million was 18 per cent higher than in 2001. This amounted to 12 per cent of HSBC’s pre-tax profit, before goodwill amortisation. The increase in pre-tax profit resulted largely from lower bad debt charges, particularly in the Middle East and Indonesia. Goodwill amortisation increased from US$8 million to US$33 million in 2002 reflecting acquisitions in Taiwan and Indonesia.

     The commentaries that follow are based on constant exchange rates.

     Pre-tax profit, before goodwill amortisation, of US$127 million for Personal Financial Services

 


91


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

was 59 per cent higher than in 2001, driven by significant growth in credit cards and other personal lending, partly offset by increased costs due to business expansion and global processing costs.

     Net interest income grew by 21 per cent, generated by strong growth in credit card advances and personal lending across the region, in particular in Taiwan, Singapore and India. In Malaysia, growth resulted from acquisition of the ABN AMRO mortgage portfolio in the first half of 2002, together with a significant increase in credit card advances. In Australia, the inclusion of a full year’s income from the acquisition of NRMA in November 2001 contributed to the increase in net interest income.

     HSBC’s credit card business recorded a 25 per cent increase in balances in 2002. In the difficult economic environment, HSBC’s focus switched from the acquisition of customers to their retention. Investment was made in staff, training and systems to support expected growth in the credit card business in 2003.

     Other operating income rose by 30 per cent over 2001. Net fees grew by 25 per cent to US$211 million, largely due to the significant increase in credit card income, principally in Malaysia, the Middle East and Indonesia, and growth in account service fees. In Australia, fee income for 2002 more than doubled, following HSBC’s acquisition of NRMA Building Society in 2001 and the acquisition of HSBC Stockbroking Australia. The financial planning services team in the Middle East, which provides savings, retirement education and protection planning services throughout the region, reported a 19 per cent growth in fee and commission income.

     HSBC’s strong presence in mainland China was supported by a wide range of business capabilities. With further liberalisation of China’s financial market, banking regulations were relaxed to permit foreign banks to provide foreign currency services to mainland Chinese companies and citizens, and HSBC became the first foreign bank to offer them, at 10 locations across the country. In December 2002, HSBC launched online personal banking services to local citizens and international customers in mainland China.

     Operating costs, before goodwill amortisation, increased by 20 per cent compared with 2001. This growth primarily reflected a higher staff complement in the Group Service Centres in India and mainland

China and business expansion in the Middle East, Australia and Taiwan. During the year, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation opened eight new branches in the region.

     The year saw continued expansion of internet banking services across the region, with substantial increases in both online customer activity and the range of services offered. The number of personal internet banking customers rose to over 249,000, covering 8 per cent of the personal banking customer base in 12 countries.

     Provisions for bad and doubtful debts increased by 13 per cent to US$104 million, following increased credit card lending in India, Indonesia and Taiwan, partly offset by lower provisioning requirements in Indonesia and the Middle East, led by improved credit control procedures.

     Commercial Banking reported pre-tax profits, before goodwill amortisation, of US$423 million, an increase of 58 per cent, compared with 2001.

     Net interest income declined by 11 per cent compared with 2001, as a result of subdued commercial loan demand and lower lending margins, particularly in Mauritius, Singapore and Indonesia. Net fees and commissions were slightly higher than in 2001, reflecting the acquisition of the trade finance portfolio from State Street Bank Australia in July.

     Operating expenses, excluding goodwill amortisation, were in line with 2001. HSBC continued to expand its utilisation of Group Service Centres, with new centres opening in Shanghai and Bangalore in addition to existing facilities in Hyderabad and Guangzhou. By the end of the year, 12,400 calls from UK business telephone banking customers were being answered each week in the Bangalore call centre.

     There was a net release of provisions for bad and doubtful debts in 2002, mainly in Indonesia, Singapore, Taiwan and Thailand. These releases were partly offset by additional provisions in India and Mauritius. In 2001, significant specific provisions were raised in Indonesia in view of the deteriorating political and economic environment.

     Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported pre-tax profit, before amortisation of goodwill, of US$706 million, broadly in line with 2001.


 

92


Back to Contents

     Net interest income grew by 16 per cent, to US$561 million, due to strong Global Markets performance in most areas across the region. In particular, the accrual books were well positioned for the low interest rate environment.

     Other operating income was 7 per cent lower, mainly due to reduced dealing profits. In the Philippines and Singapore, income from interest rate derivatives and debt securities trading was lower. Operating expenses were broadly in line with 2001.

     With the exception of a significant recovery relating to a historic Olympia and York exposure in 2001, the overall charge for bad and doubtful debts was essentially unchanged in 2002 as business responded to the economic upturn, though provisioning experience differed across the region. There was a release of provisions for contingent liabilities in Japan and Thailand in 2002, while a provision was raised in respect of a customer in Australia in 2001.

     HSBC’s Private Banking activities in the rest of Asia-Pacific reported pre-tax profits, before goodwill amortisation, of US$25 million, compared with losses of US$16 million reported in 2001.

     Most of the improvement arose from the non-recurrence of a US$31 million provision in 2001 for contingent liabilities and commitments in Lebanon, relating to an operation which was subsequently closed.

     Operating income rose by 16 per cent to US$65 million, driven by strong growth in dealing profits. An active Eurobond market in the first half of the year stimulated customer trades.

     Operating expenses, excluding goodwill amortisation, decreased by 14 per cent to US$37 million. While higher staff costs reflected higher bonuses in line with the growth in operating income, this was more than offset by lower costs following the reorganisation of Private Banking’s activities in Asia.


 

93


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

Profit/(loss) excluding goodwill amortisation by customer group

 Year ended 31 December 2003 
    
     Corporate,   
 
     
 Personal   Investment     Inter-   
 Financial Commercial Banking & Private   segment   
Rest of Asia-Pacific Services Banking Markets Banking Other elimination Total 
(including the Middle East)US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
               
Net interest income754 419 541 33 (7) 1,740 
               
Dividend income    4  4 
Net fees and commissions239 220 324 10 12  805 
Dealing profits35 46 301 38 1  421 
Other income71 30 21  56 (58)120 
Other operating income345 296 646 48 73 (58)1,350 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income1,099 715 1,187 81 66 (58)3,090 
               
Operating expenses excluding              
   goodwill amortisation1(835)(334)(526)(47)(57)58 (1,741)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
Operating profit before              
   provisions1264 381 661 34 9  1,349 
               
Provisions for bad and doubtful              
      debts(145)52 5 2 1  (85)
Provisions for contingent liabilities              
   and commitments (1)(1) 1  (1)
Amounts written off fixed asset              
   investments  (1) (1) (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit1119 432 664 36 10  1,261 
               
Share of operating loss in joint              
   ventures2       
Share of operating profit in              
   associates239 17 65  28  149 
Gains on disposal of investments              
   and tangible fixed assets 1 3  12  16 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit on ordinary activities              
   before tax3158 450 732 36 50  1,426 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 % % % % %   % 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits31.1 3.1 5.1 0.2 0.4   9.9 
Cost:income ratio176.0 46.7 44.3 58.0 86.4   56.3 
               
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m   US$m 
Selected balance sheet data4              
Loans and advances to customers              
   (net)17,848 13,383 15,129 1,481 111   47,952 
Total assets20,128 14,402 56,495 2,813 4,243   98,081 
Customer accounts26,592 13,006 22,146 3,693 4   65,441 
The following assets and liabilities              
   were also significant to Corporate,              
   Investment Banking and Markets:              
   Loans and advances to              
         banks (net)    10,452         
   Debt securities, treasury bills and              
         other eligible bills    23,279         
   Deposits by banks    6,405         
               
Goodwill amortisation:              
excluded from (1) above5 1 28  1   35 
excluded from (2) above        
excluded from (3) above5 1 28  1   35 
Third party only.              

 

94


Back to Contents

  Year ended 31 December 2002
  
Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East)
 
Personal
Financial
Services
US$m
     
 
 
Commercial
Banking
US$m
     
Corporate,
Investment
Banking &
Markets
US$m
     
 
 
Private
Banking
US$m
     
 
 
 
Other
US$m
    
 
Inter-
segment
elimination
US$m
    
 
 
 
Total
US$m
     
                
Net interest income633 417 561 35 (39) 1,607 
                
Dividend income    3  3 
Net fees and commissions211 213 293 6 1  724 
Dealing profits27 37 278 24 (2) 364 
Other income31 9 18  63 (38)83 
                      
Other operating income269 259 589 30 65 (38)1,174 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income902 676 1,150 65 26 (38)2,781 
                
Operating expenses excluding goodwill amortisation1(683)(309)(478)(37)(59)38 (1,528)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit/(loss) before provisions1219 367 672 28 (33) 1,253 
                
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts(104)31 (18)(3)5  (89)
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments 5 13    18 
Amounts written off fixed asset investments  (2)   (2)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit/(loss)1115 403 665 25 (28) 1,180 
                
Share of operating loss in joint ventures2        
Share of operating profit in associates213 18 42  40  113 
Gains/(losses) on disposal of investments               
 and tangible fixed assets(1)2 (1)     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit on ordinary activities before tax3127 423 706 25 12  1,293 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  % % % % %   % 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits31.2 4.1 6.7 0.2 0.1   12.3 
Cost:income ratio175.7 45.7 41.6 56.9 226.9   54.9 
                
  US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m   US$m 
Selected balance sheet data4              
Loans and advances to customers (net)11,812 10,795 12,963 1,392 116   37,078 
Total assets13,471 11,624 46,380 2,336 2,824   76,635 
Customer accounts22,613 11,600 16,506 3,413 40   54,172 
The following assets and liabilities were also              
  significant to Corporate, Investment Banking              
  and Markets: Loans and advances to banks (net)    9,249         
Debt securities, treasury bills and other eligible bills      19,094         
 Deposits by banks    4,830         
                
Goodwill amortisation:              
1excluded from (1) above1329   33
2excluded from (2) above        
3excluded from (3) above1329  33
4Third party only.              

95


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S    P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  
  

Profit/(loss) excluding goodwill amortisation by customer group (continued)

  Year ended 31 December 2001
  
   Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East)
 
Personal
Financial
Services
US$m
     
 
 
Commercial
Banking
US$m
     
Corporate,
Investment
Banking &
Markets
US$m
     
 
 
Private
Banking
US$m
     
 
 
 
Other
US$m
    
 
Inter-
segment
elimination
US$m
    
 
 
 
Total
US$m
     
                
Net interest income524 464 483 30 (19) 1,482 
                
Dividend income    3  3 
Net fees and commissions169 203 303 10 (4) 681 
Dealing profits24 36 319 16   395 
Other income14 10 17  58 (41)58 
Other operating income207 249 639 26 57 (41)1,137 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income731 713 1,122 56 38 (41)2,619 
                
Operating expenses excluding goodwill amortisation1(567)(288)(492)(43)(48)41 (1,397)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit/(loss) before provisions1164 425 630 13 (10) 1,222 
                
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts(93)(171)94 2 (4) (172)
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments 8 (20)(31)  (43)
Amounts written off fixed asset investments 1 (11) (1) (11)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit/(loss)171 263 693 (16)(15) 996 
                
Share of operating loss in joint ventures2(5)     (5)
Share of operating profit in associates214 13 33  39  99 
Gains/(losses) on disposal of investments               
 and tangible fixed assets 1 (1) 6  6 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax380 277 725 (16)30  1,096 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  % % % % %   % 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits30.9 3.2 8.2 (0.2)0.3   12.4 
Cost:income ratio177.6 40.4 43.9 76.8 126.3   53.3 
                
  US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m   US$m 
Selected balance sheet data4              
Loans and advances to customers (net)8,794 10,250 10,058 1,194 100   30,666 
Total assets10,146 11,094 32,704 4,526 3,885   62,355 
Customer accounts20,585 10,365 12,211 2,278 59   45,498 
The following assets and liabilities were also              
  significant to Corporate, Investment Banking              
  and Markets: Loans and advances to banks (net)    9,610         
Debt securities, treasury bills and other eligible bills      10,933         
Deposits by banks    3,463         
                
Goodwill amortisation:              
1excluded from (1) above22 4  8
2excluded from (2) above        
3excluded from (3) above224  8
4Third party only.              

96


Back to Contents

North America

Profit/(loss) before tax excluding goodwill amortisation

   Year ended 31 December    
 
 
 2003 20023 2001 
 US$mUS$m US$m 
       
Personal Financial Services870 605 593 
USA446 519 546 
Canada6659  61 
Mexico345 23    
Other134  (14) 
Consumer Finance22,068     
USA2,002     
Canada66    
Mexico      
Other      
 
 
 
 
Total Personal Financial Services2,938 605 593 
USA2,448 519 546 
Canada132 59  61 
Mexico345 23    
Other134  (14) 
Commercial Banking595 435 410 
USA292 281 273 
Canada162 162 101 
Mexico121 9  14 
Other20(17) 22 
Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets837 494 441 
USA651 447 368 
Canada121 47  68 
Mexico663    
Other(1)(3 )5  
Private Banking6357  81 
USA6353  80 
Canada     
Mexico    
Other 4  1  
Other(176)(207) (877) 
USA(193)(209) (883) 
Canada (1 )  
Mexico     
Other173  6  
 
 
 
 
Total14,257 1,384 648 
USA3,261 1,091 384 
Canada415 267 230 
Mexico532 35  14 
Other49(9 )20 
       
1     Goodwill amortisation excluded:      
    – arising on subsidiaries643 146 145 
    arising on associates and joint ventures1     
      total644 146 145 
2   
Comprises Household since the date of acquisition.      
3
In 2003, North America implemented a revised funds transfer pricing system to transfer interest rate risk from the business units to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets. The figures for 2002 have been restated to reflect the impact of transfer pricing had it been in place on a similar basis. The effect on the figures for 2001 is immaterial.

97


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

Profit before tax

 Year ended 31 December 
 
 
 2003 2002 2001 
 
     
     Rest of     
 Total Household1 HSBC     
North AmericaUS$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
           
Net interest income11,777 7,867 3,910 2,732 2,450 
           
Dividend income34 12 22 24 29 
Net fees and commissions2,676 1,167 1,509 984 913 
Dealing profits340  340 161 346 
Other income932 501 431 333 207 
           
Other operating income3,982 1,680 2,302 1,502 1,495 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total operating income15,759 9,547 6,212 4,234 3,945 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           
Staff costs(3,723)(1,648)(2,075)(1,537)(1,440)
Premises and equipment(745)(243)(502)(356)(323)
Other(2,241)(1,133)(1,108)(651)(653)
Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation(238)(83)(155)(131)(124)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (6,947)(3,107)(3,840)(2,675)(2,540)
Goodwill amortisation(643)(358)(285)(146)(145)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses(7,590)(3,465)(4,125)(2,821)(2,685)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit before provisions8,169 6,082 2,087 1,413 1,260 
           
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts(4,676)(4,395)(281)(300)(300)
Provisions for contingent liabilities and          
   commitments3  3 3 (582)
Amounts written off fixed asset investments(9) (9)(9)(5)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit3,487 1,687 1,800 1,107 373 
           
Share of operating profit/(loss) in joint          
   ventures11  11 (2)(7)
Share of operating profit in associates6  6 8 5 
Gains on disposal of investments and          
   tangible fixed assets109 6 103 125 132 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit on ordinary activities before tax3,613 1,693 1,920 1,238 503 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 % % % % % 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits (excluding          
   goodwill amortisation)29.6 14.3 15.3 13.2 7.4 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits28.2 13.2 15.0 12.8 6.3 
Cost:income ratio (excluding goodwill          
   amortisation)44.1 32.5 61.8 63.2 64.4 
           
Period-end staff numbers (full-time equivalent)65,021 28,872 36,149 34,207 19,291 
           
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Selected balance sheet data2          
Loans and advances to customers (net)191,450 108,124 83,326 77,589 73,088 
Loans and advances to banks (net)11,884  11,884 10,391 7,979 
Debt securities, treasury bills and other          
   eligible bills49,168 8,633 40,535 39,270 45,661 
Total assets289,800 136,727 153,073 142,032 138,738 
Deposits by banks10,354 3 10,351 9,972 8,113 
Customer accounts93,996 1 93,995 90,137 81,055 
  
1Since the date of acquisition.
2Third party only.

98


Back to Contents

Year ended 31 December 2003 compared with year ended 31 December 2002

Fuelled by fiscal stimuli and a further interest rate reduction, the US economy steadily gained momentum in 2003. GDP expanded at an annualised rate of 8.2 per cent in the third quarter, the strongest rate since 1984. A strong revival in profits growth boosted investment spending while consumer spending remained strong, supported by tax cuts, a buoyant housing market, and equity releases from refinancing mortgages at record low interest rates. By the end of the year there was some evidence of the long-awaited recovery in the labour market, with the economy adding jobs, albeit modestly. In June the Federal Reserve cut its Fed Funds rate by 25 basis points to 1 per cent. Subsequently, 10-year bond yields rose by 100 basis points from their mid-June low of 3.1 per cent. Equity markets recovered strongly following the end of the Iraq war: by the end of December the S&P 500 had risen by 39 per cent from its March low and was at its highest level si nce July 2002. This supported consumer confidence. However, with the US current account deficit continuing to deteriorate, the US dollar remained under downward pressure, falling to US$1.26 against the euro by the end of the year.

     Canada’s central bank was the first of the G7 countries to embark on a policy of raising interest rates in 2003. In response to inflationary pressures in the early part of the year, overnight lending rates were raised on two occasions, by a total of 50 basis points. However, with the Canadian dollar strengthening against the US dollar, inflation worries easing, and concerns about subdued GDP growth, the Central Bank reversed the earlier interest rate rises to take the overnight rate back down to 2.75 per cent in September. Many of the reasons for the disappointing growth were temporary, such as SARS, BSE, forest fires and the Ontario power blackout, and their immediate impact abated. Consumer spending growth remained robust all year, but the ongoing impact of the strong Canadian dollar appears set to continue, restraining export growth.

     The Mexican economy continued to lag behind the US recovery, largely because, apart from technology, the US manufacturing sector remained subdued. However, the impact of stronger US growth is expected to benefit Mexico in the near term, boosting exports and growth. Meanwhile, political conflicts delayed the passage of critical reform legislation, threatening approval of the 2004 budget.

This notwithstanding, a solid macro-economic foundation has been established and is expected to be maintained.

     On 28 March 2003, HSBC completed its acquisition of Household for a consideration of US$14.8 billion, expanding significantly its existing North American business. The addition of Household’s substantial consumer lending portfolio increased the proportion of HSBC’s assets in North America from 19 per cent to 28 per cent of the Group.

     Household’s results for the period from 29 March to 31 December 2003 are tabulated separately under Consumer Finance in order to highlight their significance to HSBC’s overall performance in North America. HSBC’s results at the pre-tax level and before amortising goodwill also benefited from a US$534 million contribution from HSBC Mexico in its first full year. The integration of both Household and HSBC Mexico progressed well, with synergy benefits and business opportunities generally meeting or exceeding expectations.

     The following discussion of HSBC’s North American performance highlights the impact of the additions of Household and HSBC Mexico. The phrase ‘on an underlying basis’ is used to describe performance excluding these acquisitions.

     HSBC’s operations in North America contributed US$3,613 million to HSBC’s profit before tax, an increase of US$2,375 million, compared with 2002. Excluding goodwill amortisation, pre-tax profit was US$4,257 million, compared with US$1,384 million in 2002, which was equivalent to 30 per cent of HSBC’s total pre-tax profit on this basis. On an underlying basis, HSBC’s pre-tax profit, before goodwill amortisation, of US$1,672 million was US$320 million, or 24 per cent, higher than in 2002. Goodwill amortisation was US$644 million in 2003, compared with US$146 million last year, predominantly reflecting the acquisition of Household and, to a lesser extent, HSBC Mexico.

     The commentaries that follow are based on constant exchange rates.

     Personal Financial Services, excluding Consumer Finance, generated pre-tax profit, before goodwill amortisation, of US$870 million in 2003, 40 per cent higher than last year. HSBC Mexico contributed US$350 million to pre-tax profit for the


 

99


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

year. On an underlying basis, pre-tax profit, before goodwill amortisation, was 13 per cent lower than in 2002 mainly due to lower earnings from mortgage servicing and higher staff costs.

     Net interest income increased by 53 per cent to US$2,116 million mainly as a result of the inclusion of HSBC Mexico. The first full year’s result for HSBC Mexico was strong and ahead of expectations. Growth in Mexico from a relatively weak performance in 2002 reflected an improvement in net interest income driven by a greater level of low cost deposits and an expanding consumer loan portfolio. Interest spreads benefited from a change in asset mix, with over 25 per cent growth in higher yielding assets, including motor vehicle finance, credit cards and payroll loans.

     On an underlying basis, growth in net interest income of 7 per cent was mainly driven by growth of US$2.5 billion in residential mortgage balances in the US and Canada. In both countries, the low interest rate environment proved attractive to new homebuyers and encouraged existing homeowners to refinance their mortgages. In the US, net interest income further benefited from improved spreads on mortgages and an improved mix of loans and savings deposits.

     Other operating income of US$825 million was 62 per cent higher than in 2002. Operations in Mexico contributed US$461 million to other operating income in the year. Transaction volumes on core banking related products, such as credit cards, deposit-related services and ATMs, grew significantly. HSBC Mexico led the market with a 34 per cent share in domestic interbank ATM transactions across Mexico, delivering fee revenue of US$92 million. In addition, a growing level of fee income was generated from bancassurance sales and international remittances.

     On an underlying basis, other operating income fell by 23 per cent. This was primarily caused by a fall in mortgage banking-related income in the US. Total servicing-related income decreased by US$210 million compared with 2002. This decrease was driven by accelerated amortisation and large write-downs of mortgage servicing rights (‘MSR’s) as many customers refinanced mortgages in order to take advantage of the low interest rate environment. MSR income also declined as a result of significant losses on derivative instruments used to protect the economic value of MSRs.

     In addition, the June/July time period was one of the more difficult periods related to derivative activity. Specifically, in June, positions were taken in derivative instruments to further reduce HSBC’s exposure to these losses as mortgage rates continued to fall. However, in July extreme interest rate volatility ensued and there was a significant rise in interest rates resulting in a substantial loss in the value of the derivative instruments. These losses were only partly offset by subsequent falls in interest rates, and gains from the sale of certain mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale that were used as on-balance sheet economic hedges of the MSRs.

     While the value of MSRs generally declines in a falling interest rate environment as mortgages are repaid, the effect of this decline is often mitigated by income from refinancing mortgage loans and subsequent sales to mortgage agencies. Total loan volumes sold in 2003 were US$20.1 billion compared with US$12.4 billion in 2002. Market conditions during 2003 permitted favourable pricing which allowed HSBC to earn higher gains on loans sold as well as a higher spread on refinanced loans. As a result, sales-related income for 2003 increased by US$82 million compared with 2002.

     Overall, the US mortgage banking business contributed US$210 million to pre-tax profit in 2003, compared with US$251 million in 2002. In the US, HSBC generated increases in deposit-related service charges and in card fees, though sales of investment products fell reflecting a lack of confidence in the equity markets. Increased fees in Canada reflected higher insurance sales and increased commissions from retail broking activities as the equity markets rebounded in 2003.

     Growth in operating expenses, excluding goodwill amortisation, of 65 per cent to US$1,965 million was substantially attributable to the addition of HSBC Mexico, which contributed US$758 million to the overall cost base in 2003. In Mexico, savings in operating expenses were achieved from merging HSBC Mexico with HSBC’s existing operations in the country. These savings funded investment to improve technology support for HSBC Mexico’s branch network.

     On an underlying basis, operating expenses, excluding goodwill amortisation, increased by 7 per cent. Pension costs rose due to falls in the long-term rates of return on assets, and higher profitability drove increased staff incentive payments. Following


100


Back to Contents

the integration with Household, long-term restructuring programmes, including the rationalisation of staff functions, were initiated, adding US$20 million of costs in the year.

     Operations in Mexico contributedUS$67 million to the overall net charge for bad and doubtful debts of US$142 million. On an underlying basis, credit provisions in Personal Financial Services were broadly in line with the prior year, a good performance in view of strong growth in personal lending. Overall credit quality improved, reflecting the improved economic environment.

     Consumer Finance contributedUS$2,068 million to pre-tax profit, before goodwill amortisation, in the nine months since Household became a member of HSBC. The integration of Household into HSBC delivered anticipated benefits in improved funding costs, and technology and administrative cost savings. Significant progress has been made in exporting Household’s core skills, particularly in the areas of credit risk management, sales-focused organisation and customer-centred technology, to other parts of the Group. Further synergies are planned in card processing, IT contingency rationalisation, purchasing, call-centre operations and the shared use of HSBC’s Group Service Centres. Household’s business model is being taken to selected markets overseas and established alongside existing HSBC operations to meet the growing global demand for consumer finance.

     Net interest margin benefited by US$531 million from purchase accounting adjustments relating to the acquisition of Household in the nine months in which Household was part of the HSBC Group. This comprised of a US$946 million benefit in respect of debt funding, offset by the amortisation of purchase accounting adjustments relating to loans and advances to customers totalling US$415 million. Purchase accounting adjustments restated the book value of debt to fair value at that date and, therefore, reflected the improvement in spread already in the market as well as falling interest rates. They are being amortised in line with the residual maturity of the debt. Assuming credit spreads remain consistent, savings on future debt issues will replace the fair value adjustments relating to credit spreads. Since acquisition, Household’s funding costs on new issues have, in fact, fallen as the credit spreads sought by the market decreased, reflecting the improvement in Household’s credit rating on joining the HSBC

Group. During 2003, net interest income benefited by US$124 million as a result of such savings.

     All consumer portfolios grew during the year, except for personal unsecured loans, with the strongest growth in the real estate secured and private label portfolios. The secured real estate portfolio growth was driven by the correspondent business while the private label portfolio benefited from a number of new relationships added during the year. Growth in MasterCard and Visa loans benefited from portfolio acquisitions made during the year in advantageous circumstances and growth in the General Motors portfolio. The motor vehicle finance business also benefited from new originations from strategic alliances during the year.

     Included within operating expenses were one-off retention payments arising on the change of control amounting to US$52 million. Headcount increased to support business expansion, particularly in the consumer lending and mortgage services businesses.

     The charge for bad and doubtful debts in 2003 reflected receivables growth, increases in personal bankruptcy filings and the weak US economy. However, in the second half of the year credit quality stabilised and improvement was seen in a number of key indicators, including early stage delinquency, charge-offs, bankruptcy filings and collection activities. The improvement reflected resumed domestic economic growth which is forecast to continue into 2004.

     Commercial Banking in North America reported pre-tax profit, before goodwill amortisation, of US$595 million, an increase of 32 per cent, compared with 2002. On an underlying basis, HSBC generated pre-tax profit, before goodwill amortisation, of US$498 million, 12 per cent higher than last year.

     Net interest income on an underlying basis was marginally lower than 2002. In Canada, income growth was generated from increased balances on loans and deposits. There were increases in commercial real estate lending where growth in market share was concentrated primarily in New York. Service delivered to SMEs was enhanced as part of the strategy to focus on that market. Notably, the credit application process was re-engineered to make it easier for customers and the number of relationship managers doubled. As a result, lending to SMEs increased by 17 per cent. Net interest income further benefited from steady growth in


 

101


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

deposit balances and lower funding costs. Offsetting this was the impact of business disposals as HSBC disposed of its equipment leasing portfolio in the first half of 2003 following a re-evaluation of its core businesses.

     On an underlying basis, other operating income rose by 20 per cent, reflecting income on the sale of the factoring business and increases in fees related to commercial real estate lending, deposit taking and trade.

     The inclusion of Household’s commercial portfolio reduced other operating income by US$17 million. These losses were more than offset by tax credits, resulting in an overall benefit to post tax profits of US$40 million.

     HSBC Mexico contributed US$325 million to total operating income in the Commercial Banking segment in North America, reflecting a strong position in customer deposits. In addition, a growing level of fee income was generated from payments and cash management, loan and credit card fees.

     Of the total increase in operating expenses, US$163 million was attributable to HSBC Mexico. Underlying operating expenses, excluding goodwill amortisation, increased by 9 per cent to US$614 million. This was driven by higher pension and incentive compensation expenses. In Canada, staff costs increased, primarily due to increased variable incentive payments.

     Credit quality remained satisfactory. On an underlying basis, provisions for bad and doubtful debts fell by 40 per cent to US$88 million, reflecting the improved credit environment in North America in 2003. Low interest rates, declining credit spreads and positive economic sentiment all contributed to this improvement.

     Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported pre-tax profit, before amortisation of goodwill, of US$837 million, an increase of 70 per cent, compared with 2002. On an underlying basis, the Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets business generated pre-tax profit, before amortisation of goodwill, of US$772 million, 58 per cent higher than in 2002. In generally favourable trading conditions, Global Markets achieved higher customer sales from structured finance and hedging products as institutional and corporate borrowers took advantage of low interest rates to raise finance or fix the cost of existing facilities.

     HSBC’s North American securities trading and debt capital markets business was substantially restructured and refocused towards the end of 2002 and this was reflected positively in its 2003 financial performance. Government and agency securities arbitrage activities were wound down. Corporate bond trading returned to profitability, contrasting with the heavy losses suffered in 2002 as a result of widening credit spreads, particularly in the telecommunications and auto sectors. The turnaround in performance added US$67 million to profit before tax. Investment in relationship management generated new business from major institutional and corporate clients. Global Markets also expanded its structured credit derivatives trading in response to the evolving requirements of its institutional customer base, allowing these clients to risk manage their portfolios more actively, thereby generating fees and trading revenues for HSBC.

     Underlying net interest income of US$685 million, increased by 28 per cent, compared with 2002. This was partly attributable to the restructuring initiatives in the securities trading and debt capital markets business. As part of this restructuring, large arbitrage trading portfolios, which had historically contributed dealing profits but incurred significant funding costs, were eliminated. Net interest income further benefited from good balance sheet management and effective interest rate positioning in the US and Canada.

     Underlying total other operating income, at US$738 million improved by 32 per cent. Strong foreign exchange and domestic dollar book trading activity contributed to increased revenues, driven by historically low interest rates and volatile currency markets. Derivatives trading revenues increased, reflecting the growth in demand for the structuring of tailored products for corporate and institutional customers.

     HSBC Mexico generated other operating income of US$90 million, of which US$64 million was accounted for by dealing profits. Volatility in the Mexican markets enabled the Group to increase trading volumes and capitalise on favourable market movements. These positive market conditions led to increased profits from foreign exchange and fixed income.

     Underlying operating expenses, before goodwill amortisation, of US$706 million, increased by 9 per cent. Investment in the core business added to the

 

 


102


Back to Contents

expenditure but was partly funded by lower costs in the securities trading and debt capital markets business, elements of which were wound down.

     Credit experience on major corporate customers in the US was better in 2003. Many accounts which were potentially problematic at the end of 2002 were successfully refinanced and restructured in the strong debt market at the start of 2003. Elsewhere, credit quality remained satisfactory and consequently, on an underlying basis, there was a net release of US$7 million for bad and doubtful debts.

     Profits on disposal of investments, on an underlying basis, were US$57 million, a decline of 53 per cent compared with 2002, which included a higher level of securities disposals arising from the restructuring of investment portfolios.

     HSBC’s Private Banking operations in North America contributed US$63 million to pre-tax profits, before goodwill amortisation, an increase of 11 per cent compared with 2002.

     During the year the North American business continued its evolution from a deposit-based business to broader wealth advisory service, with a resulting shift from net interest income to fees and commissions. Despite this, net interest income was 3 per cent higher than 2002, reflecting an improved funding environment in 2003.

     An increase in net fees and commissions and other income of US$52 million, or 37 per cent, mainly reflected the benefit from increased investment activity by clients and a greater emphasis on fee-based non-discretionary advisory and structured products. In addition, WTAS (HSBC’s tax advisory service for high net-worth clients), in its first full year of operation, contributed to this increase.

     The inclusion of WTAS was the principal contributor to the US$48 million increase in operating expenses, before goodwill amortisation. Cost savings from the alignment of international and domestic client servicing units offset higher staff and restructuring costs. Excluding this operating expenses were essentially flat year-on-year.

Year ended 31 December 2002 compared with year ended 31 December 2001

The United States economy showed signs of improvement in 2002 following a deterioration in 2001, as low interest rates and fiscal stimulus helped

to boost the housing, manufacturing and consumer sectors. GDP growth was 2.4 per cent compared with 1.1 per cent in 2001. However, growth prospects remained unclear, as equity markets remained subdued, and levels of corporate and consumer debt remained high. The dollar weakened throughout the year, reflecting investor concerns about investment returns from the US.

     The Canadian economy continued to outperform its fellow G7 members, with GDP growth of 3.3 per cent in 2002. This was driven by strong growth in employment, and increased levels of retail sales. However, in response to fears about strong consumer spending and increasing inflation, interest rates showed upward pressure. It was expected that the Canadian economy would be slowed by the performance of the US economy during 2003.

     Economic growth in Mexico also remained subdued, relying on the US economy for 25 per cent of its GDP. However, growth in industrial output was an encouraging sign for Mexico’s future prospects. Although the devaluation in the value of the peso had increased inflationary pressures, the economic indicators in 2002 did not appear to present cause for concern with regard to Mexico’s creditworthiness.

     HSBC’s operations in North America contributed US$1,413 million to operating profit before provisions, up US$153 million, or 12 per cent, compared with 2001. Profit before tax increased by US$735 million to US$1,238 million. Goodwill amortisation at US$146 million was in line with 2001. Operating performance was driven by strong growth in net interest income in 2002, which benefited from low funding costs as interest rates remained at historically low levels. The 2001 results bore the exceptional costs of the Princeton Note Settlement.

     The commentaries that follow are based on constant exchange rates.

     Personal Financial Services in North America reported a pre-tax profit, before goodwill amortisation, of US$605 million, 3 per cent higher than in 2001. The continued growth in the mortgage business and higher brokerage and insurance sales contributed to a significant increase in operating income. This was partially offset by higher IT costs reflecting increased business volumes and systems development.

 

 

 


103


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

     Net interest income rose by 8 per cent to US$1,352 million of which US$60 million reflected the inclusion of HSBC Mexico for the period following its acquisition. Excluding HSBC Mexico, the rise in net interest income reflected growth in deposits and record mortgage banking activity. Customers sought to minimise risks from volatile equity markets, while homeowners took advantage of the low interest rate environment to re-mortgage at lower rates. The increase in spreads arising from lower funding costs was partly offset by a lower benefit from net free funds.

     Excluding HSBC Mexico, which contributed US$40 million, other operating income was 15 per cent higher than in 2001, driven by growth in brokerage and wealth management products and successful re-pricing of account service charges. Brokerage revenues increased by 32 per cent over 2001, due in part to sales of annuity products and increased transaction volumes. Insurance revenue also grew strongly. By the end of 2002, more than 1,500 professionals were licensed to sell insurance and a number of annuity products through the retail network in the US.

     HSBC in Canada was rated highest for overall quality of customer service among the banks included in the ‘2002 Customer Service Index’, an independent study conducted annually by Market Facts of Canada. HSBC Bank Canada introduced ‘clientCONNECT’, a sales and service initiative designed to improve client relationships. The bank also completed the rollout of a Call Management programme designed to remove routine tasks from branches and enable staff to concentrate on deepening relationships with customers.

     Operating expenses, before goodwill amortisation, increased by 19 per cent to US$1,172 million, of which US$72 million reflected the impact of HSBC Mexico. The underlying increase of 11 per cent was mainly due to increased revenue-related staff costs and higher IT and marketing expenses. As part of its strategy of providing customers with multiple choices for product and service delivery, HSBC offered a comprehensive internet banking service in the US. By the end of the year, more than 405,000 customers had registered, up from approximately 275,000 at the end of 2001. The HSBC Bank USA website, us.hsbc.com, where customers can apply for accounts, conduct financial planning and link to online services, received approximately 50,000 visits every day during 2002.

     Commercial Banking in North America reported pre-tax profit, before goodwill amortisation, of US$435 million, an increase of 6 per cent, compared with 2001. HSBC Mexico accounted for US$6 million of this increase.

     Net interest income was broadly in line with 2001. The effect of including HSBC Mexico was offset by reduced net interest income in the US, reflecting lower lending levels. On an underlying basis, other operating income rose 8 per cent to US$287 million, as a result of higher fees from deposit services, credit and trade finance activity. A repricing initiative on deposit account services resulted in higher fee income in both the US and Canada. Dealing profits fell in HSBC’s Mexican operation following a decline in gains on exchange valuations on the loan portfolio.

     Operating expenses, on an underlying basis, were slightly lower than in 2001 in both the US and Canada, mainly due to operating cost controls and one-off costs incurred in 2001. Provisions for bad and doubtful debts were broadly in line with last year. Despite the uncertain economic climate, the US and Canada experienced fewer problem credits for larger companies, though this was partly offset by higher provisions in Panama.

     Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported pre-tax profit, before amortisation of goodwill, of US$494 million, an increase of 15 per cent, compared with 2001. This was primarily driven by improved spreads in Global Markets in the low interest rate environment. HSBC’s US securities trading and debt capital markets business reported a pre-tax loss of US$100 million. A significant widening of credit spreads in the first half of the year resulted in losses on bond holdings.

     Net interest income increased by 53 per cent to US$539 million. The principal driver of growth was significantly reduced funding costs as the steeper yield curve led to a 54 basis point increase in spread. Global Markets benefited from the lower funding costs. Net interest income in the debt capital markets business weakened due to increased funding costs on corporate bond trading portfolios.

     Other operating income at US$557 million was 17 per cent lower than in 2001, mainly due to dealing losses. Difficult conditions in the capital markets prevented a recurrence of 2001’s strong dealing profits and profits on domestic US dollar trading fell. Partially offsetting the dealing losses were higher

 


104


Back to Contents

levels of other income from bank note servicing and increased numbers of structured transactions for corporate customers. In Canada, HSBC's operations reported reduced equity market-related fees. HSBC withdrew from the institutional equity trading and research business in the first half of 2002. Other operating income in the debt capital markets business fell by US$46 million, largely resulting from losses on corporate bond trading.

     Total operating expenses, before amortisation of goodwill, were broadly in line with 2001. In the US securities trading and debt capital markets business, revenue-related pay decreased due to the losses incurred in 2002.

     Provisions for bad and doubtful debts decreased by 18 per cent. HSBC Bank USA’s charge for bad and doubtful debts fell, predominantly due to the non-recurrence of specific provisions raised in 2001

against corporate customers. The charge in Canada increased following a provision for an exposure in the telecommunications sector.

     Profits on the disposal of investments declined by 10 per cent reflecting reduced sales of securities.

     HSBC’s Private Banking operations in North America contributed US$57 million to pre-tax profits before goodwill amortisation. Net interest income at US$117 million was US$10 million lower than in 2001 as lower interest rates reduced the benefit of free funds. Other operating income, including fees and commissions, increased by US$20 million, or 16 per cent, reflecting the inclusion of WTAS, which became operational in the second half of 2002. Operating expenses, before goodwill amortisation, increased by US$52 million, partly as a result of the launch of WTAS.


105


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) excluding goodwill amortisation by customer group

       Year ended 31 December 2003      
  
 
      Total   Corporate,         
  Personal   Personal   Investment     Inter-   
  Financial Consumer Financial Commercial Banking & Private   segment   
  Services Finance4Services Banking Markets Banking Other elimination Total 
North AmericaUS$mUS$mUS$mUS$mUS$mUS$m US$mUS$mUS$m
Net interest income2,116 7,851 9,967 1,046 743 121 (100) 11,777 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Dividend income12 1220 1 1 34 
 Net fees and commissions720 1,170 1,890 292 351 155 (12) 2,676 
 Dealing profits19  19 18301 2  340 
 Other income86 525 611 152 156 36 33 (56)932 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Other operating income825 1,707 2,532 462 828 194 22 (56)3,982 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income2,941 9,558 12,499 1,508 1,571 315 (78)(56)15,759 
                    
 Operating expenses                  
    excluding goodwill                  
    amortisation1(1,965)(3,098)(5,063)(786)(777)(254)(123)56 (6,947)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit/(loss)                  
    before provisions1976 6,460 7,436 722 794 61 (201)8,812 
                    
 Provisions for bad and                  
    doubtful debts(142)(4,395)(4,537)(133)(6)1  (1)(4,676)
 Provisions for contingent                  
    liabilities and                  
    commitments 4  (1)3
 Amounts written off fixed                  
    asset investments  (9)  (9)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Operating profit/(loss)1834 2,065 2,899 593 779 62 (203)4,130 
                    
 Share of operating profit                   
    in joint ventures21111    11
 Share of operating profit                  
    in associates2   7 7 
 Gains on disposal of                  
     investments and tangible                  
     fixed assets25328258 1 20109 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit /(loss) on ordinary                  
    activities before tax3870 2,068 2,938 595 837 63 (176)4,257 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  % % % %% % %   % 
 Share of HSBC’s pre-tax                  
    profits36.0 14.4 20.4 4.1 5.8 0.4 (1.1)  29.6 
 Cost:income ratio166.8 32.4 40.5 52.1 49.5 80.6 (157.7)  44.1 
  US$mUS$mUS$mUS$mUS$mUS$m US$m  US$m
Selected balance sheet                  
    data5                  
 Loans and advances to                  
    customers (net)43,608 107,957 151,565 23,553 13,758 2,574   191,450 
 Total assets53,082 134,857 187,939 27,444 70,223 3,108 1,086   289,800 
 Customer accounts48,576 1 48,577 20,032 17,239 8,148   93,996 
 The following assets and                  
    liabilities were also                   
    significant to the customer                   
    groups noted:                  
    Loans and advances to                  
       banks (net)        11,577         
    Debt securities, treasury                  
       bills and other eligible                  
       bills        36,026         
    Deposits by banks        9,958         
    Debt securities in issue  107,673               
                   
 Goodwill amortisation:                  
1excluded from (1) above117 356 474 100 45 25   643 
2excluded from (2) above1     1 
3excluded from (3) above118 356 474 100 45 25   644 
4Comprises Household since the date of acquisition.                   
5Third party only.
                  

106


Back to Contents

        Year ended 31 December 2003      
  
 
      Corporate,         
  Personal   Investment     Inter-   
  Financial Commercial Banking & Private   segment   
  Services Banking Markets Banking Other elimination Total 
North AmericaUS$m US$mUS$mUS$m US$mUS$mUS$m
Net interest income1,352 844 539 117 (120) 2,732 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Dividend income 24   24 
 Net fees and commissions437 222 268 61 (4) 984 
 Dealing profits(63)18204 9 (7) 161 
 Other income126 61 61 78 29 (22)333 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Other operating income500 301 557 148 18 (22)1,502 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income1,852 1,145 1,096 265 (102)(22)4,234 
                
 Operating expenses  excluding              
    goodwill amortisation1(1,172)(567)(649)(206)(103)22  (2,675)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit/(loss) before              
     provisions1,5680 578 447 59 (205)1,559 
                
 Provisions for bad and doubtful              
     debts(76)(150)(66)(2)(6)(300)
 Provisions for contingent liabilities              
     and commitments 22  (1)3 
 Amounts written off fixed asset              
     investments  (9)  (9)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Operating profit/(loss)1,5604 430 374 57 (212)1,253 
                
 Share of operating profit in joint              
     ventures2(1) (1) (2)
 Share of operating profit              
    in associates22    6 8 
 Gains /(losses) on disposal of              
     investments and tangible              
     fixed assets 5120 1 (1)125 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit /(loss) on ordinary activities              
     before tax3,5605 435 494 57 (207)1,384 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  % %% % %   % 
 Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits3,55.8 4.1 4.7 0.5 (1.9)  13.2 
 Cost:income ratio163.3 49.5 59.2 77.7 (101.0)  63.2 
  US$m US$mUS$mUS$m US$m  US$m
Selected balance sheet data4              
 Loans and advances to customers              
     (net)37,922 25,361 12,604 1,701 1  77,589 
 Total assets46,777 29,166 63,161 2,707 221   142,032 
 Customer accounts46,002 17,717 19,396 6,969 53  90,137 
 The following assets and  liabilities              
    were also significant to Corporate,              
     Investment Banking and Markets:              
    Loans and advances to              
       banks (net)    9,948         
    Debt securities, treasury bills              
        and other eligible bills    34,926         
    Deposits by banks    9,545         
               
Goodwill amortisation:              
1excluded from (1) above55 32 34 25   146 
2excluded from (2) above       
3excluded from (3) above55 32 34 25   146 
4  Third party only.              
5 In 2003, North America implemented a revised funds transfer pricing system to transfer interest rate risk from the business units to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets. The figures for 2002 have been restated to reflect the impact of transfer pricing had it been in place on a similar basis. The effect on the results for 2001 is immaterial. 

 

107


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) excluding goodwill amortisation by customer group (continued)

 Year ended 31 December 2001 
 


















 
       Corporate,             
 Personal     Investment        Inter-    
 Financial  Commercial  Banking &  Private     segment    
 Services  Banking  Markets  Banking  Other  elimination  Total 
North AmericaUS$m  US$m  US$m  US$m  US$m  US$m  US$m 
Net interest income1,247  869  354  127  (147)   2,450 
Dividend income    29        29 
Net fees and commissions368  190  291  64      913 
Dealing profits(38) 28  357  1  (2)   346 
Other income71  48  10  63  30  (15) 207 
Other operating income401  266  687  128  28  (15) 1,495 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Operating income1,648  1,135  1,041  255  (119) (15) 3,945 
Operating expenses excluding goodwill amortisation1(988) (572) (648) (154) (193) 15  (2,540)
Operating profit/(loss) before provisions1660  563  393  101  (312)   1,405 
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts(70) (149) (80) (4) 3    (300)
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments  (7)     (575)   (582)
Amounts written off fixed asset investments    (5)       (5)
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Operating profit/(loss)1590  407  308  97  (884)   518 
Share of operating loss in joint ventures2(7)           (7)
Share of operating profit in associates2        5    5 
Gains/(losses) on disposal of investments and tangible fixed assets10  3  133  (16) 2    132 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax3593  410  441  81  (877)   648 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 %  %  %  %  %     % 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits36.7  4.7  5.1  0.9  (10.0)    7.4 
Cost:income ratio160.0  50.4  62.2  60.4  (162.2)    64.4 
                     
 US$m  US$m  US$m  US$m  US$m     US$m 
Selected balance sheet data4                    
Loans and advances to customers (net)26,013  24,754  20,515  1,805  1     73,088 
Total assets32,302  25,713  77,556  3,031  136     138,738 
Customer accounts35,066  15,392  19,315  11,203  79     81,055 
The following assets and liabilities   were also significant to Corporate,   Investment Banking and Markets:                     
   Loans and advances to banks (net)      7,549             
   Debt securities, treasury bills and other eligible bills      45,230             
   Deposits by banks      7,791             
                     
Goodwill amortisation:                    
1excluded from (1) above50  32  36  27       145 
2excluded from (2) above              
3excluded from (3) above50  32  36  27       145 
4Third party only.                    

108


Back to Contents

South America

Profit/(loss) before tax excluding goodwill amortisation

 Year ended 31 December  
 






  
 2003  2002  2001  
 US$m  US$m  US$m  
Personal Financial Services(27) (33) 62  
Brazil(31) 11  34  
Argentina3  (45) 29  
Other1  1  (1) 
Commercial Banking99  79  (14) 
Brazil65  54  46  
Argentina34  27  (59) 
Other  (2) (1) 
Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets(24) 32  185  
Brazil49  125  146  
Argentina(72) (101) 29  
Other(1) 8  10  
Private Banking(2) (12) (3) 
Brazil(1) (1) (2) 
Argentina      
Other(1) (11) (1) 
Other80  (100) (1,232) 
Brazil1  (62) (88) 
Argentina83  (91) (1,151) 
Other(4) 53  7  
 
   
   
   
Total1126  (34) (1,002) 
Brazil83  127  136  
Argentina48  (210) (1,152) 
Other(5) 49  14  
          
1  Goodwill amortisation excluded:         
   - arising on subsidiaries11  24  14  
   - arising on associates and joint ventures      
   - total11  24  14  

 

109


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

Profit/(loss) before tax

  Year ended 31 December 
  




 
  2003 2002 2001 
South America US$m US$m US$m 
Net interest income 640 645 1,065 
Dividend income 3 15 12 
Net fees and commissions 338 324 494 
Dealing profits 136 147 18 
Other income 201 110 356 
Other operating income 678 596 880 
  
 
 
 
Total operating income 1,318 1,241 1,945 
  
 
 
 
        
Staff costs (584)(572)(836)
Premises and equipment (124)(113)(153)
Other (327)(330)(435)
Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation (40)(45)(73)
  
 
 
 
  (1,075)(1,060)(1,497)
Goodwill amortisation (11)(24)(14)
  
 
 
 
Operating expenses (1,086)(1,084)(1,511)
  
 
 
 
        
Operating profit/(loss) before provisions 232 157 434 
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts (58)(117)(927)
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments 2 (31) 
Loss from foreign currency redenomination in Argentina (9)(68)(520)
Amounts written off fixed asset investments (62)(36)(1)
  





Operating profit/(loss) 105 (95)(1,014)
Share of operating profit in associated undertakings 1  1 
Gains/(losses) on disposal of investments and tangible fixed assets 9 37 (3)
  





Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax 115 (58)(1,016)
  





  % % % 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits (excluding goodwill amortisation) 0.9 (0.3)(11.4)
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits 0.9 (0.6)(12.7)
Cost:income ratio (excluding goodwill amortisation) 81.6 85.4 77.0 
        
Period-end staff numbers (full-time equivalent) 28,292 25,522 27,519 
        
  US$m US$m US$m 
Selected balance sheet data1       
Loans and advances to customers (net) 4,982 3,028 4,156 
Loans and advances to banks (net) 1,922 1,665 2,252 
Debt securities, treasury bills and other eligible bills 2,151 1,450 3,386 
Total assets 12,549 8,491 13,097 
Deposits by banks 828 661 1,338 
Customer accounts 6,945 4,863 7,523 
        
1    Third party only.       

110


Back to Contents

Year ended 31 December 2003 compared with year ended 31 December 2002

2003 was a year of recovery across the region following the economic and political uncertainty experienced during 2002.

     In Brazil, the turnaround in 2003 was noteworthy. After a difficult start, the new Government demonstrated prudent control of macroeconomic policy including, importantly, inflation. A difficult and costly disinflationary programme was put into effect with the central bank’s reference rate reaching 26.5 per cent in June. The programme was successful within a surprisingly short time horizon. Inflation fell from 17.3 per cent to 9.3 per cent, and reference interest rates ended the year at 16.5 per cent. Actions to reduce Brazil’s two key vulnerabilities, its fiscal and external deficits, were effective. On the fiscal front, Brazil’s Congress approved public sector social security reforms and 2003 was the fifth consecutive year IMF fiscal targets were achieved. On the external front, Brazil is expected to register its first current account surplus in over a decade.

     Buoyed by a surge in exports and large trade surpluses, the Argentinian economy recovered at a fast pace. Inflation remained under control and the Argentine peso appreciated from 3.60 to the US dollar in May 2002 to 2.93 at December 2003. Unemployment fell and tax revenues and collections increased.

     Fundamental legal uncertainty persists, particularly regarding the position of pension fund assets following pesification, the ability of utilities to raise prices, and the position of holders of pesified and defaulted government bonds. Although the financial system is emerging slowly from near collapse, questions about the sustainability of the recovery persist and a resolution of the historic sovereign debt default is a pre-condition for stability and sustained new investment.

     HSBC’s operations in South America reported a pre-tax profit of US$115 million, compared with a loss of US$58 million in 2002. Excluding goodwill amortisation, pre-tax profit was US$126 million, compared with a loss of US$34 million in 2002. Key to this improvement was a turnaround in Argentina, from a loss of US$210 million to a modest profit of US$48 million. This followed the release of part of the general provision previously raised against customer advances, as the economy improved and, in

December 2003, compensation bonds with a face value of US$109 million were received from the Argentine government. These have been included at an estimated fair value of US$63 million in the results of the Other segment. Goodwill amortisation at US$11 million was US$13 million lower than in 2002, which included a goodwill write-off relating to the purchase of insurance subsidiaries.

     The commentaries that follow are based on constant exchange rates.

     In Personal Financial Services there was a pre-tax loss, before goodwill amortisation, of US$27 million, an improvement against the loss suffered in 2002. The acquisition of Lloyds TSB Group’s businesses and assets in Brazil contributed US$7 million to this overall improvement. Lending growth was stronger in Brazil, while higher bad debt recoveries benefited operations in Argentina.

     Net interest income was broadly in line with last year. The benefit from higher personal lending balances in Brazil was offset by lower interest income from the insurance businesses in Argentina, largely due to lower CER, an inflation adjustment applied to all pesified loans.

     Other operating income of US$316 million was 51 per cent higher than in 2002, largely due to a strong performance in Brazil. Growth in customer lending volumes generated an increase in credit-related fee income and account service fees. Following strong marketing support, fee income from cards in Brazil grew by 24 per cent, driven by a 30 per cent increase in cards in circulation to 1.4 million. Other operating income also improved in Argentina, reflecting a strong performance in the insurance business.

     Operating expenses, excluding goodwill amortisation, were broadly in line with 2002. In Brazil, costs increased by 15 per cent, largely due to higher staff costs, notably labour claims, together with higher costs from marketing initiatives taken in 2003 and an increase in the transactional taxation charge on higher operating income. Costs in Argentina were significantly lower than prior year, mainly due to lower severance costs.

     The provision for bad and doubtful debts of US$138 million was 50 per cent higher than in 2002. In Brazil, specific provisions increased, predominantly in the first half of 2003, reflecting the prevailing economic conditions. High inflation,


 

111


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

interest rates and unemployment reduced customers’ repayment capacity. However, credit quality began to show signs of improvement in the second half of the year.

     Commercial Banking in South America contributed pre-tax profit, before amortisation of goodwill, of US$99 million, 23 per cent higher than in 2002.

     Net interest income increased by 39 per cent, to US$168 million. In Argentina, net interest income benefited from lower Argentine peso rates paid on deposits and recoveries of interest suspended on non-performing loans. In Brazil, successful marketing campaigns led to a significant growth in income from overdrafts and working capital products. Other growth areas included discounted receivables and vehicle leasing, supported by the introduction of pre-approved facilities.

     Other operating income increased by 23 per cent to US$115 million. Credit related fee income in Brazil increased, reflecting the expansion in the current account customer base by 8 per cent. Fees earned on foreign exchange rose from a higher volume of transactions. In response to aggressive pricing by competitors, the introduction of a new fee pricing structure in the first half of 2003 stimulated an increase in the volume of loan fees and funds under management leading to higher fee income.

     At US$173 million, total operating expenses, before goodwill amortisation, were 25 per cent higher than 2002. The cost increases partly reflected increased business volumes as well as the impact of various initiatives which had been delayed pending evidence of improvement in economic conditions. These included increased advertising, the implementation of a sales structure to support business development, and investment in new products and delivery channels. These were partly funded by the centralisation of support processes which resulted in a reduction of associated costs and reduced the administrative workload for relationship managers, leaving them more time for their customers.

     Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported a loss, before amortisation of goodwill, of US$24 million, broadly in line with 2002, at constant exchange rates. Profit before tax and amortisation of goodwill in Brazil was US$49 million, compared with US$104 million in 2002. Argentina recorded a

loss of US$72 million compared with a loss of US$143 million in 2002.

     Net interest expense was US$51 million, an increase of 16 per cent compared with 2002. In Brazil, net interest income decreased due to lower spreads in Global Markets, partly offset by the impact of downward yield curve movements which allowed the funding of long positions at lower rates. In corporate banking, a lack of attractive risks restricted lending growth. In Argentina, the lower cost of funding non-performing assets and a lower level of suspended interest resulted in a decrease in net interest expense.

     Dealing profits were broadly in line with 2002. In Brazil, higher dealing profits reflected gains resulting from a fall in interest rates. Brokerage, custody and clearing businesses also grew significantly, taking advantage of market opportunities. These factors were offset in part by lower foreign exchange income in Argentina.

     Staff costs were higher than in 2002, mainly in Brazil, reflecting improved performance in specific products.

     Provisions for bad and doubtful debts rose in difficult market conditions. Higher interest rates, currency weakness, and a reduced availability of foreign currency funding all contributed to problems encountered by corporate customers in the first half of 2003 in Brazil. Although the situation improved during the year, new specific provisions were raised against two sizeable corporate accounts as a consequence of business failure in one case and fraud in the other.

     Private Banking’s pre-tax loss, before goodwill amortisation, of US$2 million compared with a loss of US$12 million in 2002. A lower bad debt charge reflected an improvement in the overall credit quality of the segment.

     Within the Other customer group, there was a US$113 million release of general provision raised in respect of Argentina. This release followed a period of improved market conditions and collections within the lending portfolios.

     Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments reflected court decisions (amparos) relating to formally frozen US dollar denominated customer deposits required to be settled at the prevailing market rate.

 


112

Back to Contents

Year ended 31 December 2002 compared with year ended 31 December 2001

2002 was a year of uncertainty in both Brazil and Argentina. Although the Argentine government had been in talks with the International Monetary Fund and World Bank for over a year, an agreement on the resumption of lending had yet to be reached. The Argentine economy experienced its fourth successive year of recession with a large contraction in GDP, falling 12 per cent, and unemployment continuing to rise. However, some stability was introduced towards the end of 2002, as the peso began to appreciate from its lows as fears of hyperinflation began to recede and a significant trade surplus emerged. Elections were expected to take place in the second quarter of 2003.

     Brazil avoided major fall-out from the collapse of the Argentine economy and steadily improved its current account position by growing its trade surplus with the rest of the world. Uncertainty over the outcome of presidential elections held in the second half of 2002 led to a sharp depreciation in the value of the real and upward pressure on interest rates in the first half of the year. The newly elected government quickly stated its commitment to fiscal discipline, leading to improved stability, lower interest rates and a stronger currency towards the end of 2002.

     HSBC’s operations in South America reported an operating profit before provisions, of US$157 million, compared with US$434 million in 2001. Excluding goodwill amortisation, operating profit before provisions was US$181 million, compared with US$448 million in 2001. At constant exchange rates, operating profit before provisions and excluding goodwill amortisation was 43 per cent lower than in 2001. Losses before tax excluding goodwill amortisation improved substantially to US$34 million, compared with a loss of US$1,002 million in 2001. Goodwill amortisation was US$24 million compared with US$14 million. The increase reflects the write-off by HSBC of the remaining goodwill that arose on the purchase of its insurance subsidiaries.

     The commentaries that follow are based on constant exchange rates.

     In Personal Financial Services there was a pre-tax loss, before goodwill amortisation, of US$33 million, compared with a profit of US$62 million in 2001.

     Net interest income of US$539 million was 31 per cent higher than in 2001. Competitive pricing initiatives and targeted marketing campaigns led to strong growth in personal lending products in Brazil, particularly personal overdrafts and credit cards. In Argentina, margins deteriorated reflecting the effect of the severe economic conditions and the impact of non-performing loans.

     Other operating income decreased by 12 per cent compared with 2001. In Brazil, the decline in fee income reflected competitive pricing initiatives and the loss of revenue from account fees, as the Brazilian government had outlawed the levying of fees on certain accounts. This was partly offset by strong growth in credit-related fee income. Net revenues from the insurance businesses in Argentina fell considerably as HSBC was obliged to renegotiate a number of contracts as a result of the mismatch between premiums and claims arising from the pesification of assets and liabilities.

     Operating expenses, before goodwill amortisation, rose by 33 per cent to US$691 million, as savings from a reduction in headcount were offset by related severance payments. Staff costs were higher in Brazil, partly due to an increase in inflation-linked pension costs and an industry-wide union-agreed salary increase. Other administration expenses increased as a result of higher levels of transactional taxation, including an additional tax imposed on foreign companies.

     The provision for bad and doubtful debts of US$100 million was slightly lower than in 2001. New provisions raised in Brazil to reflect the increased level of personal lending were more than offset by a number of releases, particularly in the credit card portfolio, reflecting the bank’s pro-active management of its personal loan book.

     Commercial Banking in South America contributed pre-tax profit, excluding goodwill amortisation, of US$79 million, compared with a small reported loss in 2001.

     Net interest income was broadly in line with 2001. Other operating income increased, reflecting strong growth in credit-related fee income in Brazil. Total operating expenses before goodwill amortisation rose by 36 per cent, to US$147 million, in 2002. Staff costs increased, mainly due to higher pension and salary costs in Brazil and severance payments in Argentina.


 

113


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

     The favourable movement in provisions for bad and doubtful debts reflected improved economic conditions in Argentina together with releases in Brazil.

     Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported pre-tax profit, excluding goodwill amortisation, of US$32 million.

     In Brazil, profit before tax, excluding goodwill amortisation was US$125 million, an increase of 15 per cent at constant exchange rates. In Argentina, loss before tax was US$101 million, compared with a small profit in 2001.

     The net interest expense was attributable to the high cost of funding non-performing assets in Argentina, and a reduction in government bond securities in Brazil, as HSBC sought to minimise its exposure in the uncertain economic climate. Dealing profits increased, primarily due to income from interest rate derivatives trading and foreign exchange trading in Brazil. In Argentina, foreign exchange dealing profits improved as some resumption in

activity was permitted. Fee income declined in investment banking services in Brazil.

     Operating expenses rose in constant currency terms, reflecting higher pension contributions in Brazil and severance payments in Argentina. Provisions for bad and doubtful debts mainly reflected a specific provision in Brazil against a corporate exposure.

     Private Banking’s operations recorded a pre-tax loss, before goodwill amortisation, of US$12 million compared with a loss of US$3 million in 2001. Adverse economic conditions in Uruguay, combined with the deterioration in the Argentine peso, were primarily responsible for the increased loss.

     Within the Other customer group, provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments reflected court decisions (amparos) which required formerly frozen US dollar denominated customer deposits to be settled at the prevailing market rate.


 

114


Back to Contents

Profit/(loss) excluding goodwill amortisation by customer group

 Year ended 31 December 2003 
 












 
     Corporate,        
 Personal   Investment     Inter-   
 Financial Commercial Banking & Private  segment   
 Services Banking Markets Banking Other elimination Total 
South AmericaUS$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
               
Net interest income499 168 (51)2 22  640 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividend income    3  3 
Net fees and commissions245 94 54 14 (69) 338 
Dealing profits2 7 118 1 8  136 
Other income69 14 36 1 119 (38)201 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other operating income316 115 208 16 61 (38)678 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income815 283 157 18 83 (38)1,318 
               
Operating expenses excluding              
goodwill amortisation1(706)(173)(113)(21)(100)38 (1,075)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit before              
   provisions1
109 110 44 (3)(17) 243 
               
Provisions for bad and doubtful              
   debts(138)(11)(26)1 116  (58)
Provisions for contingent liabilities              
   and commitments10    (8) 2 
Loss from foreign currency              
   redenomination in Argentina    (9) (9)
Amounts written off fixed asset              
   investments(17) (44) (1) (62)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit/(loss)1(36)99 (26)(2)81  116 
               
Share of operating profit in              
   associates2  1    1 
Gains/(losses) on disposal of              
   investments and tangible fixed              
   assets9  1  (1) 9 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities              
   before tax3(27)99 (24)(2)80  126 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 % % % % %   % 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits3(0.2)0.7 (0.2)0.0 0.6   0.9 
Cost:income ratio186.6 61.1 72.0 116.7 120.5   81.6 
               
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m   US$m 
Selected balance sheet data4              
Loans and advances to customers              
   (net)2,224 852 1,679 16 211   4,982 
Total assets4,211 1,357 5,505 70 1,406   12,549 
Customer accounts2,035 1,429 3,108 61 312   6,945 
The following assets and liabilities              
   were also significant to Corporate,              
   Investment Banking and Markets:              
   Loans and advances to              
      banks (net)    1,384         
   Debt securities, treasury bills              
      and other eligible bills    1,311         
   Deposits by banks    593         
   Customer accounts              
               
Goodwill amortisation:              
1    excluded from (1) above4  6  1   11 
   excluded from (2) above        
   excluded from (3) above4  6  1   11 
4    Third party only.              

 

115


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) excluding goodwill amortisation by customer group (continued)

     Year ended 31 December 2002       
 












 
     Corporate,         
 Personal   Investment     Inter-   
 Financial Commercial Banking & Private   segment   
 Services Banking Markets Banking Other elimination Total 
South AmericaUS$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Net interest income539 126 (5)6 (21) 645 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividend income  1  14  15 
Net fees and commissions218 87 67 12 (60) 324 
Dealing profits10 9 120 (3)11  147 
Other income11 4 (18) 135 (22)110 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other operating income239 100 170 9 100 (22)596 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income778 226 165 15 79 (22)1,241 
               
Operating expenses excluding              
   goodwill amortisation1(691)(147)(106)(17)(121)22 (1,060)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit/(loss) before              
   provisions187 79 59 (2)(42) 181 
               
Provisions for bad and doubtful              
   debts(100) (15)(7)5  (117)
Provisions for contingent liabilities              
   and commitments(19)   (12) (31)
Loss from foreign currency              
   redenomination in Argentina    (68) (68)
Amounts written off fixed asset              
   investments(1) (22) (13) (36)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit/(loss)1(33)79 22 (9)(130) (71)
               
Gains/(losses) on disposal of              
   investments and tangible fixed              
   assets  10 (3)30  37 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities              
   before tax1(33)79 32 (12)(100) (34)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 % % % % %   % 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits(0.3)0.8 0.3 (0.1)(1.0)  (0.3)
Cost:income ratio88.8 65.0 64.2 113.3 153.2   85.4 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m   US$m 
Selected balance sheet data2              
Loans and advances to customers              
   (net)1,094 505 1,401 28    3,028 
Total assets2,062 704 4,273 37 1,415   8,491 
Customer accounts1,366 934 2,477 44 42   4,863 
The following assets and liabilities              
   were also significant to Corporate,              
   Investment Banking and Markets:              
   Loans and advances to              
      banks (net)    987         
   Debt securities, treasury bills and              
      other eligible bills    977         
   Deposits by banks    609         
               
Goodwill amortisation:              
1    excluded from (1) above18  4 1 1   24 
2    Third party only.              

 

116


Back to Contents

  Year ended 31 December 2001 
  
 
      Corporate,         
  Personal   Investment     Inter-   
  Financial Commercial Banking & Private   segment   
  Services Banking Markets Banking Other elimination Total 
South AmericaUS$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Net interest income566 220 264 8 7  1,065 
              
Dividend income    12  12 
Net fees and commissions327 127 84 9 (53) 494 
Dealing profits6 4 3 3 2  18 
Other income175 9 17  198 (43)356 
              
Other operating income508 140 104 12 159 (43)880 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income1,074 360 368 20 166 (43)1,945 
                
Operating expenses excluding              
 goodwill amortisation1(854)(246)(153)(17)(270)43 (1,497)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit /(loss) before              
 provisions1220 114 215 3 (104) 448 
                
Provisions for bad and doubtful              
 debts(153)(128)(38)(8)(600) (927)
Provisions for contingent liabilities              
 and commitments        
Loss from foreign currency              
 redenomination in Argentina    (520) (520)
Amounts written off fixed asset              
 investments    (1) (1)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit/(loss)167 (14)177 (5)(1,225) (1,000)
                
Share of operating profit in              
 associates2   1   1 
Gains/(losses) on disposal of              
 investments and tangible fixed              
 assets(5) 8 1 (7) (3)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities              
 before tax362 (14)185 (3)(1,232) (1,002)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                
  % % % % %   % 
Share of HSBC’s pre-tax profits30.7 (0.2)2.1  (14.0)  (11.4)
Cost:income ratio179.5 68.3 41.6 85.0 162.7   77.0 
                
  US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m   US$m 
Selected balance sheet data4              
Loans and advances to customers              
 (net)1,619 1,143 1,896 98 (600)  4,156 
Total assets2,525 1,298 7,198 249 1,827   13,097 
Customer accounts2,360 1,261 3,503 351 48   7,523 
The following assets and liabilities              
 were also significant to Corporate,              
 Investment Banking and Markets:              
 Loans and advances to              
 banks (net)    1,668         
 Debt securities, treasury bills and              
 other eligible bills    2,936         
 Deposits by banks    1,205         
                
Goodwill amortisation:              
1excluded from (1) above7  3  4   14 
2excluded from (2) above        
3excluded from (3) above7  3  4   14 
4Third party only.              

117


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

 

 

 

Critical accounting policies

Introduction

The results of HSBC Holdings are sensitive to the accounting policies, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of its consolidated financial statements. The accounting policies used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are described in detail in Note 2 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on pages 239 to 366 of theAnnual Report and Accounts 2003.

     When preparing the financial statements, it is the directors’ responsibility under UK company law to select suitable accounting policies and to make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent. Under UK GAAP, Financial Reporting Standard (‘FRS’) 18 ‘Accounting policies’ requires the Group to adopt the most appropriate accounting policies in order to give a true and fair view.

     HSBC also provides details of its net income and shareholders’ equity calculated in accordance with US GAAP. US GAAP differs in certain respects from UK GAAP. Details of these differences are set out in Note 50 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on pages 327 to 365.

     The accounting policies that are deemed critical to the Group’s UK GAAP results and financial position, in terms of materiality and the degree of judgement and estimation involved, are discussed below.

Provisions for bad and doubtful debts

HSBC’s accounting policy for provisions for bad and doubtful debts on customer loans is described in Note 2(b) in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on pages 241 to 243 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2003.

     Charges for provisions for bad and doubtful debts are reflected in HSBC’s profit and loss account under the caption ‘Provision for bad and doubtful debts’. Any increase in these provisions has the effect of lowering HSBC’s profit on ordinary activities by a corresponding amount (while any decrease in provisions or release of provisions would have the opposite effect).

Specific provisions

Specific provisions are established either on a portfolio basis or on a case-by-case basis depending

on the nature of the exposure and the manner in which risks inherent in that exposure are managed. In addition, provisions for the sovereign risk inherent in cross-border credit exposures are established for certain countries; this element is not currently significant.

     When specific provisions are raised on a portfolio basis, the most important factors in calculating the quantum of the required provision are:

the roll or loss rates set for each category; and
  
the periods embedded in the calculations of roll and loss rates which are designed to reflect fully but not excessively losses inherent at the reporting date and not future losses.

     The factor over which management has most discretion are the periods used in the various roll and loss rate calculations. If management were to take a more conservative view and increase the embedded periods, this would have the effect of increasing the provisions charged and lowering HSBC’s profit on ordinary activities.

     The portfolio basis is applied to overdue accounts in Household’s consumer portfolios and in the following in the rest of HSBC:

small corporate accounts (typically less than US$15,000) in certain countries;
  
residential mortgages less than 90 days overdue; and
  
credit cards and other unsecured consumer lending products.
  

     When establishing specific provisions on a case-by-case basis, the most important factors are:

an assessment of the ability of the borrower to trade profitably and generate cash flow to repay or refinance outstanding debt obligations;
  
the amount and timing of cashflows forecast to be received from the borrower;
  
the enforceability of any security held and the amount which may be recovered from its sale; and
  
in complex situations the hierarchy of competing claims against the borrowers’ cash flows and the impact of litigation on the timing and direction of ultimate cash settlements.


118


Back to Contents

     In many cases, the determination of these factors will be judgemental, because either the security may not be readily marketable or the cashflows will require an assessment of the customer’s future performance or the impact of litigation. HSBC’s practice is to make estimates against these factors and to review and update them regularly. If management were to take a more cautious view of the customer’s future cash flows (either by being less optimistic of the ability of the customer to generate profits or general economic conditions) or the availability or value of any security, the provision charge would be higher and HSBC’s profit on ordinary activities would be lower.

     This method of determining provisions is applied to most corporate loans and, with the exception of Household, which utilises portfolio analysis, to residential mortgages 90 days or more overdue.

     HSBC has no individual loans where changes in the underlying factors upon which specific bad and doubtful debt provisions have been established could cause a material change to the Group’s reported results.

General provisions

General provisions augment specific provisions and provide cover for loans which are impaired at the balance sheet date but which will not be identified as such until some time in the future. HSBC requires each operating company to maintain a general provision which is determined by taking into account the structure and risk characteristics of each company’s loan portfolios. Provisions held against homogenous portfolios of assets which are not overdue and which have neither been restructured nor are in bankruptcy are classified as general rather than specific.

     The most important factors in determining general loan loss provisions are:

historical roll and loss rates for each separately identified portfolio;
  
the period between losses occurring and the establishment of a specific provision for this loss (which in general is between four and twelve months); and
  
management’s judgement as to whether, in current economic and credit conditions, probable
 inherent losses are likely to be greater or less than those suggested by historical experience.

     The main areas of judgement are in determining the periods during which latent losses emerge and assessing whether current economic conditions are likely to produce credit default rates and loss severity in line with historical precedent. These factors are kept under review based on an analysis of economic forecasts, industry sector performance, insolvency and bankruptcy statistics, together with details of the rate and nature of losses experienced.

     If management were to take a more conservative view of economic conditions or increase the loss emergence periods, the provisions charged would increase and HSBC’s profit on ordinary activities would be lower.

Goodwill impairment

HSBC’s accounting policy for goodwill is described in Note 2(e) in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on page 244 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2003.

     Amortisation of goodwill is recorded on HSBC’s profit and loss account under the caption ‘Depreciation and Amortisation – Goodwill’. Any impairments or reductions of goodwill are also charged to the profit and loss account (hence reducing HSBC’s operating profit on ordinary activities after tax by a corresponding amount) and also result in a corresponding reduction of ‘Goodwill’ on the balance sheet.

     In accordance with the requirements of FRS 10 ‘Goodwill and intangible assets’, HSBC reviews goodwill which has arisen on the acquisition of subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and interests in associates at the end of the first full year after an acquisition, and whenever there is an indication that impairment may have taken place. Impaired goodwill is accounted for in accordance with FRS 11 ‘Impairment of fixed assets and goodwill’.Indications of impairment include any events or changes in circumstance that cast doubt on the recoverability of the carrying amount of goodwill.

     If management believes that a possible impairment is indicated in respect of a particular entity, the valuations of each of the entity’s relevant ‘Income Generating Units’ (IGUs) are compared with their respective carrying values (including


119


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)
 
  

 

related goodwill). The IGU valuations are derived from discounted cashflow models. Significant management judgement is involved in two elements of the process of identifying and evaluating goodwill impairment.

     First, the cost of capital assigned to an individual IGU and used to discount its future cashflows can have a significant effect on its valuation. The cost of capital percentage is generally derived from an appropriate capital asset pricing model, which itself depends on a number of financial and economic variables which are established on the basis of management’s judgement.

     Second, management judgement is required in deriving discounted cashflow valuations of IGUs. These valuations are sensitive to the cashflows in the initial periods for which detailed forecasts are available, and to assumptions regarding the long-term sustainable growth rates of cashflows thereafter. While the acceptable range within which underlying assumptions can be applied is governed by the requirement for resulting forecasts to be compared with actual performance and verifiable economic data in future years, the cashflow forecasts necessarily reflect management’s view of future business prospects.

     Where management’s judgement is that the expected cashflows of an IGU have declined and/or that its cost of capital has increased, the effect will be to reduce the estimated fair value of the IGU. If this results in an estimated fair value that is lower than the carrying value of the IGU, an impairment of goodwill will be recorded and HSBC’s profit on ordinary activities will be lower.

Valuation of unquoted and illiquid debt and equity securities

HSBC’s accounting policy for these instruments is described in Note 2(c) in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on page 243 in the Annual Report and Accounts 2003.

     HSBC carries debt and equity securities held for trading purposes at fair value. For those debt and equity securities not held for trading purposes, and carried in the accounts at amortised historical cost, consideration as to whether any such asset should be written down to reflect a permanent impairment takes into account the fair value of the relevant security. Changes in the value of securities held for

trading purposes are reflected in ‘Dealing profits’ and hence directly impact HSBC’s profit on ordinary activities. Any permanent impairment in the value of debt and equity securities not held for trading purposes is reported in ‘Amounts written off fixed asset investments’ and hence reduces HSBC’s profit on ordinary activities.

     The fair value determined for unquoted and illiquid debt and equity securities reflects management’s assessment of the value of these securities. This assessment may look to a valuation of comparable securities for which an independent price can be established or use a discounted cashflow model (particularly for debt securities) or model the valuation of complex illiquid securities based on a components approach where independent pricing is available for the underlying components.

     The main factors which management considers when applying a cashflow model are:

the likelihood and expected timing of future cashflows on the instrument. These cashflows are usually governed by the terms of the instrument, although management judgement may be required in situations where the ability of the counterparty to service the instrument in accordance with its contractual terms is in doubt; and
  
an appropriate discount rate for the instrument. Again, management determines this rate, based on its assessment of the appropriate spread of the rate for the instrument over the risk free rate.

     When valuing instruments by reference to comparable securities, management takes into account the maturity, structure and rating of the security to which the position held is being compared.

     When valuing instruments on a model basis using the fair value of underlying components, management additionally takes into account model tracking error and liquidity.

     In assessing the valuation of securities, management also takes account of the size of the position held relative to market liquidity and prevailing market conditions. When considered appropriate, the assessed fair value of the securities is reduced to reflect the amount which management estimates could be realised on their sale.


 

120


Back to Contents

     Changes in any of the assumptions used in the management valuation will give rise to changes in the recorded fair value of unquoted securities where the securities affected are carried in the accounts at fair value. For securities carried at amortised cost a permanent diminution in value may result from changes in their estimated fair value if management changes its assumptions regarding the above variables. In such circumstances, it will also be necessary for management to exercise judgement as to whether or not the indicative change in estimated fair value arising from revisions to the underlying valuation assumptions are only temporary.

     HSBC has no individual unquoted or illiquid securities where changes in assumptions used in the management valuation of such securities could cause a material change to the Group’s reported results.

 

UK GAAP compared with US GAAP         

         
 2003 2002  2001  
 US$m US$m  US$m  
Net income        
US GAAP7,231 4,900  4,911  
UK GAAP8,774 6,239  4,992  
Shareholders’ equity        
US GAAP80,251 55,83
1
 48,444  
UK GAAP74,473 51,765
1
 45,688
1
 

 

1Figures for 2002 and 2001 have been restated to reflect the adoption of UITF Abstracts 37 ‘Purchases and sales of own shares’, and 38 ‘Accounting for ESOP trusts’, details of which are set out in Note 1 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on pages 239 to 240.
  
Differences in net income and shareholders’ equity are explained in Note 50 of the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements.
  
Future accounting developments

The Accounting Standards Board (‘ASB’) (UK GAAP) and the Financial Accounting Standards Board (‘FASB’) (US GAAP) have issued the following accounting standards, which become fully effective in future financial statements.

UK GAAP

FRS 17 ‘Retirement benefits’ was issued in December 2000. If applied in full, FRS 17 would replace SSAP 24 ‘Accounting for pension costs’. There are also amendments to other accounting standards and UITF Abstracts.

     Under FRS 17 as originally issued, the primary statement impact was to have been recognised from 1 January 2003. In November 2002, the ASB issued

an amendment to FRS 17 which defers the full accounting impact of FRS 17 until 1 January 2005. As such, it will be superseded by the transition to International Financial Reporting Standards.

     FRS 17, if adopted in full, would require that financial statements report at fair value the assets and liabilities arising from an employer’s retirement benefit obligations and any related funding. The operating costs of providing retirement benefits to employees are recognised in the accounting periods in which the benefits are earned by the employees, and the related finance costs and any changes in value of the assets and liabilities are recognised in the accounting periods in which they arise.

     In the period until full implementation the transitional disclosures required by FRS 17 are included in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ in the Annual Report and Accounts 2003. The effect on reserves at 31 December 2003, if the FRS 17 pension liability were to be recognised, would be a reduction of US$2,398 million.

US GAAP

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (‘SFAS’) 132 (revised 2003) ‘Employers’ disclosures about pensions and other post-retirement benefits’ was issued in December 2003. This statement is effective for HSBC’s UK (domestic) pension and post-retirement benefit schemes for fiscal years ending after 15 December 2003, except for future benefit payments, which together with all non-domestic schemes, is required for fiscal years ending after 15 June 2004. The disclosures in respect of HSBC’s UK (domestic) pension schemes are set out in Note 50 of the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’.

     In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (‘VIEs’) (FIN 46). FIN 46 requires a VIE to be consolidated by a company if that company’s variable interests absorb a majority of the VIE’s expected losses, or is entitled to receive a majority of VIEs residual returns, or both. FIN 46 increases required disclosures by a company consolidating a VIE and also requires disclosures about VIEs that the company is not required to consolidate, but in which it has a significant variable interest. HSBC has adopted the requirements of FIN 46 at 31 December 2003 for all entities created after


121


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)
 
  

 

31 January 2003. As a foreign private issuer that does not file quarterly accounts, HSBC is permitted to defer adoption of FIN 46 for entities created before 1 February 2003 until 2004.

     A modified version of FIN 46 was issued in December 2003 by the FASB (‘FIN 46R’). FIN 46R addresses certain implementation issues that arose under FIN 46 and changes some of the criteria used to determine whether HSBC is the primary beneficiary of an entity. HSBC has applied FIN 46R to its assessment of certain entities where the impact of the modifications in FIN 46R is known. However, HSBC is still assessing the impact of FIN 46R on other entities. HSBC is required to adopt FIN 46R for all interests in VIEs for accounting periods ending after 15 March 2004.

     Further information regarding HSBC’s interest in VIEs under FIN 46 is provided in Note 50 to the financial statements.

     The American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (‘AICPAs’) Accounting Standards Executive Committee issued Statement of Position (‘SOP’) 03-1, ‘Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Nontraditional Long-Duration Contracts and for Separate Accounts’ on 7 July 2003. The SOP provides guidance on accounting and reporting by insurance enterprises for certain non-traditional long-duration contracts and for separate accounts. SOP 03-1 is effective for financial statements occurring in fiscal years beginning after 15 December 2003. Restatement of previously issued annual financial statements is not permitted. HSBC is still assessing the impact of this SOP on its US GAAP financial statements.

     In December 2003, the AICPA released SOP 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer: The SOP addresses accounting for differences between contractual cash flows and cash flows expected to be collected from an investor’s initial investment in loans or debt securities acquired in a transfer if those differences are attributable to credit quality. This SOP is effective for loans acquired in accounting periods beginning after 15 December 2004. HSBC is still assessing the impact of this SOP on its US GAAP financial statements.

Transition to International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’)

HSBC has established a project steering committee to co-ordinate the transition to IFRS and since 2002 has been following a transition plan that has three phases – preliminary assessment, detailed impact study and implementation.

i.Preliminary assessment – this phase began in 2002 and was completed in early 2003. It involved identification of GAAP differences and areas where business practices are affected giving rise to significant systems implications.
  
ii.Detailed impact study – this phase began at the end of 2002 and is currently ongoing as new standards and amendments to existing standards evolve. The publication of IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’ and IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ (except for the proposals regarding fair value hedge accounting for a portfolio hedge of interest rate risk) in December 2003 enables a significant proportion of the work in this phase to be progressed towards completion.
  
iii. Implementation process – this phase began early in 2004 and will include the running of a separate IFRS financial reporting consolidation system and amendments to systems within key business areas.
  
     Towards the end of 2004, HSBC intends to file with the US Securities and Exchange Commission a summary of the applicable significant differences between UK GAAP and IFRS. In May 2005, HSBC intends to file all restated comparative data under IFRS.

 

122


Back to Contents

Average balance sheet and net interest income


Average balances and the related interest are shown for the domestic operations of HSBC’s principal

commercial banks by geographic region with all other commercial banking and investment banking balances and transactions included in ‘Other operations’. Additional information on the basis of preparation is set out in the notes on page 131.


 

  Year ended 31 December 
  
 
  2003 2002 2001 
  
 
 
 
  AverageInterest     Interest   Average Interest   
Assets balanceincome Yield   income Yield balance income Yield 
  US$m US$m % US$m US$m % US$m US$m % 
Short-term funds and loans to banks                  
                    
EuropeHSBC Bank plc22,534657 2.92 16,691 595 3.56 13,841 803 5.80 
 HSBC Private Banking
  Holdings (Suisse) S.A.
3,394 75 2.21 5,500 144 2.62 10,529 488 4.63 
 CCF17,519573 3.27 12,650 647 5.11 12,600 787 6.25 
                    
Hong KongHang Seng Bank10,172212 2.08 15,205 409 2.69 19,285 905 4.69 
 The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking
  Corporation
20,735517 2.49 17,776 496 2.79 23,455 1,129 4.81 
                    
Rest of Asia-
Pacific
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking
  Corporation
6,893138 2.00 6,686 187 2.80 5,710 268 4.69 
 HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad693 17 2.45 547 15 2.74 1,346 43 3.19 
 HSBC Bank Middle East1,925 29 1.51 1,857 39 2.10 1,846 78 4.23 
                    
North AmericaHSBC USA Inc1,808 35 1.94 2,248 63 2.80 3,845 179 4.66 
 HSBC Bank Canada1,711 31 1.81 1,291 26 2.01 1,574 64 4.07 
 HSBC Markets Inc.2,535 20 0.79 3,756 48 1.28 3,136 85 2.71 
 HSBC Mexico14,199214 5.10 421 32 7.60    
                    
South AmericaBrazilian operations1,237242 19.56 1,065 177 16.62 1,306 206 15.77 
 HSBC Bank Argentina  S.A.231 2 0.87 164 14 8.54 746 39 5.23 
                    
Other operations 7,206159 2.21 8,577 328 3.82 10,977 710 6.47 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
  102,7922,921 2.84 94,434 3,220 3.41 110,196 5,784 5.25 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
Loans and advances to customers                  
                    
EuropeHSBC Bank plc130,178 6,739 5.18 105,456 5,865 5.56 89,987 6,056 6.73 
 HSBC Private Banking Holdings
  (Suisse) S.A.
3,385 79 2.33 2,881 81 2.81 2,695 112 4.16 
 CCF37,456 1,897 5.06 29,111 1,657 5.69 25,559 1,705 6.67 
 Household15,934671 11.31       
                    
Hong KongHang Seng Bank29,138938 3.22 28,820 1,083 3.76 28,673 1,688 5.89 
 The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking
  Corporation
41,517 1,517 3.65 39,040 1,713 4.39 37,142 2,324 6.26 
                    
Rest of Asia-
Pacific
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking
  Corporation
28,594 1,457 5.10 22,898 1,284 5.61 20,343 1,351 6.64 
 HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad4,567266 5.82 4,237 251 5.92 3,829 242 6.32 
 HSBC Bank Middle East5,725352 6.15 5,243 366 6.98 4,668 410 8.78 
                    
North AmericaHSBC USA Inc45,727 2,256 4.93 44,130 2,419 5.48 41,457 2,815 6.79 
 Household181,973 9,631 11.75       
 HSBC Bank Canada18,791982 5.23 15,631 835 5.34 14,731 988 6.71 
 HSBC Markets Inc.3,515 24 0.68 8,975 115 1.28 7,197 183 2.54 
 HSBC Mexico19,103862 9.47 913 102 11.17    
                    
South AmericaBrazilian operations2,930 1,044 35.63 2,542 821 32.30 2,879 896 31.12 
 HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.792103 13.01 889 261 29.36 2,122 371 17.48 
                    
Other operations 20,284627 3.09 16,118 671 4.16 15,222 745 4.89 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
  469,609 29,445 6.27 326,884 17,524 5.36 296,504 19,886 6.71 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
1 Yields annualised on the basis of the period of ownership in the year of acquisition.

 

123


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

  Year ended 31 December 
  
 
  2003 2002 2001 
  
 
 
 
  Average Interest   Average Interest   Average Interest   
Assets (continued)balance income Yield balance income Yield balance income Yield 
  US$m US$m % US$m US$m % US$m US$m % 
Trading securities                  
                    
EuropeHSBC Bank plc24,758 945 3.82 25,104 1,084 4.32 18,352 963 5.25 
 CCF7,043 236 3.35 10,435 235 2.25 13,275 508 3.83 
                    
Hong KongHang Seng Bank536 15 2.80 569 18 3.16 761 40 5.26 
 The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking
  Corporation
11,351 334 2.94 11,915 432 3.63 10,667 545 5.11 
                    
Rest of Asia-
Pacific
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking
  Corporation
2,823 124 4.39 2,452 112 4.57 2,042 113 5.53 
 HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad377 11 2.92 309 9 2.91 223 7 3.14 
                    
North AmericaHSBC USA Inc4,236 102 2.41 4,294 140 3.26 3,898 181 4.64 
 HSBC Bank Canada774 17 2.20 755 18 2.38 475 19 4.00 
 HSBC Markets Inc.8,837 303 3.43 16,768 752 4.48 17,439 877 5.03 
 HSBC Mexico14,303 261 6.07 346 27 7.80    
                    
South AmericaBrazilian operations   34   104 8 7.69 
 HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.7 1 14.29 2   116 16 13.79 
                    
Other operations 4,115 138 3.35 1,818 84 4.62 1,974 135 6.84 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
  69,160 2,487 3.60 74,801 2,911 3.89 69,326 3,412 4.92 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
                    
Investment                   
securities                   
                    
EuropeHSBC Bank plc16,449 659 4.01 13,071 623 4.77 14,939 851 5.70 
 HSBC Private Banking Holdings
  (Suisse) S.A.
14,298 397 2.78 14,454 503 3.48 11,376 611 5.37 
 CCF3,365 210 6.24 2,052 141 6.87 2,425 130 5.36 
 Household1231 2 0.87             
                    
Hong KongHang Seng Bank16,458 460 2.79 10,629 375 3.53 8,529 453 5.31 
 The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking
  Corporation
31,774 829 2.61 29,945 955 3.19 24,937 1,173 4.70 
                    
Rest of Asia-
Pacific
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking
  Corporation
13,906 487 3.50 10,534 448 4.25 8,587 475 5.53 
 HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad1,101 37 3.36 981 34 3.47 733 28 3.82 
 HSBC Bank Middle East873 24 2.75 760 30 3.95 755 48 6.36 
                    
North AmericaHSBC USA Inc18,753 894 4.77 17,795 927 5.21 19,244 1,232 6.40 
 Household13,370 59 1.75       
 HSBC Bank Canada2,681 75 2.80 2,440 78 3.20 2,105 99 4.70 
 HSBC Markets Inc.17 1 5.88 17 1 5.88 17 1 5.88 
 HSBC Mexico12,041 254 12.44 175 14 8.00    
                    
South AmericaBrazilian operations1,323 250 18.90 1,470 314 21.36 2,745 462 16.83 
 HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.120 13 10.83 185 34 18.38 949 113 11.91 
                    
Other operations8,056 345 4.28 7,117 323 4.54 5,481 365 6.66 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
  134,816 4,996 3.71 111,625 4,800 4.30 102,822 6,041 5.88 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
1 Yields annualised on the basis of the period of ownership in the year of acquisition.

 

124


Back to Contents

  Year ended 31 December 
  
 
  2003 2002 2001 
  
 
 
 
  Average Interest   Average Interest   Average Interest   
Assets (continued) balance income Yield balance income Yield balance income Yield 
  US$m US$m % US$m US$m % US$m US$m % 
Other interest-earning assets                  
                    
EuropeHSBC Bank plc6,190 173 2.79 10,384 198 1.91 2,981 218 7.31 
 HSBC Private Banking Holdings
   (Suisse) S.A.
5,420 102 1.88 3,964 119 3.00 287 85 29.62 
 CCF3,276 34 1.04 2,701 56 2.07 1,586 82 5.17 
                    
Hong KongHang Seng Bank1,097 25 2.28 1,158 33 2.85 1,081 56 5.18 
  The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking
  Corporation
12,680 264 2.08 9,128 238 2.61 7,958 353 4.44 
                    
Rest of Asia-
Pacific
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking
  Corporation
4,511 81 1.80 4,349 87 2.00 4,799 181 3.77 
 HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad22 1 4.55 25 1 4.00 72 4 5.56 
 HSBC Bank Middle East491 9 1.83 744 17 2.28 915 46 5.03 
                    
North AmericaHSBC USA Inc371 17 4.58 320 24 7.50 665 46 6.92 
 Household1484 23 4.75       
 HSBC Bank Canada170 10 5.88 1 1 100.00  3  
 HSBC Markets Inc.159 4 2.52 64 2 3.13 54 2 3.70 
 HSBC Mexico174 3 4.05       
                    
South AmericaBrazilian operations162 27 16.67 196 24 12.24 370 20 5.41 
 HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.44 2 4.55 53 6 11.32 50 5 10.00 
                    
Other operations(33,113)(656)1.98 (32,082)(666)2.08 (20,001)(963)4.81 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
  2,038 119 5.84 1,005 140 13.93 817 138 16.89 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
                   
Total interest-earning assets                  
                    
EuropeHSBC Bank plc200,109 9,173 4.58 170,706 8,365 4.90 140,100 8,891 6.35 
 HSBC Private Banking Holdings
   (Suisse) S.A.
26,497 653 2.46 26,799 847 3.16 24,887 1,296 5.21 
 CCF68,659 2,950 4.30 56,949 2,736 4.80 55,445 3,212 5.79 
 Household16,165 673 10.92       
                    
Hong KongHang Seng Bank57,401 1,650 2.87 56,381 1,918 3.40 58,329 3,142 5.39 
 The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking
  Corporation
118,057 3,461 2.93 107,804 3,834 3.56 104,159 5,524 5.30 
                    
Rest of Asia-
Pacific
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking
  Corporation
56,727 2,287 4.03 46,919 2,118 4.51 41,481 2,388 5.76 
 HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad6,760 332 4.91 6,099 310 5.08 6,203 324 5.22 
 HSBC Bank Middle East9,014 414 4.59 8,604 452 5.25 8,184 582 7.11 
                    
North AmericaHSBC USA Inc70,895 3,304 4.66 68,787 3,573 5.19 69,109 4,453 6.44 
 Household185,827 9,713 11.32       
 HSBC Bank Canada24,127 1,115 4.62 20,118 958 4.76 18,885 1,173 6.21 
 HSBC Markets Inc.15,063 352 2.34 29,580 918 3.10 27,843 1,148 4.12 
 HSBC Mexico119,720 1,594 8.08 1,855 175 9.43    
                    
South AmericaBrazilian operations5,652 1,563 27.65 5,307 1,336 25.17 7,404 1,592 21.50 
 HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.1,194 121 10.13 1,293 315 24.36 3,983 544 13.66 
                    
Other operations6,548 613 9.36 1,548 740 47.80 13,653 992 7.27 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
  778,415 39,968 5.13 608,749 28,595 4.70 579,665 35,261 6.08 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
                    
Summary                  
Total interest-earning assets778,415 39,968 5.13 608,749 28,595 4.70 579,665 35,261 6.08 
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts(12,816)    (7,809)    (7,816)    
Non interest-earning assets192,251     132,2272    124,5592    
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
Total assets and interest income957,850 39,968 4.17 733,167 28,595 3.90 696,408 35,261 5.06 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
1Yields annualised on the basis of the period of ownership in the year of acquisition.
2

Figures for 2002 and 2001 have been restated to reflect the adoption of UITF Abstracts 37 ‘Purchases and sales of own shares’, and 38 ‘Accounting for ESOP trusts’, details of which are set out in Note 1 in the ‘Notes on the Financial
Statements’ on pages 239 to 240.

 

125


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

      Year ended 31 December  
  




 
  2003 2002 2001 
Assets (continued)% % % 
        
Distribution of average total assets       
EuropeHSBC Bank plc27.8 28.7 25.1 
 HSBC Private Banking      
      Holdings (Suisse) S.A.3.0 3.8 3.8 
 CCF9.3 9.7 10.1 
 Household10.7   
        
Hong KongHang Seng Bank6.4 7.9 8.8 
 The Hongkong and Shanghai      
      Banking Corporation16.7 18.6 19.3 
        
Rest of Asia-The Hongkong and Shanghai      
Pacific     Banking Corporation6.8 7.1 6.9 
 HSBC Bank Malaysia      
      Berhad0.7 0.8 0.9 
 HSBC Bank Middle East1.0 1.2 1.2 
        
North AmericaHSBC USA Inc9.6 11.5 12.3 
 Household110.2   
 HSBC Bank Canada2.6 2.8 2.9 
 HSBC Markets Inc.2.6 5.3 5.5 
 HSBC Mexico12.1 0.3   
        
South AmericaBrazilian operations0.9 1.1 1.4 
 HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.0.1 0.2 0.7 
Other operations (including consolidation       
   adjustments) (0.5)1.0 1.1 
  
 
 
 
  100.0 100.0 100.0 
  
 
 
 
        
1  Yields annualised on the basis of the period of ownership in the year of acquisition.

 

126


Back to Contents

  Year ended 31 December 
  
 
  2003 2002 2001 
  
 
 
 
  Average Interest   Average Interest   Average Interest   
Liabilities and shareholders’ funds balance expense Cost balance expense Cost balance expense Cost 
  US$m US$m % US$m US$m % US$m US$m % 
Deposits by banks1                   
EuropeHSBC Bank plc19,898 404 2.03 18,259 376 2.06 13,890 451 3.25 
 HSBC Private Banking                  
      Holdings (Suisse) S.A.1,865 28 1.50 1,976 60 3.04 1,708 66 3.86 
 CCF12,594 398 3.16 13,456 596 4.43 17,393 1,136 6.53 
 Household2734 31 4.22       
Hong KongHang Seng Bank161 2 1.24 83 1 1.20 256 9 3.52 
 The Hongkong and Shanghai                  
      Banking Corporation2,358 28 1.19 2,066 35 1.69 1,933 70 3.62 
Rest of Asia-The Hongkong and Shanghai                  
Pacific     Banking Corporation2,599 81 3.12 2,683 103 3.84 2,757 146 5.30 
 HSBC Bank Malaysia                  
      Berhad121 3 2.48 113 3 2.65 32 1 3.13 
 HSBC Bank Middle East764 16 2.09 531 15 2.82 315 14 4.44 
North AmericaHSBC USA Inc3,915 39 1.00 4,216 46 1.09 3,702 100 2.70 
 HSBC Bank Canada501 11 2.20 679 26 3.83 439 18 4.10 
 HSBC Markets Inc.2,191 22 1.00 3,190 44 1.38 3,654 114 3.12 
 HSBC Mexico21,039 59 5.68 213 11 5.16    
South AmericaBrazilian operations527 93 17.65 693 79 11.40 1,177 106 9.01 
 HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.176 14 7.95 164 69 42.07 432 29 6.71 
Other operations 5,346 80 1.50 4,772 122 2.56 5,506 199 3.61 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
  54,789 1,309 2.39 53,094 1,586 2.99 53,194 2,459 4.62 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
Customer accounts1                   
EuropeHSBC Bank plc134,421 2,741 2.04 106,301 2,551 2.40 90,055 3,300 3.66 
 HSBC Private Banking                  
      Holdings (Suisse) S.A.19,238 401 2.08 20,476 549 2.68 20,839 937 4.50 
 CCF17,435 606 3.48 11,841 593 5.01 12,174 665 5.46 
 Household2412 28 6.80       
Hong KongHang Seng Bank49,492 289 0.58 48,074 448 0.93 49,842 1,502 3.01 
 The Hongkong and Shanghai                  
      Banking Corporation86,836 379 0.44 82,535 616 0.75 81,484 2,219 2.72 
Rest of Asia-The Hongkong and Shanghai                  
Pacific     Banking Corporation35,933 719 2.00 29,965 705 2.35 25,581 969 3.79 
 HSBC Bank Malaysia                  
      Berhad4,796 142 2.96 4,347 131 3.01 4,456 145 3.25 
 HSBC Bank Middle East5,863 61 1.04 6,176 106 1.72 6,311 250 3.96 
North AmericaHSBC USA Inc44,986 553 1.23 45,438 860 1.89 45,817 1,609 3.51 
 HSBC Bank Canada15,775 326 2.07 13,708 257 1.87 12,876 474 3.68 
 HSBC Markets Inc.4,915 52 1.06 6,972 112 1.61 7,820 295 3.77 
 HSBC Mexico211,542 408 3.53 1,032 51 4.94    
South AmericaBrazilian operations3,888 755 19.42 3,066 491 16.01 4,086 598 14.64 
 HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.778 57 7.33 757 217 28.67 2,689 226 8.40 
Other operations 29,130 510 1.75 25,917 653 2.52 23,919 1,062 4.44 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
  465,440 8,027 1.72 406,605 8,340 2.05 387,949 14,251 3.67 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
                    
1Further analysis is given on pages 179 and 180.
2Costs annualised on the basis of the period of ownership in the year of acquisition.

127


Back to Contents

H S BC   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

  Year ended 31 December  
  
  
  2003     2002     2001  
  
 
 
  
Liabilities and shareholders’ fundsAverage Interest   Average Interest   Average Interest    
(continued) balance expense Cost balance expense Cost balance expense Cost  
  US$m US$m % US$m US$m % US$m US$m %  
CDs and other money market instruments1                   
EuropeHSBC Bank plc5,417 151 2.79 2,088 83 3.98 1,257 65 5.17  
 CCF5,739 162 2.82 4,856 201 4.14 5,547 262 4.72  
Hong KongHang Seng Bank1,399 36 2.57 2,150 65 3.02 2,040 94 4.61  
 The Hongkong and Shanghai                   
      Banking Corporation8,257 321 3.89 5,331 258 4.84 3,851 242 6.28  
Rest of Asia-The Hongkong and Shanghai                   
Pacific     Banking Corporation3,163 121 3.83 1,659 69 4.16 1,298 67 5.16  
 HSBC Bank Malaysia                   
      Berhad263 8 3.04 148 7 4.73 121 6 4.96  
North AmericaHSBC USA Inc.1,604 26 1.62 2,286 62 2.71 2,030 92 4.53  
 Household25,522 60 1.09        
 HSBC Bank Canada3,132 84 2.68 2,168 56 2.58 2,193 104 4.74  
 HSBC Mexico24,052 169 4.17 318 22 6.92     
South AmericaBrazilian operations63 12 19.05 53 14 26.42 29 4 13.79  
 HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.   105 7 6.67 284 21 7.39  
Other operations 1,479 59 3.99 763 16 2.10 475 3 0.63  
  
 
   
 
   
 
    
  40,090 1,209 3.02 21,925 860 3.92 19,125 960 5.02  
  
 
   
 
   
 
    
                     
Loan capital                    
EuropeHSBC Bank plc8,790 466 5.30 7,053 463 6.56 10,136 625 6.17  
 CCF5,686 187 3.29 3,941 164 4.16 2,939 163 5.55  
 Household22,230 111 4.98        
Hong KongThe Hongkong and Shanghai                   
      Banking Corporation1,796 80 4.45 1,786 83 4.65 1,805 99 5.48  
Rest of Asia-The Hongkong and Shanghai                   
Pacific     Banking Corporation270 17 6.30 151 12 7.95 47 6 12.77  
North AmericaHSBC USA Inc.3,284 178 5.42 3,396 214 6.30 3,969 280 7.05  
 Household271,346 1,779 2.49        
 HSBC Bank Canada1,288 66 5.12 1,014 65 6.41 1,272 80 6.29  
 HSBC Mexico2188 13 6.91 19 2 10.53     
South AmericaBrazilian operations205 46 22.44 271 44 16.24 208 11 5.29  
 HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.353 30 8.50 319 62 19.44 245 24 9.80  
Other operations 9,324 133 1.43 7,148 167 2.34 5,952 264 4.44  
  
 
   
 
   
 
    
  104,760 3,106 2.96 25,098 1,276 5.08 26,573 1,552 5.84  
  
 
   
 
   
 
    
                     
1Further analysis is given on page 181.
2Costs annualised on the basis of the period of ownership in the year of acquisition.

128


Back to Contents

        Year ended 31 December      
   
 
     2003    2002       2001 
   
 
 
 
Liabilities and shareholders’ fundsAverage Interest   Average Interest   Average Interest   
(continued)  balance expense Cost balance expense Cost balance expense Cost 
   US$m US$m % US$m US$m % US$m US$m % 
Other interest bearing liabilities                   
Europe HSBC Bank plc21,502 213 0.99 21,006 253 1.20 10,273 525 5.11 
  HSBC Private Banking                  
     Holdings (Suisse) S.A.1,509 26 1.72 1,645 37 2.25 1,152 69 5.99 
  CCF12,994 327 2.52 10,725 154 1.44 6,496 92 1.42 
  Household11,359 65 4.78         
Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank639 15 2.35 684 19 2.78 869 42 4.83 
  The Hongkong and Shanghai                  
     Banking Corporation8,178 136 1.66 7,753 179 2.31 7,367 309 4.19 
Rest of Asia- The Hongkong and Shanghai                  
Pacific    Banking Corporation10,732 202 1.88 8,744 195 2.23 7,433 273 3.67 
  HSBC Bank Malaysia                  
     Berhad246 3 1.22 51 1  1.96 40  1 2.50 
  HSBC Bank Middle East335 9 2.69 179 6  3.35 46  4 8.70 
North America HSBC USA Inc10,317 240 2.33 9,545 280 2.93 7,425 462 6.22 
  Household12,077 7 0.34         
  HSBC Bank Canada691 16 2.32 415 15 3.61 374 16 4.28 
  HSBC Markets Inc.7,680 276 3.59 19,141 832 4.35 16,568 740 4.47 
South America Brazilian operations296 48 16.22 467 79 16.92 633 133 21.01 
   HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.346 16 4.62 299 (5)  (1.67) 80  19 23.75 
Other operations  (49,719)(880)1.77 (47,127)(972)2.06 (30,800)(1,371)4.45 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   29,182 719 2.46 33,527 1,073 3.20 27,956 1,314 4.70 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
                     
1  Costs annualised on the basis of the period of ownership in the year of acquisition.

129


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)
 
  

 

      Year ended 31 December      
  
 
    2003     2000     2001   
  
 
 
 
Liabilities and shareholders’ fundsAverage Interest   Average Interest   Average Interest   
(continued) balance expense Cost balance expense Cost balance expense Cost 
  US$m US$m % US$m US$m % US$m US$m % 
Total interest bearing liabilities                  
EuropeHSBC Bank plc
190,028
3,975
2.09
 154,707
3,726
2.41 125,611
4,966
3.95
 HSBC Private Banking                  
     Holdings (Suisse) S.A.22,612 455 2.01 24,097 646 2.68 23,699 1,072 4.52 
 CCF54,448 1,680 3.09 44,819 1,708 3.81 44,549 2,318 5.20 
 Household14,735 235 4.96       
Hong KongHang Seng Bank51,691 342 0.66 50,991 533 1.05 53,007 1,647 3.11 
 The Hongkong and Shanghai                  
     Banking Corporation107,425 944 0.88 99,471 1,171 1.18 96,440 2,939 3.05 
Rest of Asia-The Hongkong and Shanghai                  
Pacific    Banking Corporation52,697 1,140 2.16 43,202 1,084 2.51 37,116 1,461 3.94 
 HSBC Bank Malaysia                  
     Berhad5,426 156 2.88 4,659 142 3.05 4,649 153 3.29 
 HSBC Bank Middle East6,962 86 1.24 6,886 127 1.84 6,672 268 4.02 
North AmericaHSBC USA Inc64,106 1,036 1.62 64,881 1,462 2.25 62,943 2,543 4.04 
 Household178,945 1,846 2.34       
 HSBC Bank Canada21,387 503 2.35 17,984 419 2.33 17,154 692 4.03 
 HSBC Markets Inc. 14,786 350 2.37 29,303 988 3.37 28,042 1,149 4.10 
 HSBC Mexico116,821 649 3.86 1,582 86 5.44    
South AmericaBrazilian operations4,979 954 19.16 4,550 707 15.54 6,133 852 13.89 
 HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.1,653 117 7.08 1,644 350 21.29 3,730 319 8.55 
Other operations (4,440)(98)2.21 (8,527)(14)0.16 5,052 157 3.11 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
  694,261 14,370 2.07 540,249 13,135 2.43 514,797 20,536 3.99 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
                    
Summary                   
 Total interest-bearing liabilities694,261 14,370 2.07 540,249 13,135 2.43 514,797 20,536 3.99 
Non interest-bearing current accounts44,233     40,220     36,090     
Shareholders’ funds & other non interest-                  
    bearing liabilities219,356     152,698 2    145,521 2    
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
Total liabilities & interest expense957,850 14,370 1.50 733,167 13,135 1.79 696,408 20,536 2.95 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
                   
1Costs annualised on the basis of the period of ownership in the year of acquisition.
2Figures for 2002 and 2001 have been restated to reflect the adoption of UITF Abstracts 37 ‘Purchases and sales of own shares’ and 38 ‘Accounting for ESSP trusts’, details of which are set out in Note 1 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on pages 239 to 240.

130


Back to Contents

    Year ended 31 December   
  
 
  2003 2002 2001 
Net interest margin% % % 
EuropeHSBC Bank plc2.60 2.72 2.80 
 HSBC Private Banking      
     Holdings (Suisse) S.A.0.75 0.75 0.90 
 CCF1.85 1.81 1.61 
 Household17.10   
Hong KongHang Seng Bank2.28 2.46 2.56 
 The Hongkong and Shanghai      
     Banking Corporation2.13 2.47 2.48 
Rest of Asia-The Hongkong and Shanghai      
Pacific    Banking Corporation2.02 2.20 2.23 
 HSBC Bank Malaysia      
     Berhad2.60 2.76 2.76 
 HSBC Bank Middle East3.64 3.78 3.84 
North AmericaHSBC USA Inc.3.20 3.07 2.76 
 Household19.17   
 HSBC Bank Canada2.54 2.68 2.55 
 HSBC Markets Inc.0.01 (0.24)0.00 
 HSBC Mexico14.79 4.80  
South AmericaBrazilian operations10.77 11.85 9.99 
 HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.0.34 (2.71)5.65 
Other operations 10.86 48.71 6.12 
  
 
 
 
  3.29 2.54 2.54 
  
 
 
 
        
1 Net interest margins annualised on the basis of the period of ownership in the year of acquisition.
  
Notes
  
(i)Average balances are based on daily averages for the principal areas of HSBC’s banking activities with monthly or less frequent averages used elsewhere.
  
(ii)Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis’ and ‘Loans on which interest has been accrued but suspended’ have been included in ‘Loans and advances to banks’ and ‘Loans and advances to customers’. Interest income on such loans is included in the consolidated profit and loss account to the extent to which it has been received.
  
(iii)Balances and transactions with fellow subsidiaries are reported gross in the principal commercial banking and consumer finance entities within ‘Other interest-earning assets’ and ‘Other interest-bearing liabilities’ as appropriate and the elimination entries are included within ‘Other operations’ in those two categories.
  
(iv)Other than as noted in (iii) above, ‘Other operations’ comprise the operations of the principal commercial banking and consumer finance entities outside their domestic markets and all other banking operations.
  
(v)Non-equity minority interests are included within shareholders’ funds and other non interest-bearing liabilities and the related coupon payments are included within minority interests in the profit and loss account.

131


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Analysis of changes in net interest income

The following table allocates changes in net interest income between volume and rate for 2003 compared

 

 

 

with 2002, and for 2002 compared with 2001. Changes due to a combination of volume and rate are allocated to rate.


 

  2003 compared with 2002     2002 compared with 2001       
  Increase/(decrease)     Increase/(decrease)       
  
 
   
Interest income 2003 Volume Rate 2002 Volume Rate 2001 
  US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Short-term funds and loans to banks               
                
EuropeHSBC Bank plc657 208 (146)595 165 (373)803 
 HSBC Private Banking              
    Holdings (Suisse) S.A.75 (55)(14)144 (233)(111)488 
 CCF573 249 (323)647 3 (143)787 
                
Hong KongHang Seng Bank212 (135)(62)409 (191)(305)905 
 The Hongkong and Shanghai              
    Banking Corporation517 83 (62)496 (273)(360)1,129 
                
Rest of Asia-PacificThe Hongkong and Shanghai              
    Banking Corporation138 6 (55)187 46 (127)268 
 HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad17 4 (2)15 (26)(2)43 
 HSBC Bank Middle East29 1 (11)39 0 (39)78 
                
North AmericaHSBC USA Inc35 (12)(16)63 (74)(42)179 
 HSBC Bank Canada31 8 (3)26 (12)(26)64 
 HSBC Markets Inc20 (16)(12)48 17 (54)85 
 HSBC Mexico214 287 (105)32 32   
                
South AmericaBrazilian operations242 29 36 177 (38)9 206 
 HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.2 6 (18)14 (30)5 39 
                
Other operations 159 (52)(117)328 (160)(222)710 
  
     
     
 
  2,921 285 (584)3,220 (827)(1,737)5,784 
  
     
     
 
Loans and advances to customers               
                
EuropeHSBC Bank plc6,739 1,375 (501)5,865 1,041 (1,232)6,056 
 HSBC Private Banking              
    Holdings (Suisse) S.A.79 14 (16)81 8 (39)112 
 CCF1,897 475 (235)1,657 237 (285)1,705 
 Household671 671      
                
Hong KongHang Seng Bank938 12 (157)1,083 9 (614)1,688 
 The Hongkong and Shanghai              
    Banking Corporation1,517 109 (305)1,713 119 (730)2,324 
                
Rest of Asia-PacificThe Hongkong and Shanghai              
    Banking Corporation1,457 320 (147)1,284 170 (237)1,351 
 HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad266 20 (5)251 26 (17)242 
 HSBC Bank Middle East352 34 (48)366 51 (95)410 
                
North AmericaHSBC USA Inc.2,256 88 (251)2,419 182 (578)2,815 
 Household9,631 9,631      
 HSBC Bank Canada982 169 (22)835 60 (213)988 
 HSBC Markets Inc24 (70)(21)115 45 (113)183 
 HSBC Mexico862 915 (155)102 102   
                
South AmericaBrazilian operations1,044 125 98 821 (105)30 896 
 HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.103 (28)(130)261 (216)106 371 
                
Other operations 627 173 (217)671 (13)(61)745 
  
     
     
 
  29,445 13,240 (1,319)17,524 2,038 (4,400)19,886 
  
     
     
 

132


Back to Contents

  2003 compared with 2002 2002 compared with 2001   
  Increase/(decrease) Increase/(decrease)    
  
 
   
Interest income(continued)2003 Volume Rate 2002 Volume Rate 2001 
  US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Trading securities              
                
EuropeHSBC Bank plc945 (15)(124)1,084 354 (233)963 
 CCF236 (76)77 235 (109)(164)508 
                
Hong KongHang Seng Bank15 (1)(2)18 (10)(12)40  
 The Hongkong and Shanghai              
    Banking Corporation334 (20)(78)432 64 (177)545 
                
Rest of Asia-PacificThe Hongkong and Shanghai              
    Banking Corporation124 17 (5)112 23  (24)113 
 HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad11 2  9  3  (1)7  
                
North AmericaHSBC USA Inc102 (2)(36)140 18  (59)181 
 HSBC Bank Canada17  (1)18 11  (12)19 
 HSBC Markets Inc303 (355)(94)752 (34)(91)877 
 HSBC Mexico261 309 (75)27 27     
                
South AmericaBrazilian operations      (5 )(3)8  
 HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.1  1   (16)  16  
                
Other operations 138 106 (52)84 (14)(37)135 
  
     
     
 
  2,487 (219)(205)2,911 269 (770)3,412 
  
     
     
 
Investment securities              
                
EuropeHSBC Bank plc659 161 (125)623 (106)(122)851 
 HSBC Private Banking              
    Holdings (Suisse) S.A.397 (5)(101)503 165 (273)611 
 CCF210 90 (21)141 (20)31 130 
 Household2 2         
                
Hong KongHang Seng Bank460 206 (121)375 112 (190)453 
 The Hongkong and Shanghai              
    Banking Corporation829 58 (184)955 236 (454)1,173 
                
Rest of Asia-PacificThe Hongkong and Shanghai              
    Banking Corporation487 143 (104)448 108 (135)475 
 HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad37 4 (1)34 9  (3 )28  
 HSBC Bank Middle East24 4 (10)30   (18)48  
                
North AmericaHSBC USA Inc894 50 (83)927 (93)(212)1,232 
 Household59 59          
 HSBC Bank Canada75 8 (11)78 16  (37)99  
 HSBC Markets Inc1   1      1  
 HSBC Mexico254 149 91 14 14      
                
South AmericaBrazilian operations250 (31)(33)314 (215)67 462 
 HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.13 (12)(9)34 (91)12 113 
Other operations 345 43 (21)323 107 (149)365 
  
     
     
 
  4,996 903 (707)4,800 517 (1,758)6,041 
  
     
     
 

133


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

  2003 compared with 2002     2002 compared with 2001       
  Increase/(decrease)     Increase/(decrease)       
  
 
   
Interest expense 2003 Volume Rate 2002 Volume Rate 2001 
  US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Deposits by banks               
                
EuropeHSBC Bank plc404 19 9 376 142 (217)451 
 HSBC Private Banking              
    Holdings (Suisse) S.A.28 (3)(29)60 10 (16)66 
 CCF398 (38)(160)596 (257)(283)1,136 
 Household31 31      
                
Hong KongHang Seng Bank2 1  1 (6)(2)9 
 The Hongkong and Shanghai              
    Banking Corporation28 5 (12)35 5 (40)70 
                
Rest of Asia-PacificThe Hongkong and Shanghai              
    Banking Corporation81 (3)(19)103 (4)(39)146 
 HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad3   3 3 (1)1 
 HSBC Bank Middle East16 7 (6)15 10 (9)14 
                
North AmericaHSBC USA Inc .39 (3)(4)46 14 (68)100 
 HSBC Bank Canada11 (7)(8)26 10 (2)18 
 HSBC Markets Inc22 (14)(8)44 (14)(56)114 
 HSBC Mexico59 43 5 11 11   
                
South AmericaBrazilian operations93 (19)33 79 (44)17 106 
 HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.14 5 (60)69 (18)58 29 
                
Other operations 80 15 (57)122 (30)(47)199 
  
     
     
 
  1,309 57 (334)1,586 (5)(868)2,459 
  
     
     
 
Customer accounts               
                
EuropeHSBC Bank plc2,741 633 (443)2,551 595 (1,344)3,300 
 HSBC Private Banking              
    Holdings (Suisse) S.A.401 (33)(115)549 (16)(372)937 
 CCF606 280 (267)593 (18)(54)665 
 Household28 28      
                
Hong KongHang Seng Bank289 13 (172)448 (53)(1,001)1,502 
 The Hongkong and Shanghai              
    Banking Corporation379 32 (269)616 29 (1,632)2,219 
                
Rest of Asia-PacificThe Hongkong and Shanghai              
    Banking Corporation719 140 (126)705 166 (430)969 
 HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad142 14 (3)131 (4)(10)145 
 HSBC Bank Middle East61 (5)(40)106 (5)(139)250 
                
North AmericaHSBC USA Inc.553 (9)(298)860 (13)(736)1,609 
 HSBC Bank Canada326 39 30 257 31 (248)474 
 HSBC Markets Inc52 (33)(27)112 (32)(151)295 
 HSBC Mexico408 519 (162)51 51   
                
South AmericaBrazilian operations755 132 132 491 (149)42 598 
 HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.57 6 (166)217 (162)153 226 
                
Other operations 510 81 (224)653 84 (493)1,062 
  
     
     
 
  8,027 1,202 (1,515)8,340 685 (6,596)14,251 
  
     
     
 

134


Back to Contents

  2003 compared with 2002 2002 compared with 2001   
  Increase/(decrease) Increase/(decrease)   
 




 




   
Interest expense (continued)2003 Volume Rate 2002 Volume Rate 2001 
  US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
CDs and other money market instruments              
EuropeHSBC Bank plc151 132 (64)83 43 (25)65 
 CCF162 37 (76)201 (33)(28)262 
Hong KongHang Seng Bank36 (23)(6)65 5 (34)94 
 The Hongkong and Shanghai              
      Banking Corporation321 142 (79)258 93 (77)242 
Rest of Asia-The Hongkong and Shanghai              
Pacific     Banking Corporation121 63 (11)69 19 (17)67 
 HSBC Bank Malaysia              
      Berhad8 5 (4)7 1  6 
North AmericaHSBC USA Inc26 (18)(18)62 12 (42)92 
 Household60 60      
 HSBC Bank Canada84 25 3 56 (1)(47)104 
 HSBC Mexico169 258 (111)22 22   
South AmericaBrazilian operations12 3 (5)14 3 7 4 
 HSBC Bank Argentina S.A. (7) 7 (13)(1)21 
Other operations 59 15 28 16 (18)31 3 
  
     
     
 
  1,209 556 (207)860 141 (241)960 
  
     
     
 
                
Loan capital               
EuropeHSBC Bank plc466 114 (111)463 (190)28 625 
 CCF187 73 (50)164 56 (55)163 
 Household111 111      
Hong KongThe Hongkong and Shanghai              
      Banking Corporation80  (3)83 (1)(15)99 
Rest of Asia-The Hongkong and Shanghai              
Pacific     Banking Corporation17 9 (4)12 13 (7)6 
North AmericaHSBC USA Inc.178 (7)(29)214 (40)(26)280 
 Household1,779 1,779      
 HSBC Bank Canada66 18 (17)65 (16)1 80 
 HSBC Mexico13 18 (7)2 2   
South AmericaBrazilian operations46 (11)13 44 3 30 11 
 HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.30 7 (39)62 7 31 24 
Other operations 133 51 (85)167 52 (149)264 
  
     
     
 
  3,106 2,199 (369)1,276 (86)(190)1,552 
  
     
     
 

 

135


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Risk management

 

All HSBC’s activities involve analysis, evaluation, acceptance and management of some degree of risk or combination of risks. The most important types of risk are credit risk (which includes cross-border risk), liquidity risk, market risk and operational risk. Market risk includes foreign exchange, interest rate and equity price risks.

     HSBC’s risk management policy is designed to identify and analyse these risks, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and limits continually by means of reliable and up-to-date administrative and information systems. HSBC continually modifies and enhances its risk management policies and systems to reflect changes in markets and products and in best practice risk management processes. Training, individual responsibility and accountability together with a disciplined, cautious and conventional culture of control lie at the heart of HSBC’s management of risk.

     The Group Management Board (formerly the Group Executive Committee), under authority delegated by the Board of Directors, formulates high level risk management policy. A separately constituted Risk Management Meeting monitors risk and receives reports which allow it to review the effectiveness of HSBC’s risk management policies.

Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk that financial loss arises from the failure of a customer or counterparty to meet its obligations under a contract. It arises principally from lending, trade finance, treasury and leasing activities. HSBC has dedicated standards, policies and procedures to control and monitor all such risks.

     Within Group Head Office, a separate function, Group Credit and Risk, is mandated to provide high-level centralised management of credit risk for HSBC on a worldwide basis. Group Credit and Risk is headed by a Group General Manager who reports to the Group Chief Executive, and its responsibilities include the following:

Formulating credit policies. These are embodied in HSBC standards with which all HSBC’s operating companies are required to comply in formulating and recording in dedicated manuals their own more detailed credit policies and
  procedures. All such credit policies and procedures are monitored by Group Credit and Risk.
  
Establishing and maintaining HSBC’s large credit exposure policy. This policy sets controls over the maximum level of HSBC’s exposure to customers, customer groups and other risk concentrations in an approach which is designed to be more conservative than internationally accepted regulatory standards. All operating companies within HSBC are required to adopt this.
  
Issuing lending guidelines to HSBC’s operating companies on the Group’s attitude towards, and appetite for lending to, inter alia, specified market sectors, industries and products. Each HSBC operating company and major business unit is required to base its own lending guidelines on HSBC’s guidelines, regularly update them and make them available to all credit and marketing executives.
  
Undertaking an independent review and objective assessment of risk. Group Credit and Risk assesses all commercial non-bank credit facilities over designated limits originated by all HSBC’s operating companies, prior to the facilities being offered to customers. Operating companies may not proceed to confirm credit approval without this concurrence. Similarly, renewals and reviews of commercial non-bank facilities over designated levels are subject to the same process.
  
Controlling exposures to banks and financial institutions. HSBC’s credit and settlement risk limits to counterparties in the finance and government sectors are approved centrally to optimise the use of credit availability and avoid excessive risk concentration. A dedicated unit within Group Credit and Risk controls and manages these exposures on a global basis using centralised systems and automated processes.
  
Controlling cross-border exposures. Country and cross-border risk is managed by a dedicated unit within Group Credit and Risk using centralised systems, through the imposition of country limits with sub-limits by maturity and type of business. Country limits are determined by taking into account economic and political factors, and applying local business knowledge.

 

136


Back to Contents

Transactions with countries deemed to be high risk are considered on a case-by-case basis
  
Controlling exposures to selected industries. Group Credit and Risk controls HSBC’s exposure to the shipping and aviation industries, and closely monitors exposures to other industries such as telecommunications, insurance and real estate. Where necessary, restrictions are imposed on new business, or exposure within HSBC’s operating companies is capped.
  
Maintaining and developing HSBC’s facility grading process in order to categorise exposures into meaningful segments and facilitate focused management of the identified risks. HSBC’s current grading structure contains a minimum of seven grades, the first three of which are applied to differing levels of satisfactory risk. Of the four unsatisfactory grades, grades 6 and 7 are non-performing loans. For banks, the grading structure involves ten tiers, six of which cover satisfactory risk. Grading methodology is based upon a wide range of financial analytics together with market data-based tools which are core inputs to the assessment of counterparty risk. Responsibility for setting facility grades rests with the final approving executive in each case. Facility grades are reviewed frequently and amendments, where necessary, are implemented promptly. A more sophisticated grading framework, based on default probability and loss estimates, is being piloted in the US and Canada. This new approach will allow a more granular analysis of risk and will be extended progressively to the Group’s other major business units.
  
Reviewing the efficiency and effectiveness of operating companies’ credit approval processes. Regular reports are provided to Group Credit and Risk on the credit quality of local portfolios and corrective action is taken where necessary.
  
Reporting to certain senior executives on aspects of the HSBC loan portfolio. These executives, as well as the Group Management Board (formerly called the Group Executive Committee), Group Audit Committee and the Board receive a variety of regular reports covering:
   
 -risk concentrations and exposure to industry sectors;
   
 -large customer group exposures;
   
 -emerging market debt and provisioning;
   
 -large non-performing accounts and provisions;
   
 -specific segments of the portfolio: real estate, telecommunications, insurance, aviation and shipping, as well as ad hoc reviews;
  
   
 -country limits and cross-border exposures; and
   
 -causes of unexpected loss and lessons learned.
   
 Managing and directing credit-related systems initiatives. HSBC has a centralised database of large corporate, sovereign and bank facilities and is constructing a database comprising all Group lending assets. A systems-based credit application process for bank lending is operational in all jurisdictions and a standard electronic corporate credit application system is deployed in most of the Group’s major businesses. Coverage will be further extended in 2004.
   
 Providing advice and guidance to HSBC’s operating companies in order to promote best practice throughout the Group on credit-related issues such as:
   
 -regulatory matters;
   
 -environmental and social responsibility policies;
   
 -scoring and portfolio provisioning;
   
 -new products;
   
 -training courses; and
   
 -credit-related reporting.
   
 Acting as the primary interface for credit-related issues on behalf of HSBC Holdings with external parties including the Bank of England, the UK Financial Services Authority (‘FSA’), rating agencies, corporate analysts, trade associations and counterparts in the world’s major banks and non-bank financial institutions
   
  Responsibility for the quality and performance of the credit portfolios in each of the Group’s operating companies rests with local management. Each operating company is required to implement
 

     


137


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)
 
  

 

credit policies, procedures and lending guidelines which conform to HSBC Group standards, with credit approval authorities delegated from the Board of Directors of HSBC Holdings to the relevant Chief Executive Officer. In each major subsidiary, management includes a Chief Credit Officer who, in most cases, reports to his local Chief Executive Officer on credit-related issues. In the case of Household, the Chief Credit Officer reports to the Chief Operating Officer of that business, in line with historic practice. All Chief Credit Officers have a functional reporting line to the Group General Manager, Group Credit and Risk.

     Each operating company is responsible for all assets in its portfolio, including those subject to central approval by Group Credit and Risk, and for managing its own risk concentrations on market sector, geographical and product bases. Local systems are in place throughout the Group to enable operating companies to control and monitor exposures by customer and counterparty.

     Special attention is paid to problem loans. When appropriate, specialist units are established by HSBC’s operating companies to provide customers with intensive management and control support in order to help them avoid default wherever possible and maximise recoveries. Regular audits of operating companies’ credit processes are undertaken by HSBC’s Internal Audit function. Audits include consideration of the completeness and adequacy of credit manuals and lending guidelines, an in-depth analysis of a representative sample of accounts, an overview of homogenous portfolios of similar assets to assess the quality of the loan book and other exposures, and adherence to Group standards and policies in the extension of credit facilities. Individual accounts are reviewed to ensure that facility grades are appropriate, that credit and collection procedures have been properly followed and that, where an account or portfolio evidences deterioration, adequate provisions are raised in accordance with the Group’s established processes. Internal Audit will discuss with management facility gradings they consider to be inappropriate, and their subsequent recommendations for revised grades must then be assigned to the facilities concerned.

Provisions for bad and doubtful debts

It is HSBC policy that each operating company makes provision for bad and doubtful debts promptly when required and on a consistent basis in

accordance with established Group guidelines.

     HSBC’s grading process for credit facilities extended by members of the Group is designed to highlight exposures requiring greater management attention based on a higher probability of default and potential loss. Management particularly focuses on the appropriateness of grades assigned to facilities to those borrowers and portfolio segments classified below satisfactory grades. Amendments, where necessary, are required to be undertaken promptly. Management also regularly performs an assessment of the adequacy of the established provisions for bad and doubtful debts by conducting a detailed review of the loan portfolio, comparing performance and delinquency statistics against historical trends and undertaking an assessment of current economic conditions.

     There are two types of provision, specific and general, as discussed below.

Specific provisions

Specific provisions represent the quantification of actual and inherent losses from homogenous portfolios of assets and individually identified accounts. Specific provisions are deducted from loans and advances in the balance sheet. Following the acquisition of Household, the majority of specific provisions are now determined on a portfolio basis.

Portfolios

Where homogenous groups of assets are reviewed on a portfolio basis (e.g. credit cards, other unsecured consumer lending, motor vehicle financing and residential mortgage loans), two alternative methods are used to calculate specific provisions:

When appropriate empirical information is available, the Group utilises roll rate methodology (a statistical analysis of historical trends of the probability of default and amount of consequential loss, assessed at each time period for which payments are overdue), other historical data and an evaluation of current economic conditions, to calculate an appropriate level of specific provision based on inherent loss. Additionally, in certain highly developed markets, sophisticated models also take into account behavioural and account management trends such as bankruptcy and restructuring statistics. Roll rates are regularly benchmarked against actual outcomes to ensure they remain

 

138


Back to Contents

 appropriate.
  
In other cases, when information is insufficient or not sufficiently reliable to adopt a roll rate methodology, the Group adopts a formulaic approach which allocates progressively higher loss rates in line with the period of time for which a customer’s loan is overdue.
  
     The portfolio basis is applied to accounts in Household’s consumer portfolios and, in the rest of HSBC, to the following portfolios:
  
small business accounts (typically less than US$15,000) in certain countries;
  
residential mortgages less than 90 days overdue; and
  
credit cards and other unsecured consumer lending products.

     These portfolio provisions are generally reassessed monthly and charges for new provisions, or releases of existing provisions, are calculated for each separately identified portfolio.

     The Group’s intention is to extend the use of the roll rate and model methodologies to all homogenous portfolios of assets for calculating specific provisions as information becomes available.

Individually assessed accounts

Specific provisions on individually assessed accounts are determined by an evaluation of the exposures on a case-by-case basis. This procedure is applied to all accounts that do not qualify for, or are not subject to, a portfolio based approach (typically those with facilities of more than US$15,000 and, in some jurisdictions, all house mortgage loans and motor vehicle finance facilities). In determining such provisions on individually assessed accounts, the following factors are considered:

the Group’s aggregate exposure to the customer (including contingent liabilities);
  
the viability of the customer’s business model and the capability of management to trade successfully out of financial difficulties and generate sufficient cash flow to service their debt obligations;
  
the likely dividend available on liquidation or bankruptcy;
the extent of other creditors’ commitments ranking ahead of, or pari passu with, the Group and the likelihood of other creditors continuing to support the company;
  
the complexity of determining the aggregate amount and ranking of all creditor claims and the extent to which legal and insurance uncertainties are evident;
  
the amount and timing of expected receipts and recoveries;
  
the realisable value of security (or other credit mitigants) and likelihood of successful repossession;
  
the deduction of any costs involved in recovery of amounts outstanding; and
  
the ability of the borrower to obtain the relevant foreign currency if loans are not in local currency.
  

     Group policy requires a review of the level of specific provisions on individual facilities above materiality guidelines at least half-yearly, or more regularly where individual circumstances require. This will normally include a review of collateral held (including reconfirmation of its enforceability) and an assessment of actual and anticipated receipts. For significant commercial and corporate debts, specialised loan ‘work-out’ teams with experience in insolvency and specific markets are used. In management’s view, utilising this expertise enables likely losses on significant individual exposures to be assessed more accurately. Releases on individually calculated specific provisions are recognised whenever the Group has reasonable evidence that the established estimate of loss has been reduced.

Cross-border exposures

Specific provisions are established in respect of cross-border exposures to countries assessed by management to be vulnerable to foreign currency payment restrictions. This assessment includes analysis of both economic and political factors. Economic factors include the level of external indebtedness, the debt service burden and access to external sources of funds to meet the debtor country’s financing requirements. Political factors taken into account include assessment of the stability of the country and its government, potential threats to security and the quality and independence of the legal system.


 

139


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)
 
  

 

     Provisions are applied to all qualifying exposures within these countries unless these exposures:

are fully performing and of less than one year’s maturity;
  
are mitigated by acceptable security cover held outside the country concerned; or
  
are represented by securities held for trading purposes for which a liquid and active market exists, and which are marked to market daily.

General provisions

General provisions augment specific provisions and provide cover for loans which are impaired at the balance sheet date but which will not be individually identified as such until some time in the future. HSBC requires each operating company to maintain a general provision which is determined after taking into account:

historical loss experience in portfolios of similar risk characteristics (for example, by industry sector, loan grade or product);
  
the estimated period between a loss occurring and that loss being identified and evidenced by the establishment of a specific provision against that loss; and
  
management’s judgement as to whether the current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual level of inherent losses is likely to be greater or less than that suggested by historical experience.

     The estimated period between a loss occurring and its identification (as evidenced by the establishment of a specific provision for this loss) is determined by local management for each identified portfolio. In general, the periods used vary between four and twelve months.

     In normal circumstances, historical experience is the most objective and accurate framework used to assess inherent loss within each portfolio. Historical loss experience is generally benchmarked against the weighted average annual rate of provisions over a five-year period.

     In certain circumstances, such as in Argentina in 2001, economic conditions are such that it is clear that historical loss experience provides insufficient evidence of the inherent loss in a given portfolio. In

such circumstances, management uses its judgement, supported by relevant experience from similar situations, to determine an appropriate general provision.

     The basis used to establish the general provision within each reporting entity is documented and reviewed by senior Group credit management for conformity with Group policy.

Suspended and non-accrual interest

For individually assessed accounts, loans are designated as non-performing as soon as management has doubts as to the ultimate collectability of principal or interest, or when contractual payments of principal or interest are 90 days overdue. When a loan is designated as non-performing, interest is not normally credited to the profit and loss account and either interest accruals will cease (‘non-accrual loans’) or interest will be credited to an interest suspense account in the balance sheet which is netted against the relevant loan (‘suspended interest’).

     Within portfolios of low value, high volume, homogenous loans, interest will normally be suspended on facilities 90 days or more overdue. In certain operating subsidiaries, interest income on credit cards may continue to be included in earnings after the account is 90 days overdue, provided that a suitable provision is raised against the portion of accrued interest which is considered to be irrecoverable.

     The designation of a loan as non-performing and the suspension of interest may be deferred for up to 12 months in either of the following situations:

cash collateral is held covering the total of principal and interest due and the right to set-off is legally sound; or
  
the value of any net realisable tangible security is considered more than sufficient to cover the full repayment of all principal and interest due and credit approval has been given to the rolling-up or capitalisation of interest payments.

     On receipt of cash (other than from the realisation of security), the overall risk is reevaluated and, if appropriate, suspended or non-accrual interest is recovered and taken to the profit and loss account. Amounts received from the realisation of security are applied to the repayment of outstanding indebtedness, with any surplus used to


 

140


Back to Contents

recover specific provisions and then suspended interest.

Charge-offs

Loans (and the related provisions) are normally charged off, either partially or in full, when there is no realistic prospect of recovery of these amounts and when the proceeds from the realisation of security have been received. Unsecured consumer facilities are charged off between 150 and 210 days overdue. In the case of Household, this period is generally extended to 300 days overdue (270 days for secured products) and collections can continue for up to 360 days post default where it is expected to improve recovery rates. In the case of bankruptcy, charge-off can occur earlier.

     US banks typically write off problem lending more quickly than is the practice in the UK. This approach means that HSBC’s reported level of credit risk elements and associated provisions are likely to be higher than for comparable US banks.

Restructuring of loans

Restructuring activity is designed to maximise cash recovery on accounts which are overdue, by slowing down the formal steps in collection management to allow qualifying customers to repair or renegotiate satisfactory maintenance of their accounts. This will normally involve resetting an overdue consumer account to current status following an agreed restructuring. Restructuring is typically utilised to assist customers who have suffered from a lifestyle event such as redundancy, divorce or illness, to manage their obligations while they adjust to their new circumstances. Restructuring policies and practices are based on indicators, or criteria, which, in the judgement of local management, evidence continued payment probability. These policies are continually reviewed and their application varies depending upon the nature of the market, the product and the availability of empirically based data. Where empirical evidence indicates an increased propensity to default on restructured accounts, and roll rate methodologies are deployed in the calculation of

provisions, the provisioning methodology reflects the increased propensity of such accounts to default.

     Restructuring activity is used most commonly within consumer finance portfolios. The largest concentration is domiciled in the US in Household. The majority of restructured amounts related to secured lending.

     In addition to restructuring, HSBC’s consumer lending businesses, principally Household, use other account management techniques on a more limited basis, such as extended payment arrangements, approved external debt management plans, deferring foreclosure, modification, loan rewrites and/or deferral of payments pending a change in circumstances. When using such techniques, accounts may be treated as current, although if payment difficulties are subsequently experienced, they will be redesignated as delinquent. At 31 December 2003, the total value of accounts which have been either restructured or subject to other account management techniques was US$18 billion or some 15 per cent of the Household loan book.

Assets acquired

Assets acquired in exchange for advances in order to achieve an orderly realisation continue to be reported as advances. The asset acquired is recorded at the carrying value of the advance disposed of at the date of the exchange and subsequent provisions are based on any further deterioration in value.

Loan portfolio

Loans and advances to customers are well spread across the various industrial sectors, as well as geographically.

     At constant exchange rates, loans and advances to customers (excluding the finance sector and settlement accounts) grew by US$145 billion, or 41 per cent, during 2003 of which US$108 billion, or 31 per cent, related to the acquisition of Household. As a result, personal lending comprised 56 per cent of HSBC’s loan portfolio and over 90 per cent of the growth in loans in 2003 (excluding the financial sector) related to personal and consumer lending.



141


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Gross loans and advances to customers          
     Constant     
   On acquisition of currency Underlying   
 2002 Household effect change 2003 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Personal          
Residential mortgages96,984 39,293 6,841 22,346 165,464 
Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme7,255  33 (998)6,290 
Other personal48,562 68,927 3,871 12,785 134,145 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total personal152,801 108,220 10,745 34,133 305,899 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate and commercial          
Commercial, industrial and international trade79,015  7,907 (1,254)85,668 
Commercial real estate29,267  2,447 3,374 35,088 
Other property-related15,347  823 970 17,140 
Government8,953  193 444 9,590 
Other commercial140,674 157 3,917 (718)44,030 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total corporate and commercial173,256 157 15,287 2,816 191,516 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial          
Non-bank financial institutions27,487  2,006 7,598 37,091 
Settlement accounts8,385  376 (167)8,594 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total financial35,872  2,382 7,431 45,685 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total gross loans and advances to customers361,929 108,377 28,414 44,380 543,100 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           
1   Other commercial includes advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities.

 

The commentary below is on a constant currency basis and excludes the impact of the acquisition of Household except where stated.

     Residential mortgages increased by US$22.3 billion, of which US$7 billion arose in Household post-acquisition. Including Household, mortgages comprised 31 per cent of total gross loans to customers at 31 December 2003. Residential mortgages in Europe increased by US$9 billion, of which US$8 billion arose in UK Banking, reflecting the success of a number of marketing initiatives, including competitive pricing and First Direct’s Offset mortgage product, as well as the continuing high level of mortgage refinancing activity in the market. Residential mortgage lending in Hong Kong declined as the property market weakened and demand fell, although there were tentative signs of recovery towards the end of the year. The suspension of the sale of new homes under the Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme in 2001 resulted in lower outstanding balances on these loans.

     In the rest of Asia-Pacific, residential mortgages grew by US$4 billion, with strong growth in Korea, Singapore, Australia and New Zealand, the latter from the acquisition of AMP Bank’s mortgage business.

     Other personal lending increased by US$12.8 billion, or 24 per cent, of which US$6 billion arose in Household post-acquisition. Including Household, other personal lending increased to 25 per cent of total gross loans to customers at 31 December 2003. There was strong growth in the UK, with credit card balances increasing by 18 per cent. European Private Banking customers increased other personal lending by 25 per cent taking advantage of interest rates to finance higher returning securities. Across the rest of Asia-Pacific loan increase was about 18 per cent. In South America other personal lending nearly doubled primarily due to the acquisition of Losango. In Hong Kong, the improving economic conditions saw growth of 5 per cent in other personal lending which rose to US$7,420 million.

     Loans and advances to the corporate and commercial lending (excluding settlement accounts) grew by less than 2 per cent reflecting subdued corporate loan demand.

     The following tables analyse loans by industry sector and by the location of the principal operations of the lending subsidiary or, in the case of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, HSBC Bank plc, HSBC Bank Middle East and HSBC Bank USA operations, by the location of the lending branch.



142


Back to Contents

Customer loans and advances by industry sector

      At 31 December 2003      
 
 
 
             Gross loans 
           Gross by customer 
     Rest of     loans and type as a 
   Hong Asia- North South advances to % of total 
 Europe Kong Pacific America America customers gross loans 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m % 
Personal              
Residential mortgages51,721 23,664 12,101 77,754 224 165,464 30.3 
Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme 6,290    6,290 1.2 
Other personal42,041 7,420 7,135 75,173 2,376 134,145 24.7 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total personal93,762 37,374 19,236 152,927 2,600 305,899 56.2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate and commercial              
Commercial, industrial and  international trade49,468 10,966 14,892 8,907 1,435 85,668 15.8 
Commercial real estate15,517 8,548 3,149 7,785 89 35,088 6.5 
Other property-related5,416 5,075 2,597 3,994 58 17,140 3.2 
Government2,462 927 1,450 4,104 647 9,590 1.8 
Other commercial124,239 6,754 5,735 6,619 683 44,030 8.1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total corporate and commercial97,102 32,270 27,823 31,409 2,912 191,516 35.4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial               
Non-bank financial institutions21,226 4,921 2,027 8,839 78 37,091 6.8 
Settlement accounts3,068 556 188 4,767 15 8,594 1.6 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total financial24,294 5,477 2,215 13,606 93 45,685 8.4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total gross loans and advances to customers2215,158 75,121 49,274 197,942 5,605 543,100 100.0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Percentage of Group loans and advances by geographical region39.7% 13.8% 9.1% 36.4% 1.0% 100.0%   
 
 
 
 
 

   
Non-performing loans35,701 1,671 1,538 5,4444 696 15,050   
Non-performing loans as a percentage of               
   gross loans and advances to customers32.6% 2.2% 3.1% 2.8% 12.4% 2.8%   
Specific provisions outstanding against loans and advances3,554 629 981 5,1844 530 10,878   
Specific provisions outstanding as a percentage of              
   non-performing loans362.3% 37.6% 63.8% 95.2%4 76.1% 72.3%   
               
1   Other commercial includes advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities.
 
2   Included within this total is credit card lending of US$48,634 million.
 
3   Net of suspended interest.
 
4   Includes non-performing loans of US$4,380 million and specific provisions of US$4,448 million in Household; excluding Household specific provisions outstanding as a percentage of non-performing loans was 69.2 per cent.
 

Included in gross loans and advances to customers are the following numbers in respect of Household, 93 per cent of which relate to North America:

  2003
  US$m
   
Residential mortgages 46,057
Motor vehicle finance 8,868
MasterCard/Visa credit cards 21,207
Private label cards 15,413
Other unsecured personal lending 30,130
Corporate and commercial lending 101
  
Total  121,776
  

143


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

     At 31 December 2002         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hong Kong
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rest of
Asia-Pacific
 
 
 
North
America
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
South
America
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross
loans and
advances to
customers
 
 
 
 
 
Gross loans
by customer
type as a
% of total
gross loans
 
 
 
 
 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m % 
Personal              
Residential mortgages38,719 23,839 7,507 26,666 253 96,984 26.9 
Hong Kong Government Home              
   Ownership Scheme 7,255    7,255 2.0 
Other personal26,748 7,066 5,900 7,836 1,012 48,562 13.4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total personal65,467 38,160 13,407 34,502 1,265 152,801 42.3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate and commercial              
Commercial, industrial and              
   international trade44,424 10,173 12,582 10,773 1,063 79,015 21.8 
Commercial real estate11,887 8,336 2,701 6,297 46 29,267 8.1 
Other property-related3,970 4,805 2,031 4,515 26 15,347 4.2 
Government2,164 719 933 4,575 562 8,953 2.5 
Other commercial122,712 6,612 5,950 4,835 565 40,674 11.2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total corporate and commercial85,157 30,645 24,197 30,995 2,262 173,256 47.8 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial              
Non-bank financial institutions15,221 2,055 931 9,231 49 27,487 7.6 
Settlement accounts2,622 347 192 5,224  8,385 2.3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total financial17,843 2,402 1,123 14,455 49 35,872 9.9 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total gross loans and advances to              
   customers2168,467 71,207 38,727 79,952 3,576 361,929 100.0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Percentage of Group loans and              
      advances by geographical              
      region46.5% 19.7% 10.7% 22.1% 1.0% 100.0%   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
Non-performing loans34,495 1,724 2,055 1,773 476 10,523   
Non-performing loans as a              
   percentage of gross loans and              
   advances to customers32.7% 2.4% 5.3% 2.2% 13.3% 2.9%   
Specific provisions outstanding              
   against loans and advances2,774 688 1,321 1,482 341 6,606   
Specific provisions outstanding              
   as a percentage of non-              
   performing loans361.7% 39.9% 64.3% 83.6% 71.6% 62.8%   
               
1Other commercial includes advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities.
2Included within this total is credit card lending of US$9,950 million.
3Net of suspended interest.

144


Back to Contents

Customer loans and advances by industry sector (continued)

     At 31 December 2001
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hong Kong
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rest of
Asia-Pacific
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
North
America
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
South
America
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross
loans and
advances to
customers
 
 
 
 
 
Gross loans
by customer
type as a
% of total
gross loans
 
 
 
 
 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m % 
Personal              
Residential mortgages27,282 23,125 5,134 22,126 548 78,215 24.7 
Hong Kong Government Home              
   Ownership Scheme 8,123    8,123 2.6 
Other personal21,065 6,227 4,616 6,273 1,280 39,461 12.3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total personal48,347 37,475 9,750 28,399 1,828 125,799 39.6 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate and commercial              
Commercial, industrial and              
   international trade38,476 9,662 11,226 9,018 1,720 70,102 22.1 
Commercial real estate9,475 8,474 2,395 5,877 77 26,298 8.3 
Other property-related3,630 4,710 2,169 4,011 69 14,589 4.6 
Government2,393 543 900 728 775 5,339 1.7 
Other commercial120,510 6,349 5,457 4,230 617 37,163 11.7 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total corporate and commercial74,484 29,738 22,147 23,864 3,258 153,491 48.4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial              
Non-bank financial institutions11,329 1,546 752 12,572 118 26,317 8.3 
Settlement accounts2,361 223 189 8,984 4  11,761 3.7 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total financial13,690 1,769 941 21,556 122 38,078 12.0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total gross loans and advances to              
   customers2136,521 68,982 32,838 73,819 5,208 317,368 100.0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Percentage of Group loans and              
   advances by geographical              
   region43.0% 21.7% 10.3% 23.3% 1.7% 100.0%   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
Non-performing loans33,682 2,028 2,723 672 544 9,649   
Non-performing loans as a              
   percentage of gross loans and              
   advances to customers32.7% 2.9% 8.3% 0.9% 10.4% 3.0%   
Specific provisions outstanding              
   against loans and advances2,204 856 1,786 289 365 5,500   
Specific provisions outstanding              
   as a percentage of non-              
   performing loans359.8% 42.2% 65.6% 43.0% 67.1% 57.0%   
               
1Other commercial includes advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities.
2Included within this total is credit card lending of US$8,289 million.
3Net of suspended interest.

145


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

Customer loans and advances by industry sector (continued)

     At 31 December 2000       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hong Kong
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rest of
Asia-Pacific
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
North
America
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
South
America
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross
loans and
advances to
customers
 
 
 
 
 
Gross loans
by customer
type as a
% of total
gross loans
 
 
 
 
 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m % 
Personal              
Residential mortgages24,048 23,121 3,723 19,931 809 71,632 24.0 
Hong Kong Government Home              
   Ownership Scheme 7,353    7,353 2.5 
Other personal20,537 4,923 4,110 6,847 1,364 37,781 12.5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total personal44,585 35,397 7,833 26,778 2,173 116,766 39.0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate and commercial              
Commercial, industrial and              
   international trade38,012 9,584 11,583 9,274 2,803 71,256 23.9 
Commercial real estate10,053 8,293 2,749 6,915 77 28,087 9.4 
Other property-related3,121 3,850 1,815 4,072 156 13,014 4.4 
Government2,572 130 574 715 50 4,041 1.4 
Other commercial119,570 7,459 5,406 3,753 937 37,125 12.4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total corporate and commercial73,328 29,316 22,127 24,729 4,023 153,523 51.5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial              
Non-bank financial institutions10,374 1,664 629 8,629 152 21,448 7.2 
Settlement accounts3,946 142 361 2,464 41 6,954 2.3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total financial14,320 1,806 990 11,093 193 28,402 9.5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total gross loans and advances to              
   customers2132,233 66,519 30,950 62,600 6,389 298,691 100.0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Percentage of Group loans and              
   advances by geographical              
   region44.3% 22.3% 10.4% 20.9% 2.1% 100.0%   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
Non-performing loans33,376 2,521 3,081 684 710 10,372   
Non-performing loans as a              
   percentage of gross loans and              
   advances to customers32.6% 3.8% 9.9% 1.1% 11.1% 3.5%   
Specific provisions outstanding              
   against loans and advances2,135 1,241 1,929 278 482 6,065   
Specific provisions outstanding              
   as a percentage of non-              
   performing loans363.2% 49.2% 62.6% 40.6% 67.9% 58.5%   
               
1Other commercial includes advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities.
2Included within this total is credit card lending of US$7,604 million.
3Net of suspended interest.

146


Back to Contents

Customer loans and advances by industry sector (continued)

     At 31 December 1999       
 












 
             Gross loans 
           Gross by customer 
           loans and type as a 
     Rest of North South advances to % of total 
 Europe Hong Kong Asia-Pacific America America customers gross loans 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m % 
               
Personal              
Residential mortgages22,047 23,614 3,028 16,962 746 66,397 25.2 
Hong Kong Government Home              
   Ownership Scheme 6,565    6,565 2.5 
Other personal16,668 4,409 3,979 5,864 1,017 31,937 12.2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total personal38,715 34,588 7,007 22,826 1,763 104,899 39.9 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate and commercial              
Commercial, industrial and              
   international trade27,380 9,762 12,250 9,129 2,255 60,776 23.2 
Commercial real estate6,519 8,987 3,353 5,709 255 24,823 9.5 
Other property-related2,020 2,093 2,033 4,114 151 10,411 4.0 
Government3,405 140 749 730 149 5,173 2.0 
Other commercial117,982 6,874 5,249 4,481 852 35,438 13.5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total corporate and commercial57,306 27,856 23,634 24,163 3,662 136,621 52.2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial              
Non-bank financial institutions7,227 2,262 984 6,402 187 17,062 6.5 
Settlement accounts2,827 114 200 619 9 3,769 1.4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total financial10,054 2,376 1,184 7,021 196 20,831 7.9 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total gross loans and advances to              
   customers2106,075 64,820 31,825 54,010 5,621 262,351 100.0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Percentage of Group loans and              
   advances by geographical              
   region40.5% 24.7% 12.1% 20.6% 2.1% 100.0%   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Non-performing loans32,679 3,133 3,535 599 427 10,373   
Non-performing loans as a              
   percentage of gross loans and              
   advances to customers32.5% 4.8% 11.1% 1.1% 7.6% 3.9%   
Specific provisions outstanding              
   against loans and advances1,411 1,428 2,221 261 371 5,692   
Specific provisions outstanding              
   as a percentage of non-              
   performing loans352.7% 45.6% 62.8% 43.6% 86.9% 54.9%   
               
1Other commercial includes advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities.
2Included within this total is credit card lending of US$6,927 million.
3Net of suspended interest.

 

147


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Customer loans and advances by principal area within rest of Asia-Pacific and South America

   At 31 December 2003    
 








 
       Commercial,   
       international   
 Residential Other Property- trade and   
 mortgages personal related other Total 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Loans and advances to customers (gross)          
Australia and New Zealand5,4361497 1,835 3,460 11,228 
India424 305 10 1,329 2,068 
Indonesia13 135 20 670 838 
Japan13 75 613 2,731 3,432 
Mainland China78 6 614 1,887 2,585 
Malaysia1,837 518 311 2,591 5,257 
Middle East61 1,660 923 4,726 7,370 
Singapore1,521 2,420 1,142 2,219 7,302 
South Korea1,430 81  847 2,358 
Taiwan1,073 506  852 2,431 
Thailand32 129 82 743 986 
Other183 803 196 2,237 3,419 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           
Total of rest of Asia-Pacific12,101 7,135 5,746 24,292 49,274 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Argentina47 62 16 97521,100 
Brazil176 2,313 122 1,715 4,326 3
Other1 1 9 168 179 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           
Total of South America224 2,376 147 2,858 5,605 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
1The acquisition of the AMP Bank mortgage business added US$1,246 million during the year.
2Includes US$644 million of loan exposures to the Argentine Government received in exchange for debt securities.
3The acquisitions of Losango and Lloyds TSB’s Brazilian businesses and assets added US$855 million and US$133 million respectively to other personal lending and to corporate lending in 2003.
  
  
  At 31 December 2002    
 








 
       Commercial,   
       international   
 Residential Other Property- trade and   
 mortgages personal related other Total 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Loans and advances to customers (gross)          
Australia and New Zealand2,742 290 1,187 2,821 7,040 
India216 288 18 1,236 1,758 
Indonesia9 91 27 581 708 
Japan12 67 592 2,010 2,681 
Mainland China29 4 298 1,410 1,741 
Malaysia1,558 453 333 2,521 4,865 
Middle East36 1,544 1,086 3,518 6,184 
Singapore960 2,023 925 2,296 6,204 
South Korea800 67  855 1,722 
Taiwan918 420 1 909 2,248 
Thailand26 80 26 705 837 
Other201 573 239 1,726 2,739 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           
Total of rest of Asia-Pacific7,507 5,900 4,732 20,588 38,727 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Argentina94 31 15 94011,080 
Brazil158 979 48 1,162 2,347 
Other1 2 9 137 149 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           
Total of South America253 1,012 72 2,239 3,576 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           
1   Includes US$558 million of loan exposures to the Argentine Government received in exchange for debt securities.        

 

148


Back to Contents

Analysis of loans and advances to banks by geographical region

             Provisions 
           Gross for bad 
     Rest of     loans and and 
   Hong Asia- North South advances doubtful 
 Europe Kong Pacific America America to banks debts 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
               
31 December 200351,806 38,639 12,948 11,885 1,922 117,200 (24)
Suspended interest          (3)  
           
   
Total          117,197   
           
   
               
31 December 200239,398 33,359 10,708 10,391 1,665 95,521 (23)
Suspended interest          (2)  
           
   
Total          95,519   
           
   
               
31 December 200140,665 42,516 11,253 7,979 2,252 104,665 (22)
Suspended interest          (2)  
           
   
Total          104,663   
           
   
               
31 December200045,072 57,154 11,197 9,441 3,200 126,064 (30)
Suspended interest          (2)  
           
   
Total          126,062   
           
   
               
31 December 199929,395 53,778 10,024 4,568 2,337 100,102 (24)
Suspended interest          (1)  
           
   
Total          100,101   
           
   

Provisions against total loans and advances

        Year ended 31 December 2003 
        





 
         Specific General Total 
         US$m US$m US$m 
               
At 1 January 2003        6,629 2,511 9,140 
Amounts written off        (7,456) (7,456)
Recoveries of advances written off in previous years        610  610 
Charge/(credit) to profit and loss account        6,214 (121)6,093 
Acquisitions        4,269 500 4,769 
Exchange and other movements        636 (77)559 
         
 
 
 
At 31 December 2003        10,902 2,813 13,715 
         
 
 
 
–   Household        4,588 613 5,201 
–   Rest of HSBC        6,314 2,200 8,514 
               
Provisions against loans and advances to customers             
               
   2003   2002 2001 2000 1999 
 




         
     Rest of         
 Total Household HSBC         
 % % % % % % % 
Total provisions to gross lending1              
Specific provisions2.11 3.77 1.59 1.94 1.90 2.17 2.28 
General provisions              
Additional general provisions held              
   against Argentine risk   0.04 0.21   
Other0.54 0.50 0.56 0.70 0.71 0.75 0.92 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total provisions2.65 4.27 2.15 2.68 2.82 2.92 3.20 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
1   Net of suspended interest, reverse repo transactions and settlement accounts.           

 

149


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

The following tables show details of the movements in HSBC’s provisions for bad and doubtful debts by location of lending office for each of the past five

years. A discussion of the material movements in the charge for provisions by region follows these tables.


     Year ended 31 December 2003     
 
 
     Rest of       
   Hong Asia- North South   
 Europe Kong Pacific America America Total 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
             
Provisions at 1 January3,668 1,143 1,496 2,356 477 9,140 
Amounts written off:            
   Commercial, industrial and international trade(338)(71)(201)(337)(69)(1,016)
   Real estate(31)(12)(18)(113)(5)(179)
   Non-bank financial institutions(3)(13)(21)(30) (67)
   Governments(1) (1)  (2)
   Other commercial(54)(65)(42)(104)(30)(295)
   Residential mortgages(4)(121)(16)(529)(5)(675)
   Other personal(471)(302)(146)(4,225)(78)(5,222)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Total amounts written off(902)(584)(445)(5,338)(187)(7,456)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recoveries of amounts written off in previous            
   years:            
   Commercial, industrial and international trade25 16 18 20 3 82 
   Real estate3  4 2  9 
   Non-bank financial institutions2  5 4  11 
   Governments      
   Other commercial49 4 11 10 7 81 
   Residential mortgages1 6 1 4 1 13 
   Other personal62 16 35 295 6 414 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Total recoveries142 42 74 335 17 610 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge to profit and loss account1:            
   Banks(6) 3   (3)
   Commercial, industrial and international trade286 (3)(45)78 60 376 
   Real estate15 (18)(8)(1)1 (11)
   Non-bank financial institutions(1)1 (17)(5)(1)(23)
   Governments  1   1 
   Other commercial216 78 (4)55 (6)339 
   Residential mortgages 102 23 421 6 552 
   Other personal482 271 116 3,992 122 4,983 
   General Provisions(118)(31)16 136 (124)(121)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Total charge874 400 85 4,676 58 6,093 
Foreign exchange and other movements2653 54 (29)4,432 218 5,328 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions at 31 December4,435 1,055 1,181 6,461 583 13,715 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions against banks:            
   Specific provisions20  4   24 
Provisions against customers:            
   Specific provisions3,554 629 981 5,184 530 10,878 
   General provisions3861 426 196 1,277 53 2,813 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions at 31 December4,435 1,055 1,181 6,461 583 13,715 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions against customers as a percentage            
   of loans and advances to customers:            
   Specific provisions1.65 0.84 1.99 2.62 9.46 2.00 
   General provisions0.40 0.57 0.40 0.65 0.95 0.52 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total2.05 1.41 2.39 3.27 10.41 2.52 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
1See table below ‘Net charge to the profit and loss account for bad and doubtful debts’.
2Other movements include amounts of US$129 million in Europe and US$4,524 million in North America transferred in on the acquisition of Household, and of US$116 million in South America transferred in on the acquisition of Lloyds TSB Group’s Brazilian businesses and assets.
3General provisions are allocated to geographical segments based on the location of the office booking the provision. Consequently, the general provision booked in Hong Kong may cover assets booked in branches located outside Hong Kong, principally in the rest of Asia-Pacific, as well as those booked in Hong Kong.

150


Back to Contents

   Year ended 31 December 2002     
 
 
     Rest of       
   Hong Asia- North South   
 Europe Kong Pacific America America Total 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
             
Provisions at 1 January3,067 1,408 1,952 723 1,033 8,183 
Amounts written off:            
   Banks    (1)(1)
   Commercial, industrial and international trade(161)(59)(255)(92)(28)(595)
   Real estate(31)(18)(88)(9)(4)(150)
   Non-bank financial institutions(4)(11)(2)(12)(2)(31)
   Governments(1)    (1)
   Other commercial(54)(11)(116)(149)(22)(352)
   Residential mortgages(2)(109)(7)(2)(10)(130)
   Other personal(199)(328)(132)(96)(96)(851)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Total amounts written off(452)(536)(600)(360)(163)(2,111)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recoveries of amounts written off in previous            
   years:            
   Banks            
   Commercial, industrial and international trade15 1 4 6 2 28 
   Real estate6  2 6  14 
   Non-bank financial institutions  1   1 
   Governments      
   Other commercial7 3 14 9  33 
   Residential mortgages1 7    8 
   Other personal29 14 31 14 8 96 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Total recoveries58 25 52 35 10 180 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge to profit and loss account1:            
   Banks(2)    (2)
   Commercial, industrial and international trade345 (22)38 89 30 480 
   Real estate(4)9 (11)5 2 1 
   Non-bank financial institutions3 (14)(29)18 11 (11)
   Governments(1)  (5)4 (2)
   Other commercial50 (22)(22)116 177 299 
   Residential mortgages 70 11 (4)10 87 
   Other personal243 322 93 66 96 820 
   General Provisions(65)(97)9 15 (213)(351)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Total charge569 246 89 300 117 1,321 
Foreign exchange and other movements2426  3 1,658 (520)1,567 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions at 31 December3,668 1,143 1,496 2,356 477 9,140 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions against banks:            
   Specific provisions23     23 
Provisions against customers:            
   Specific provisions2,774 688 1,321 1,482 341 6,606 
   General provisions3871 455 175 874 136 2,511 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions at 31 December3,668 1,143 1,496 2,356 477 9,140 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions against customers as a percentage            
   of loans and advances to customers:            
   Specific provisions1.65 0.97 3.42 1.85 9.73 1.83 
   General provisions0.52 0.64 0.45 1.09 3.88 0.69 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total2.17 1.61 3.87 2.94 13.61 2.52 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
1See table below ‘Net charge to the profit and loss account for bad and doubtful debts’.
2Other movements include amounts transferred in on the acquisition of HSBC Mexico of US$1,704 million.
3General provisions are allocated to geographical segments based on the location of the office booking the provision. Consequently, the general provision booked in Hong Kong may cover assets booked in branches located outside Hong Kong, principally in the rest of Asia-Pacific, as well as those booked in Hong Kong.

151


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 Year ended 31 December 2001  
 
 
     Rest of       
   Hong Asia- North South   
 Europe Kong Pacific America America Total 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Provisions at 1 January3,025 1,802 2,091 739 540 8,197 
Amounts written off:            
   Banks(5)    (5)
   Commercial, industrial and international trade(123)(238)(256)(107)(29)(753)
   Real estate(27)(29)(18)(10)(4)(88)
   Non-bank financial institutions(5)(53)(5)(3)(1)(67)
   Governments      
   Other commercial(54)(34)(48)(107)(215)(458)
   Residential mortgages(4)(121)(7)(2)(13)(147)
   Other personal(224)(155)(93)(93)(95)(660)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Total amounts written off(442)(630)(427)(322)(357)(2,178)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recoveries of amounts written off in previous            
   years:            
   Banks            
   Commercial, industrial and international trade12 1 11 18 3 45 
   Real estate1 2 1   4 
   Non-bank financial institutions 3 1   4 
   Governments      
   Other commercial17 12 99 11 1 140 
   Residential mortgages1 5    6 
   Other personal34 8 26 14 4 86 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Total recoveries65 31 138 43 8 285 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge to profit and loss account1:            
   Banks(1)    (1)
   Commercial, industrial and international trade164 15 157 93 55 484 
   Real estate(35)16 (6)2 7 (16)
   Non-bank financial institutions(2)(20)(14)2  (34)
   Governments(2)  (3) (5)
   Other commercial143 (84)(58)151 90 242 
   Residential mortgages(47)111 10 1 17 92 
   Other personal257 168 82 70 125 702 
   General provisions(36)(9)1 (16)633 573 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Total charge441 197 172 300 927 2,037 
Foreign exchange and other movements(22)8 (22)(37)(85)(158)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions at 31 December3,067 1,408 1,952 723 1,033 8,183 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions against banks:            
   Specific provisions22     22 
Provisions against customers:            
   Specific provisions2,204 856 1,786 289 365 5,500 
   General provisions2841 552 166 434 668 2,661 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions at 31 December3,067 1,408 1,952 723 1,033 8,183 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions against customers as a percentage            
   of loans and advances to customers:            
   Specific provisions1.61 1.24 5.44 0.39 7.03 1.73 
   General provisions0.62 0.80 0.51 0.59 12.8730.84 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total2.23 2.04 5.95 0.98 19.90 2.57 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
1See table below ‘Net charge to the profit and loss account for bad and doubtful debts’
2General provisions are allocated to geographical segments based on the location of the office booking the provision. Consequently, the general provision booked in Hong Kong may cover assets booked in branches located outside Hong Kong, principally in the rest of Asia-Pacific, as well as those booked in Hong Kong.
3Includes US$600 million of additional provisions held against Argentine loans.

152


Back to Contents

 Year ended 31 December 2000 
 
 
     Rest of       
   Hong Asia- North South   
 Europe Kong Pacific America America Total 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
             
Provisions at 1 January2,153 1,887 2,686 864 430 8,020 
             
Amounts written off:            
   Banks(9)    (9)
   Commercial, industrial and international trade(154)(202)(191)(97)(36)(680)
   Real estate(27)(9)(58)(13)(3)(110)
   Non-bank financial institutions(2)(8)(3)  (13)
   Governments(37)    (37)
   Other commercial(68)(68)(149)(97)(15)(397)
   Residential mortgages(5)(82)(5)(4)(7)(103)
   Other personal(181)(73)(88)(90)(30)(462)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Total amounts written off(483)(442)(494)(301)(91)(1,811)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years:            
   Banks      
   Commercial, industrial and international trade4 3 3 1 2 13 
   Real estate7  2 3  12 
   Non-bank financial institutions3  2 1  6 
   Governments3     3 
   Other commercial4 4 23 11 1 43 
   Residential mortgages1 1   1 3 
   Other personal32 8 19 15 6 80 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Total recoveries54 16 49 31 10 160 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge to profit and loss account1:            
   Banks2     2 
   Commercial, industrial and international trade87 81 107 89 43 407 
   Real estate(9)40 19 10 5 65 
   Non-bank financial institutions1  (3)(2)2 (2)
   Governments(19)    (19)
   Other commercial(3)(30)(18)80 21 50 
   Residential mortgages1 101 5 9 12 128 
   Other personal245 55 63 109 109 581 
   General provisions43 1 (188)(138)2 (280)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Total charge348 248 (15)157 194 932 
Foreign exchange and other movements2953 93 (135)(12)(3)896 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions at 31 December3,025 1,802 2,091 739 540 8,197 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions against banks:            
   Specific provisions30     30 
Provisions against customers:            
   Specific provisions2,135 1,241 1,929 278 482 6,065 
   General provisions3860 561 162 461 58 2,102 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions at 31 December3,025 1,802 2,091 739 540 8,197 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
             
Provisions against customers as a percentage
   of loans and advances to customers:
            
   Specific provisions1.61 1.87 6.23 0.44 7.54 2.03 
   General provisions0.65 0.84 0.53 0.74 0.91 0.70 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total2.26 2.71 6.76 1.18 8.45 2.73 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1See table below ‘Net charge to the profit and loss account for bad and doubtful debts’.
2Other movements include amounts transferred in on the acquisition of CCF of US$882 million.
3General provisions are allocated to geographical segments based on the location of the office booking the provision. Consequently, the general provision booked in Hong Kong may cover assets booked in branches located outside Hong Kong, principally in the rest of Asia-Pacific, as well as those booked in Hong Kong.

 

153


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

 Year ended 31 December 1999 
 
 
     Rest of       
   Hong Asia- North South   
 Europe Kong Pacific America America Total 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
             
Provisions at 1 January1,932 1,554 2,181 599 392 6,658 
             
Amounts written off:            
   Banks            
   Commercial, industrial and international trade(89)(146)(130)(33)(36)(434)
   Real estate(25)(14)(32)(2)(1)(74)
   Non-bank financial institutions(1) (35)(2) (38)
   Governments      
   Other commercial(43)(15)(49)(12)(14)(133)
   Residential mortgages(2)(3)(5)(10)(4)(24)
   Other personal(222)(78)(62)(106)(15)(483)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Total amounts written off(382)(256)(313)(165)(70)(1,186)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years:            
   Banks  1   1 
   Commercial, industrial and international trade15 1 1 3 2 22 
   Real estate2  2 13  17 
   Non-bank financial institutions20     20 
   Governments11     11 
   Other commercial10 1 1 9  21 
   Other personal32 8 13 19 1 73 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Total recoveries90 10 18 44 3 165 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge to profit and loss account1:            
   Banks(2) (2)  (4)
   Commercial, industrial and international trade155 273 414 60 44 946 
   Real estate(14)96 86 (18)4 154 
   Non-bank financial institutions11 45 75 1  132 
   Governments(62)  (2) (64)
   Other commercial19 42 169 11 33 274 
   Residential mortgages 86 7 1 8 102 
   Other personal312 77 74 79 38 580 
   General provisions19 (34)(14)(23)5 (47)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Total charge438 585 809 109 132 2,073 
Foreign exchange and other movements75 (6)(9)277 (27)310 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions at 31 December2,153 1,887 2,686 864 430 8,020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions against banks:            
   Specific provisions24     24 
Provisions against customers:            
   Specific provisions1,411 1,428 2,221 261 371 5,692 
   General provisions2718 459 465 603 59 2,304 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions at 31 December2,153 1,887 2,686 864 430 8,020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions against customers as a percentage            
   of loans and advances to customers:            
   Specific provisions1.33 2.20 6.98 0.48 6.60 2.17 
   General provisions0.68 0.71 1.46 1.12 1.05 0.88 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total2.01 2.91 8.44 1.60 7.65 3.05 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1See table below ‘Net charge to the profit and loss account for bad and doubtful debts’.
2General provisions are allocated to geographical segments based on the location of the office booking the provision. Consequently, the general provision booked in Hong Kong may cover assets booked in branches located outside Hong Kong, principally in the rest of Asia-Pacific, as well as those booked in Hong Kong.

 

154


Back to Contents

Net charge to the profit and loss account for bad and doubtful debts

The charge for bad and doubtful debts and non-performing customer loans and related customer provisions can be analysed as follows:

 Year ended 31 December 2003 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe
US$m
 
 
 
 
Hong Kong
US$m
 
 
 
Rest of
Asia-Pacific
US$m
 
 
 
North
America
US$m
 
 
 
South
America
US$m
 
 
 
 
Total
US$m
 
 
 
             
Specific provisions            
New provisions:1,485 655 412 4,962 263 7,777 
   Household1193   4,580  4,773 
   Rest of HSBC1,292 655 412 382 263 3,004 
Release of provisions no longer required:(351)(182)(269)(87)(64)(953)
   Household1   (4) (4)
   Rest of HSBC(351)(182)(269)(83)(64)(949)
Recoveries of amounts previously written off:(142)(42)(74)(335)(17)(610)
   Household1(25)  (282) (307)
   Rest of HSBC(117)(42)(74)(53)(17)(303)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 992 431 69 4,540 182 6,214 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
General provisions            
Argentine additional provision      
Household113   100  113 
Rest of HSBC(131)(31)16 36 (124)(234)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (118)(31)16 136 (124)(121)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total bad and doubtful debt charge874 400 85 4,676 58 6,093 
   Bank(6) 3   (3)
   Customer880 400 82 4,676 58 6,096 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer bad and doubtful debt charge as a percentage             
   of closing gross loans and advances0.41%0.53%0.17%2.36%1.03%1.12%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31 December 2003            
Non-performing loans5,701 1,671 1,538 5,444 696 15,050 
   Household326   4,380  4,706 
   Rest of HSBC5,375 1,671 1,538 1,064 696 10,344 
Provisions4,415 1,055 1,177 6,461 583 13,691 
   Household154   5,047  5,201 
   Rest of HSBC4,261 1,055 1,177 1,414 583 8,490 
  
1Since the date of acquisition.

The total bad and doubtful debt charge for Household includes charges for:

 Year ended 31 December 2003 
 
 
     Rest of North South   
 Europe Hong Kong Asia-Pacific America America Total 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
             
Residential mortgages   423  423 
Credit cards59   1,740  1,799 
Other personal lending122   2,228  2,351 

 

155


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)   

 

Bad and doubtful debt provisions (continued)          
     Year ended 31 December 2002      
 
 
     Rest of North South   
 Europe Hong Kong Asia-Pacific America America Total 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Specific provisions            
New provisions963 528 400 399 388 2,678 
Release of provisions no            
   longer required(271)(160)(268)(79)(48)(826)
Recoveries of amounts            
   previously written off(58)(25)(52)(35)(10)(180)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 634 343 80 285 330 1,672 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
General provisions            
Argentine additional            
   provision    (196)(196)
Other(65)(97)9 15 (17)(155)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (65)(97)9 15 (213)(351)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total bad and doubtful            
   debt charge569 246 89 300 117 1,321 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer bad and doubtful            
   debt charge569 246 89 300 117 1,321 
Customer bad and doubtful            
   debt charge as a            
   percentage of closing            
   gross loans and            
   advances0.34%0.35%0.23%0.38%3.27%0.36%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31 December 2002            
Non-performing loans4,495 1,724 2,055 1,773 476 10,523 
Provisions3,645 1,143 1,496 2,356 477 9,117 

 

     Year ended 31 December 2001      
 
 
     Rest of North South   
 Europe Hong Kong Asia-Pacific America America Total 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Specific provisions            
New provisions802 449 577 392 346 2,566 
Release of provisions no            
   longer required(260)(212)(268)(42)(35)(817)
Recoveries of amounts            
   previously written off(65)(31)(138)(43)(8)(285)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 477 206 171 307 303 1,464 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
General provisions            
Argentine additional            
   provision    600 600 
Other(36)(9)1 (7)24 (27)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (36)(9)1 (7)624 573 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total bad and doubtful            
   debt charge441 197 172 300 927 2,037 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer bad and doubtful            
   debt charge441 197 172 300 927 2,037 
Customer bad and doubtful            
   debt charge as a            
   percentage of closing            
   gross loans and            
   advances0.32% 0.29% 0.52% 0.41% 17.80% 0.64% 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31 December 2001            
Non-performing loans3,682 2,028 2,723 672 544 9,649 
Provisions3,045 1,408 1,952 723 1,033 8,161 

156


Back to Contents

     Year ended 31 December 2000      
 
 
     Rest of North South   
 Europe Hong Kong Asia-Pacific America America Total 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Specific provisions            
New provisions609 454 543 395 232 2,233 
Release of provisions no            
   longer required(248)(192)(321)(72)(28)(861)
Recoveries of amounts            
   previously written off(56)(15)(49)(31)(9)(160)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 305 247 173 292 195 1,212 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
General provisions            
Special provision reflecting            
   Asian risk raised in 1997  (174)  (174)
Other43 1 (14)(135)(1)(106)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 43 1 (188)(135)(1)(280)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total bad and doubtful            
   debt charge348 248 (15)157 194 932 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer bad and doubtful            
   debt charge346 248 (15)157 194 930 
Customer bad and doubtful            
   debt charge as a            
   percentage of closing            
   gross loans and            
   advances0.26% 0.37%  0.25% 3.04% 0.31% 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31 December 2000            
Non-performing loans3,376 2,521 3,081 684 710 10,372 
Provisions2,995 1,802 2,091 739 540 8,167 

 

     Year ended 31 December 1999      
 
 
       North South   
 Europe Hong Kong Asia-Pacific America America Total 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Specific provisions            
New provisions764 720 1,084 231 194 2,993 
Release of provisions no            
   longer required(255)(91)(244)(56)(63)(709)
Recoveries of amounts            
   previously written off(90)(10)(17)(44)(3)(164)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 419 619 823 131 128 2,120 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
General provisions            
Argentine additional            
   provision      
Other19 (34)(14)(23)5 (47)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 19 (34)(14)(23)5 (47)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total bad and doubtful            
   debt charge438 585 809 108 133 2,073 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer bad and doubtful            
   debt charge440 585 811 108 133 2,077 
Customer bad and doubtful            
   debt charge as a            
   percentage of closing            
   gross loans and            
   advances0.41% 0.90% 2.55% 0.20% 2.25% 0.79% 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31 December 1999            
Non-performing loans2,679 3,133 3,534 584 595 10,525 
Provisions2,129 1,887 2,686 864 430 7,996 

157


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)
 
  

 

Year ended 31 December 2003 compared with
year ended 31 December 2002

The increase in the level of new specific provisions was principally driven by:

New provisions in North America, which were US$4,563 million higher than in 2002, essentially reflected the acquisition of Household, which reported US$4,580 million of new provisions. The majority of Household’s customer loans are in the consumer finance sector and are geographically well-spread across the United States. During the period since its acquisition, Household’s new provisions reflected the impact of the weak economy, including higher personal bankruptcy filings and a higher level of amounts becoming past due. In the latter part of 2003, there were signs of an improvement in credit quality and delinquency levels stabilised. At 31 December 2003, Household’s two-month-and-over consumer contractual delinquency ratio was 5.8 per cent. A charge of US$48 million from HSBC Mexico arose from consumer lending and credit card portfolios, which are provisioned on a portfolio basis. In Canada, new provisions in 2003 were US$66 million lower than in 2002, when significant new provisions for a small number of commercial facilities were necessary, most notably in the telecommunications sector.
  
In Europe, new provisions were US$522 million higher than in 2002 of which US$193 million related to Household’s UK consumer finance business, which is provisioned on a portfolio basis. Elsewhere in the UK, the increase in new provisions in personal lending reflected the growth in loan portfolios. In the corporate and commercial portfolio, new provisions were raised to cover a number of accounts in the energy and manufacturing sectors. In France, there were higher provisions, principally due to the deterioration of a borrower in the engineering sector.
  
New provisions in Hong Kong were US$127 million higher than in 2002. Higher levels of new provisions were required in the electronics sector against a small number of customers in niche markets which suffered from a combination of technological developments and excess market capacity. New specific provisions for personal lending (including credit
 cards) reduced in 2003, reflecting a reduction in bankruptcy filings and improving economic conditions. This more than offsets increased charges in respect of residential mortgages, which reflected the fall in the first half of 2003 in the value of residential property. The second half of 2003 saw property prices stabilise, delinquencies fall and the percentage of the mortgage book with negative equity reduce.
  
New specific provisions in the rest of Asia-Pacific were broadly in line with 2002, reflecting the relatively stable and improving economic environment across much of the region during 2003.
  
In South America, new provisions decreased by US$125 million, mainly reflecting an improvement in the economic conditions in Argentina. This was partly offset by increased new provisions in Brazil’s personal lending as a difficult economic environment led to higher levels of delinquencies. There were also higher new specific provisions for corporate customers in the commodities and food sectors as a result of business failure and, in one case, fraud.

     In aggregate, releases and recoveries increased by US$557 million compared with 2002. Household contributed US$311 million of the increase due to collections and sales of written-off accounts. In Europe, excluding Household, releases and recoveries were US$139 million higher, mainly the result of a recovery from an exposure in the transport sector and the upgrading of corporate exposures in the telecommunications and retail sectors.

     There was a net release of general provisions of US$121 million in 2003 compared with a release of US$351 million in 2002. There were general provision charges of US$113 million in Household and US$78 million in HSBC Mexico, reflecting growth in lending. In Europe, excluding Household’s UK consumer finance business, a net release of general provision of US$131 million reflected an improved economic outlook and successful restructuring and refinancing activity in industry sectors which had been causing concern. In Argentina, a net release of US$122 million reflected success in collections and the improved environment and hence quality of the remaining loan book. At 31 December 2003, specific and general provisions together covered about 47 per cent of


 

158


Back to Contents

non-government loans (net of suspended interest) in Argentina.

Year ended 31 December 2002 compared with year ended 31 December 2001

   The main factors contributing to the decrease in the bad debt charge against customer loans were:

   New specific provisions increased by US$112 million, or 4 per cent, principally driven by:

New provisions in Europe, which were US$161 million higher than in 2001, reflecting an increase in non-performing loans in the UK. In UK Banking, there was an increase in specific provisions relating to a small number of corporate exposures in the telecommunications, private healthcare, leisure and manufacturing sectors. These provisions were assessed on a case-by-case basis. By contrast, provisions for UK personal customers were lower than in 2001 as credit quality remained stable and more widespread debt counselling services proved effective. Provisioning against such unsecured loans was determined on a formula based, inter alia, on the number of days loans were delinquent. No major changes were made during the year to the assumptions underpinning this provisioning. The level of new specific provisions against residential mortgages in Europe remained very low.
  
New specific provisions in the rest of Asia-Pacific decreased by US$177 million compared with 2001, reflecting the fall in non-performing loans. In Indonesia and Malaysia, significantly lower new provisions were raised, particularly against commercial and corporate borrowers, as the economic conditions in those countries improved. In the Middle East, new provisions required on the corporate loan book were lower following economic growth in the UAE and strengthened credit control systems. These factors helped reduce delinquencies and as a result the level of new provisions on consumer lending.
  
New corporate provisions in Hong Kong declined by US$48 million reflecting a reduction in non-performing loans. As the economy remained in deflation, high levels of unemployment and the impact of new bankruptcy laws significantly increased the incidence of personal bankruptcy filings, leading to a rise of US$127 million in new provisions against personal lending, principally on credit cards.
In aggregate, releases and recoveries were US$96 million less than those recorded in 2001. 2001 benefited from exceptional recoveries against a long-standing Olympia and York exposure and from successful restructuring and recoveries achieved in Malaysia on corporate and commercial loans impaired during the Asian economic crisis in the late 1990s.
  
   Excluding Argentina, there was a net release of general provisions of US$155 million compared with a release of US$27 million in 2001. There was a release of US$97 million in Hong Kong reflecting a reduction in estimated latent loan losses at 31 December 2002. The estimate of these latent losses reflected the Group’s historical experience of the rate at which such losses occur and are identified, the structure of the credit portfolio, and the economic and credit conditions prevailing at the balance sheet date. In the UK there was a release of some US$50 million of general provisions as a number of corporate borrowers who had been causing concern at the 2001 year end were specifically provisioned against in 2002. In Argentina, an additional general provision of US$600 million (at constant exchange rates, US$292 million) was raised at the end of 2001. In 2002, US$196 million of specific impairments were raised and the general provision requirement was reduced accordingly. As individual loans became impaired, this caused an underlying increase in the level of non-performing loans in South America. The loss experience on corporate credit in Argentina during 2002 confirmed that the level of general provisions established in 2001 was appropriate. At the end of 2002, specific and general provisions together continued to cover about 60 per cent of non-government loans in Argentina.

159


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

Provisions for bad and doubtful debts as a percentage of average gross loans and advances to customers

       Rest of  North  South     
 Europe  Hong Kong  Asia-Pacific  America  America  Total  
 %  %  %  %  %  %  
Year ended 31 December                  
   2003                  
New provisions0.76  0.89  0.96  2.91  6.09  1.60  
Releases and recoveries(0.25) (0.30) (0.80) (0.25) (1.88) (0.32) 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net charge for specific                  
   provisions0.51  0.59  0.16  2.66  4.21  1.28  
Total provisions charged0.45  0.54  0.20  2.74  1.34  1.25  
Amount written off net of                  
   recoveries0.39  0.73  0.86  2.93  3.94  1.40  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Year ended 31 December                  
   2002                  
New provisions0.62  0.75  1.13  0.51  9.97  0.78  
Releases and recoveries(0.21) (0.26) (0.90) (0.15) (1.48) (0.29) 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net charge for specific                  
   provisions0.41  0.49  0.23  0.36  8.49  0.49  
Total provisions charged0.37  0.35  0.25  0.38  3.01  0.38  
Amount written off net of                  
   recoveries0.25  0.72  1.55  0.41  3.91  0.56  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Year ended 31 December                  
   2001                  
New provisions0.60  0.66  1.85  0.55  5.72  0.82  
Releases and recoveries(0.24) (0.36) (1.31) (0.12) (0.71) (0.35) 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net charge for specific                  
   provisions0.36  0.30  0.54  0.43  5.01  0.47  
Total provisions charged0.33  0.29  0.55  0.42  15.36  0.65  
Amount written off net of                  
   recoveries0.28  0.88  0.93  0.39  5.78  0.61  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Areas of special interest

Telecommunications industry exposure

Telecommunications industry exposure is a designated special category of exposure and is controlled under agreed caps. The exposure analysed below is well spread across geographical markets reflecting HSBC’s international footprint.

Group exposure to the sector as a percentage of total loans and advances was 0.72 per cent as at 31 December 2003 compared with 1.34 per cent at 31 December 2002. This exposure had the following characteristics:

    Percentage of telecommunications
industry exposure
 



 At At 
 31 December 31 December 
 2003 2002 
 % % 
Investment grade under HSBC    
   gradings66 57 
Under one year remaining    
   maturity21 33 
Telecom operators79 79 
Telecom manufacturers21 21 
Non-performing accounts3 6 
   of which provided56 59 

Argentina

The exposure of HSBC’s banking operations to Argentina at 31 December 2003 amounted to US$1.8 billion (31 December 2002: US$1.7 billion). Of this amount, US$1.5 billion was in-country exposure including US$0.6 billion of loan exposures to the Argentine Government received in exchange for debt


160


Back to Contents

securities. These figures are prepared in accordance with the Bank of England Country Exposure Report (Form C1) guidelines and therefore exclude the exposures of insurance subsidiaries. HSBC’s insurance subsidiaries’ exposures to Argentina as at 31 December 2003 amounted to total assets of US$0.7 billion, of which US$0.5 billion related to long-term assurance assets attributable to policyholders, mainly comprising loans to the Argentine Government received in exchange for debt securities. Overall, in-country provisions of US$198 million were held against gross customer non-government loans of US$456 million. There were also cross-border provisions of US$118 million held against exposures to customers in Argentina.

     During 2003, HSBC recovered some US$122 million equivalent of general credit provisions raised in 2001 as the credit portfolio stabilised and non-performing accounts fell due to success in collections and a better environment. The improved environment reflects both political and economic progress in the period. The return of a democratically elected president substantially improved the political scene and economically the country began to grow again, driven by improved sentiment and the impact on the export sector of the massive devaluation suffered since 2001.

     Argentina, however, continues to face, and must resolve, fundamental structural challenges including reaching a settlement with its international creditors. HSBC continues to monitor developments in Argentina closely and plans to continue to operate there and contribute to a revitalised financial sector. However, HSBC is prepared to take the necessary actions if required to protect the value of its shareholders’ interests in the event of unforeseen political or economic events.

Risk elements in the loan portfolio

The SEC requires disclosure of credit risk elements under the following headings that reflect US accounting practice and classifications:

loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis;
  
accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal; and
  
troubled debt restructurings not included in the above.
  
     In accordance with UK accounting practice, a number of operating companies suspend interest

rather than ceasing to accrue. This additional category is also reported below, as are assets acquired in exchange for advances.

Non-performing loans and advances1

 31 December  31 December  
 2003  2002  
 US$m  US$m  
       
Banks24  17  
 

 

 
Customers      
–Household4,706    
–Other HSBC10,344  10,523  
 

 

 
 15,050  10,523  
 

 

 
Total non-performing loans and      
   advances15,074  10,540  
 

 

 
Total provisions cover as a      
   percentage of non-performing      
   loans and advances91.0% 86.7%
 

 

 
       
1Net of suspended interest.

Non-performing customer loans1 and related specific provisions outstanding by geographical segment

 2003   2002   
 
 
 
 Non-   Non-   
 performing Specific Performing Specific 
 loans Provisions loans provisions 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Europe5,701 3,554 4,495 2,774 
Hong Kong1,671 629 1,724 688 
Rest of Asia-        
   Pacific

1,538

 981 2,055 1,321 
North America5,444 5,184 1,773 1,482 
South America696 530 476 

341

 
 
 
 
 
 
 15,050 10,878 10,523 6,606 
 
 
 
 
 
         
1Net of suspended interest.

Total non-performing loans to customers increased by US$4,527 million during 2003, largely as a consequence of the Household acquisition. At 31 December 2003, non-performing loans represented 2.8 per cent of total lending compared with 2.9 per cent at 31 December 2002.

     Portfolio provisioning methodologies for unsecured personal finance (using roll rates or loss rates) normally leads to a provision coverage of non-performing loans in excess of 100 per cent, as significant loss or roll rates are applied to performing loans. As a consequence, therefore, of the acquisition of Household, the overall coverage of non-performing loans has risen from 86.7 per cent at 31 December 2002 to 91.0 per cent at 31 December 2003. The overall specific provision coverage of non-performing loans similarly increased from 62.8 per cent to 72.3 per cent. Excluding the impact of Household, the coverage percentage declined to 60.8 per cent. This was due to


161


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)
 
  

 

US$936 million of write-offs of largely provided non-performing loans in HSBC Mexico, partly offset by an increase in the percentage coverage in South America as unsecured personal finance loans grew faster than corporate and commercial lending.

     In both the UK and France, underlying credit quality remained stable. Household’s European operations added US$326 million to non-performing loans. Excluding this, and at constant exchange rates, non-performing loans increased by US$264 million, or 5 per cent. The rise in the level of non-performing loans reflected the deterioration of a small number of corporate accounts. In value terms, this was concentrated in the energy, engineering, and telecommunications sectors.

     In Hong Kong, non-performing loans decreased slightly during 2003, largely due to recoveries and loan repayments.

     In the rest of Asia-Pacific, non-performing loans decreased by US$517 million during 2003 due mainly to write-offs and recoveries in Malaysia, New Zealand, Indonesia and Singapore.

     The level of non-performing loans in North America increased significantly due to the acquisition of Household. In Mexico, non-performing loans fell following write-offs of US$936 million in the commercial and consumer loan books as management continued to review critically the acquired loan assets. The level of non-performing loans elsewhere in North America remained in line with the level at 31 December 2002.

     In South America, there was a decrease in non-performing loans in 2003 in Argentina as recoveries were made on a number of accounts; about 56 per cent of the non-government customer loan book is now classified as non-performing compared with 74 per cent at 31 December 2002. In Brazil, the level of non-performing loans increased as the relatively high prevailing interest rates resulted in higher delinquencies in both the personal and commercial/corporate portfolios.

Troubled debt restructurings

US GAAP requires separate disclosure of any loans whose terms have been modified to grant concessions other than warranted by market conditions due to problems with the borrower. These are classified as ‘troubled debt restructurings’ and are distinct from the normal restructuring activities

described above. Disclosure of troubled debt restructurings may be discontinued after the first year if the debt is performing in accordance with the new terms.

     Troubled debt restructurings increased in Mexico from restructuring of commercial accounts, and in Europe arising from the restructuring of a corporate borrower in the telecommunications equipment sector. The reduction in Hong Kong reflected the full repayment of balances on certain restructured borrowings.

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more

Accruing loans past due 90 days increased as a result of the acquisition of Household. In common with other card issuers including other parts of HSBC, Household continues to accrue interest on credit cards past 90 days until charged off at 180 days past due. Appropriate provisions are raised against the proportion of interest thought to be irrecoverable.

Potential problem loans

Credit risk elements also cover potential problem loans. These are loans where known information about possible credit problems of borrowers causes management serious doubts as to the borrowers’ ability to comply with the loan repayment terms. At 31 December 2003, all loans and advances in Argentina and all cross-border loans to Argentina which were not otherwise included as part of total risk elements, have been designated as potential problem loans.

     At 31 December 2003, there were potential problem loans of US$701 million (31 December 2002: US$599 million) in respect of Argentine loans.

Risk elements

The following table provides an analysis of risk elements in the loan portfolios at 31 December for the past five years:


 

162


Back to Contents

   31 December   31 December  31 December  31 December  31 December   
20032002200120001999
US$mUS$mUS$mUS$mUS$m
Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis          
Europe3,138 2,393 2,052 1,985 1,176 
   Household326     
   Other2,812 2,393 2,052 1,985 1,176 
Hong Kong166 247 213 236 163 
Rest of Asia-Pacific168 294 195 429 435 
North America4,618 1,624 593 627 550 
   Household3,683     
   Other935 1,624 593 627 550 
South America601 293 429 550 447 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total8,691 4,851 3,482 3,827 2,771 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans on which interest has been accrued but suspended         
Europe2,542 2,086 1,553 1,389 1,514 
   Household     
   Other2,542 2,086 1,553 1,389 1,514 
Hong Kong1,504 1,460 1,795 2,259 2,898 
Rest of Asia-Pacific1,351 1,714 2,497 2,627 3,097 
North America33 48 67 39 34 
   Household     
   Other33 48 67 39 34 
South America95 183 115 160 133 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total5,525 5,491 6,027 6,474 7,676 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets acquired in exchange for advances          
Europe32 26 84 25 27 
   Household     
   Other32 26 84 25 27 
Hong Kong 2 17 19 26 72 
Rest of Asia-Pacific30 54 32 24 2 
North America794 101 14 19 17 
   Household697     
   Other97 101 14 19 17 
South America     
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total858 198 149 94 118 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total non-performing loans15,074 10,540 9,658 10,395 10,565 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Troubled debt restructurings          
Europe159 41    
   Household     
   Other159 41    
Hong Kong571 396 381 395 266 
Rest of Asia-Pacific68 89 131 231 138 
North America210 4 3 7 9 
   Household2     
   Other208 4 3 7 9 
 
 
 
 
 
 
South America837 669 144 142 146 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total1,845 1,199 659 775 559 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest       
Europe 34  16  15  11  21 
   Household     
   Other34 16 15 11 21 
Hong Kong 205 193 98 76 84 
Rest of Asia-Pacific 45 33 38 66 54 
North America1,252 42 52 64 59 
   Household1,215     
   Other37 42 52 64 59 
South America 2 7 47 82 58 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total1,538 291 250 299 276 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total risk elements          
Europe5,905 4,562 3,704 3,410 2,738 
   Household326     
   Other5,579 4,562 3,704 3,410 2,738 
Hong Kong2,448 2,313 2,506 2,992 3,483 
Rest of Asia-Pacific1,662 2,184 2,893 3,377 3,726 
North America6,907 1,819 729 756 669 
   Household5,597     
   Other1,310 1,819 729 756 669 
South America1,535 1,152 735 934 784 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total18,457 12,030 10,567 11,469 11,400 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts as a % of total          
   risk elements74.3 76.0 77.4 71.5 70.3 
 
 
 
 
 
 

163


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)
  
  

 

Interest foregone on non-performing lendings

Interest income that would have been recognised under the original terms of the non-accrual, suspended interest and restructured loans amounted to approximately US$380 million in 2003 compared with US$406 million in 2002, US$640 million in 2001 and US$955 million in 2000. Interest income of approximately US$230 million in 2003 from such loans was recorded in 2003, compared with US$258 million in 2002, US$261 million in 2001, US$324 million in 2000.

Country distribution of outstandings and cross-border exposures

     HSBC controls the risks associated with cross-border lending, essentially the risk of foreign currency required for payments not being available to local residents, through a central process of internal country limits which are determined by taking into account both economic and political risks. Exposure to individual countries and cross-border exposure in aggregate is kept under continuous review.

     The following tables analyse the aggregate of in-country foreign currency and cross-border outstandings by type of borrower to countries which individually represent in excess of 1 per cent of HSBC’s total assets. Classification is based upon the country of residence of the borrower but recognises the transfer of country risk in respect of third party guarantees or residence of the head office where the borrower is a branch. In accordance with the Bank of England Country Exposure Report (Form C1) guidelines, outstandings comprise loans and advances (excluding settlement accounts), amounts receivable under finance leases, acceptances, commercial bills, certificates of deposit and debt and equity securities (net of short positions), and exclude accrued interest and intra-HSBC exposures. For 2003, outstandings to counterparties in the UK were collected on a comparable basis to that required for the Form C1 for the first time. For 2002 and 2001, the UK outstandings, which are not recorded on Form C1 because the UK is HSBC’s country of domicile, have not been collected or disclosed.


 

164

Back to Contents

   31 December 2003     
 
 
   Banks  Government and
official institutions
   Other   Total  
 US$bn US$bn US$bn US$bn 
United Kingdom14.2 3.1 20.4 37.7 
Germany16.0 8.0 3.7 27.7 
United States5.5 8.4 12.3 26.2 
France9.5 2.3 5.5 17.3 
The Netherlands9.0 0.6 4.6 14.2 
Hong Kong1.1 0.7 10.0 11.8 
Canada6.0 3.2 1.8 11.0 
Italy4.4 5.2 0.8 10.4 
         
   
   
   31 December 2002     
 
 
   Banks  Government and
official institutions
   Other   Total  
 US$bn US$bn US$bn US$bn 
United States5.6 
9.6
 9.7 24.9 
Germany16.9 
2.4
 2.7 22.0 
France5.8 
1.7
 5.0 12.5 
The Netherlands7.5 
0.4
 4.0 11.9 
Hong Kong0.9 
0.7
 9.1 10.7 
Canada4.8 
2.9
 2.4 10.1 
Japan4.0 
4.1
 1.0 9.1 
Italy4.7 
2.2
 1.1 8.0 
Australia5.8 
0.5
 1.6 7.9 
         
   
   31 December 2001     
 
 
   Banks  Government and
official institutions
   Other  Total  
 US$bn US$bn US$bn US$bn 
Germany22.0 2.1 2.4 26.5 
United States5.1 9.8 9.6 24.5 
France8.1 1.5 4.1 13.7 
The Netherlands6.9 0.3 3.4 10.6 
Hong Kong0.8 0.7 9.0 10.5 
Italy8.3 1.5 0.6 10.4 
Canada5.6 2.2 1.5 9.3 
Japan3.4 4.4 0.8 8.6 
         

     As at 31 December 2003, HSBC had in-country foreign currency and cross-border outstandings to counterparties in Australia and Japan of between 0.75 per cent and 1 per cent of total assets. The aggregate in-country foreign currency and cross-border outstandings were: Australia:US$9.1 billion; Japan:US$7.9 billion.

     As at 31 December 2002, HSBC had in-country foreign currency and cross-border outstandings to counterparties in Belgium of between 0.75 per cent

and 1 per cent of total assets. The aggregate in-country foreign currency and cross-border outstandings were US$5.9 billion.

     At 31 December 2001, HSBC had in-country foreign currency and cross-border outstandings to counterparties in Australia, of between 0.75 per cent and 1 per cent of total assets. The aggregate in-country foreign currency and cross-border outstandings were: US$6.0 billion.


 

165


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S    P L C

Financial Review (continued)
 
  
  

Liquidity and funding management

In HSBC, liquidity policy is designed to ensure that all commitments, both contractual and those expended on the basis of behavioural patterns, which are required to be funded, can be met out of readily available and secure sources of funding. In addition, excess liquid assets are held in each market which, together with recourse to available funding facilities, provide further sources of funding in the event of stress conditions. Funding policy seeks to ensure that the necessary sources of funds are available at an optimised cost.

     The management of liquidity and funding is carried out locally in the operating companies of HSBC and is not centralised. This is because it is HSBC policy that each legal entity should be self sufficient with regard to funding its own operations, except for certain short-term treasury requirements and small start-up operations which are funded under strict guidelines from HSBC’s largest banking operations. There are also regulatory restrictions and limitations on the transfer of resources between HSBC entities to meet liquidity and funding needs across the range of currencies, markets, regulatory jurisdictions and time zones within which HSBC operates.

     It is the responsibility of local management to ensure compliance with local regulatory and Group Management Board (formerly Group Executive Committee) requirements on liquidity management. The latter vary by entity and take account of the depth and liquidity of the market in which the local financial unit operates. HSBC requires operating entities to maintain a strong liquidity position and to manage the liquidity profile of their assets, liabilities and commitments so that cash flows are appropriately balanced and all funding obligations are met when due. Liquidity is managed on a daily basis by local treasury functions, with the larger regional treasury sites providing support to smaller entities as required and where regulations permit.

     HSBC accesses professional markets in order to provide funding for operating subsidiaries that do not accept deposits, to maintain a presence in local money markets and to optimise funding of asset maturities not naturally matched by core deposit funding.

 

     Compliance with liquidity and funding requirements is monitored by local Asset and Liability Management Committees which report to Group Head Office on a regular basis. This process includes:

projecting cash flows by major currency and considering the level of liquid assets necessary in relation thereto;
  
monitoring balance sheet liquidity ratios against internal and regulatory requirements;
  
maintaining a diverse range of funding sources with adequate back-up facilities;
  
managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities;
  
maintaining debt financing plans;
  
monitoring depositor concentration in order to avoid undue reliance on large individual depositors and ensure a satisfactory overall funding mix; and
  
maintaining liquidity and funding contingency plans. These plans identify early indicators of stress conditions and describe actions to be taken in the event of difficulties arising from systemic or other crises while minimising any adverse long-term implications for the business.
  

HSBC

Current accounts and savings deposits payable on demand or at short notice form a significant part of HSBC’s funding for the majority of operating companies. HSBC places considerable importance on the stability of these deposits. This is achieved through enhancing HSBC’s brand value in terms of trust and stability across the Group’s geographically diverse retail banking network and by maintaining depositor confidence in HSBC’s capital strength.

     With the exception of Household, limited use is made of wholesale market funding. In fact, in aggregate, HSBC is a liquidity provider to financial markets placing significantly more funds with other banks than it borrows.


166


Back to Contents

     Household funds itself principally through taking term funding in the professional markets and through securitisation of assets. At 31 December 2003, US$106 billion of Household’s liabilities were drawn from professional markets, utilising a range of products, maturities and currencies to avoid undue reliance on any particular funding source. Since Household became a member of the HSBC Group, its access to funding improved in terms of both the breadth of available sources and the pricing.

     Although not utilised in the management of HSBC’s liquidity, consolidated figures provide a useful insight into the elements comprising the Group’s overall liquidity position.

     In aggregate, 51 per cent (2002: 46 per cent) of HSBC’s balance sheet is lent to customers and some 33 per cent (2002: 38 per cent) is held in liquid assets, namely interbank lending and debt securities.

     Of total liabilities of US$1,034 billion at 31 December 2003, funding from customers amounted to US$573 billion, of which US$558 billion was contractually repayable within one year. However, although the contractual repayments of many customer accounts are on demand or at short notice, in practice deposit balances remain stable with deposits and withdrawals offsetting each other as customers remain confident that their funds will be available when required. Other liabilities included US$70 billion of deposits by banks (US$65 billion repayable within one year), US$30 billion of short positions in securities and US$154 billion of securities in issue (against which US$34 billion of loans and advances to customers have been pledged).

     Assets available to meet these liabilities, and to cover outstanding commitments to lend (US$429 billion), included cash, central bank balances, items in the course of collection and treasury and other bills (US$46 billion); loans to banks (US$117 billion, including US$ 113 billion repayable within one year); and loans to customers (US$529 billion, including US$218 billion repayable within one year). In the normal course of business, a proportion of customer loans contractually repayable within one year will be extended. In addition, HSBC held debt securities marketable at a value of US$206 billion. Of these assets, some US$73 billion of debt securities and treasury and other bills have been pledged to secure liabilities.

     HSBC would meet unexpected net cash outflows by selling securities and accessing additional funding sources such as interbank markets or securitisations.

Customer accounts and deposits by banks

 2003 2002 2001 
 US$m US$m US$m 
       
Deposits by banks70,426 52,933 53,640 
Current271,040 213,071 171,651 
Savings and other      
   deposits302,090 282,367 278,340 
 
 
 
 
Total643,556 548,371 503,631 
 
 
 
 
       
 % %  %  
       
Deposits by banks10.9 9.7 10.7 
Current42.1 38.8 34.1 
Savings and other      
   deposits47.0 51.5 55.2 
 
 
 
 
Total100.0 100.0 100.0 
 
 
 
 

HSBC Holdings

HSBC Holdings’ primary source of cash is from its deployment in short term bank deposits of capital receipts from its subsidiaries which have not been distributed to shareholders. On an ongoing basis HSBC Holdings replenishes its liquid resources through interest on and repayment of intragroup loans, from interest earned on its own liquid funds and, most importantly, through dividends from its directly and indirectly held subsidiaries. The ability of these subsidiaries to pay dividends or advance monies to HSBC Holdings depends, among other things, on their respective regulatory capital requirements, statutory reserves, and financial and operating performance.

     HSBC actively manages the cash flows from its subsidiaries to optimise the amount of cash held at the holding company level, and expects to continue doing so in the future. The wide range of HSBC’s activities means that HSBC Holdings is not dependent on a single source of profits to fund its dividends. With its accumulated liquid assets, HSBC Holdings believes that dividends and interest from subsidiaries will enable it to meet anticipated cash obligations. HSBC Holdings also has, in normal circumstances, full access on favourable terms to debt capital markets.

     At 31 December 2003, the short-term liabilities of HSBC Holdings totalled US$4.9 billion, including US$1.3 billion in respect of the proposed second interim dividend for 2003 and US$2.6 billion in respect of the proposed third interim dividend for


167


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

2003. In practice, the full amount of the proposed dividend may not be paid out as shareholders can elect to receive their dividend entitlement in scrip rather than in cash. Short-term assets of US$12.9 billion, consisting mainly of cash at bank and money market deposits of US$7.9 billion and other amounts (including dividends) due from HSBC undertakings of US$2.5 billion, exceeded short-term liabilities.

Market risk management

Market risk is the risk that foreign exchange rates, interest rates, credit spreads, or equity and commodity prices will move and result in profits or losses to HSBC. Market risk arises on financial instruments which are valued at current market prices (mark-to-market basis) and those valued at cost plus any accrued interest (accruals basis). The main valuation sources are securities prices, foreign exchange rates, interest rate yield curves and volatilities.

     HSBC makes markets in exchange rate and interest rate instruments, as well as in debt, equities and other securities. Trading risks arise either from customer-related business or from position taking. Trading positions are valued on a mark-to-market basis.

     In liquid portfolios, market values are determined by reference to independently sourced mid-market prices where it is reasonable to assume the positions could be sold at those prices. In less liquid markets and/or where positions have been held for extended periods, portfolios are valued by reference to bid or offer prices as appropriate.

     For certain products, such as over-the-counter derivative instruments, there are no independent prices quoted in the markets. In these cases, reference is made to standard industry models, which typically utilise discounted cash flow techniques to derive market values. The models may be developed in-house or may be software vendor packages.

     Where applicable, prices are amended if the transaction involves an illiquid position, particularly if its size is considered significant in comparison with the normal market trading volume in that product.

     The vast majority of HSBC’s derivative transactions are in plain vanilla instruments, primarily comprising interest rate and foreign exchange contracts, where market values are readily

determinable by reference to independent prices and valuation quotes, as described above.

     Occasionally, when standard industry models are not available, and there is no directly relevant market quotation, HSBC will develop its own proprietary models for performing valuations. This situation normally arises when HSBC has tailored a transaction to meet a specific customer need. All such models are checked independently and are subject additionally to internal audit review on a periodic basis to ensure that the assumptions underlying the models remain valid over the lives of the transactions, which are generally less than five years.

     The management of market risk is principally undertaken in Global Markets through risk limits approved by Group Management Board. Traded Markets Development and Risk, an independent unit within the Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets operation, develops risk management policies and measurement techniques, and reviews limit utilisation on a daily basis.

     Risk limits are determined for each location and, within location, for each portfolio. Limits are set by product and risk type, with market liquidity being a principal factor in determining the level of limits set. Only those offices which management deem to have sufficient derivative product expertise and appropriate control systems are authorised to trade derivative products. Limits are set using a combination of risk measurement techniques, including position limits, sensitivity limits, and value at risk limits at a portfolio level. Options risks are controlled through full revaluation limits in conjunction with limits on the underlying variables that determine each option’s value.

     Additionally, market risk related to the residential mortgage business in the USA is primarily managed by the mortgage business under guidelines established by its Asset and Liability Policy Committee.

Trading value at risk (‘VAR’)

VAR is a technique that estimates the potential losses that could occur on risk positions as a result of movements in market rates and prices over a specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence.


 

168


Back to Contents

 

     HSBC’s VAR is calculated daily. It is predominantly calculated on a variance/co-variance basis, uses historical movements in market rates and prices, a 99 per cent confidence level and a 10-day holding period, and takes account of correlations between different markets and rates within the same risk type. The movement in market prices is calculated by reference to market data from the last two years. Aggregation of VAR from different risk types is based upon the assumption of independence between risk types.

     HSBC’s VAR should be viewed in the context of the limitations of the methodology used. For example:

the model assumes that changes in risk factors follow a normal distribution. This may not be the case in reality, and the probability of extreme market movements may be underestimated;
  
the use of a 10-day holding period assumes that all positions can be liquidated or hedged in 10 days. This may not fully reflect the market risk arising at times of severe illiquidity, when a 10-day holding period may be insufficient to liquidate or hedge all positions fully;
  
the use of a 99 per cent confidence level does not take into account losses that might occur beyond this level of confidence;
  
the use of historical data as a proxy for estimating future events may not encompass all potential events, particularly those which are extreme in nature;
  
the assumption of independence between risk types may not be accurate and VAR may not fully capture market risk where variables exhibit correlation;
  
VAR is calculated at the close of business, with intra-day exposures not subjected to intra-day VAR calculations on an HSBC basis; and
  
VAR does not necessarily capture all of the higher order market risks and may underestimate real market risk exposure.

     HSBC recognises these limitations by augmenting the VAR limits with other position and sensitivity limit structures, as well as with stress testing, both on individual portfolios and on a consolidated basis. HSBC’s stress-testing regime provides senior management with an assessment of the impact of extreme events on the market risk exposures of HSBC.

     Trading VAR for HSBC is analysed in Note 40 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’.

Market-risk related revenues

     The average daily revenue earned from market risk-related activities in 2003, including accrual book net interest income, funding of dealing positions, and hedging of mortgage servicing rights, was US$17.1 million compared with US$14.6 million in 2002. The standard deviation of these daily revenues was US$12.5 million compared with US$8.9 million in 2002.

     The increase in the standard deviation of daily revenues and the maximum daily loss and profit over the corresponding figures for 2002, reflects the impact of the volatility of the HKD against the USD during the second half of the year on the long USD position which the Group carries in Hong Kong.

     This position arises from the significant surplus that has arisen in recent years between the increasing levels of HKD deposits placed with the Group, and the limited opportunities for the deployment of those deposits in HKD assets.

     The Group has, accordingly, in recent years, placed a proportion of these surplus HKD deposits into highly liquid USD assets, and it is the resultant foreign exchange exposures, coupled with increased volatility in the USD:HKD exchange rate that has resulted in the profit and loss revenues being more widely dispersed than in prior years.


169


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

Daily distribution of market risk revenues in 2003

Daily distribution of market risk revenues in 2002



Foreign exchange exposure

HSBC’s foreign exchange exposures comprise trading exposures and structural foreign currency translation exposure.

Trading exposures

Foreign exchange trading exposures comprise those which arise from foreign exchange dealing within Global Markets, and currency exposures originated within HSBC’s commercial banking businesses. The latter exposures are transferred to local treasury units where they are managed together with exposures which result from dealing activities, within limits approved by the Group Management Board. VAR on foreign exchange trading positions is shown in Note 40 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on page 310.

     The average one-day foreign exchange revenue in 2003 was US$3.4 million compared with US$3.2 million for 2002.

Structural currency exposure

HSBC’s main operations are in the UK, the US, Hong Kong, France, Mexico and Brazil, although it also has operations elsewhere in Europe, the rest of Asia-Pacific, North America and South America. The main operating (or functional) currencies in which HSBC’s business is transacted are, therefore, sterling, the US dollar, the Hong Kong dollar, the euro, the Mexican peso and the Brazilian real.

     As the US dollar and currencies linked to it form the dominant currency bloc in which HSBC’s operations transact business, HSBC Holdings prepares its consolidated financial statements in US dollars. HSBC’s consolidated balance sheet is therefore affected by movements in exchange rates between all other functional currencies and the US dollar. These currency exposures, which reflect the extent to which the Group’s capital is invested in non-US dollar denominated capital investments in subsidiaries, branches and associated undertakings, are referred to as structural currency exposures. Translation gains and losses arising from these exposures are recognised in the statement of total consolidated recognised gains and losses.

     HSBC’s structural foreign currency exposures are managed with the primary objective of ensuring, where practical, that HSBC’s and individual banking subsidiaries’ tier 1 capital ratios are protected from the effect of changes in exchange rates. This is usually achieved by holding qualifying tier 1 capital broadly in proportion to the corresponding foreign-currency-denominated risk-weighted assets at a subsidiary bank level. HSBC considers hedging structural foreign currency exposures only in limited circumstances, to protect the tier 1 capital ratio or the US dollar value of capital invested. Such hedging would be undertaken using forward foreign exchange contracts or by financing with borrowings in the same currencies as the functional currencies involved.

     As subsidiaries are generally able to balance adequately foreign currency tier 1 capital with foreign currency risk-weighted assets, HSBC’s foreign currency structural exposures are usually unhedged, including exposures due to foreign-currency-denominated profits arising during the year. Selective hedges were in place during 2003. There was no material effect from foreign currency exchange rate movements on HSBC’s tier 1 capital ratio during the period.


 

170


Back to Contents

Interest rate exposures

HSBC’s interest rate exposures comprise those originating in its Global Markets trading activities and structural interest rate exposures: both are managed under limits described on page 168. Interest rate risk arises on both trading positions and accrual books. The average daily revenue earned from these interest rate activities in 2003 was US$13.1 million compared with US$10.7 million for 2002.

The interest rate risk on interest rate trading positions is set out in the trading VAR table in Note 40 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’.

Structural interest rate risk

Structural interest rate risk arises from the differing repricing characteristics of commercial banking assets and liabilities, including non-interest bearing liabilities such as shareholders’ funds and some current accounts. Each operating entity assesses the structural interest rate risks which arise on each product in its business and transfers the interest rate risks to either its local treasury unit for management or to separate books managed by the local Asset and Liability Management Committee (‘ALCO’). The aim is to ensure that all interest rate risks are managed by either the local treasury or ALCO.

     The transfer of interest rate risk is usually achieved by a series of internal deals between the business units and the local treasury or ALCO managed books. When the behavioural characteristics of a product are different from its contractual characteristics, the behavioural characteristics are assessed to determine the true underlying interest rate risk. Local ALCOs regularly monitor all such interest rate risk positions, subject to interest rate risk limits agreed with Group Management Board. In the course of managing interest rate risk, quantitative techniques and simulation models are used where appropriate to identify and assess the potential net interest income and market value effects of these interest rate positions in different interest rate scenarios. Interest rate swaps are the principal product used to manage interest rate risk, adjust it to appropriate levels and contain it within agreed limits. The prima ry objective of this exercise is to limit potential adverse effects of interest rate movements on net interest income.

 

    Assuming no management action in response to interest rate movements, an immediate hypothetical 100 basis points parallel fall in all yield curves worldwide on 1 January 2004 would decrease planned net interest income for the 12 months to 31 December 2004 by US$463 million while a hypothetical 100 basis points parallel rise in all yield curves would decrease planned net interest income by US$819 million.

     Instead of assuming that all interest rates move together, HSBC’s interest rate exposures can be grouped into currency blocs whose interest rates are considered more likely to move together. The sensitivity of projected net interest income for January to December 2004 can then be described as follows:


171


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

  

 

   Rest of Hong Kong Rest of       
 US dollar Americas dollar Asia Sterling Euro   
 bloc bloc bloc bloc bloc bloc Total 
 US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
Change in 2004 projected net              
   interest income1              
+100 basis points shift in yield              
   curves(428)92 (326)(1)(21)(135)(819)
-100 basis points shift in yield              
   curves368 (115)(807)(2)(26)119 (463)
               
Change in 2003 projected net              
   interest income1              
+100 basis points shift in yield              
   curves(8)77 (203)(22)(47)(49)(252)
-100 basis points shift in yield              
   curves(225)(84)(461)24 6 50 (690)
               
1   Based on positions at 1 January in each year.              

 

     A fall of 100 basis points would adversely affectthe net interest income derived from customer deposits in the sterling, Hong Kong dollar, rest of Americas and rest of Asia blocs as this cut would not offer scope to reduce rates on current and savings accounts by as much as the full 100 basis points. Household does not face this risk as its portfolio is wholesale funded, and as a result would benefit from falling rates. By contrast the cost of Household’s wholesale funding would be adversely affected by rising rates. The exposure to interest rate movements is actively managed through treasury and local ALCOs to reflect the economic outlook.

     The interest rate sensitivities set out in the table above are illustrative only and are based on a single simplified scenario. For example, the projections assume that rates of all maturities move by the same amount and, therefore, do not reflect the potential impact on net interest income of some rates changing while others remain unchanged. These projections do not capture the impact of changes in the value of instruments such as mortgage servicing rights, which are interest rate sensitive. The projections also make other simplifying assumptions, including that all positions run to maturity. In practice, these exposures are actively managed.

Equities exposure

HSBC’s equities exposure comprises those originating in its equities trading activities, forming the basis of VAR, and long-term equity investments. The latter are reviewed annually by the Group Management Board and are regularly monitored by the subsidiaries’ ALCOs. VAR on equities trading

positions is set out in Note 40 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’.

Operational risk management

Operational risk is the risk of loss arising through fraud, unauthorised activities, error, omission, inefficiency, systems failure or from external events. It is inherent to every business organisation and covers a wide spectrum of issues.

     HSBC manages this risk through a controls-based environment in which processes are documented, authorisation is independent and transactions are reconciled and monitored. This is supported by an independent programme of periodic reviews undertaken by internal audit, and by monitoring external operational risk events, which ensure that HSBC stays in line with best practice and takes account of lessons learned from publicised operational failures within the financial services industry.

     HSBC codified its operational risk management process by issuing a high level standard in May 2002. This explains how HSBC manages operational risk by identifying, assessing, monitoring, controlling and mitigating the risk, rectifying operational risk events, and implementing any additional procedures required for compliance with local regulatory requirements. The processes undertaken to manage operational risk are determined by reference to the scale and nature of each HSBC operation. The HSBC standard covers the following:

  • Operational risk management responsibility is

     


    172


    Back to Contents

     

     assigned at senior management level within the business operation.
      
  • Information systems are used to record the identification and assessment of operational risks and generate appropriate, regular management reporting.
     
      
  • Operational risks are identified by risk assessments covering operational risks facing each business and risks inherent in processes, activities and products. Risk assessment incorporates a regular review of risks identified to monitor significant changes.
     
     
     
      
  • Operational risk loss data is collected and reported to senior management. Aggregate operational risk losses are recorded and details of incidents above a materiality threshold are reported to the Group Audit Committee. This reporting commenced at the beginning of 2001.
     
     
     
      
  • Risk mitigation, including insurance, is considered where this is cost-effective.
      

         In each of HSBC’s subsidiaries local management is responsible for implementation of the HSBC standard on operational risk, throughout their operations and where deficiencies are evident these are required to be rectified within a reasonable timeframe. Subsidiaries acquired by HSBC since the standard was issued are in the process of assessing and planning the implementation of the requirements.

         HSBC maintains and tests contingency facilities to support operations in the event of disasters. Additional reviews and tests were conducted following the terrorist events of 11 September 2001 and, more recently, the two bomb blasts in Istanbul, to incorporate lessons learned in the operational recovery from those circumstances.

    Fair value and price verification control

    Certain financial instruments are carried on the Group’s balance sheet at their mark-to-market values. These financial instruments comprise assets held in the trading portfolio, obligations related to securities short sold and derivative financial instruments (excluding non-trading derivatives accounted for on an accruals basis).

         The determination of mark-to-markets value is a significant element in reporting of the Group’s Global Markets activities. Accordingly, the mark-to-

     

    market valuation and the related price verification processes are subject to careful governance across the Group.

         The responsibility for the determination of accounting policies and procedures governing valuation ultimately rests with the Group Finance and Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets Finance functions, which report to the Group Finance Director. All significant valuation policies, and changes thereto, must be approved by Senior Finance Management. HSBC’s policies stipulate that Financial Control departments across the Group are independent of the risk taking businesses with the Finance functions having ultimate responsibility for the determination of fair values included in the financial statements, and for ensuring that the Group’s policies and relevant accounting standards are adhered to. Management assesses the resourcing and expertise of Finance functions on an ongoing basis to ensure that the financial control and price verification processes are properly staffed to support the control infrastructure.

    Capital management and allocation

    Capital measurement and allocation

    The FSA supervises HSBC on a consolidated basis and, as such, receives information on the capital adequacy of, and sets capital requirements for, HSBC as a whole. Individual banking subsidiaries are directly regulated by their local banking supervisors, which set and monitor their capital adequacy requirements. In some jurisdictions, certain non-banking subsidiaries are subject to the supervision and capital requirements of local regulatory authorities. Since 1988, when the governors of the Group of Ten central banks agreed to guidelines for the international convergence of capital measurement and standards, the banking supervisors of HSBC’s major banking subsidiaries have exercised capital adequacy supervision in a broadly similar framework. The guidelines agreed in 1988, referred to as the Basel Accord, are applied on a consistent basis across the European Union through directives, which are then implemented by member states.

         In implementing the European Union’s Banking Consolidation Directive, the FSA requires each bank and banking group to maintain an individually prescribed ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets taking into account both balance sheet assets


     

    173


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Financial Review (continued)
     
      

     

    and off-balance-sheet transactions. Under the European Union’s Amending Directive to the Capital Adequacy Directive, the FSA allows banks to calculate capital requirements for market risk in the trading book using VAR techniques.

         HSBC’s capital is divided into two tiers: tier 1, comprising shareholders’ funds, innovative tier 1 securities and minority interests in tier 1 capital, but excluding revaluation reserves; and tier 2, comprising general loan loss provisions, revaluation reserves, qualifying subordinated loan capital and minority and other interests in tier 2 capital. The amount of innovative tier 1 securities cannot exceed 15 per cent of overall tier 1 capital, qualifying tier 2 capital cannot exceed tier 1 capital, and term subordinated loan capital may not exceed 50 per cent of tier 1 capital. There are also limitations on the amount of general provisions which may be included in tier 2 capital. The book values of goodwill, intangible assets and, in 2002, own shares held are deducted in arriving at tier 1 capital. In 2003, no deduction is required for own shares held because of the changes to shareholders’ funds intro duced by Urgent Issues Task Force Abstract 37 ‘Purchases and sales of own shares’, details of which are set out in Note 1 of the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’. Total capital is calculated by deducting the book values of unconsolidated investments, investments in the capital of banks, and certain regulatory items from the total of tier 1 and tier 2 capital.

         Banking operations are categorised as either trading book (broadly, marked-to-market activities) or banking book (all other activities) and risk-weighted assets are determined accordingly. Banking book risk-weighted assets are measured by means of a hierarchy of risk weightings classified according to the nature of each asset and counterparty, taking into account any eligible collateral or guarantees. Banking book off-balance-sheet items giving rise to credit, foreign exchange or interest rate risk are assigned weights appropriate to the category of the counterparty, taking into account any eligible collateral or guarantees. Trading book risk-weighted assets are determined by taking into account market-related risks such as foreign exchange, interest rate and equity position risks, and counterparty risk.

    Future developments

    In June 1999, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (‘the Basel Committee’) issued a proposal for a new capital adequacy framework to

     

    replace the Basel Accord of 1988. The new capital framework (commonly known as ‘Basel II’) consists of three ‘pillars’: minimum capital requirements, supervisory review process and market discipline. The supervisory objectives of the Basel Committee are for Basel II to promote safety and soundness in the financial system and, as such, at least maintain the current overall level of capital in the system; to enhance competitive equality; to constitute a more comprehensive approach to addressing risks; and to focus on internationally active banks.

         With respect to pillar one, Basel II provides three approaches, of increasing sophistication, to the credit risk regulatory capital calculation. The most basic approach is the standardised approach, which uses external credit ratings to determine the risk weighting applied to rated counterparties and groups other counterparties into broad categories and applies standardised risk weightings to these categories. Moving to the internal ratings based foundation approach will allow banks to calculate their credit risk regulatory capital requirement on the basis of their internal assessment of the probability that the counterparty will default. The internal ratings based advanced approach will allow banks to use their own internal assessment of not only the probability of default, but also the percentage loss suffered if the counterparty defaults and the quantification of the exposure to the counterparty. Pillar one will al so introduce capital requirements for operational risk and again three levels of sophistication are available. The capital requirement under the basic indicator approach is a simple percentage of gross revenues, under the standardised approach it is one of three different percentages of gross revenues applicable to each of eight business lines and under advanced measurement approaches it is an amount determined using banks’ own statistical analysis techniques on operational risk data.

         Since 1999, the Basel Committee has published a large number of further papers relating to Basel II, as well as two full Consultation Papers, entitled ‘The New Basel Capital Accord’ on 16 January 2001 and 29 April 2003. Most recently, it published three technical papers on 30 January 2004, one of which was entitled ‘Modifications to the capital treatment for expected and unexpected credit losses in the New Basel Accord’. This paper sets out significant changes to the calibration of the credit risk regulatory capital requirement and to regulatory capital. The Basel II proposals are still incomplete. The Basel Committee has stated that it intends to produce the final Basel II Accord by the middle of 2004 and that it will take effect from the end of 2006.


     

    174


    Back to Contents

         In Europe, Basel II will be given effect by a new EU Directive. This Directive broadly follows the Basel II proposals and therefore cannot be finalised until Basel II is finalised. The new EU Directive will be required to undergo the same formal process as other EU Directives and the timescale which will be required for this is uncertain, although the intention is to match the implementation date for Basel II.

         HSBC continues to participate actively in the industry consultations surrounding the development of Basel II and the new EU Directive and fully supports a more risk-sensitive regulatory capital framework than the 1988 Basel Accord. In view of the continuing changes to the proposals, it is too early to quantify the impact of the new proposals on HSBC’s capital ratios.

    Capital management

    It is HSBC’s policy to maintain a strong capital base to support the development of its business. HSBC seeks to maintain a prudent balance between the different components of its capital and, in HSBC Holdings, between the composition of its capital and that of its investment in subsidiaries. This is achieved by each subsidiary managing its own capital within the context of an approved annual plan which determines the optimal amount and mix of capital required to support planned business growth and meet local regulatory capital requirements and, in the case of Household, its ratings targets. Capital generated in excess of planned requirements is paid up to HSBC Holdings normally by way of dividends and represents a source of strength for HSBC.

         HSBC Holdings is primarily a provider of equity capital to its subsidiaries. These investments are substantially funded by HSBC Holdings’ own equity issuance and profit retentions. Major subsidiaries usually raise their own non-equity tier 1 and subordinated debt in accordance with HSBC guidelines regarding market and investor concentration, cost, market conditions, timing and the effect on the composition and maturity profile of HSBC’s capital. The subordinated debt requirements of other HSBC companies are met internally.

         HSBC recognises the impact on shareholder returns of the level of equity capital employed within HSBC and seeks to maintain a prudent balance between the advantages and flexibility afforded by a strong capital position and the higher returns on equity possible with greater leverage. In the current environment HSBC uses a benchmark tier 1 capital

    ratio of 8.25 per cent in considering its long-term capital planning.

    Source and application of tier 1 capital

     2003 2002 
     US$m US$m 
    Movement in tier 1 capital    
    Opening tier 1 capital38,949 35,073 
    Attributable profits8,774 6,239 
    Add back: goodwill    
       amortisation1,585 863 
    Dividends(6,532)(5,001)
    Add back: shares issued in lieu of    
       dividends1,423 1,023 
    Increase in goodwill and    
       intangible assets deducted(13,650)(3,729)
    Merger reserve12,768   
    Shares issued1,482 338 
    Innovative tier 1    
       capital issued4,263   
    Redemption of preference shares (50)
    Other (including exchange    
       movements)5,801 4,193 
     
     
     
    Closing tier 1 capital54,863 38,949 
     
     
     
    Movement in risk-weighted    
       assets    
    Opening risk-weighted assets430,551 391,478 
    Movements188,111 39,073 
     
     
     
    Closing risk-weighted assets618,662 430,551 
     
     
     

     

    175


    Back to Contents

    H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

    Financial Review (continued)
     
      

     

    Capital structure

    The table below sets out the analysis of regulatory capital.

     2003 2002 
     US$m US$m 
    Composition of capital    
    Tier 1    
    Shareholders’ funds74,473 52,406 
    Minority interests3,711 3,306 
    Innovative tier 1 securities8,094 3,647 
    Less :    
       Property revaluation reserves(1,615)(1,954)
       Goodwill capitalised and    
       intangible assets(29,920)(17,855)
       Own shares held1120 (601)
     
     
     
    Total qualifying tier 1    
       capital54,863 38,949 
     
     
     
    Tier 2    
    Property revaluation reserves1,615 1,954 
    General provisions2,868 2,348 
    Perpetual subordinated debt3,608 3,542 
    Term subordinated debt15,795 12,875 
    Minority and other interests in    
       tier 2 capital523 775 
     
     
     
    Total qualifying tier 2 capital24,409 21,494 
     
     
     
    Unconsolidated investments(4,101)(2,231)
    Investments in other    
       banks(911)(638)
    Other deductions(218)(144)
     
     
     
    Total capital74,042 57,430 
     
     
     
    Total risk-weighted assets618,662 430,551 
    Capital ratios (per cent):    
    Total capital12.0 13.3 
    Tier 1 capital8.9 9.0 
         
    1The treatment of own shares held for regulatory capital purposes has not changed consequent on the changes to shareholders’ funds introduced by UITF Abstracts 37 ‘Purchases and sales of own shares’ and 38 ‘Accounting for ESOP trusts’, details of which are set out in Note 1 of the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’. The comparative figures have not therefore been restated. The addition in 2003 relates primarily to own shares held within long-term assurance policyholders’ funds. This reverses their recognition in the own shares held reserve, as insurance companies are treated as unconsolidated investments in regulatory capital calculations.

         The above figures were computed in accordance with the EU Banking Consolidation Directive.

         Tier 1 capital increased by US$15.9 billion. Retained profits (excluding goodwill amortisation) contributed US$3.8 billion. Shares issued to fund the acquisition of Household, net of the increased goodwill, added US$3.4 billion to tier 1 capital at acquisition. The issue of tier 1 securities contributed US$4.3 billion and exchange movements on reserves and other movements also added US$4.4 billion to tier 1 capital.

        

     The increase of US$2.9 billion in tier 2 capital mainly reflects the proceeds of capital issues, net of redemption and regulatory amortisation. Tier 2 capital also benefited from debt in issue in Household and higher levels of general provisions, mainly reflecting the acquisition of Household.

         Total risk-weighted assets increased by US$188 billion. Household contributed US$113 billion to this increase. The remaining increase was largely due to currency translation differences together with the effect of growth in the loan book and trading positions. In constant currency, excluding Household, risk-weighted asset growth was 8 per cent.

    Risk-weighted assets by principal subsidiary

    In order to give an indication of how HSBC’s capital is deployed, the table below analyses the disposition of risk-weighted assets by principal subsidiary. The risk-weighted assets are calculated using FSA rules and exclude intra-HSBC items.

     2003 2002 
     US$mUS$m 
    Risk-weighted assets    
    Hang Seng Bank34,972 32,350 
    The Hongkong and Shanghai    
       Banking Corporation and    
       other subsidiaries103,557 87,932 
         
    The Hongkong and Shanghai    
       Banking Corporation138,529 120,282 
         
    HSBC Private Banking    
       Holdings (Suisse) S.A22,245 20,374 
    CCF47,741 40,399 
    HSBC Bank plc and other    
       subsidiaries167,754 138,206 
         
    HSBC Bank plc237,740 198,979 
         
    Household113,186   
    HSBC Bank Canada20,852 15,499 
    HSBC Bank USA and other    
       subsidiaries63,234 54,576 
         
    HSBC North America    
       Holdings Inc.197,272 70,075 
    HSBC Mexico7,059 7,853 
    HSBC Bank Middle East    
       Limited7,379 6,573 
    HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad4,979 4,713 
    HSBC South American    
       operations6,994 4,865 
    HSBC Holdings sub-group2,495 554 
    Other16,215 16,657 
     
     
     
    HSBC risk-weighted assets618,662 430,551 
     
     
     

     

    176


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Other information

      

     

    Loan maturity and interest sensitivity analys


    At 31 December 2003, the geographical analysis of loan maturity and interest sensitivity by loan type on a contractual repayment basis was as follows. All amounts are net of suspended interest.

         Rest       
       Hong of Asia- North South   
     Europe Kong Pacific America America Total 
     US$mUS$mUS$mUS$mUS$mUS$m
    Maturity of 1 year or less            
    Loans and advances to banks150,288 38,590 12,349 10,225 1,904 113,356 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Commercial loans to customers            
       Commercial, industrial and international trade28,966 8,031 12,190 5,711 1,148 56,046 
       Real estate and other property related8,930 4,233 2,729 3,802 114 19,808 
       Non-bank financial institutions17,335 4,130 1,837 8,133 5131,486 
       Governments675 136 816 752 42,383 
       Other commercial14,701 2,436 3,558 9,620 560 30,875 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     70,607 18,966 21,130 28,018 1,877 140,598 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme742 742 
    Residential mortgages and other personal loans20,596 9,055 6,264 38,704 2,021 76,640 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Loans and advances to customers91,203 28,763 27,394 66,722 3,898 217,980 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Total loans maturing in one year or less141,491 67,353 39,743 76,947 5,802 331,336 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
                 
    Maturity after 1 year but within 5 years            
    Loans and advances to banks1,001 49 304 82181,454 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Commercial loans to customers            
       Commercial, industrial and international trade12,943 2,699 2,301 2,650 253 20,846 
       Real estate and other property related7,350 7,812 2,375 4,755 2822,320 
       Non-bank financial institutions1,768 693 165 424 253,075 
       Governments545 693 442 1,892 245 3,817 
       Other commercial7,324 3,424 1,746 1,262 118 13,874 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     29,930 15,321 7,029 10,983 669 63,932 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme 2,086 2,086 
    Residential mortgages and other personal loans26,095 7,447 4,915 37,840 499 76,796 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Loans and advances to customers56,025 24,854 11,944 48,823 1,168 142,814 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Total loans maturing after 1 year but within            
       5 years57,026 24,903 12,248 48,905 1,186 144,268 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to            
       banks and commercial loans to customers:            
       Fixed interest rate6,509 56 2,009 3,291 128 11,993 
       Variable interest rate24,422 15,314 5,324 7,774 559 53,393 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Total30,931 15,370 7,333 11,065 687 65,386 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

    1

    Excludes sight balances with central banks

     

    177


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Other information

      

     

         Rest       
       Hong of Asia- North South   
     Europe Kong Pacific America America Total 
     US$mUS$mUS$mUS$mUS$mUS$m
    Maturity after 5 years            
    Loans and advances to banks514 295 1,578 2,387 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Commercial loans to customers            
       Commercial, industrial and international trade7,506 207 306 534 128,565 
       Real estate and other property related4,635 1,563 622 3,219 110,040 
       Non-bank financial institutions2,106 95 24278 12,504 
       Governments1,242 98 192 1,459 399 3,390 
       Other commercial5,252 1,440 601 496 97,798 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     20,741 3,403 1,745 5,986 422 32,297 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme  3,463       3,463 
    Residential mortgages and other personal loans47,051 14,569 8,038 76,379 78146,115 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Loans and advances to customers67,792 21,435 9,783 82,365 500 181,875 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Total loans maturing after 5 years68,306 21,435 10,078 83,943 500 184,262 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
                 
    Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to            
       banks and commercial loans to customers            
       Fixed interest rate6,171 31 406 1,791 18,400 
       Variable interest rate15,084 3,372 1,634 5,773 421 26,284 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Total21,255 3,403 2,040 7,564 422 34,684 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

    178


    Back to Contents

    Deposits


    The following table analyses the average amount of bank and customer deposits and certificates of deposit (‘CDs’) and other money market instruments (which are included within ‘debt securities in issue’ in the balance sheet), together with the average interest rates paid thereon for each of the past three years. The geographical analysis of average deposits is based on the location of the office in which the deposits are recorded and excludes balances with HSBC companies. The ‘Other’ category includes securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

     Year ended 31 December 
     
     
     2003 2002 2001 
     
     
     
     
     Average Average Average Average Average Average 
     balance rate balance rate Balance rate 
     US$m % US$m % US$m % 
    Deposits by banks            
    Europe            
       Demand and other – non-interest bearing9,895  7,626  8,184  
       Demand – interest bearing6,418 3.3 5,282 3.0 5,130 3.4 
       Time17,877 1.9 19,053 2.8 20,672 5.5 
       Other13,828 2.5 12,113 3.0 10,437 3.9 
     
       
       
       
       Total48,018   44,074   44,423   
     
       
       
       
    Hong Kong            
       Demand and other – non-interest bearing1,253  1,011  1,085  
       Demand – interest bearing2,059 1.0 1,910 1.6 1,740 3.6 
       Time450 1.1 321 2.0 495 4.1 
       Other110 5.5 39  7.0 43 3.2 
     
       
       
       
       Total3,872   3,281   3,363   
     
       
       
       
    Rest of Asia-Pacific            
       Demand and other – non-interest bearing1,438  898  596  
       Demand – interest bearing737 1.8 663 2.4 600 4.4 
       Time3,055 3.6 2,804 4.4 2,820 5.7 
       Other664 1.7 786 4.6 556 4.3 
     
       
       
       
       Total5,894   5,151   4,572   
     
       
       
       
    North America            
       Demand and other – non-interest bearing1,442  1,271  1,447  
       Demand – interest bearing3,161 0.7 3,566 1.0 2,962 2.5 
       Time3,151 2.9 2,205 2.4 1,876 3.9 
       Other2,526 1.2 3,488 1.7 4,015 3.4 
     
       
       
       
       Total10,280   10,530   10,300   
     
       
       
       
    South America            
       Demand and other – non-interest bearing17  19  149  
       Demand – interest bearing181 8.3 385 29.4 916 10.8 
       Time273 12.8 296 5.2 712 4.1 
       Other299 19.1 180 15.0 221 13.3 
     
       
       
       
       Total770   880   1,998   
     
       
       
       
    Total            
       Demand and other – non-interest bearing14,045  10,825  11,461  
       Demand – interest bearing12,556 2.2 11,806 3.0 11,348 3.9 
       Time24,806 2.3 24,679 3.0 26,575 5.4 
       Other17,427 2.6 16,606 2.9 15,272 3.9 
     
       
       
       
       Total68,834   63,916   64,656   
     
       
       
       

    179


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Other information (continued)

      
      
        Year ended 31 December     
     
     
      2003   2002   2001  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Average
    balance
    US$m
    Average
    rate
    %
    Average
    balance
    US$m
    Average
    rate
    %
    Average
    balance
    US$m
    Average
    rate
    %
     
     
     
    Customer accounts            
                 
    Europe            
       Demand and other – non-interest bearing30,667  29,109  26,084  
       Demand – interest bearing101,189 1.8 77,835 2.0 62,475 3.0 
       Savings33,876 2.3 23,587 2.9 24,305 4.5 
       Time41,010 2.8 44,745 3.1 43,637 4.8 
       Other9,696 3.6 6,621 6.4 5,177 8.6 
     
       
       
       
       Total216,438   181,897   161,678   
     
       
       
       
    Hong Kong            
       Demand and other – non-interest bearing8,829  6,743  5,804  
       Demand – interest bearing74,818 0.1 62,922 0.3 53,470 2.0 
       Savings58,646 0.9 65,914 1.2 76,277 3.3 
       Time10,101 1.4 8,630 1.9 8,361 3.8 
       Other379 1.3 413 1.2 434 4.5 
     
       
       
       
       Total152,773   144,622   144,346   
     
       
       
       
    Rest of Asia-Pacific            
       Demand and other – non-interest bearing6,467  4,913  4,328  
       Demand – interest bearing18,483 1.1 13,903 1.3 10,930 2.1 
       Savings25,685 2.7 23,711 3.1 22,023 4.5 
       Time6,105 1.6 5,508 2.0 6,006 4.3 
       Other2,304 1.2 1,338 2.3 1,008 2.9 
     
       
       
       
       Total59,044   49,373   44,295   
     
       
       
       
    North America            
       Demand and other – non-interest bearing21,364  14,412  14,209  
       Demand – interest bearing11,648 1.3 7,088 1.7 5,380 4.1 
       Savings48,295 1.2 44,913 1.4 43,181 3.2 
       Time6,652 3.3 6,266 4.9 7,396 5.2 
       Other11,672 3.3 10,219 2.3 11,752 3.8 
     
       
       
       
       Total99,631   82,898   81,918   
     
       
       
       
    South America            
       Demand and other – non-interest bearing1,192  1,038  1,212  
       Demand – interest bearing207 1.9 606 21.7 1,577 14.4 
       Savings4,271 18.1 3,438 17.1 5,315 11.4 
       Time157   11 4.2 316 3.5 
       Other246 18.3 255 4.8 345 3.7 
     
       
       
       
       Total6,073   5,348   8,765   
     
       
       
       
    Total            
       Demand and other – non-interest bearing68,519  56,215  51,637  
       Demand – interest bearing206,345 1.1 162,354 1.4 133,832 2.7 
       Savings170,773 2.0 161,563 2.1 171,101 3.9 
       Time64,025 2.5 65,160 3.0 65,716 4.7 
       Other24,297 3.3 18,846 3.8 18,716 5.1 
     
       
       
       
       Total533,959   464,138   441,002   
     
       
       
       
                 
    CDs and other money market instruments            
                 
    Europe11,156 2.8 6,958 4.1 6,828 4.8 
    Hong Kong9,656 3.6 7,546 4.0 5,902 5.1 
    Rest of Asia-Pacific

    4,906

     4.1 2,418 4.3 1,653 5.4 
    North America14,309 2.4 4,838 3.0 4,393 5.5 
    South America 6319.0 165 13.8 350 12.9 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Total40,090 3.0 21,925 3.9 19,126 5.0 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

    180


    Back to Contents

    Certificates of deposit and other time deposits


    At 31 December 2003, the maturity analysis of certificates of deposit and other wholesale time deposits, by remaining maturity, was as follows:

     
     
     
     
     
    3 months
    or less
    US$m
     
    After 3 months
    but within
    6 months
    US$m
    After 6 months
    but within
    12 months
    US$m
     
    After
    12 months
    US$m
     
     
     
    Total
    US$m
     
     
    Europe          
       Certificates of deposit6,651 234 115 17,001 
       Time deposits:          
       – banks14,600 2,549 620 1,450 19,219 
       – customers42,451 2,261 1,348 3,035 49,095 
     
     
     
     
     
     
       Total63,702 5,044 2,083 4,486 75,315 
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Hong Kong          
       Certificates of deposit246 651 483 8,152 9,532 
       Time deposits:          
       – banks655 14637 712 
       – customers8,444 441 143 1,121 10,149 
     
     
     
     
     
     
       Total9,345 1,106 632 9,310 20,393 
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Rest of Asia-Pacific          
       Certificates of deposit3,496 313 33101 3,943 
       Time deposits:          
       – banks3,287 359 178 392 4,216 
       – customers6,693 323 63322 7,401 
     
     
     
     
     
     
       Total13,476 995 274 815 15,560 
     
     
     
     
     
     
    North America    

         
       Certificates of deposit3,311 298 3,348 
       Time deposits:          
       – banks1,513 166 178 263 2,120 
       – customers4,074 766 235 748 5,823 
     
     
     
     
     
     
       Total8,898 961 421 1,011 11,291 
     
     
     
     
     
     
    South America          
       Certificates of deposit     
       Time deposits:          
       – banks186 75571319 
       – customers874523 155 
     
     
     
     
     
     
       Total273 120 801474 
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Total          
       Certificates of deposit13,704 1,227 639 8,254 23,824 
       Time deposits:          
       – banks20,241 3,163 1,039 2,143 26,586 
       – customers61,749 3,836 1,812 5,226 72,623 
     
     
     
     
     
     
       Total95,694 8,226 3,490 15,623 123,033 
     
     
     
     
     
     

         The geographical analysis of deposits is based on the location of the office in which the deposits are recorded and excludes balances with HSBC companies. The majority of certificates of deposit and time deposits are in amounts of US$100,000 and over or the equivalent in other currencies.

    181


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Other information (continued)

      
      
      
    Short-term borrowings

    HSBC includes short-term borrowings within customer accounts, deposits by banks and debt securities in issue and does not show short-term borrowings separately on the balance sheet. Short-term borrowings are defined by the SEC as Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, commercial paper and other short-term borrowings. HSBC’s only significant short-term borrowings are securities sold under agreements to repurchase and debt securities in issue. Additional information on these is provided in the tables below.

     Year ended 31 December   
     
     
     Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    2003
    US$m
     
     
    2002
    US$m
    2001
    US$m
           
    Outstanding at 31 December27,427 21,397 16,882 
    Average amount outstanding during the year25,883 21,089 23,850 
    Maximum quarter-end balance outstanding during the year30,938 21,468 24,901 
    Weighted average interest rate during the year2.04.0% 4.9% 
    Weighted average interest rate at the year-end1.93.9% 5.1% 
           
     Year ended 31 December   
     
     
     Short term bonds
    2003
    US$m
     
     
    2002
    US$m
    2001
    US$m
           
    Outstanding at 31 December29,979 2,775 2,351 
    Average amount outstanding during the year17,445 3,093 2,771 
    Maximum quarter-end balance outstanding during the year29,979 4,422 3,167 
    Weighted average interest rate during the year2.5%4.3% 4.7% 
    Weighted average interest rate at the year-end2.5%4.7% 6.1% 

     

    Off-balance sheet arrangements

    HSBC enters into certain off-balance sheet arrangements with customers in the ordinary course of business, as described below.

    (i)Financial guarantees, letters of credit and similar undertakings
      
      Note 39(a) of the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ describes various types of guarantees and discloses the maximum potential future payments under such arrangements.
      
    (ii)Commitments to lend
      
     Undrawn credit lines are disclosed in Note 39(a) of the ‘Notes on Financial Statements’. HSBC generally has the right to change or terminate any conditions of a customer’s overdraft, credit card or other credit line upon notification to the customer.
      
    (iii) Credit derivatives
      
     HSBC enters into credit derivatives through the dealing operations of certain Group companies, acting as an intermediary between a broad range of users, structuring deals to produce risk management products for its customers. Virtually all risk is offset through entering into a credit derivative contract with another counterparty. For a more detailed description of credit derivatives and information regarding their carrying amounts in 2003 and 2002 refer to Note 38(a) of the ‘Notes on Financial Statements’.
      
    (iv)Special purpose and variable interest entities
      
     HSBC uses special purpose entities (‘SPEs’), or variable interest entities (‘VIEs’), to securitise loans and advances it has originated where such a source of funding is cost effective. Such loans and advances generally remain on-balance sheet under UK GAAP.
      
     HSBC also administers SPEs that have been established for the purpose of providing alternative sources of financing to HSBC's customers. Such arrangements also enable HSBC to provide tailored investment opportunities for investors.

    182


    Back to Contents

    These SPEs, commonly referred to as asset-backed or multi-seller conduits, purchase interests in a diversified pool of receivables from customers or in the market using finance provided by a third party. The cash flows received by the SPE on the pool of receivables are used to service the finance provided by investors. HSBC administers this arrangement, which facilitates diversification of funding sources and the tranching of credit risk. HSBC also provides part of the liquidity facilities to the entities and secondary credit enhancement.

    HSBC’s association with SPEs also includes interests in and management of investment funds, providing finance to public and private sector infrastructure projects, and capital funding through the issue of preference shares via partnerships.

    The activities of SPE administered by HSBC are closely monitored by senior management. However, the use of SPEs is not a significant part of HSBC's activities. For a further discussion of HSBC’s involvement with VIEs and the accounting treatments under UK and US GAAP see Note 50(q) of the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’.

    Contractual obligations

    The table below provides details of HSBC’s material contractual obligations as at 31 December 2003.

     

     Payments due by period 
     
     
      Less than  More than 
     Total1 year1–5 years5 years 
     US$m US$m US$m US$m 
             
    Long-term debt obligations171,142 64,668 61,836 44,638 
    Capital (finance) lease obligations585 25 20 540 
    Operating lease obligations727 130 374 223 
    Purchase obligations1,551 1,314 237  
    Short positions in debt securities27,764 27,764   
     
     
     
     
     
    Total201,769 93,901 62,467 45,401 
     
     
     
     
     
    Disclosure controls        









    The Group Chairman and Group Finance Director, with the assistance of other members of management, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of HSBC Holdings’ disclosure controls and procedures as of 31 December 2003. Based upon and as of that evaluation, the Group Chairman and Group Finance Director concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports the company files and submits under the US Securities Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarised and reported as and when required.

         There were no changes in HSBC Holdings’ internal control over financial reporting during the year ended 31 December 2003 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, HSBC Holdings’ internal control over financial reporting.

     

    183


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Board of Directors and Senior Management

      

     

     Directors
     
      
     Sir John Bond, Group Chairman
      
     Age 62. An executive Director since 1990; Group Chief Executive from 1993 to 1998. Joined HSBC in 1961; an executive Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited from 1988 to 1992. Chairman of HSBC Bank plc and a Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. A Director of Ford Motor Company and a member of the Court of the Bank of England.
      
    *The Baroness Dunn, DBE, Deputy Chairman and senior non-executive Director
      
     Age 64. Executive Director of John Swire & Sons Limited and a Director of Swire Pacific Limited. A non-executive Director since 1990 and a non-executive Deputy Chairman since 1992. A member of the Nomination Committee. A non-executive Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited from 1981 to 1996. Former Senior Member of the Hong Kong Executive Council and Legislative Council.
      
      Sir Brian Moffat, OBE, Deputy Chairman and senior independent non-executive Director
     
      
     Age 65. A member of the Court of the Bank of England and a non-executive Director of Nosmas Investment Holdings BV. A non-executive Director since 1998. Chairman of the Group Audit Committee and of the Nomination Committee. Former Chairman of Corus Group plc.
      
     S K Green
      
     Age 55. Group Chief Executive. An executive Director since 1998. Executive Director, Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets from 1998 to May 2003. Joined HSBC in 1982. Group Treasurer from 1992 to 1998. Chairman of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited and HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) S.A. Deputy Chairman of HSBC Bank plc. A Director of CCF S.A., Grupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V., HSBC North America Holdings Inc., HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt KGaA, The Bank of Bermuda Limited and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited.
      
     A W Jebson
      
     Age 54. Group Chief Operating Officer. Group IT

     

     Director from 2000 to May 2003. An executive Director since 2000. Joined HSBC in 1978. A Director of Household International, Inc. Group General Manager, Information Technology from 1996 to 2000.
      
     W F Aldinger
      
     Age 56. Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Household International, Inc. An executive Director since 25 April 2003. Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC North America Holdings Inc. Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC North America Inc., and Chief Executive Officer of Household Finance Corporation. Chairman of HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Bank Canada and HSBC USA Inc. A Director of MasterCard International, Inc., Illinois Tool Works, Inc., AT&T Corp., and the combined board of the Children’s Memorial Medical Center/Children’s Memorial Hospital and the Children’s Memorial Foundation. Past Vice Chairman of Wells Fargo Bank.
      
    The Rt. Hon. the Lord Butler of Brockwell,
    KG, GCB, CVO
      
     Age 66. Master, University College, Oxford and a non-executive Director of Imperial Chemical Industries plc. Recently appointed to chair the UK Government Review of Intelligence on Weapons of Mass Destruction. A non-executive Director since 1998. Chairman of the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee and a member of the Nomination Committee. Chairman of the HSBC Education Trust. Secretary of the Cabinet and Head of the Home Civil Service in the United Kingdom from 1988 to 1998.
      
    R K F Ch’ien, CBE
      
     Age 52. Executive Chairman of chinadotcom corporation as well as Executive Chairman of chinadotcom Mobile Interactive Corporation and Chairman of hongkong.com corporation, both subsidiaries of chinadotcom corporation. A non-executive Director since 1998 and a member of the Group Audit Committee. Non-executive Chairman of HSBC Private Equity (Asia) Limited, non-executive Chairman of MTR Corporation Limited and a Director of Inchcape plc, Convenience Retail Asia Limited, VTech Holdings Ltd. and The Wharf (Holdings) Limited. Chairman of the Hong Kong/Japan Business Co-operation Committee and the Advisory Committee on Corruption of the

    184


    Back to Contents

     Independent Commission Against Corruption. A non-executive Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited since 1997.
      
     W R P Dalton
      
     Age 60. An executive Director since 1998. Joined HSBC in 1980. Director and Chief Executive of HSBC Bank plc from 1998 to 2003. President and Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank Canada from 1992 to 1997. A Director of CCF S.A., HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) S.A. and Household International, Inc. A non-executive Director of MasterCard International, Inc.
      
     D G Eldon
      
     Age 58. An executive Director since 1999. Joined HSBC in 1968. Appointed an executive Director and Chief Executive Officer of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited in 1996; Chairman since 1999. Non-executive Chairman of Hang Seng Bank Limited and a non-executive Director of Swire Pacific Limited and MTR Corporation Limited.
      
    R A Fairhead
      
     Age 42. Finance Director of Pearson plc and former Executive Vice President, Strategy & Group Control of ICI plc. A non-executive Director since 1 March 2004. A member of the Group Audit Committee. A non-executive Director of Harvard Business School Publishing.
      
     D J Flint
      
     Age 48. Group Finance Director. An executive Director since 1995. A Director of HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad, HSBC USA Inc. and HSBC Bank USA. A member of The Accounting Standards Board and the Standards Advisory Council of the International Accounting Standards Committee Foundation. A former partner in KPMG.
      
    W K L Fung, OBE
      
     Age 55. Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Li & Fung Limited. A non-executive Director since 1998. A member of the Remuneration Committee and of the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee. Past Chairman of the Hong Kong General Chamber of Commerce, the Hong Kong Exporters’ Association and the Hong Kong Committee for the Pacific Economic Co-
      operation Council. A non-executive Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited since 1995.
      
      M F Geoghegan, CBE
      
      Age 50. An executive Director since 1 March 2004. Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank plc since January 2004. Joined HSBC in 1973. President of HSBC Bank Brasil SA – Banco Múltiplo from 1997 to 2003 and responsible for all HSBC’s business throughout South America from 2000 to 2003. A non-executive Director of Young Enterprise.
      
    S Hintze
      
      Age 59. Former Chief Operating Officer of Barilla S.P.A. and former Senior Vice President of Nestlé S.A. With Mars Incorporated from 1972 to 1993, latterly as Executive Vice President of M&M/Mars in New Jersey. A non-executive Director since 2001. A member of the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee and of the Remuneration Committee. A non-executive Director of Safeway plc.
      
    Sir John Kemp-Welch
      
     Age 67. Former Joint Senior Partner of Cazenove & Co and former Chairman of the London Stock Exchange. A Deputy Chairman of the Financial Reporting Council and a member of the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers from 1994 to 2000. A non-executive Director since 2000 and a member of the Remuneration Committee and of the Group Audit Committee
      
    *The Lord Marshall
      
     Age 70. Chairman of British Airways Plc and Pirelli UK plc. A non-executive Director since 1993. A non-executive Director of HSBC Bank plc from 1989 to 1994.
      
    Sir Mark Moody-Stuart, KCMG
      
     Age 63. Chairman of Anglo American plc. A non-executive Director since 2001 and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee. A Director and former Chairman of The ‘Shell’ Transport and Trading Company, plc and former Chairman of the Committee of Managing Directors of the Royal Dutch/Shell Group of Companies. A Director of Accenture Limited, a Governor of Nuffield Hospitals and President of the Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine. Member of the UN Secretary General’s

     

    185


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Board of Directors and Senior Management (continued)
     
      

     

     Advisory Council for the Global Compact.
      
    S W Newton
      
     Age 62. Founder of Newton Investment Management, from which he retired in 2002. Chairman of The Real Return Holdings Company Limited. A non-executive Director since 2002. A Member of the Advisory Board of the East Asia Institute at Cambridge University.
       
    *H Sohmen, OBE
      
     Age 64. Chairman and President of World-Wide Shipping Group Limited and Chairman of Bergesen dy ASA and Bergesen Worldwide Limited. A non-executive Director since 1990. A non-executive Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited since 1984 and Deputy Chairman since 1996.
      
    C S Taylor
      
     Age 58. Chair of Canadian BroadcastingCorporation. A non-executive Director since 2002 and a member of the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee. Chair of Vancouver Board of Trade from 2001 to 2002. A non-executive Director of HSBC USA Inc., HSBC North America Inc. and HSBC Bank USA. A Director of Canfor Corporation and Fairmont Hotels and Resorts.
      
    Sir Brian Williamson, CBE
      
     Age 59. Chairman of Electra Investment Trust plc and a member of the Supervisory Board of Euronext NV. A non-executive Director since 2002. Senior adviser to Fleming Family and Partners. Former Chairman of London International Financial Futures and Options Exchange and Gerrard Group plc. A former Director of the Financial Services Authority and a former Director of the Court of The Bank of Ireland.
       
     *Non-executive Director
       
     Independent non-executive Director
       
    Adviser to the Board

    D J Shaw
       
    Age 57. An Adviser to the Board since 1998. Solicitor. A partner of Norton Rose from 1973 to 1998. A Director of HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) S.A.
    Secretary

    R G Barber
      
    Age 53. Group Company Secretary since 1990. Joined HSBC in 1980; Corporation Secretary of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited from 1986 to 1992. Company Secretary of HSBC Bank plc from 1994 to 1996.
      
    Group Managing Directors

    C-H Filippi
      
    Age 51. A Group Managing Director and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of CCF S.A. since 1 March 2004. A Director of HSBC Bank plc. Joined HSBC in 1987 having previously held senior appointments in the French civil service. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2001 as Global Head of Corporate and Institutional Banking.
      
    S T Gulliver
      
    Age 44. A Group Managing Director since 1 March 2004. Co-Head Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets since June 2003. Joined HSBC in 1980. Head of Treasury and Capital Markets in Asia-Pacific from 1996 to 2002 and Head of Global Markets from 2002 to 2003.
      
    Y A Nasr
      
    Age 49. A Group Managing Director since 1 March 2004. President, HSBC Bank Brasil S.A.-Banco Múltiplo since October 2003. Joined HSBC in 1976. Appointed a Group General Manager in 1998. President and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC USA Inc. and HSBC Bank USA from 1999 to 2003. President and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC Bank Canada from 1997 to 1999.
      
    J J Studzinski
      
    Age 47. A Group Managing Director since 1 March 2004. Co-Head Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets since June 2003. Joined HSBC in June 2003 having previously been with Morgan Stanley from 1980 to 2003 most recently as Deputy Chairman of Morgan Stanley International. Appointed a Group General Manager in August 2003.
      

     

    186


    Back to Contents

    Group General Managers

    R J Arena

    Age 55. Group General Manager, Global e-business. Joined HSBC in 1999. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2000.

    C C R Bannister

    Age 45. Chief Executive Officer, Group Private Banking. Joined HSBC in 1994. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2001.

    R E T Bennett

    Age 52. Group General Manager, Legal and Compliance. Joined HSBC in 1979. Appointed a Group General Manager in 1998.

    N S K Booker

    Age 45. Group General Manager and Chief Executive Officer, India. Joined HSBC in 1981. Appointed a Group General Manager in January 2004.

    Z J Cama

    Age 56. Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad. Joined HSBC in 1968. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2001.

    V H C Cheng, OBE

    Age 55. Executive Director, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited and Chief Executive Officer, Hang Seng Bank Limited. Joined HSBC in 1978. Appointed a Group General Manager in 1995.

    R J Duke

    Age 53. General Manager Banking Services, HSBC Bank plc. Joined HSBC in 1971. Appointed a Group General Manager in October 2003.

    A A Flockhart

    Age 52. Group General Manager and Chief Executive Officer, Mexico. Joined HSBC in 1974. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2002.

    M J G Glynn

    Age 52. Group General Manager, President and Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank USA. Joined HSBC in 1982. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2001.

    D H Hodgkinson

    Age 53. Group General Manager and Deputy Chairman, HSBC Bank Middle East Limited. Joined HSBC in 1969. Appointed a Group General Manager in May 2003.

    A P Hope

    Age 57. Group General Manager, Insurance. Joined HSBC in 1971. Appointed a Group General Manager in 1996.

    D D J John

    Age 53. Chief Operating Officer and Director, HSBC Bank plc. Joined HSBC in 1971. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2000.

    M J W King

    Age 47. Group General Manager, Internal Audit. Joined HSBC in 1986. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2002.

    M B McPhee

    Age 62. Group General Manager, Credit and Risk. Joined HSBC in 1984. Appointed a Group General Manager in 1997.

    T W O’Brien, OBE

    Age 56. Group General Manager, Strategic Development. Joined HSBC in 1969. Appointed a Group General Manager in 1992.

    R C F Or

    Age 54. General Manager, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. Joined HSBC in 1972. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2000.


     

    187


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Board of Directors and Senior Management (continued)
     
      

     

    K Patel

    Age 55. Group General Manager and Head of Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, Emerging Europe & Africa. Joined HSBC in 1984. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2000.

    R C Picot

    Age 46. Group Chief Accounting Officer. Joined HSBC in 1993. Appointed a Group General Manager in October 2003.

    A F Rademeyer

    Age 45. Group General Manager and Head of Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, Asia-Pacific. Joined HSBC in 1982. Appointed a Group General Manager in March 2003.

    J C S Rankin

    Age 62. Group General Manager, Human Resources. Joined HSBC in 1960. Appointed a Group General Manager in 1990.

    B Robertson

    Age 49. Group General Manager and Head of Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, HSBC Bank USA. Joined HSBC in 1975. Appointed a Group General Manager in March 2003.

    Dr S Rometsch

    Age 65. Chairman of the Managing Partners, HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt KGaA. Joined HSBC in 1983. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2001.

    D A Schoenholz

    Age 52. President and Chief Operating Officer, Household International, Inc. Joined HSBC in 1985. Appointed a Group General Manager in October 2003.

    M R P Smith, OBE

    Age 47. Chief Executive Officer, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. Joined HSBC in 1978. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2000.

    I A Stewart

    Age 45. Group General Manager and Head of Transaction Banking, Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets. Joined HSBC in 1980. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2000.

    P E Stringham

    Age 54. Group General Manager, Marketing. Joined HSBC in 2001. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2001.

    P A Thurston

    Age 50. General Manager, Personal Financial Services, Asia-Pacific. Joined HSBC in 1975. Appointed a Group General Manager in October 2003.


     

    188


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Report of the Directors
     
      

     

    Results for 2003

    HSBC reported operating profit before provisions of US$18,540 million. Profit attributable to shareholders of HSBC Holdings was US$8,774 million, a 13.0 per cent return on shareholders’ funds. The retained profit transferred to reserves was US$2,242 million.

         A first interim dividend of US$0.24 per ordinary share was paid on 7 October 2003 and a second interim dividend of US$0.12 per ordinary share was paid on 20 January 2004. The Directors have declared a third interim dividend of US$0.24 per ordinary share in lieu of a final dividend, making a total distribution for the year of US$6,532 million. The third interim dividend will be payable on 5 May 2004 in cash in United States dollars, or in sterling or Hong Kong dollars at exchange rates to be determined on 26 April 2004, with a scrip dividend alternative. The reserves available for distribution before accounting for the third interim dividend of US$2,627 million are US$11,598 million.

         Further information about the results is given in the consolidated profit and loss account on page 233.

    Principal activities and business review

    Through its subsidiary and associated undertakings, HSBC provides a comprehensive range of banking and related financial services. HSBC operates through long-established businesses and has an international network of over 9,500 offices in 79 countries and territories in five regions: Europe; Hong Kong; the rest of Asia-Pacific, including the Middle East and Africa; North America and South America. Taken together, the five largest customers of HSBC do not account for more than 2 per cent of HSBC’s income.

         On 17 February 2003 HSBC acquired Keppel Insurance Pte Ltd, a Singapore-based insurer, for a consideration of US$91 million.

         On 28 March 2003 HSBC acquired Household International, Inc. for a consideration of US$14,798 million.

         On 28 October 2003 HSBC announced that it had entered into an agreement to acquire The Bank of Bermuda Limited for a consideration of US$1.3 billion. The acquisition was completed on 18 February 2004.

         On 12 November 2003 HSBC acquired AFORE Allianz Dresdner S.A., a Mexican pension fund management company, for a consideration of US$175 million.

         On 2 December 2003 HSBC entered into an agreement to acquire 14.71 per cent of UTI Bank Limited, a retail bank in India, for a consideration of US$66.42 million. In addition, HSBC has the option to acquire a further 5.37 per cent from an existing shareholder for US$24.26 million.

         On 15 December 2003 HSBC completed the acquisition of Lloyds TSB Group plc’s onshore and offshore businesses and assets related to Brazil for an aggregate consideration of US$745 million.

         On 17 December 2003 Hang Seng Bank Limited, a 62.14 per cent subsidiary of HSBC, entered into an agreement, subject to the approval of regulatory authorities and Industrial Bank shareholders to acquire 15.98 per cent of Industrial Bank Co Ltd, a mainland China commercial bank, for US$209 million.

         A review of the development of the business of HSBC undertakings during the year and an indication of likely future developments are given in the ‘Description of Business’ on pages 7 to 29.

          HSBC’s five-year strategy to 31 December 2003, Managing for Value, was designed to focus on shareholder value. The governing objective was to exceed the total shareholder return of a benchmark comprising a peer group of financial institutions, with a minimum objective of doubling shareholder return over the five-year period. Total shareholder return for the five-year period was 211 per cent, compared to 126 per cent for the benchmark (starting point 100 per cent on 31 December 1998). An explanation of the basis of calculation of total shareholder return can be found on page 217.

         In order to build on the achievements of Managing for Value a new plan was launched in November 2003 to provide a blueprint for HSBC’s growth and development during the next five years. Key elements of the strategy are accelerating the rate of revenue growth, developing the brand strategy further, improving productivity and maintaining HSBC’s prudent risk management and strong financial position. Further details are given on pages 9 and 10.


     

    189


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Report of the Directors
      

     

    Capital and reserves

    The following events in relation to the HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 each occurred during the year:

    Acquisition of Household International, Inc.

    1. 1,273,297,057 ordinary shares were issued on 31 March 2003 under the exchange offer for shares of Household. The exchange offer was 2.675 ordinary shares for each Household common share.
      
    2.51,072,691 ordinary shares were issued at prices ranging from US$9.5960 to US$9.6002 in connection with the early settlement of Household International, Inc. 8.875% Adjustable Conversion-Rate Equity Units.
      
    3.26,576 ordinary shares were issued at prices ranging from US$10.25 to US$13.43 in connection with the exercise of options under Household share plans that have been converted into options over HSBC Holdings ordinary shares.

    Scrip dividends

    4.41,462,641 ordinary shares were issued at par on 6 May 2003 to shareholders who elected to receive new shares in lieu of the 2002 second interim dividend. The market value per share used to calculate shareholders’ entitlements to new shares was US$10.7146, being the United States dollar equivalent of £6.796.
      
    5.77,279,634 ordinary shares were issued at par on 7 October 2003 to shareholders who elected to receive new shares in lieu of the 2003 first interim dividend. The market value per share used to calculate shareholders’ entitlements to new shares was US$12.6732 being the United States dollar equivalent of £8.069.

    All-Employee share plans

    6. 9,946,842 ordinary shares were issued at prices ranging from £4.5206 to £6.7536 per share in connection with the exercise of options under the HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans. Options over 31,886,988 ordinary shares lapsed.
      
    7. 1,507,770 ordinary shares were issued at prices ranging from £3.7768 to £6.3078 per share in

    connection with the exercise of options under the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Scheme: USA Section.

    8.The HSBC Qualifying Employee Share Ownership Trust (‘the QUEST’) was established in 1999 to satisfy options exercised by UK participants of the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan. At 1 January 2003, the QUEST held 1,488,895 ordinary shares. During 2003, HSBC QUEST Trustee (UK) Limited, the corporate trustee of the QUEST, subscribed for 2,200,630 ordinary shares at market values ranging from £6.41 to £9.07 using funds from those employees who exercised options under the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan. In addition, 3,175,232 ordinary shares were transferred from the QUEST to employees who exercised options under the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan. At 31 December 2003, the QUEST held 514,293 ordinary shares.
      
    9. Under the authority granted by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting in 2000, 4,039,938 ordinary shares were issued at ¬7.8714 per share in connection with a Plan d’Epargne Entreprise for the benefit of non-UK resident employees of CCF and its subsidiaries.
      
    10.Options over 23,860,338 ordinary shares were awarded at nil consideration on 23 April 2003 and options over 24,452,594 ordinary shares were awarded at nil consideration on 8 May 2003 to over 56,000 HSBC employees resident in more than 50 countries and territories under the HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans. The options are exercisable within six months following the third or fifth anniversary of the commencement of the relevant savings contracts on 1 August 2003 at a price of £5.3496 per share, a 20 per cent discount to the average market value over the five business days immediately preceding the date of the invitation.

    Discretionary share incentive plans

    11.18,316,624 ordinary shares were issued at prices ranging from £2.1727 to £7.46 per share in connection with the exercise of options under the HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme. Options over 1,889,621 ordinary shares lapsed.

     

    190


    Back to Contents

      
    12.2,000 ordinary shares were issued at prices ranging from £8.405 to £8.712 per share in connection with the exercise of options under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan. Options over 4,283,355 ordinary shares lapsed.
      
    13.Options over 57,471,110 ordinary shares were awarded at nil consideration on 2 May 2003 under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan. The options are normally exercisable between the third and 10th anniversaries of the award at a price of £6.91 per share, the market value of the ordinary shares on the date of award.
      
    14.Options over 577,270 ordinary shares were awarded at nil consideration on 29 August 2003 under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan. The options are normally exercisable between the third and 10th anniversaries of the award at a price of £8.13 per share, the market value of the ordinary shares on the date of award.
      
    15.Options over 4,069,800 ordinary shares were awarded at nil consideration on 3 November 2003 under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan. The options are normally exercisable between the third and 10th anniversaries of the award at a price of £9.1350 per share, the market value of the ordinary shares on the date of award.
      
    Authority to repurchase shares
      
    16.At the Annual General Meeting in 2003 shareholders gave authority for the Company to make market repurchases of up to 948,200,000 ordinary shares. Your Directors have not exercised this authority.
      
    Authority to allot shares
      
    17.At the Annual General Meeting in 2003 shareholders gave authority for the Directors to allot up to 1,896,400,000 ordinary shares. Within this amount the Directors were granted authority to allot up to 474,100,000 ordinary shares wholly for cash to persons other than existing shareholders. The Directors were also given authority to allot up to 10,000,000 non-cumulative preference shares of £0.01 each, 10,000,000 non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each and 10,000,000 non-cumulative preference shares of €0.01 each.
    Employee share option plans

    In order to align the interests of staff with those of shareholders, share options are awarded to employees under all-employee share plans and discretionary share incentive plans. The following are particulars of outstanding employee share options, including those held by employees working under employment contracts that are regarded as “continuous contracts” for the purposes of the Hong Kong Employment Ordinance. The options are granted at nil consideration unless otherwise indicated. No options have been granted to substantial shareholders, suppliers of goods or services, or in excess of the individual limit for each share plan. No options were cancelled during the year. The maximum number of new HSBC Holdings ordinary shares that may be issued or become issuable under all the share option plans in any ten year period is 848,847,000 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares (approximately 7.7 per cent of HSBC Holdings’ issued ordinary share capital on 1 March 2004). Within this limit not more than 5 per cent of the issued ordinary share capital of HSBC Holdings from time to time may be put under option under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan and the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 in any ten year period (approximately 550,000,000 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares on 1 March 2004). Under these plans there were options outstanding over 347,007,843 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares at 31 December 2003. Particulars of options over HSBC Holdings shares held by Directors of HSBC Holdings are set out on pages 225 to 229 of the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

    All-Employee share plans

    The HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan, HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: Overseas Section, and previously the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Scheme: USA Section, are all-employee share plans under which eligible HSBC employees (those with six months continuous service from July to December of the year preceding the date of grant) are granted options to acquire HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 each. Employees may make overall contributions of up to £250 (or equivalent) each month over a period of three or five years which may be used on the third or fifth anniversary of the commencement of the relevant savings contract, at their election, to exercise the options; alternatively


     

    191


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Report of the Directors (continued)

      

     

    the employee may elect to have the savings (plus interest) repaid in cash. The options are exercisable within six months following the third or fifth anniversary of the commencement of the relevant savings contract. In the case of redundancy, retirement on grounds of injury or ill health, retirement at normal retirement age or over, the transfer of the employing business to another party, or a change of control of the employing company, options may be exercised before completion of the relevant savings contract.

         Under the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan and the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: Overseas Section the option exercise price is determined by reference to the average market value of the ordinary shares on the five business days immediately preceding the invitation date, then applying a discount of 20 per cent. The all-employee share plans will terminate on 26 May 2010 unless the Directors resolve to terminate the plans at an earlier date.


     

    HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan

    HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 each

             Options Options Options   
           Options at awarded exercised lapsed Options at 
    Date ofExercise Exercisable Exercisable 1 January during during during 31 December 
    awardprice (£) from1 until2 2003 year year3 year 2003 
                     
    9 Apr 19974.5206 1 Aug 2002 31 Jan 2003 227,409  197,671 29,738  
    6 Apr 19985.2212 1 Aug 2003 31 Jan 2004 8,736,570  8,406,291 144,114 186,165 
    1 Apr 19995.3980 1 Aug 2004 31 Jan 2005 11,535,187  319,429 617,076 10,598,682 
    10 Apr 20006.0299 1 Aug 2005 31 Jan 2006 14,145,104  233,203 2,748,077 11,163,824 
    11 Apr 20016.7536 1 Aug 2004 31 Jan 2005 3,471,866  59,625 1,541,388 1,870,853 
    11 Apr 20016.7536 1 Aug 2006 31 Jan 2007 8,310,144  32,048 4,106,665 4,171,431 
    2 May 20026.3224 1 Aug 2005 31 Jan 2006 3,183,586  23,481 1,418,386 1,741,719 
    2 May 20026.3224 1 Aug 2007 31 Jan 2008 7,380,267  13,589 2,730,534 4,636,144 
    23 Apr 20035.3496 1 Aug 2006 31 Jan 2007  9,464,33941,505 406,161 9,056,673 
    23 Apr 20035.3496 1 Aug 2008 31 Jan 2009  14,375,05241,173 299,388 14,074,491 
                     
    1May be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. retirement.
    2May be extended to a later date in certain circumstances, e.g. on the death of a participant the executors may exercise the option up to six months beyond the normal exercise period.
    3The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £7.70.
    4The closing price per share on 22 April 2003 was £6.79.

    HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: Overseas Section

    HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 each

             Options Options Options   
           Options at awarded exercised lapsed Options at 
    Date ofExercise Exercisable Exercisable 1 January during during during 31 December 
    awardprice (£) from1 until2 2003 year year3 year 2003 
                     
    9 Apr 19974.5206 1 Aug 2002 31 Jan 2003 84,417  82,129 2,288  
    6 Apr 19985.2212 1 Aug 2003 31 Jan 2004 3,187,395  3,059,376 49,785 78,234 
    1 Apr 19995.3980 1 Aug 2004 31 Jan 2005 11,836,581  211,480 682,565 10,942,536 
    10 Apr 20006.0299 1 Aug 2005 31 Jan 2006 24,582,865  357,866 7,602,821 16,622,178 
    11 Apr 20016.7536 1 Aug 2004 31 Jan 2005 9,426,806  83,609 3,570,119 5,773,078 
    11 Apr 20016.7536 1 Aug 2006 31 Jan 2007 2,934,534  12,417 1,462,880 1,459,237 
    2 May 20026.3224 1 Aug 2005 31 Jan 2006 6,195,939  21,660 2,780,617 3,393,662 
    2 May 20026.3224 1 Aug 2007 31 Jan 2008 2,404,887  4,324 1,175,866 1,224,697 
    23 Apr 20035.3496 1 Aug 2006 31 Jan 2007  10,4594  10,459 
    23 Apr 20035.3496 1 Aug 2008 31 Jan 2009  10,4884  10,488 
    8 May 20035.3496 1 Aug 2006 31 Jan 2007  17,868,56151,198 434,785 17,432,578 
    8 May 20035.3496 1 Aug 2008 31 Jan 2009  6,584,0335 83,735 6,500,298 
                     
    1May be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. retirement.
    2May be extended to a later date in certain circumstances, e.g. on the death of a participant, the executors may exercise the option up to six months beyond the normal exercise period.
    3The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £7.67.
    4The closing price per share on 22 April 2003 was £6.79.
    5The closing price per share on 7 May 2003 was £7.10.

    192


    Back to Contents

    HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Scheme: USA Section

    HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 each

           Options at Options Options Options at 
    Date ofExercise Exercisable Exercisable 1 January exercised lapsed 31 December 
    awardprice (£) from1 until2 2003 during year3 during year 2003 
                   
    24 Aug 19983.7768 1 Jul 2003 31 Dec 2003 2,382,468 1,492,006  890,462 
    10 Aug 19996.3078 1 Jul 2004 31 Dec 2004 1,493,406 15,764  1,477,642 
                   
    No options were awarded during the period.
    1May be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. retirement.
    2May be extended to a later date in certain circumstances, e.g. on the death of a participant, the executors may exercise the option up to six months beyond the normal exercise period.
    3The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £7.78.

     

    Discretionary share incentive plans

    The HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan, and previously the HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme, are discretionary share incentive plans under which HSBC employees, based on performance criteria and potential, are granted options to acquire HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. Since 1996 the vesting of these awards has been subject to the attainment of pre-determined performance criteria, except within CCF (which was acquired in 2000) where performance criteria are being phased in. The maximum value of options which may be granted to an employee in any one year (together with any Performance Share awards under the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000) is 150 per cent of the employee’s annual salary at the date of grant plus any bonus paid for the previous year. In exceptional circumstances this could be raised to 225 per cent. Subject to

    achievement of the performance condition, options are generally exercisable between the third and tenth anniversary of the date of grant. Employees of a subsidiary that is sold or transferred out of HSBC may exercise options awarded under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan within six months regardless of whether the performance condition is met.

         The terms of the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan were amended in 2001 so that the exercise price of options granted under the Plan in 2002 and beyond would be the higher of the average market value of the ordinary shares on the five business days prior to the grant of the option or the market value of the ordinary shares on the date of grant of the option. The HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan will terminate on 26 May 2005 unless the Directors resolve to terminate the plan at an earlier date.


    193


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Report of the Directors (continued)

    HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme

    HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 each

           Options at Options Options Options at 
    Date ofExercise Exercisable Exercisable 1 January exercised lapsed 31 December 
    awardprice (£) from1 until2 2003 during year3 during year 2003 
                   
    12 Oct 19932.4062 12 Oct 1996 12 Oct 2003 22,704 22,704   
    8 Mar 19942.8376 8 Mar 1997 8 Mar 2004 171,774 89,295  82,479 
    7 Mar 19952.1727 7 Mar 1998 7 Mar 2005 411,750 177,750  234,000 
    1 Apr 19963.3334 1 Apr 1999 1 Apr 2006 1,176,701 574,682  602,019 
    24 Mar 19975.0160 24 Mar 2000 24 Mar 2007 1,538,237 492,063  1,046,174 
    12 Aug 19977.7984 12 Aug 2000 12 Aug 2007 14,625   14,625 
    16 Mar 19986.2767 16 Mar 2001 16 Mar 2008 2,687,488 732,564  1,954,924 
    29 Mar 19996.3754 3 Apr 2002 29 Mar 2009 44,423,416 11,211,845 790,899 32,420,672 
    10 Aug 19997.4210 10 Aug 2002 10 Aug 2009 244,350 39,000 11,550 193,800 
    31 Aug 19997.8710 31 Aug 2002 31 Aug 2009 4,000   4,000 
    3 Apr 20007.4600 3 Apr 2003 3 Apr 2010 29,206,539 4,976,721 1,087,172 23,142,646 
      
    1May be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. retirement.
    2May be extended to a later date in certain circumstances, e.g. on the death of a participant, the executors may exercise the option up to twelve months beyond the normal exercise period.
    3The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £8.28.

    The HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme was replaced by the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan on 26 May 2000. No options have been granted under the Scheme since that date.

    HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan

    HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 each

             Options Options Options   
           Options at 1 awarded exercised lapsed Options at 
    Date ofExercise Exercisable Exercisable January during during during 31 December 
    awardprice (£) from1 until2 2003 year year3 year 2003 
                     
    4 Oct 20009.6420 4 Oct 2003 4 Oct 2010 416,526   20,291 396,235 
    23 Apr 20018.7120 23 Apr 2004 23 Apr 2011 48,790,498  750 1,516,934 47,272,814 
    30 Aug 20018.2280 30 Aug 2004 30 Aug 2011 363,430   6,450 356,980 
    7 May 20028.4050 7 May 2005 7 May 2012 56,125,144  1,250 1,780,020 54,343,874 
    30 Aug 20027.4550 30 Aug 2005 30 Aug 2012 468,550   16,200 452,350 
    2 May 20036.9100 2 May 2006 2 May 2013  57,471,1104 943,460 56,527,650 
    29 Aug 20038.1300 29 Aug 2006 29 Aug 2013  577,2705  577,270 
    3 Nov 20039.1350 3 Nov 2006 3 Nov 2013  4,069,8006  4,069,800 
      
    1May be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. retirement.
    2May be extended to a later date in certain circumstances, e.g. on the death of a participant, the executors may exercise the option up to twelve months beyond the normal exercise period.
    3The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £8.86.
    4The closing price per share on 1 May 2003 was £6.76.
    5The closing price per share on 28 August 2003 was £8.12.
    6The closing price per share on 31 October 2003 was £8.85.

    194


    Back to Contents

    CCF S.A. and subsidiary company plans

    When it was acquired in July 2000 CCF and certain of its subsidiary companies operated employee share option plans under which options could be granted over their respective shares. No further options will

    be granted under any of these subsidiary company plans. The following are outstanding options to acquire shares in CCF S.A. and its subsidiaries.


     

    CCF S.A.

         shares of €5

           Options at Options Options Options at 
    Date ofExercise Exercisable Exercisable 1 January exercised lapsed 31 December 
    awardprice(€) from until 2003 during year 1during year 2003  1
                   
    4 May 199333.69 4 May 1995 4 May 2003 100  100  
    23 Jun 199432.78 23 Jun 1996 23 Jun 2004 10,800   10,800 
    22 Jun 199534.00 22 Jun 1997 22 Jun 2005 56,130 3,000  53,130 
    9 May 199635.52 9 May 1998 9 May 2006 96,500 7,000  89,500 
    7 May 199737.05 7 Jun 2000 7 May 2007 360,630 78,000  282,630 
    29 Apr 199873.50 7 Jun 2000 29 Apr 2008 673,400 138,000  535,400 
    7 Apr 199981.71 7 Jun 2000 7 Apr 2009 794,700 6,500  788,200 
    12 Apr 2000142.50 1 Jan 2002 12 Apr 2010 856,500 500  856,000 
      
    1Following exercise of the options, the CCF shares will be exchanged for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the same ratio as for the acquisition of CCF (13 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each CCF share). At 31 December 2003 The HSBC Holdings Employee Benefit Trust 2001 (No. 1) held 32,775,055 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares which may be exchanged for CCF shares arising from the exercise of these options.

    Banque Chaix

         shares of €16

           Options at Options Options Options at 
    Date ofExercise Exercisable Exercisable 1 January exercised lapsed 31 December 
    awardprice(€) from until 2003 during year during year 2003 
                   
    10 Jul 199894.52 10 Jul 2002 10 Oct 2003 10,000 10,000   
    21 Jun 1999100.31 21 Jun 2004 21 Dec 2004 10,000   10,000 
    7 Jun 2000105.94 7 Jun 2005 7 Dec 2005 10,000   10,000 

    Banque de Baecque Beau

         shares of no par value

           Options at Options Options Options at 
    Date ofExercise Exercisable Exercisable 1 January exercised lapsed 31 December 
    awardprice(€) from until 2003 during year during year 2003 
                   
    17 Oct 199732.88 17 Oct 2002 17 Oct 2003 28,500 28,500   
    22 Dec 200061.66 22 Dec 2003 22 Dec 2005 11,500   11,500 

    Banque de Savoie

         shares of €16

           Options at Options Options Options at 
    Date ofExercise Exercisable Exercisable 1 January exercised lapsed 31 December 
    awardprice(€) from until 2003 during year during year 2003 
                   
    24 Dec 199861.85 24 Dec 2003 24 Jun 2004 5,000   5,000 
    9 Sep 199964.79 9 Sep 2004 9 Mar 2005 5,000   5,000 
    14 Jun 200069.52 14 Jun 2005 14 Dec 2005 5,100   5,100 

     

    195


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Report of the Directors (continued)

      

    Banque Dupuy de Parseval

         shares of €20

           Options at Options Options Options at 
    Date ofExercise Exercisable Exercisable 1 January exercised lapsed 31 December 
    awardprice(€) from until 2003 during year during year 2003 
                   
    1 Jul 199833.31 1 Jul 2003 1 Oct 2003 5,000 5,000   
    1 Jul 199934.76 1 Jul 2004 1 Oct 2004 5,000   5,000 
    3 Apr 200036.36 3 Apr 2005 3 Jul 2005 5,000   5,000 
    8 Jun 200039.48 8 Jun 2005 8 Sep 2005 5,000   5,000 

    Crédit Commercial du Sud Ouest

         shares of € 15.25

           Options at Options Options Options at 
    Date ofExercise Exercisable Exercisable 1 January exercised lapsed 31 December 
    awardprice(€) from until 2003 during year during year 2003 
                   
    7 Nov 199785.68 7 Nov 2002 7 Nov 2003 5,625 5,625   
    8 Jul 199890.25 8 Jul 2003 8 Jan 2004 7,500 7,500   
    9 Sep 199995.89 9 Sep 2004 9 Mar 2005 7,500   7,500 
    7 Jun 2000102.29 7 Jun 2005 7 Dec 2005 7,500   7,500 

    HSBC Private Bank France

         shares of €2

           Options at Options Options Options at 
    Date ofExercise Exercisable Exercisable 1 January exercised lapsed 31 December 
    awardprice(€) from until 20031during year during year 2003 
                   
    21 Dec 199910.84 21 Dec 2000 21 Dec 2009 272,250   272,250 
    9 Mar 200012.44 27 Jun 2004 31 Dec 2010 149,460   149,460 
    15 May 200120.80 15 May 2002 15 May 2011 259,650 1,125  258,525 
    7 Sep 200115.475 7 Sep 2005 7 Oct 2007 742,000  293,500 448,500 
    1 Oct 200222.22 2 Oct 2005 1 Oct 2012 229,950   229,950 
      
    1Following the mergers of HSBC Bank France S.A., Banque Eurofin, Banque du Louvre and CCF Banque Privée Internationale on 1 October 2003 options held over shares of Banque Eurofin, Banque du Louvre and CCF Banque Privée Internationale were converted into options over the shares of the merged entity, HSBC Private Bank France, at exchange ratios determined by reference to their respective estimated market valuations at the time of the merger. The options outstanding at 1 January 2003 have been adjusted to reflect the option exchange ratios. On exercise of these options HSBC Private Bank France shares will be exchanged for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the ratio of 1.83 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each HSBC Private Bank France share. At 31 December 2003, The CCF Employee Benefit Trust 2001 held 1,900,000 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares which may be exchanged for HSBC Private Bank France shares arising from the exercise of these options.

    Netvalor

         shares of €415

           Options at Options Options Options at 
    Date ofExercise Exercisable Exercisable 1 January exercised lapsed 31 December 
    awardprice(€) from until 2003 during year during year 2003 
                   
    22 Dec 1999415 22 Dec 2004 22 Dec 2006 2,410   2,410 
    19 Dec 2000415 19 Dec 2005 19 Dec 2007 3,340   3,340 

     

    196


    Back to Contents

    Sinopia Asset Management

         shares of €0.5

           Options at Options Options Options at 
    Date ofExercise Exercisable Exercisable 1 January exercised lapsed 31 December 
    awardprice(€) from until 2003 during year during year 2003  1
                   
    18 Mar 19988.61 18 Mar 2003 18 Sep 2003 94,400 94,400   
    22 Mar 199921.85 22 Mar 2004 22 Sep 2004 79,000   79,000 
    15 Oct 199918.80 15 Oct 2004 15 Apr 2005 45,000   45,000 
    18 Feb 200018.66 18 Feb 2005 18 Aug 2005 97,500   97,500 
      
    1On exercise of the options, the Sinopia shares will be exchanged for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the ratio of 2.143 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each Sinopia share. At 31 December 2003 The CCF Employee Benefit Trust 2001 held 483,253 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares which may be exchanged for Sinopia Asset Management shares arising from the exercise of these options.

    Union de Banques à Paris

         shares of €16

           Options at Options Options Options at 
    Date ofExercise Exercisable Exercisable 1 January exercised lapsed 31 December 
    awardprice(€) from until 2003 during year during year 2003 
                   
    25 Nov 199819.97 25 Nov 2003 25 May 2004 27,900  900 27,000 
    22 Nov 199933.54 22 Nov 2004 22 May 2005 26,200   26,200 
    12 Jul 200047.81 12 Jul 2005 12 Jan 2006 26,400  1,000 25,400 

     

    Household International, Inc. and subsidiary company plans

    Following the acquisition of Household on 28 March 2003, all outstanding options and equity-based awards over Household common shares were converted into rights to receive HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the same ratio as the share exchange offer for the acquisition of Household (2.675 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each Household common share) and the exercise prices per share were adjusted accordingly. No further options will be granted under any of these plans.

    All outstanding options and other equity-based awards over Household common shares granted before 14 November 2002 vested on completion of the acquisition. Options and equity-based awards granted on or after 14 November 2002 will be exercisable on their original terms, save that they have been adjusted to reflect the exchange ratio.


     

    Household International, Inc.

    1984 Long-Term Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

    HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 each

           Options at Options Options Options at 
    Date ofExercise Exercisable Exercisable 28 March exercised lapsed 31 December 
    awardprice (US$) from until 2003 during year 1during year 2003 
                   
    1 Feb 19944.16 1 Feb 1995 1 Feb 2004 1,272,776 1,137,149  135,627 
    13 Sep 19944.74 13 Sep 1995 13 Sep 2004 1,337,500 1,337,500   
    7 Feb 19955.09 7 Feb 1996 7 Feb 2005 3,101,525 1,569,291  1,532,234 
    10 May 19955.91 10 May 1996 10 May 2005 48,150   48,150 
    17 Jul 19956.42 17 Jul 1996 17 Jul 2005 40,125   40,125 
    13 Nov 19957.43 13 Nov 1996 13 Nov 2005 2,449,232 393,225  2,056,007 
      
    1The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £8.10.

     

    197


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Report of the Directors (continued)

      

     

    Household International, Inc.

    1996 Long-Term Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

    HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 each

           Options at Options Options Options at 
    Date ofExercise  Exercisable   Exercisable  28 March exercised1lapsed 31 December 
    awardprice (US$) from  until 2003 during yearduring year 2003 
                   
    11 Nov 199611.43 11 Nov 1997  11 Nov 2006 2,587,394   2,587,394 
    14 May 199711.29 14 May 1998  14 May 2007 200,630   200,630 
    21 Oct 199714.16 21 Oct 1998   21 Oct 2007 200,625  200,625  
    10 Nov 199714.60 10 Nov 1998  10 Nov 2007 4,224,670   4,224,670 
    15 Jun 199817.08 15 Jun 1999  15 Jun 2008 802,500   802,500 
    1 Jul 199819.21 1 Jul 1999   1 Jul 2008 80,250   80,250 
    9 Nov 199813.71 9 Nov 1999  9 Nov 2008 5,139,010 10,031 200,625 4,928,354 
    17 May 199916.99 17 May 2000  17 May 2009 334,375   334,375 
    3 Jun 199916.32 3 Jun 2000  3 Jun 2009 200,625   200,625 
    31 Aug 199913.96 31 Aug 2000  31 Aug 2009 345,077   345,077 
    8 Nov 199916.96 8 Nov 2000   8 Nov 2009 5,020,310  150,469 4,869,841 
    30 Jun 200015.70 30 Jun 2001  30 Jun 2010 26,846   26,846 
    8 Feb 200013.26 8 Feb 2001   8 Feb 2010 100,312  33,437 66,875 
    13 Nov 200018.40 13 Nov 2001  13 Nov 2010 6,512,958  133,750 6,379,208 
    12 Nov 200121.37    12 Nov 2002  12 Nov 2011 7,705,072  133,750 7,571,322 
    25 Feb 200218.44 25 Feb 2003  25 Feb 2012 401,250  401,250  
    20 Nov 200210.66 20 Nov 2003 220 Nov 2012 7,446,133 23,406 107,000 7,315,727 
                   
    1The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £8.96.
    225 per cent of the original award is exercisable on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of award. May be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. retirement.

    Household International, Inc.

    1996 Long-Term Executive Incentive Compensation Plan1

    HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 each

           Rights at Rights Rights Rights at 
    Date ofExercise Exercisable2 Exercisable228 March exercised3lapsed 31 December 
    awardprice (US$)  from  until 2003 during yearduring year 2003 
                   
    15 Nov 2002nil 15 Nov 2005  15 Nov 2007 9,228  2,006 7,222 
    20 Nov 2002nil 20 Nov 2005  20 Nov 2007 2,053,238 8,828 82,962 1,961,448 
    2 Dec 2002nil 2 Dec 2005  2 Dec 2007 10,701   10,701 
    16 Dec 2002nil 16 Dec 2005  16 Dec 2007 37,852  2,006 35,846 
    20 Dec 2002nil 20 Dec 2005  20 Dec 2007 185,914 5,350  180,564 
    2 Jan 20034nil 2 Jan 2006   2 Jan 2008 1,338   1,338 
    15 Jan 20035nil 15 Jan 2006  15 Jan 2008 33,438   33,438 
    3 Feb 20036nil 3 Feb 2006  3 Feb 2008 12,044  803 11,241 
    14 Feb 20037nil 14 Feb 2006  14 Feb 2008 307,893  40,125 267,768 
    3 Mar 20038nil 3 Mar 2006  3 Mar 2008 2,676   2,676 
                   
    1Awards of Restricted Stock Rights which represent a right to receive shares if the employee remains in the employment of Household at the date of vesting.
    2Restricted Stock Rights vest one-third on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the date of award. Vesting may be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. retirement.
    3The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which rights were exercised was £7.53.
    4The closing price per share on 1 Jan 2003 was £6.865.
    5The closing price per share on 14 Jan 2003 was £7.05.
    6The closing price per share on 2 Feb 2003 was £6.31.
    7The closing price per share on 13 Feb 2003 was £6.57.
    8The closing price per share on 2 Mar 2003 was £6.84.

    198


    Back to Contents

    Household International, Inc.

    Deferred Fee Plan for Directors

    Prior to 28 March 2003, Household directors could choose to defer all or a portion of their cash compensation under the Deferred Fee Plan for directors. At the end of the deferred period selected by the director, all accumulated amounts will be paid in shares in one or more instalments. Following the acquisition of Household the rights to receive Household shares under the plan were converted into rights to receive HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. No further awards will be granted under this plan. A summary of the rights to receive HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under this plan is set out below. Full details are available on www.hsbc.com by selecting ‘Investor Centre’, then ‘Share Plans’.

    HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 each

               Shares  1  Shares 
      deferred atSharesSharesdeferred at
    Range of 28 Marchdeliveredlapsed31 December
    Dates of deferral  prices (US$)Deferral period2003during yearduring year2003
    1 Oct 1995 – 15 Jan 2003 5.42 – 25.40  1 Jan 2000 – 31 Dec 2021 195,089 1,209 5,474 188,406 

    1  The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which shares were delivered was £7.68.

    Household International, Inc.

    Deferred Phantom Stock Plan for Directors

    In 1995, the Household Directors’ Retirement Income Plan was discontinued and the present value of a director’s accrued benefit was exchanged for a deferred right to receive Household shares. Following the acquisition of Household the rights to receive Household shares under the plan were converted into rights to receive HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. When a director dies or leaves the Board due to retirement or resignation, all accumulated amounts will be released in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in one or more instalments. No further awards will be granted under this plan. A summary of the rights to receive HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under this plan is set out below. Full details are available on www.hsbc.com by selecting ‘Investor Centre’, then ‘Share Plans’.

    HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 each

          Shares     Shares 
          deferred at Shares Shares deferred at 
      Range of   28 March delivered lapsed 31 December 
    Dates of deferral prices (US$) Deferral period 2003 during year1during year 2003 
    30 Jan 1996 – 15 Jan 2003 7.75 – 25.40 1 Jan 2000 – 31 Dec 2020 111,857 9,389  102,468 

    1   The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which shares were delivered was £7.06

    Household International, Inc.

    Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Restricted Stock Rights

    HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US $0.50 each

        Rights atRightsRightsRights at
    Date ofExerciseExercisableExercisable28 Marchexercisedlapsed31 December
    awardprice (US$)fromuntil2003during yearduring year2003
    10 May 2000nil10 May 200210 May 2005294,329294,329

    Household International, Inc.

    Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Stock Option Exercises

    HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US $0.50 each

           Options at Options Options Options at
    Date ofExercise Exercisable Exercisable 28 March exercised lapsed 31 December
    awardprice (US$) from until 2003 during year during year 2003
    2 Feb 19912.48 2 Feb 1992 15 Jul 2005 20,819   20,819

    199


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Report of the Directors (continued)

      

    Beneficial Corporation 1990 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan

    HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 each

          Options at Options Options Options at 
    Date ofExercise Exercisable Exercisable28 March exercised lapsed 31 December 
    awardprice (US$) from until2003 during year1 during year 2003 
    18 Nov 19934.62 18 Nov 1994 18 Nov 2003217,797 217,797   
    15 Nov 19944.56 15 Nov 1995 15 Nov 2004145,831 42,149  103,682 
    15 Nov 19956.00 15 Nov 1996 15 Nov 2005215,727   215,727 
    20 Nov 19967.86 20 Nov 1997 20 Nov 2006313,162   313,162 
    13 Dec 19967.54 13 Dec 1997 13 Dec 200665,624   65,624 
    14 Nov 19979.20 14 Nov 1998 14 Nov 2007131,248   131,248 
    19 Nov 19979.39 19 Nov 1998 19 Nov 2007433,380 4,245  429,135 
    1 Dec 19979.68 1 Dec 1998 1 Dec 200765,624   65,624 

    1   The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £7.95

    Beneficial Corporation BenShares Equity Participation Plan

    HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 each

           Options at Options Options Options at 
    Date ofExercise Exercisable Exercisable 28 March exercised lapsed 31 December 
    awardprice (US$) from until 2003 during year1during year 2003 
    31 Jan 19979.87 31 Jan 1998 31 Jan 2007 52,399 6,156  46,243 
    15 Nov 199711.04 15 Nov 1998 15 Nov 2007 70,062 6,977 821 62,264 

    1   The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £7.85

    Renaissance Amended & Restated 1997 Incentive Plan

    HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 each

           Options at Options Options Options at 
    Date ofExercise Exercisable Exercisable 28 March exercised lapsed 31 December 
    awardprice (US$) from until 2003 during year1during year 2003 
    31 Oct 19971.25 31 Oct 1998 31 Oct 2007 4,739   4,739 
    1 Jan 19981.25 1 Jan 1999 1 Jan 2008 5,024 1,800  3,224 
    1 Oct 19981.74 1 Oct 1999 1 Oct 2008 2,810   2,810 
    1 Jan 19992.24 1 Jan 2000 1 Jan 2009 5,024   5,024 

    1    The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £7.53.

    Valuation of freehold and leasehold land and buildings


    HSBC’s freehold and long leasehold properties, together with all leasehold properties in Hong Kong, were revalued in September 2003 in accordance with HSBC’s policy of annual valuation. As a result of this revaluation, the net book value of land and buildings has decreased by US$352 million.

         Further details are included in Note 25 of the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’.

    Board of Directors


    The objectives of the management structures within HSBC, headed by the Board of Directors of HSBC

    Holdings and led by the Group Chairman, are to deliver sustainable value to shareholders. Implementation of the strategy set by the Board is delegated to the Group Management Board under the leadership of the Group Chief Executive.

         The Board of Directors meets regularly and Directors receive information between meetings about the activities of committees and developments in HSBC’s business. All Directors have full and timely access to all relevant information and may take independent professional advice if necessary.

         The names of the Directors serving at the date of this report, and brief biographical particulars for each, are listed on pages 184 to 186. There are eight executive Directors and 14 non-executive Directors, of whom the Board has determined 11 are


     

    200


    Back to Contents

    independent. In reaching its determination of each non-executive Director’s independence the Board has concluded that there are no relationships or circumstances which are likely to affect the Director’s judgement and any relationships or circumstances which could appear to do so were considered not to be material.

         The Directors who served during the year were W F Aldinger, Sir John Bond, Lord Butler, R K F Ch’ien, C F W de Croisset, W R P Dalton, Baroness Dunn, D G Eldon, D J Flint, W K L Fung, S K Green, S Hintze, A W Jebson, Sir John Kemp-Welch, Lord Marshall, Sir Brian Moffat, Sir Mark Moody-Stuart, S W Newton, H Sohmen, C S Taylor, Sir Keith Whitson and Sir Brian Williamson.

         W F Aldinger was appointed a Director on 25 April 2003. Sir Keith Whitson retired as a Director on 30 May 2003 and C F W de Croisset retired as a Director on 27 February 2004.

         R A Fairhead and M F Geoghegan were appointed Directors with effect from 1 March 2004. Having been appointed since the Annual General Meeting in 2003, they will retire at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting and offer themselves for re-election.

         Lord Butler, W R P Dalton, Baroness Dunn, W K L Fung, S Hintze, Sir John Kemp-Welch, Lord Marshall, Sir Mark Moody-Stuart and H Sohmen will retire by rotation at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. With the exception of W R P Dalton and Lord Marshall, who are to retire, they will offer themselves for re-election.

         MWM Consulting was commissioned to undertake an independent performance evaluation of the Board and its committees. This evaluation covered board structure, dynamics, capabilities and processes; corporate governance; strategic clarity and alignment; and the performance of individual Directors, including that of the Group Chairman. The assessment report of the Board and its committees has been reviewed by the Board and has been used by the non-executive Directors, led by Sir Brian Moffat, in their evaluation of the performance of the Group Chairman.

         Following this review the Group Chairman has confirmed that the Directors standing for re-election at the Annual General Meeting continue to perform effectively and demonstrate commitment to their roles. It is the intention of the Board of HSBC

    Holdings to continue to review its performance and that of its Directors annually.

         Seven regular Board meetings were held during 2003. Sir John Bond, Baroness Dunn, Sir Brian Moffat, S K Green, A W Jebson, R K F Ch’ien, C F W de Croisset, W R P Dalton, D G Eldon, D J Flint, W K L Fung, S Hintze, Sir John Kemp-Welch, Sir Mark Moody-Stuart and S W Newton attended all of the Board meetings. Lord Butler, Lord Marshall, H Sohmen, C S Taylor and Sir Brian Williamson attended six of the Board meetings. Sir Keith Whitson attended all three Board meetings held before his retirement and W F Aldinger attended all four Board meetings held following his appointment.

         During 2003 the Chairman held three meetings with the non-executive Directors without other executives being present and there was one meeting of the non-executive Directors without the Chairman being present. In addition an informal meeting of Directors relating to the acquisition of Household was held in March 2003.

         In addition to the meetings of the principal committees referred to below, 18 meetings of committees of the Board were held during the year to discharge business delegated by the Board.

         The Board ensures all Directors, including non-executive Directors, develop an understanding of the views of major shareholders through attendance at analyst meetings following results announcements and other ad hoc meetings with investors and their representative bodies. An Investor Day, attended by executive and non-executive Directors, was held in November 2003 to launch HSBC’s strategy for 2004 to 2008.

         Sir Brian Moffat, Deputy Chairman and senior independent non-executive Director, is available to shareholders should they have concerns which contact through the normal channels of Group Chairman, Group Chief Executive, Group Finance Director or other executives has failed to resolve or for which such contact would be inappropriate. Sir Brian Moffat may be contacted through the Group Company Secretary at 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ.

         The Group Chairman’s principal commitments outside HSBC are as a non-executive Director of Ford Motor Company and a member of the Court of the Bank of England. During 2003 he ceased to be Chairman of The Institute of International Finance, Inc.


     

    201


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Report of the Directors (continued)

      

     

         Full, formal and tailored induction programmes are arranged for newly appointed Directors and opportunities to update and develop skills and knowledge are provided to Directors. The terms and conditions of appointments of non-executive Directors are available for inspection at 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ and will be made available for 15 minutes before the Annual General Meeting and at the Meeting itself.

         None of the Directors had, during the year or at the end of the year, a material interest, directly or indirectly, in any contract of significance with HSBC Holdings or any of its subsidiary undertakings.

    Board committees

    The Board has appointed a number of committees consisting of certain Directors, Group Managing Directors and, in the case of the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee, certain co-opted non-Director members. The following are the principal committees:

    Group Management Board

    The Group Management Board (formerly called the Group Executive Committee) meets regularly and operates as a general management committee under the direct authority of the Board. The current members of the Group Management Board are S K Green (Chairman), Sir John Bond, W F Aldinger, W R P Dalton, D G Eldon, D J Flint, M F Geoghegan and A W Jebson, all of whom are executive Directors, and C-H Filippi, S T Gulliver, J J Studzinski and Y A Nasr, all of whom are Group Managing Directors.

         The Group Management Board exercises the powers, authorities and discretions of the Board in so far as they concern the management and day to day running of HSBC in accordance with such policies and directions as the Board may from time to time determine. Matters reserved for approval by the Board include annual plans and performance targets, procedures for monitoring and control of operations, specified senior appointments, acquisitions and disposals above predetermined thresholds and any substantial change in balance sheet management policy. The Group Management Board sub-delegates credit, investment and capital expenditure authorities to its members.

     

    Group Audit Committee

    The Group Audit Committee meets regularly with HSBC’s senior financial, internal audit, legal and compliance management and the external auditor to consider HSBC Holdings’ financial reporting, the nature and scope of audit reviews and the effectiveness of the systems of internal control and compliance. The members of the Group Audit Committee during 2003 were Sir Brian Moffat (Chairman), R K F Ch’ien and Sir John Kemp-Welch, all of whom are independent non-executive Directors. R A Fairhead, an independent non-executive Director, was appointed a member of the Committee with effect from 1 March 2004.

         The Board has determined that Sir Brian Moffat, a fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants, may be regarded as an audit committee financial expert for the purposes of section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

         Appointments to the Committee are now made for periods up to three years, extendable by no more than two additional three-year periods, so long as members continue to be independent.

         Formal and tailored induction programmes are held for newly appointed Committee members and appropriate training is provided on an ongoing and timely basis.

         All Group Audit Committee members attended each of the five meetings held during 2003.

         At the beginning of each meeting the Committee meets with the external auditor, without management present, to facilitate the discussion of any matter relating to its remit and any issue arising from the audit. Similar arrangements have been adopted for the Committee to meet with the internal auditor.

         The terms of reference of the Committee, which are reviewed annually, are available on www.hsbc.com by selecting ‘About HSBC’, then ‘Board of Directors’, then ‘Board Committees’.

         The Group Audit Committee is accountable to the Board and assists the Board in meeting its responsibilities in ensuring an effective system of internal control and compliance and for meeting its external financial reporting obligations. The Committee is directly responsible on behalf of the Board for the selection, oversight and remuneration of the external auditor. At each meeting, the Committee receives comprehensive reports from

     


    202


    Back to Contents

    each of the Head of Group Compliance, the Group General Manager Legal and Compliance, and the Group General Manager Internal Audit and receives periodic presentations from other functional heads and line management.

         The key processes used to review the effectiveness of the system of internal control include the regular reports from the heads of key risk functions; the production and regular updating of summaries of key controls applied by subsidiary companies measured against HSBC benchmarks which cover all internal controls, both financial and non-financial; annual confirmations from chief executives of principal subsidiary companies that there have been no material losses; contingencies or uncertainties caused by weaknesses in internal controls; internal audit reports; external audit reports; prudential reviews; and regulatory reports.

         The Committee reports on its activities at each Board meeting and, twice annually, produces a written summary of such activity.

         The Committee has approved procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing matters, and the confidential and anonymous submission by employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

         To ensure continuing auditor objectivity and to safeguard the independence of HSBC's auditors the Committee has determined a framework for the type and authorisation of non-audit services which KPMG may provide.

         The Group Audit Committee has adopted policies for the pre-approval of specific services that may be provided by the principal auditor (KPMG) during 2003 and 2004. These policies are kept under review and amended as necessary to meet the dual objectives of ensuring that HSBC benefits in a cost effective manner from the cumulative knowledge and experience of its auditors whilst also ensuring that the auditors maintain the necessary degree of independence and objectivity. These pre-approval policies apply to all services where HSBC Holdings or any of its subsidiaries pays for the service, or is a beneficiary or addressee of the service and has selected the service provider, or influences the choice of service provider. All services entered into with KPMG Audit Plc and its affiliates (‘KPMG’) after 5 May 2003 were pre-approved by the Group Audit

    Committee or were entered into under pre-approval policies established by the Group Audit Committee.

         The pre-approved services relate to the provision of objective advice, attestation type services or opinions on areas such as controls and are an input into management decision making. They fall into the following four categories:

    Audit services

    In addition to the statutory audit appointments that are approved by the Group Audit Committee, this category includes services that are normally provided by the independent auditor in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements, such as reviews of interim financial information, letters to securities underwriters in connection with debt or equity offerings, the inclusion of auditors’ reports in filings with the SEC and certain reports on internal control over financial reporting.

    Audit-related services

    These services are those provided by the principal auditor that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the Group’s financial statements. Examples of such services are due diligence services provided in connection with potential acquisitions, audits or reviews of employee benefit plans, ad hoc attestation or agreed-upon procedures reports (including reports requested by regulators), and accounting and regulatory advice on actual or contemplated transactions.

    Tax services

    This category includes both tax advice and compliance services. Examples of such services are advice on national and local income taxation matters, (including assistance in data gathering for preparation, review and submission as agent of tax filings), advice on tax consequences of management-proposed transactions and assistance in responding to tax examinations by governmental authorities. The pre-approved tax services explicitly exclude proposals for tax structures unconnected with a contemplated transaction whose main motive is to reduce taxation.

    Other services

    This category includes various other assurance and advisory services such as training or advice or assurance provided on specific elements of financial data and models, IT security and advice, and providing due diligence on financial reviews of HSBC customers and private equity investments.

     


    203


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Report of the Directors (continued)

      

     

         The remuneration paid to KPMG for each of the last three years is disclosed in Note 5(d) of the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’.

    Remuneration Committee

    The role of the Remuneration Committee and its membership are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 213.

    Nomination Committee

    The Nomination Committee carries out the process of nominating candidates to fill vacancies on the Board of Directors. Nominations are considered by the Board. All Directors are subject to election by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting following their appointment and to re-election at least every three years. The members of the Nomination Committee during 2003 were Baroness Dunn, Lord Butler, H Sohmen and Sir Brian Moffat. During 2003 Sir Brian Moffat succeeded Baroness Dunn as Chairman of the Committee and H Sohmen stepped down as a member of the Committee.

         There was one Nomination Committee meeting during 2003 which all members attended.

         The terms of reference of the Committee are available on www.hsbc.com by selecting ‘About HSBC’, then ‘Board of Directors’, then ‘Board Committees’.

         The Nomination Committee is responsible for leading the process for Board appointments and for identifying and nominating, for approval of the Board, candidates for appointments to the Board.

         The Committee makes recommendations to the Board concerning plans for succession for both executive and non-executive directors; the appointment of any director to executive or other office; suitable candidates for the role of senior independent director; the re-election by shareholders of directors retiring by rotation; the renewal of the terms of office of non-executive directors; membership of Board Committees, in consultation with the Group Chairman and the chairmen of such committees as appropriate; any matters relating to the continuation in office of any director at any time; directors’ fees and committee fees for the Company and any of its subsidiaries as appropriate; and appointments and re-appointments to the Boards of Directors of major subsidiary companies as appropriate.

     

     

         The Committee regularly reviews the structure, size and composition of the Board and keeps under review the leadership needs of HSBC with a view to ensuring the continued ability of HSBC to compete effectively in the marketplace.

         The Board has satisfied itself that the Nomination Committee has in place appropriate plans for orderly succession to the Board and Senior Management positions as well as procedures to ensure an appropriate balance of skills and experience within HSBC and on the Board.

    Corporate Social Responsibility Committee

    The Corporate Social Responsibility Committee held its first meeting in February 2004. The Committee is responsible for overseeing Corporate Social Responsibility and Sustainability policies, principally environmental, social and ethical matters and for advising the Board, committees of the Board and executive management on such matters. The terms of reference of the Committee are available on www.hsbc.com by selecting ‘About HSBC’, then ‘Board of Directors’ then ‘Board Committees’. The members of the Committee are Lord Butler (Chairman), W K L Fung, S Hintze, C S Taylor, all of whom are independent non-executive Directors, and Baroness Brigstocke, G V I Davis and Lord May, who are co-opted non-Director members of the Committee.

         Since 1999 Lord Butler has, at the Board’s request, taken a policy overview of HSBC in the Community, the principal objectives of which are to support access to primary and secondary education for those who are disadvantaged, and the environment. Considerable progress continues to be made in these important areas. These responsibilities now come under the overview of the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee of which Lord Butler is Chairman.

         Further information is available in the HSBC in Society: Corporate Social Responsibility Report 2003 brochure.

    Corporate governance

    HSBC is committed to high standards of corporate governance. HSBC Holdings complied throughout the year with the best practice provisions of the Combined Code on corporate governance appended to the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority and with the provisions of Appendix 14 to


    204


    Back to Contents

    the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong.

         The Combined Code was substantially revised during the year. The new Code will apply for the next and subsequent reporting years.

    Differences in UK/New York Stock Exchange corporate governance practices

    In November 2003, the US Securities and Exchange Commission approved the New York Stock Exchange’s (‘NYSE’) new corporate governance rules for listed companies. Under these new rules, as a NYSE-listed foreign private issuer, HSBC Holdings must disclose any significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US companies under NYSE listing standards. HSBC Holdings believes the following to be the significant differences between its corporate governance practices and NYSE corporate governance rules applicable to US companies.

         US companies listed on the NYSE are required to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. The Listing Rules of the UK Financial Services Authority require each listed company incorporated in the United Kingdom to include in its Annual Report and Accounts a narrative statement of how it has applied the principles of the Combined Code on Corporate Governance appended to the Listing Rules (‘Combined Code’) and a statement as to whether or not it has complied with the best practice provisions of the Combined Code throughout the accounting period covered by the Annual Report and Accounts. A company that has not complied with the Code provisions, or complied with only some of the Code provisions or (in the case of provisions whose requirements are of a continuing nature) complied for only part of an accounting period covered by the report, must specify the Code provisions with which it has not complied, and (where relevant) for what part of the reporting period such non-compliance continued, and give reasons for any non-compliance. As stated on page 204 above, HSBC Holdings complied throughout 2003 with the best practice provisions of the Combined Code. The Combined Code does not require HSBC Holdings to disclose the full range of corporate governance guidelines with which it complies.

         Under NYSE standards, companies are required to have a nominating/corporate governance committee, composed entirely of independent

    directors. In addition to identifying individuals qualified to become board members, this committee must develop and recommend to the board a set of corporate governance principles. HSBC’s Nomination Committee, which follows the requirements of the Combined Code, includes a majority of members who are independent. All members of the Committee are non-executive Directors and the Committee chairman is an independent non-executive Director. The Committee’s terms of reference do not require the Committee to develop and recommend corporate governance principles for HSBC Holdings. As stated above, HSBC Holdings is subject to the corporate governance principles of the Combined Code.

         Pursuant to NYSE listing standards, non-management directors must meet on a regular basis without management present and independent directors must meet separately at least once per year. During 2003, HSBC Holdings’ non-executive Directors met three times as a group with the Group Chairman, but with no other executive Directors present, and met once as a group without the Group Chairman or other executive Directors present. HSBC Holdings’ practice, in this regard, complies with the Combined Code.

         In accordance with the requirements of the Combined Code, HSBC Holdings discloses in its annual report how the Board, its committees and the Directors are evaluated and the results of the evaluation (on pages 214 to 218) and it provides extensive information regarding Directors’ compensation in the Directors’ Remuneration Report (on pages 223 to 229). The terms of reference of HSBC Holdings’ Audit, Nomination and Remuneration Committees are available on www.hsbc.com by selecting ‘About HSBC’, then ‘Board of Directors’, then ‘Board Committees’.

         NYSE listing standards require US companies to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees, and promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers. In addition to the Group Business Principles and Values, which apply to the employees of all HSBC companies, pursuant to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act the Board of HSBC Holdings has adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to the Group Chairman, the Group Finance Director and Group Chief Accounting Officer. HSBC Holdings’ Code of Ethics is available on www.hsbc.com by selecting ‘Investor Centre’, then ‘Corporate


     

    205


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Report of the Directors (continued)

      

     

    Governance’, then ‘Obligations of Senior Financial Officers’. The Group Business Principles and Values is available on www.hsbc.com by selecting ‘About HSBC’, then ‘HSBC in Society’, then ‘Living Our Values’, then ‘Our People’.

         Under NYSE listing rules applicable to US companies, independent directors must comprise a majority of the board of directors. Currently, half of HSBC Holdings’ Directors are independent. The NYSE rules include detailed tests for determining director independence while the Combined Code, which is followed by HSBC Holdings, prescribes a more general standard for determining director independence. The Combined Code requires a company’s board to assess director independence by affirmatively concluding that the director is independent of management and free from any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with the exercise of independent judgement.

         Lastly, a chief executive officer of a US company listed on the NYSE must annually certify that he or she is not aware of any violation by the company of NYSE corporate governance standards. In accordance with NYSE listing rules applicable to foreign private issuers, HSBC Holdings’ Group Chairman is not required to provide the NYSE with this annual compliance certification. However, in accordance with rules applicable to both US companies and foreign private issuers, the Group Chairman is required to promptly notify the NYSE in writing after any executive officer becomes aware of any material non-compliance with the NYSE corporate governance standards applicable to HSBC Holdings.

    Internal control

    The Directors are responsible for internal control in HSBC and for reviewing its effectiveness. Procedures have been designed for safeguarding assets against unauthorised use or disposition; for maintaining proper accounting records; and for the reliability of financial information used within the business or for publication. Such procedures are designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives and can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material errors, losses or fraud. The procedures also enable HSBC Holdings to discharge its obligations under the Handbook of Rules and Guidance issued by the Financial Services Authority,

     

    HSBC’s lead regulator.

         The key procedures that the Directors have established are designed to provide effective internal control within HSBC and accord with the Internal Control Guidance for Directors on the Combined Code issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales. Such procedures have been in place throughout the year and up to 1 March 2004, the date of approval of the Annual Report and Accounts. In the case of companies acquired during the year, including Household, the internal controls in place are being reviewed against HSBC’s benchmarks and integrated into HSBC’s systems. HSBC’s key internal contr ol procedures include the following:

      
    Authority to operate the various subsidiaries is delegated to their respective chief executive officers within limits set by the Board of Directors of HSBC Holdings or by the Group Management Board under powers delegated by the Board. Sub-delegation of authority from the Group Management Board to individuals requires these individuals, within their respective delegation, to maintain a clear and appropriate apportionment of significant responsibilities and to oversee the establishment and maintenance of systems of controls appropriate to the business. The appointment of executives to the most senior positions within HSBC requires the approval of the Board of Directors of HSBC Holdings.
      
    Functional, operating, financial reporting and certain management reporting standards are established by Group Head Office management for application across the whole of HSBC. These are supplemented by operating standards set by functional and local management as required for the type of business and geographical location of each subsidiary.
      
    Systems and procedures are in place in HSBC to identify, control and report on the major risks including credit, changes in the market prices of financial instruments, liquidity, operational error, breaches of law or regulations, unauthorised activities and fraud. Exposure to these risks is monitored by asset and liability committees and executive committees in subsidiaries and by the Group Management Board for HSBC as a whole.
      
    Comprehensive annual financial plans are

     

    206


    Back to Contents

     

      prepared by subsidiaries and by each customer group and are reviewed and approved at Group Head Office. Results are monitored regularly and reports on progress as compared with the related plan are prepared throughout HSBC each quarter. Plans are prepared by major operating subsidiaries and for each customer group at least every five years.
      
    Centralised functional control is exercised over all computer system developments and operations. Common systems are employed where possible for similar business processes. Credit and market risks are measured and reported on in subsidiaries and aggregated for review of risk concentrations on a group-wide basis.
      
    Responsibilities for financial performance against plans and for capital expenditure, credit exposures and market risk exposures are delegated with limits to line management in the subsidiaries. In addition, functional management in Group Head Office has been given responsibility to set policies, procedures and standards in the areas of: finance; legal and regulatory compliance; internal audit; human resources; credit; market risk; operational risk; computer systems and operations; property management; and for certain global product lines.
      
    Policies and procedures to guide subsidiary companies and management at all levels in the conduct of business to safeguard the Group’s reputation are established by the Board of HSBC Holdings, the Group Management Board, subsidiary company boards, board committees or senior management. Reputational risks can arise from social, ethical or environmental issues, or as a consequence of operational risk events. As a banking group, HSBC’s good reputation depends upon the way in which it conducts its business but it can also be affected by the way in which clients, to which it provides financial services, conduct their business. The internal audit function, which is centrally controlled, monitors compliance with policies and standards and the effectiveness of internal control structures across the whole of HSBC. The work of the internal audit function is focused on areas of greatest risk to HSBC as determined by a risk management approach. The head of this function reports to the Group

     

     Chairman and the Group Audit Committee.

         The Group Audit Committee has kept under review the effectiveness of this system of internal control and has reported regularly to the Board of Directors. The key processes used by the Committee in carrying out its reviews include: regular reports from the heads of key risk functions; the production and regular updating of summaries of key controls applied by subsidiary companies measured against HSBC benchmarks which cover all internal controls, both financial and non-financial; annual confirmations from chief executives of principal subsidiary companies that there have been no material losses, contingencies or uncertainties caused by weaknesses in internal controls; internal audit reports; external audit reports; prudential reviews; and regulatory reports.

         The Directors, through the Group Audit Committee, have conducted an annual review of the effectiveness of HSBC’s system of internal control covering all controls, including financial, operational and compliance controls and risk management.

    Reputational, strategic and operational risk

    HSBC regularly updates its policies and procedures for safeguarding against reputational, strategic and operational risks. This is an evolutionary process which now takes account of The Association of British Insurers’ guidance on best practice when responding to social, ethical and environmental (SEE) risks.

         The safeguarding of HSBC’s reputation is of paramount importance to its continued prosperity and is the responsibility of every member of staff. HSBC has always aspired to the highest standards of conduct and, as a matter of routine, takes account of reputational risks to its business. The training of Directors on appointment includes reputational matters.

         Reputational risks, including SEE matters, are considered and assessed by the Board, the Group Management Board, subsidiary company boards, board committees and/or senior management during the formulation of policy and the establishment of HSBC standards. Standards on all major aspects of business are set for HSBC Group and for individual subsidiary companies, businesses and functions. These policies, which form an integral part of the internal control systems, are communicated through

     


    207


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Report of the Directors (continued)

      

     

    manuals and statements of policy and are promulgated through internal communications. The policies cover SEE issues and set out operational procedures in all areas of reputational risk, including money laundering deterrence, environmental impact, anti-corruption measures and employee relations. The policy manuals address risk issues in detail and co-operation between head office departments and businesses is required to ensure a strong adherence to HSBC’s risk management system and its corporate social responsibility practices.

         Internal controls are an integral part of how HSBC conducts its business. HSBC’s manuals and statements of policy are the foundation of these internal controls. There is a strong process in place to ensure controls operate effectively. Any significant failings are reported through the control mechanisms, internal audit and compliance functions to subsidiary company audit committees and to the Group Audit Committee, which keeps under review the effectiveness of the system of internal controls and reports regularly to HSBC Holdings’ Board. In addition, all HSBC businesses and major functions are required to review their control procedures and to make regular reports about any losses arising from operational risks.

         KPMG continues to assist HSBC in its quantification of the key direct environmental impact of its principal operations around the world. This third party scrutiny of the environmental reporting system supports HSBC’s internal risk management procedures. HSBC is a participant in the Dow Jones Sustainability, FTSE4Good and Business in the Environment indices. Further details are contained in the HSBC in Society: Corporate Social Responsibility Report 2003.

    Health and safety

    The maintenance of appropriate health and safety standards throughout HSBC remains a key responsibility of all managers and HSBC is committed to actively managing all health and safety risks associated with its business. HSBC’s objectives are to identify, remove, reduce or control material risks of fires and of accidents or injuries to employees and visitors.

         Health and Safety Policies, Group standards and procedures are set by Group Fire and Safety and are implemented by Health, Safety and Fire Co-

    ordinators based in each country in which HSBC operates.

         HSBC faces a range of threats from terrorists and criminals across the world. In particular, over the past year the threat from international terrorism has become significant in a number of areas where HSBC operates. This threat has mainly manifested itself in bomb attacks such as the one in Istanbul last year in which HSBC’s Turkish headquarters building was attacked. Despite suffering tragic loss of life and major damage, existing security measures and well-managed contingency procedures ensures the business was able to return to normal operations the following day.

         Group Security provides regular risk assessments in areas of increased risk to assist management in judging the level of terrorist threat. In addition, Regional Security functions conduct regular security reviews to ensure measures to protect HSBC staff, buildings, assets and information are appropriate for the level of threat.

    Communication with shareholders

    Communication with shareholders is given high priority. Extensive information about HSBC’s activities is provided in the Annual Report and Accounts, Annual Review, HSBC in Society: Corporate Social Responsibility Report 2003, and the Interim Report which are sent to shareholders. There is regular dialogue with institutional investors and enquiries from individuals on matters relating to their shareholdings and the business of HSBC are welcomed and are dealt with in an informative and timely mann er. All shareholders are encouraged to attend the Annual General Meeting or the informal meeting of shareholders held in Hong Kong to discuss the progress of HSBC.

    Directors’ interests

    According to the registers of Directors’ interests maintained by HSBC Holdings pursuant to section 325 of the Companies Act 1985 and section 352 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, the Directors of HSBC Holdings at the year-end had the following interests in the shares and loan capital of HSBC, all beneficial unless otherwise stated.

         Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance, share options and American Depositary Shares are classified as interests in equity derivatives and are disclosed as such in the following table.


     

    208


    Back to Contents

     At 1 January 2003       At 31 December 2003           
     
     
















     
               Jointly       Percentage 
         Child     with       of ordinary 
    HSBC Holdings
    Total Beneficial under 18   Beneficiary another   Equity Total shares 
    ordinary shares of
    Interests
    1
    owner or spouse Trustee of a trust person Other derivatives interests 
    1 
    in issue 
    US$0.50
                        
                         
                         
    W F Aldinger32,658,7072,3  15,125413,404,7115  12,994,749626,414,585 0.24 
    Sir John Bond735,0703338,303 3,468  538,605762,831  2,7988946,005 0.01 
    R K F Ch’ien24,273 45,860       45,860 0.00 
    C F W de Croisset38,611,219 37,441   32,775,0559  3,036,0001035,848,496 0.33 
    W R P Dalton370,075336,441   324,2457  2,7988363,484 0.00 
    Baroness Dunn136,172 130,362     24,0004 154,362 0.00 
    D G Eldon312,0623 905  289,829746,189   336,923 0.00 
    D J Flint294,220350,051 1,877   332,1687  29,6178413,713 0.00 
    W K L Fung328,000 328,000       328,000 0.00 
    S K Green452,9463138,706 15,052 45,0004 380,0977  3,0708581,925 0.01 
    S Hintze 2,037       2,037 0.00 
    A W Jebson278,486357,794   347,3817  1,4348406,609 0.00 
    Sir John Kemp-Welch406,800 50,000 5,000 356,8004    411,800 0.00 
    Lord Marshall7,578 7,956       7,956 0.00 
    Sir Brian Moffat5,640     10,746   10,746 0.00 
    Sir Mark Moody-Stuart5,840 5,000 840      5,840 0.00 
    S W Newton 5,000       5,000 0.00 
    H Sohmen2,886,774  389,374    2,552,06611 2,941,440 0.03 
    C S Taylor500 9,500      5001210,000 0.00 
    Sir Brian Williamson14,500 15,222       15,222 0.00 
     
    1
    Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong the share interests of a Director include options over shares. The share interests of the following Directors under the Companies Act 1985 (i.e. excluding options) at 1 January 2003, or date of appointment if later, were W F Aldinger 2,321,782; Sir John Bond 657,272; C F W de Croisset 35,664; W R P Dalton 242,300; D G Eldon 235,562; D J Flint 264,603; S K Green 450,448; and A W Jebson 277,052 and at 31 December 2003 were W F Aldinger 2,339,636; Sir John Bond 943,207; C F W de Croisset 37,441; W R P Dalton 360,686; D G Eldon 336,923; D J Flint 384,096; S K Green 578,855 and A W Jebson 405,175.
    2
    Interests at 25 April 2003 – date of appointment.
    3
    Includes awards under Restricted Share Plan, further details of which are set out on page 228.
    4
    Non-beneficial.
    5
    Following the acquisition of Household in March 2003, outstanding options and other equity-based awards over Household shares were converted into rights to receive HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the same ratio as the offer for Household (2.675 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each Household common share). HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, which may be used to satisfy the exercise of these options or equity-based awards, were purchased by the HSBC (Household) Employee Benefit Trust 2003. Mr Aldinger has options over 11,630,900 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, further details of which are set out in the section headed ‘share options’ in the Directors’ Remuneration Report. However, as a potential beneficiary of the Trust he is deemed to have a technical interest in all of the 12,444,049 shares held by the Trust. The number shown above therefore comprises the 12,444,049 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares held by the Trust at 31 December 2003 and Mr Aldinger’s awards of 960,662 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares held under the Restricted Share Plan, further details of which are set out on page 228.
    6
    Comprises options to acquire 11,630,900 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares following the conversion of options held over shares of Household (further details of which are set out in the section headed ‘share options’ in the Directors’ Remuneration Report) and 272,769.8 listed American Depositary Shares, representing 1,363,849 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, which under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong are categorised as equity derivatives.
    7
    Awards held under the Restricted Share Plan, further details of which are set out on page 228.
    8
    Options to acquire HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, further details of which are set out in the section headed ‘share options’ in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.
    9
    Following the acquisition of CCF in 2000, CCF shares issued following the exercise of options over CCF shares became exchangeable for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the same ratio as the exchange offer for CCF (13 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each CCF share). HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, which may be used to satisfy the exchange of CCF shares for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares following exercise of these options, were purchased by The HSBC Holdings Employee Benefit Trust 2001 (No. 1). Mr de Croisset has options over CCF shares that are exchangeable for 2,418,000 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, further details of which are set out in the section headed ‘share options’ in the Directors’ Remuneration Report. However, as a potential beneficiary of the Trust, he is deemed to have a technical interest in all 32,775,055 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares held by the Trust at 31 December 2003.
    10
    Comprises options to acquire 618,000 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan and options over CCF shares that are exchangeable for 2,418,000 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, further details of which are set out in the section headed ‘share options’ in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.
    11
    Interests held by private investment companies.
    12
    Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong interests in listed American Depositary Shares are categorised as equity derivatives.
     

    209


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Report of the Directors (continued)

      

     

         Sir John Bond has an interest as beneficial owner in £290,000 of HSBC Capital Funding (Sterling 1) L.P. 8.208 per cent Non-cumulative Step-up Perpetual Preferred Securities, which he held throughout the year.

         D G Eldon has an interest as beneficial owner in 300 Hang Seng Bank Limited ordinary shares of HK$5.00 each, which he held throughout the year.

         S K Green has an interest as beneficial owner in €75,000 of HSBC Holdings plc 5½ per cent Subordinated Notes 2009 and in £100,000 of HSBC Bank plc 9 per cent Subordinated Notes 2005, which he held throughout the year.

         H Sohmen has a corporate interest in £1,200,000 of HSBC Bank plc 9 per cent Subordinated Notes 2005 and his spouse has an interest in US$3,000,000 of HSBC Bank plc Senior Subordinated Floating Rate Notes 2009, which were held throughout the year. H Sohmen’s spouse also has an interest in 107,800 ordinary shares of US$100 each in International United Shipping and Investment Company, an associated corporation of HSBC, representing 35 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue, which she held throughout the year. During the year, H Sohmen ceased to have an interest through a corporate body in US$3,000,000 of HSBC Capital Funding (Dollar 1) L.P. 9.547 per cent Non-cumulative Step-up Perpetual Preferred Securities, Series 1 and in US$2,900,000 of HSBC Finance Nederland BV 7.40 per cent securities 2003.

         As Directors of CCF S.A., C F W de Croisset, W R P Dalton and S K Green each had an interest as beneficial owner in one share of €5 each in that company, which they held throughout the year. The Directors have waived their rights to receive dividends on these shares and have undertaken to transfer these shares to HSBC on ceasing to be Directors of CCF.

         No directors held any short positions as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong. Save as stated above and in the Directors' Remuneration Report, none of the Directors had an interest in any shares or debentures of any HSBC corporation at the beginning or at the end of the year, and none of the Directors or members of their immediate family was awarded or exercised any right to subscribe for any shares or debentures during the period.

         Since the end of the year, the interests of each of the following Directors have increased by the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares shown against their name:

               Child           
    Beneficial under 18Beneficiary 
    ownerTrusteeor spouseof a trustOther
                
    W F Aldinger   7,5841 
    Sir John Bond482 2534,8404 
    R K F Ch’ien3625    
    C F W de Croisset2965    
    W R P Dalton3006  2,5591 
    Baroness Dunn9295    
    D G Eldon3645 752,2861 
    D J Flint4077 1432,6211 
    S K Green1,1088355511952,9995 
    A W Jebson4565  2,7441 
    Lord Marshall635    
    Sir Brian Moffat455    
    H Sohmen  7,6925 15,5299
    Sir Brian Williamson1205    
      
    1Scrip dividend on awards held under Restricted Share Plan.
    2Comprises the automatic reinvestment of dividend income by an Individual Savings Account and Personal Equity Plan manager (31 shares) and the acquisition of shares in the HSBC Holdings UK Share Ownership Plan through normal monthly contributions and the reinvestment of dividends on shares held in the plan (17 shares).
    3The automatic reinvestment of dividend income by an Individual Savings Account and Personal Equity Plan manager.
    4Comprises scrip dividend on awards held under Restricted Share Plan (4,253 shares) and on shares held in a Trust (587 shares).
    5Scrip dividend.
    6Comprises scrip dividend on shares held as beneficial owner (283 shares) and the acquisition of shares in the HSBC Holdings UK Share Ownership Plan through normal monthly contributions and the reinvestment of dividends on shares held in the plan (17 shares).
    7Comprises scrip dividend on shares held as beneficial owner (357 shares), the acquisition of shares in the HSBC Holdings UK Share Ownership Plan through normal monthly contributions and the reinvestment of dividends on shares held in the plan (17 shares) and the automatic reinvestment of a cash dividend by an Individual Savings Account and Personal Equity Plan manager (33 shares).
    8Comprises scrip dividend on shares held as beneficial owner (1,091 shares) and the acquisition of shares in the HSBC Holdings UK Share Ownership Plan through normal monthly contributions and the reinvestment of dividends on shares held in the plan (17 shares).
    9Comprises scrip dividend on interests held by private investment companies.

         There have been no other changes in Directors’ interests from 31 December 2003 to the date of this Report. Any subsequent changes up to the last practicable date before the publication of the ‘Notice of Annual General Meeting’ will be set out in the notes to that Notice.

         At 31 December 2003, Directors and Senior Management held, in aggregate, beneficial interests in 17,038,126 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares (0.2 per cent of the issued ordinary shares).


     

    210


    Back to Contents

    Employee involvement

    HSBC Holdings continues to regard communication with its employees as a key aspect of its policies. Information is given to employees about employment matters and about the financial and economic factors affecting HSBC’s performance through management channels, an intranet site accessible to all HSBC’s employees worldwide, in-house magazines and by way of attendance at internal seminars and training programmes. Employees are encouraged to discuss operational and strategic issues with their line management and to make suggestions aimed at improving performance. The involvement of employees in the performance of HSBC is further encouraged through participation in bonus and share option plans as appropriate.

         About half of all HSBC employees now participate in one or more of HSBC’s employee share plans.

    Employment of disabled persons

    HSBC Holdings continues to be committed to providing equal opportunities to employees. The employment of disabled persons is included in this commitment and the recruitment, training, career development and promotion of disabled persons is based on the aptitudes and abilities of the individual. Should employees become disabled during employment, every effort is made to continue their employment and, if necessary, appropriate training is provided.

    Supplier payment policy

    HSBC Holdings subscribes to the Better Payment Practice Code for all suppliers, the four principles of which are: to agree payment terms at the outset and stick to them; to explain payment procedures to suppliers; to pay bills in accordance with any contract agreed with the supplier or as required by law; and to tell suppliers without delay when an invoice is contested and settle disputes quickly.

         Copies of, and information about, the Code are available from: The Department of Trade and Industry, 1 Victoria Street, London SW1H 0ET.

         It is HSBC Holdings’ practice to organise payment to its suppliers through a central accounts function operated by its subsidiary undertaking, HSBC Bank plc. Included in the balance with HSBC

    Bank plc is the amount due to trade creditors which, at 31 December 2003, represented 15 days’ average daily purchases of goods and services received from such creditors, calculated in accordance with the Companies Act 1985, as amended by Statutory Instrument 1997/571.

    Notifiable interests in share capital

    According to the register maintained under section 211 of the Companies Act 1985, Legal and General Investment Management Limited notified HSBC Holdings on 11 June 2002 that it had an interest at that date in 284,604,788 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, representing 3.01 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue at that date.

         No substantial interest, being 5 per cent or more, in any of the equity share capital is recorded in the register maintained under section 336 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong.

    Dealings in HSBC Holdings shares

    On 8 May 2003, HSBC Life (International) Limited sold 20,902 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 each on the London Stock Exchange at 708.26 pence per share. Save for this and dealings as intermediaries by HSBC Bank plc and HSBC CCF Financial Products (France) SNC, which are members of a European Economic Area exchange, neither HSBC Holdings nor any subsidiary undertaking has bought, sold or redeemed any securities of HSBC Holdings during the 12 months ended 31 December 2003.

    Connected transactions

    The following constituted connected transactions under the rules of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

         In March 2003 CCF, a subsidiary of HSBC Holdings, agreed to acquire 11.81 per cent of the capital of Banque Eurofin S.A. (‘Eurofin’) from Gérard de Bartillat (4.41 per cent) and a company owned by the Bartillat Family (7.40 per cent). Gérard de Bartillat was also a Director and the Chief Executive Officer of Eurofin. The consideration of €24.2 million in cash was paid on completion. In April 2003, CCF agreed to acquire 50.03 per cent of the capital of Société des Cadres Banque Eurofin S.A.S, which in turn owned 1.18 per cent of Eurofin, from a company owned by the Bartillat Family. The


     

    211


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Report ofthe Directors(continued)
      
      

     

    consideration of €1.43 million in cash was paid on completion.

    In May 2003 HSBC Mexico (formerly GF Bital), a subsidiary of HSBC Holdings, agreed to acquire, subject to regulatory approval, 49 per cent of the capital of Seguros Bital, S.A. de C.V.(‘Seguros Bital’) held by ING Insurance International B.V. for a consideration of US$148 million. The transaction increased HSBC Mexico’s interest in Seguros Bital from 51 per cent to 100 per cent.

         In September 2003 Elysées Gestion, a subsidiary of HSBC Holdings, agreed to acquire 49 per cent of the capital of Elysées Fonds from Médéric-Prévoyance and URRPIMMEC. The consideration of €14 million in cash was paid on completion. The transaction increased Elysées Gestion’s interest in Elysées Fonds from 51 per cent to 100 per cent.

         In December 2003 HSBC Latin America BV, a subsidiary of HSBC Holdings, acquired 40 per cent of the capital of HSBC Salud (Argentina) S.A. from New York Life Inc. The consideration of US$30 million was paid in cash on completion. The transaction increased HSBC Latin America BV’s interest in HSBC Salud (Argentina) S.A. from 60 per cent to 100 per cent. The company was subsequently sold to a third party.

         In January 2004 The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, a subsidiary of HSBC Holdings, exchanged a 50 per cent interest in the capital of World Finance International Limited for approximately 7 per cent of Bergesen Worldwide Limited. Bergesen Worldwide Limited is controlled by family interests of H Sohmen, a non-executive Director of HSBC Holdings and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. The percentage interest in Bergesen Worldwide Limited was of an equivalent value to 50 per cent of the consolidated net asset value of World Finance International Limited and its subsidiaries as at 31 December 2003, estimated at approximately US$111 million.

    Donations

    During the year, HSBC made charitable donations totalling US$47,374,000. Of this amount, US$17,069,000 was given for charitable purposes in the United Kingdom.

         Following its acquisition on 28 March 2003 and until 30 September 2003 to allow time for any commitments to be honoured, Household International continued its previous policy of making political donations in the United States. During that period donations totalling US$455,270 were made, comprising US$143,250 to 174 affiliates of the Democratic Party, US$197,000 to 271 affiliates of the Republican Party and US$115,020 to 18 non-affiliated organisations. Since 1 October 2003 Household International has adopted HSBC’s longstanding policy of not making contributions to any political party. Save for the donations made by Household International before 1 October 2003 no political donations were made by HSBC during the year.

         At the Annual General Meeting in 2003 shareholders gave authority for HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank plc to make EU political donations and incur EU political expenditure up to a maximum aggregate sum of £250,000 and £50,000 respectively over a four-year period as a precautionary measure in light of the wide definitions in The Political Parties, Elections and Referendums Act 2000. These authorities have not been used.

    Annual General Meeting

    The Annual General Meeting of HSBC Holdings will be held at the Barbican Hall, Barbican Centre, London EC2 on Friday 28 May 2004 at 11.00 am.

         An informal meeting of shareholders will be held at Level 28, 1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong on Tuesday 25 May 2004 at 4.30pm.

         A live webcast of the Annual General Meeting will be available on www.hsbc.com. From shortly after the conclusion of the Meeting until 30 June 2004 a recording of the proceedings will be available on www.hsbc.com.

    Auditor

    KPMG Audit Plc has expressed its willingness to continue in office. The Group Audit Committee and the Board recommend that it be reappointed. A resolution proposing the reappointment of KPMG Audit Plc as auditor of HSBC Holdings and giving authority to the Directors to determine its remuneration will be submitted to the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

    On behalf of the Board 
    R G Barber, Secretary1 March 2004

     

    212


    Back to Contents

    H S B C  H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Directors’ Remuneration Report
      
      

     

    Remuneration Committee

    The Remuneration Committee meets regularly to consider human resource issues, particularly terms and conditions of employment, remuneration, retirement benefits, development of high potential employees and key succession planning. During 2003, the members of the Remuneration Committee were Sir Mark Moody-Stuart (Chairman), W K L Fung and Sir John Kemp-Welch, all of whom are independent non-executive Directors. S Hintze, an independent non-executive Director, was appointed a member of the Committee on 30 January 2004.

    There were eight meetings of the Remuneration Committee during 2003. All of the members attended each of these meetings. The terms of reference of the Committee are available on www.hsbc.com by selecting ‘About HSBC’, then ‘Board of Directors’, then ‘Board Committees’.

         During 2003, the Committee conducted a review of external specialist remuneration consultants. After a rigorous selection process, the Committee retained the services of Towers Perrin, a firm of specialist human resources consultants, who provide independent advice on executive remuneration issues. A further selection process will take place in 2006. As a global firm, Towers Perrin also provide other remuneration, actuarial and retirement consulting services to various parts of HSBC. Other than the provision of expert advice in these areas to the Remuneration Committee and to HSBC, Towers Perrin have no connection with HSBC. Other consultants are used from time to time to validate their findings. The Remuneration Committee also receives advice from the Group General Manager, Group Human Resources and the Senior Executive, Group Reward Management.

    General Policy on Employees

    As with most businesses, HSBC’s performance depends on the quality and commitment of its people. Accordingly, the Board’s stated strategy is to attract, retain and motivate the very best people.

         In a business that is based on trust and relationships, HSBC’s broad policy is to look for people who want to make a long-term career with the organisation since trust and relationships are built over time.

         Remuneration is an important component in people’s decisions on which company to join, but it is not the only one; it is HSBC’s experience that people are attracted to an organisation with good values, fairness, the potential for success and the scope to develop a broad, interesting career.

         Within the authority delegated by the Board of Directors, the Remuneration Committee is responsible for determining the remuneration policy of HSBC including the terms of bonus plans, share option plans and other long-term incentive plans, and for agreeing the individual remuneration packages of executive Directors and other senior Group employees. No Directors are involved in deciding their own remuneration.

         The Remuneration Committee applies the following key principles:

    to ensure that remuneration is competitive in relation to comparative organisations in each of the countries or regions in which HSBC operates;
      
    to offer fair and realistic salaries with an important element of variable pay based on relative performance;
      
    to have as many top-performers as possible at all levels within HSBC participating in some form of long-term share plan; and
      
    since 1996, to follow a policy of moving progressively from defined benefit to defined contribution Group pension schemes for new employees only.
      
    In line with these principles:
      
    employees’ salaries are reviewed annually in the context of individual and business performance, market practice, internal relativities and competitive market pressures. Allowances and benefits are largely determined by local market practice;
      
    employees participate in various bonus arrangements. The level of performance-related variable pay depends upon the performance of HSBC Holdings, constituent businesses and the individual concerned. Key measures of success include: achievement of financial goals, encompassing both revenue generation and expense control; customer relationships; full utilisation of professional

     

    213


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

      

     

     skills; and adherence to HSBC’s ethical standards. HSBC has a long history of paying close attention to its customers in order to provide value for shareholders. This has been achieved by ensuring that the interests of HSBC and its employees are aligned with those of its shareholders and that HSBC’s approach to risk management serves the interests of all. Closer alignment with the interests of shareholders continues to be achieved through the promotion and extension of employee participation in the existing share plans.
      
     Bonus ranges are reviewed in the context of prevailing market practice and overall remuneration; and
      
    in order to align the interests of employees with those of shareholders, employees generally are eligible to be considered for discretionary awards of share options under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan. For the majority of employees, the vesting of share awards under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan is subject to the attainment of TSR targets (full details are set out on pages 217 to 219). Separate transitional arrangements are currently in place for employees of CCF.
      
     In addition, to allow more employees to participate in the success they help to create, employees may also participate in the HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans and in local share ownership and profit sharing arrangements.

         The impact on existing equity of granting share options which are to be satisfied by the issue of new shares is shown in diluted earnings per share on the face of the consolidated profit and loss account, with further details disclosed in Note 11 of the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’. The effect on basic earnings per share of exercising all outstanding share options would be to dilute it by 0.40 per cent.

         The Remuneration Committee seeks to respond to the variety of environments and circumstances which are faced by different businesses in different markets at different times.

         During 2004, the Committee will conduct a comprehensive and fundamental review of all

    share-based remuneration. Before presenting any proposed changes for shareholder approval, the Committee will ensure appropriate consultation is undertaken with shareholders and their representatives.

    Directors and Senior Management

         HSBC’s operations are substantial, diverse and international; for example, over 74 per cent of net income is derived from outside the United Kingdom.

         HSBC Holdings’ Board is currently composed of 14 non-executive Directors and eight executive Directors. With businesses in 79 countries and territories, HSBC aims to attract Directors with a variety of experience, in both its key markets and internationally. The Board currently includes nationals of seven different countries. The eight executive Directors, four Group Managing Directors and 27 Group General Managers have in total more than 900 years of service with HSBC.

    Directors’ fees

    Directors’ fees are regularly reviewed and compared with other large international companies. The current fee, which was approved by shareholders in 2000, is £35,000 per annum. Recent developments in corporate governance and reporting obligations, and the expansion of HSBC’s business, continue to increase the commitment required of Directors. In accordance with the recommendations of an independent external review, the approval of shareholders will be sought at the 2004 Annual General Meeting for the basic fee to be increased to £55,000 per annum with effect from 1 January 2004.

         In addition, non-executive Directors receive, with effect from 1 January 2004, the following fees:

    Chairman, Audit Committee£40,000 p.a.
    Member, Audit Committee £15,000 p.a.
      
    During 2003, five Audit Committee meetings were held. A Director’s commitment to each meeting, including preparatory reading and review, can be up to 15 hours.
      
    Chairman, Remuneration Committee£20,000 p.a.
    Member, Remuneration Committee£15,000 p.a.
      
    During 2003, eight meetings of the Remuneration Committee were held.
      
    Chairman, Nomination Committee£20,000 p.a.
    Member, Nomination Committee£15,000 p.a.

     


    214


    Back to Contents

    The Nomination Committee met once during 2003. The terms of reference of the Committee have been broadened substantially and more meetings will be held in 2004 and future years.
      
    Chairman, Corporate Social Responsibility Committee£20,000 p.a.
    Member, Corporate Social Responsibility Committee£15,000 p.a.
      
    This Committee first met in February 2004 and will meet on a quarterly basis.

         Executive Directors are normally permitted to retain only one Director’s fee from HSBC. For example, executive Directors who are also Directors of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited may elect to receive a fee from either HSBC Holdings or The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited.

    Executive Directors

    The executive Directors are experienced executives with detailed knowledge of the financial services business in various countries. In most cases there has been a need to attract them from abroad to work in the United Kingdom.

         Having regard to the broad international nature of the Group, the annual market survey of senior executive remuneration takes into account not only remuneration data in the UK but also in other overseas markets.

         Consistent with the principles applied by the Committee to employees generally, there are four key components to the executive Directors’ remuneration:

    salary;
      
    annual cash bonus;
      
    long-term incentives; and
      
    pension.

         The Committee generally provides, on a discretionary basis, long-term share incentives to executive Directors and members of senior management through conditional awards of Performance Shares under the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 rather than through the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan, as explained under ‘Long-term incentive plan’ below.

         The level of awards available to the executive Directors under the annual cash bonus scheme and the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 is

    entirely dependent on performance. Remuneration policy for executive Directors is intended to provide competitive rates of base salary but with the potential for the majority of the value of the remuneration package to be delivered in the form of both short and long-term incentives. This typically results in base salary comprising around 40 per cent of total direct pay and the remaining 60 per cent split equally between annual bonus and the expected value of Performance Share awards. The remuneration package of W F Aldinger has a smaller proportion of fixed salary and a higher proportion of annual bonus and Restricted Share awards. The awards are in accordance with the minimum level of awards set out under his employment agreement entered into at the time of the acquisition of Household.

         Each component of executive Directors’ remuneration is explained in detail below. The current approach and structure of remuneration has been in place since 2000 and the Committee believes it has served HSBC well. The Committee has, however, made the following modifications to the performance condition for future awards of Performance Shares under the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 in order to make the condition more relevant and long-lasting:

    the elimination of any re-testing provision so that awards lapse if the performance condition is not satisfied after the initial three-year performance period; and
      
    a change to the benchmark group (set out on page 217) to make it more relevant as a benchmark against which HSBC’s performance is measured
      

         The use of Performance Shares and the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 will fall within the Committee’s review of share-based remuneration to be undertaken in 2004.

    Salary

    The Committee reviews salary levels for executive Directors each year in the same context as other employees. With respect to market practice and taking account of the international nature of the Group, the Committee benchmarks the salary of each Director and member of Senior Management against those of comparable executives in large, diverse companies.


    215


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

      

     

         Base salaries with effect from April 2004 willbe:

    W F Aldinger US$1,000,000 
    Sir John Bond £1,202,800 
    W R P Dalton £521,500 
    D G Eldon US$290,340 
    D J Flint £462,500 
    M F Geoghegan £575,000 
    S K Green £700,000 
    A W Jebson £515,000 

         This represents an average increase from 2003 of 18.9 per cent.

         As an International Manager, D G Eldon’s current base salary, shown above, is calculated on a net basis and will be subject to a separate review in April 2004.

    Annual cash bonus

    Cash bonuses for executive Directors and members of Senior Management are based on two key factors: individual performance, taking into account, as appropriate, results against plan of the business unit or performance of the support function for which the individual is responsible; and Group performance, measured by comparing operating profit before tax with plan. The Remuneration Committee has discretion to eliminate extraordinary items when assessing bonuses, if the main cause did not arise during the current bonus year.

         Measurement against these key performance factors may, exceptionally, result in discretionary cash bonuses up to 250 per cent of basic salary. For 2003, bonuses have ranged from 60 per cent to 250 per cent of base salary, with all but two of the executive Directors and members of Senior Management receiving discretionary bonuses of less than 110 per cent of base salary.

    Long term incentive plan

    The HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 is the principal long-term incentive plan used to reward the delivery of sustained financial growth of HSBC Holdings. So as to align the interests of the Directors and senior employees more closely with those of shareholders, the vesting of Performance Share awards is subject to the attainment of a predetermined TSR target.

    Awards

    In recent years the Remuneration Committee has adopted a policy that the face value of annual awards of Performance Shares to executive Directors and members of Senior Management will not as a general rule exceed 100 per cent of earnings (defined as base salary and bonus in respect of the previous performance year).

         Additionally, executive Directors and members of Senior Management who participate in the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 have not received awards under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan.

         The Remuneration Committee has proposed to the Trustee of the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 that the following conditional awards should be made to executive Directors in 2004:

     £000 
    Sir John Bond 2,100 
    D G Eldon 750 
    D J Flint 1,040 
    M F Geoghegan 780 
    S K Green 1,430 
    A W Jebson 1,040 
      
     
    Total 7,140 
      
     

         The Trustee to the Plan will be provided with funds to acquire HSBC Holdings ordinary shares at an appropriate time after the announcement of the annual results. The 2004 conditional awards proposed for executive Directors and members of Senior Management in respect of 2003 will have an aggregate value at the date of award of £16.86 million.

         Under the terms of his employment agreement entered into at the time of the acquisition of Household, W F Aldinger will receive an award of US$5.5 million which will be used to purchase Restricted Shares in HSBC Holdings. These Restricted Shares are not subject to the TSR performance conditions set out on pages 217 to 219. One-third of this award of Restricted Shares will vest on each of the three anniversaries following the date of grant.

         C F W de Croisset, who retired from HSBC on 29 February 2004, has not received any awards of Performance Shares under the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan since the acquisition of CCF in 2000. Rather, in accordance with the arrangements agreed with CCF in 2000, Mr de Croisset received share option awards under the


    216


    Back to Contents

    HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan. The awards in 2001 and 2002 were not subject to performance conditions; 50 per cent of the award made in 2003 was subject to the TSR performance conditions set out below.

         W R P Dalton, who is to retire at the Annual General Meeting on 28 May 2004, will not receive an award of Performance Shares under the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan in 2004.

    Performance conditions

    From 1999, the vesting of awards has been linked to the attainment of predetermined TSR targets as set out below.

         Particulars of executive Directors’ interests in shares held in the Restricted Share Plan are set out on page 228.

         TSR is defined as the growth in share value and declared dividend income, measured in sterling, during the relevant period. In calculating TSR, dividend income is assumed to be reinvested in the underlying shares.

         The TSR performance condition for awards of Performance Shares under the Restricted Share Plan remained the same from 1999 to 2003, the five years of the Managing for Value strategy. For awards made in 2004, changes have been made to the peer group (as described below) and re-testing provisions have been eliminated so that awards will lapse if the performance condition is not satisfied after the initial three-year performance period.

         Having regard to HSBC Holdings’ size and status within the financial sector, a benchmark for HSBC Holdings’ TSR has been established which takes account of the TSR performance of:

    1. a peer group of nine banks weighted by market capitalisation which are considered most relevant to HSBC in terms of size and international scope. For performance periods up to and including the one beginning in 2003, this group comprised ABN AMRO Holding N.V., The Bank of East Asia Limited, Citigroup Inc., Deutsche Bank A.G., J P Morgan Chase & Co., Lloyds TSB Group plc, Mitsubishi Tokyo Financial Group Inc., Oversea-Chinese Banking Corporation Ltd. and Standard Chartered plc. To be more relevant to HSBC in terms of size and
     international scope, this peer group has been amended for conditional awards made in 2004 and onwards by the replacement of Lloyds TSB Group plc, Oversea-Chinese Banking Corporation Ltd., Mitsubishi Tokyo Financial Group Inc. and The Bank of East Asia Limited with Bank of America Corporation, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Banco Santander Central Hispano S.A. and UBS AG;
      
    2. the five largest banks from each of the US, the UK, continental Europe and the Far East, other than any within paragraph 1 above, weighted by market capitalisation; and
      
    3. the banking sector of the Morgan Stanley Capital International World Index, excluding any within paragraph 1 and paragraph 2 above, weighted by market capitalisation.

         By combining the weighted average TSR for each of the above three groups and weighting that average so that 50 per cent is applied to paragraph 1, 25 per cent is applied to paragraph 2 and 25 per cent is applied to paragraph 3, an appropriate single TSR benchmark for market comparison is determined.

         The extent to which awards will vest will be determined by reference to HSBC Holdings’ TSR measured against the TSR benchmark. The calculation of the share price component within HSBC Holdings’ TSR will be the average market price over the 20 trading days commencing on the day when the annual results are announced, which in 2004 is 1 March. The starting point will be, therefore, the average over the period 1 to 26 March inclusive. TSR for the benchmark constituents will be based on their published share prices on 26 March 2004.

         If HSBC Holdings’ TSR over the performance period exceeds the benchmark TSR, awards with a value, at the date of grant, of up to 100 per cent of the individual’s earnings, will vest. For higher value awards, the greater of 50 per cent of the award or the number of shares equating at the date of grant to 100 per cent of the individual’s earnings, will vest at this level of performance. If HSBC Holdings’ TSR over the performance period places it within the upper quartile in the ranked list against the benchmark, these higher value awards will vest in full. For performance between the median and the upper quartile, vesting will be on a straight line basis.


     

    217


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

      

     

         For awards made in 2004 and thereafter, under the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 only, the initial performance period will be three years from the date of grant. As before, if the upper quartile performance target is achieved, an additional award equal to 20 per cent of the initial Performance Share award will be made and will vest at the same time as the original award to which it relates. However, regardless of whether the upper quartile is achieved, full vesting and transfer of the shares will not generally occur until the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. If the performance test is not passed at the third anniversary, the shares will be forfeited.

         As a secondary condition, options and awards will only vest if the Remuneration Committee is satisfied that HSBC Holdings’ financial performance has shown a sustained improvement in the period since the date of grant.

         In determining whether HSBC has achieved a sustained improvement in performance the Remuneration Committee will take account of, among other factors, the comparison against history and the peer group in the following areas:

    1. revenue growth;
      
    2. revenue mix;
      
    3. cost efficiency;
      
    4. credit performance as measured by risk-adjusted revenues; and
      
    5. cash return on cash invested, dividend performance and total shareholder return.

         Awards will vest immediately in cases of death. The Remuneration Committee retains discretion to recommend early release of the shares to the plan Trustee in certain instances, e.g. in the event of redundancy, retirement on grounds of injury or ill health, early retirement, retirement on or after contractual retirement or if the business is no longer part of HSBC Holdings. Awards will normally be forfeited if the participant is dismissed or resigns from HSBC.

         Where events occur which cause the Remuneration Committee to consider that the performance condition has become unfair or impractical, the right is reserved to the Remuneration Committee to make such adjustments as in its absolute discretion it deems appropriate to make.

    Pension

    The pension entitlements earned by the executive Directors during the year are set out on pages 224 and 225.


     

    218


    Back to Contents

    Total Shareholder Return

    Graph 1 below shows HSBC Holdings’ TSR performance against the benchmark TSR. Pursuant to the Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations 2002, the following graphs show HSBC Holdings’ TSR performance against the Financial

    Graph 1: HSBC TSR and TSR Benchmark

    Graph 3: HSBC TSR and MSCI World Index

    Times-Stock Exchange (FTSE) 100 Index (graph 2), the Morgan Stanley Capital International (MSCI) World Index (graph 3) and Morgan Stanley Capital International (MSCI) Financials Index (graph 4). These measures have been chosen as they are the main published indices against which HSBC monitors its performance.

    Graph 2: HSBC TSR and FTSE 100 Index

    Graph 4: HSBC TSR and MSCI Financials Index


     

    219


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

      

     

    Service contracts and terms of appointment

    HSBC’s policy is to employ executive Directors on one-year rolling contracts although, on recruitment, longer initial terms may be approved by the Remuneration Committee. The Remuneration Committee will, consistent with the best interests of the Group, seek to minimise termination payments.

         No executive Director has a service contract with HSBC Holdings or any of its subsidiaries with a notice period in excess of one year or with provisions for predetermined compensation on termination which exceeds one year’s salary and benefits in kind, save as referred to below. There are no provisions for compensation upon early termination of executive Directors’ service contracts save for W F Aldinger and C F W de Croisset, details of which are set out below.

         Mr Aldinger entered into a new employment agreement with Household on 14 November 2002 for a term of three years, such term to commence on the effective date of the acquisition of Household by HSBC. Full details of the agreement were set out in the Discloseable Transaction Circular relating to the acquisition of Household sent to shareholders on 26 February 2003 in advance of the Extraordinary General Meeting to approve the acquisition. The terms of the employment agreement, which were an integral part of the Household acquisition that shareholders approved at the Extraordinary General Meeting, are unchanged. The effective date of acquisition, and commencement date of the contract, was 28 March 2003.

         During the term of the agreement Mr Aldinger will be paid an annual base salary equal to his annual base salary as at the date of the merger agreement between Household and HSBC (US$1 million) and an annual bonus in an amount at least equal to the annual average of Mr Aldinger’s bonuses earned with respect to the three-year period ended 2001 (pro rated for any partial year) (US$4 million). Within 30 days of the effective date, Mr Aldinger received a one-time special retention grant of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 with a value equal to US$10 million. These Restricted Shares will vest in three equal instalments on each of the first three anniversaries

    of the effective date, as set out on page 228. After each of the second and third anniversaries of the effective date, subject to the approval of the Trustee of the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000, Mr Aldinger will receive an additional grant of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares with a value equal to at least US$5.5 million. The purpose of these arrangements is to retain the services of Mr Aldinger through the initial integration of Household. HSBC considers it is essential that the experience, knowledge and skills of Mr Aldinger be retained for the benefit of HSBC shareholders.

         If Mr Aldinger’s employment is terminated by him during its term for ‘good reason’, or by Household for reasons other than ‘cause’ or disability, he will be entitled to: a pro rata target annual bonus for the financial year of the date of termination; a payment equal to his annual base salary, plus the average of his annual bonuses with respect to the three-year period ended 2001, times the number of full and partial months from the date of termination until the third anniversary of the effective date, divided by twelve; the immediate vesting and exercisability of each stock option, restricted stock award and other equity-based award or performance award (or cash equivalent) that is outstanding as at the date of termination and treatment as ret irement eligible for purposes of exercising any such award; for the remainder of his life and that of his current spouse, continued medical and dental benefits at Household’s cost; and his retirement benefits (as set out on page 224) in a lump sum.

         Sir John Bond is employed on a rolling contract dated 1 January 1993 which requires 12 months’ notice to be given by either party.

         C F W de Croisset has a contract of employment dated 7 January 1980 that was in force before he joined the Board of CCF. The contract has no set term but provides for three months’ notice to be given by either party. Under the terms of the contract Mr de Croisset would be entitled to receive one month's salary for each year of service with CCF on termination of his employment with CCF. In accordance with French legal requirements and practice, this contract was suspended while he served as an executive Director of CCF. On 29 February 2004, Mr de Croisset took early retirement from the Group, relinquishing his role as Chairman and CEO of CCF. In light of French legal requirements a review of market


     

    220


    Back to Contents

     

    practice was undertaken and it was agreed that a one-off payment of €2,427,000 would be made by CCF to Mr de Croisset, which is considered to be appropriate in all the circumstances. He will also receive a pension as set out on page 224.

         W R P Dalton is employed on a rolling contract dated 5 January 1998 which requires 12 months’ notice to be given by either party.

         D G Eldon is employed on a rolling contract dated 1 January 1968 which requires three months’ notice to be given by either party.

         D J Flint is employed on a rolling contract dated 29 September 1995 which requires 12 months’ notice to be given by the Company and nine months’ notice to be given by Mr Flint.

         M F Geoghegan, who is to stand for reelection at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting, is employed on a rolling contract which requires 12 months’ notice to be given by either party.

         S K Green is employed on a rolling contract dated 9 March 1998 which requires 12 months’ notice to be given by either party.

         A W Jebson is employed on a rolling contract dated 14 January 2000 which requires 12 months’ notice to be given by either party.

         Members of Senior Management are employed on service contracts which generally provide for a term of service expiring at the end of a period of up to two years, or the individual’s sixtieth birthday, whichever is earlier.

         Non-executive Directors are appointed for fixed terms not exceeding three years, subject to their re-election by shareholders at subsequent Annual General Meetings. Non-executive Directors have no service contract and are not eligible to participate in HSBC’s share plans. Non-executive Directors’ terms of appointment will expire as follows: in 2005 Baroness Dunn and H Sohmen; in 2006 Sir John Kemp-Welch, S W Newton, C S Taylor and Sir Brian Williamson; and in 2007 Lord Butler, R K F Ch’ien, R A Fairhead, W K L Fung, S Hintze, Sir Brian Moffat and Sir Mark Moody-Stuart.

    Other directorships

    Executive Directors, if so authorised by the Board, may accept appointments as non-executive Directors of suitable companies which are not part of HSBC. Executive Directors normally would be permitted to take on no more than one such appointment. Any remuneration receivable in respect of this appointment is normally paid to the HSBC company by which the executive Director is employed, unless otherwise approved by the Remuneration Committee.

         Sir John Bond retains his fees as a non-executive director of the Ford Motor Company, which are provided partly in the form of restricted shares, which become unrestricted over a period of five years. During 2003 the fees received were US$83,000 in cash and US$35,000 deferred into Ford common stock units. In addition, Ford provides US$200,000 of life assurance and US$500,000 of accidental death or dismemberment insurance. The life assurance can be continued after retirement from the Board or Sir John Bond could elect to have it reduced to US$100,000 and receive US$15,000 a year for life. The accidental death or dismemberment insurance ends upon retirement from the Board.

         W F Aldinger retains his fees as a non-executive director of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. and as a non-executive director of AT&T Corp. During 2003 the fee received from Illinois Tool Works, Inc. was US$60,800 in the form of deferred stock and the fee received from AT&T Corp. was US$26,500 in cash and US$15,000 in the form of deferred shares. In addition, AT&T Corp. provide travel accident insurance when on AT&T Corp. company business and US$100,000 of life assurance.


     

    221


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

      

     

    Employees’ emoluments

    Set out below is information in respect of the five individuals who are not Directors of HSBC Holdings whose emoluments (excluding commissions or bonuses related to the revenue or profits generated by employees individually or collectively with others engaged in similar activities) were the highest in HSBC for the year ended 31 December 2003.

     £000
    Basic salaries, allowances and benefits in  
         kind1,340
    Pension contributions122
    Bonuses paid or receivable30,117
    Inducements to join paid or receivable5,653
    Compensation for loss of office 
    ––   contractual
    ––   other
     
    Total37,232 
     
    Total (US$000) 60,836
     

       Their emoluments are within the following bands:

     Number of 
     Employees 
    £4,100,001 – £4,200,0001 
    £4,900,001 – £5,000,0002 
    £10,500,001 – £10,600,0001 
    £12,600,001 – £12,700,0001 

    The basic salaries of Group Managing Directors and Group General Managers are within the following bands:

     Number of
     Group Managing
     Directors and Group
     General Managers
    £150,001 – £250,0009
    £250,001 – £350,00014
    £350,001 – £450,0007
    £450,001 – £550,0001

         The aggregate remuneration of Directors and Senior Management for the year ended 31 December 2003 was US$100,150,000.

         The aggregate amount set aside or accrued to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for Directors and Senior Management for the year ended 31 December 2003 was US$4,321,000.

         At 31 December 2003, executive Directors and Senior Management held, in aggregate, options to subscribe for 5,656,876 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under the HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme, HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan and HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans. These options are exercisable between 2004 and 2013 at prices ranging from £2.1727 to £9.642.


    222


    Back to Contents

    Directors’ emoluments

    The emoluments of the Directors of HSBC Holdings for 2003 were as follows:

       Salary         
    and otherBenefitsTotalTotal
    Feesremunerationin kind1Bonuses220032002
     £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 
    Executive Directors            
    W F Aldinger3 431 65 1,686 2,182  
    Sir John Bond35 1,007 5 1,100 2,147 1,885 
    C F W de Croisset35 382  917 1,334 609 
    W R P Dalton35 582 14 4631 627 
    D G Eldon520 376 505 279 1,180 1,226 
    D J Flint35 564 8 450 1,057 960 
    S K Green35 551 1 650 1,237 965 
    AW Jebson35 472 1 450 958 648 
    Sir Keith Whitson615 358 10 500 883 2,170 
                 
    Non-executive Directors            
    Lord Butler45    45 40 
    R K F Ch’ien1597   159 167 
    Baroness Dunn35    35 35 
    W K L Fung658   65 61 
    S Hintze35    35 35 
    Sir John Kemp-Welch55    55 48 
    Lord Marshall35    35 45 
    Sir Brian Moffat50    50 45 
    Sir Mark Moody-Stuart50    50 40 
    S W Newton35    35 9 
    H Sohmen259   25 27 
    C S Taylor6410   64 17 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Sir Brian Williamson35    35 9 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Total933 4,723 609 6,032 12,297 9,716 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Total (US$000)1,525 7,717 995 9,856 20,093 14,579 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
      1 Benefits in kind for executive Directors include provision of company car, medical insurance, other insurance cover and travel assistance.
      2These discretionary bonuses are in respect of 2003 and will be paid in 2004. W F Aldinger’s guaranteed minimum bonus of US$4,000,000 has been prorated in respect of the period from 25 April 2003 (the date of his appointment) to 31 December 2003.
      3Appointed on 25 April 2003. W F Aldinger has elected to waive any fees payable to him by HSBC Holdings – 2003: £23,300.
      4 In return for the prior waiver of bonus, the employer contribution into the pension scheme has been increased by the amount of £1,250,000 (2002: £400,000) which would otherwise have been paid.
      5The emoluments of D G Eldon include housing and other expatriate benefits in kind that are normal within the location in which he is employed.
      6Retired on 30 May 2003.
      7Includes fees as non-executive Chairman of HSBC Private Equity (Asia) Limited and as a non-executive Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited.
      8Includes fee as a non-executive Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited.
      9Fees as a non-executive Director and member of the Audit Committee of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. H Sohmen has elected to waive any fees payable to him by HSBC Holdings – 2003: £35,000 (2002: £35,000).
    10 Includes fee as a non-executive Director of HSBC Bank USA.

    223


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

      
      

    Pensions

    There are separate schemes for UK-based and overseas-based employees: the UK scheme has a normal retirement age of 60; retirement ages for overseas schemes vary in accordance with local legislation and practice. Save as stated below no other Director participated in any HSBC pension schemes, none of the Directors participating in HSBC’s UK ‘approved’ pension schemes is subject to the earnings cap introduced by the 1989 Finance Act and only basic salary is pensionable. With four exceptions (see paragraphs below on W F Aldinger, C F W de Croisset, D J Flint and W R P Dalton), the executive Directors are members of defined benefit pension schemes, having joined HSBC at a time when these were the norm.

         Before commencement of his new employment agreement on 28 March 2003, W F Aldinger participated in Household’s ‘qualified’ and ‘non-qualified’ defined benefit pension plans. The annual pension benefit under these arrangements was a function of service and a percentage of Final Average Earnings (which included bonus). The ‘non-qualified plans’ were enhanced before commencement of Mr Aldinger’s new employment agreement. The benefits under the ‘qualified’ and ‘non-qualified’ defined benefit pension plans were then frozen and will be payable in a lump sum on the earlier of the termination of Mr Aldinger’s employment or on Mr Aldinger’s retirement. No further benefits have accrued under these arrangements since 28 March 2003.

         Since commencement of his new employment agreement on 28 March 2003, Mr Aldinger has continued to participate in the Household International Tax Reduction Investment Plan (TRIP), which is a ‘qualified’ funded deferred profit-sharing and savings plan for eligible employees, although no employer contributions have been made since 28 March 2003. Mr Aldinger also participated in Supplemental TRIP (a ‘non-qualified’ plan), which is an unfunded arrangement under which additional employer provision of US$41,539 has been made since 28 March 2003.

         The pension arrangements for Sir John Bond, S K Green and A W Jebson to contractual retirement age of 60 are, and for Sir Keith Whitson were, provided under the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension

    Scheme. The pensions accrue at a rate of one-thirtieth of pensionable salary per year of pensionable service in the UK.

         Until his retirement from CCF on 29 February 2004, C F W de Croisset was eligible for pension benefits which were supplementary to those accrued under the French State and Compulsory arrangements. The amount of this supplementary pension, payable from age 60, accrued at the rate of €6,098 per annum for each year of service (maximum 18 years) as an executive Director of CCF. Consequent upon Mr de Croisset’s early retirement from CCF and following a review of market practice, it has been agreed to provide a total pension of €341,467 per annum (equivalent to 32.5 per cent of his average total cash compensation over a three-year period) payable from 1 March 2004. The whole cost of this pension is met by CCF.

         The pension arrangements for W R P Dalton to contractual retirement age of 60 are provided on a defined benefit basis (details of which are set out in the table below) under the HSBC Canada Pension Plan A, at an accrual rate of one-thirtieth of pensionable salary per year of pensionable service until his transfer to the UK in 1998. Since taking up his appointment in the UK, he has joined the HSBC Holdings Overseas (No.1) Pension Plan on a defined contribution basis, with an employer contribution in respect of 2003 of £1,379,000 (2002: £529,000), including a bonus waiver of £1,250,000 (2002: £400,000).

         The pension arrangements for D J Flint to contractual retirement age of 60 are provided through an executive allowance paid to fund personal pension arrangements set at 30 per cent of basic salary. This is supplemented through the HSBC Holdings plc Funded Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme on a defined contribution basis with an employer contribution during 2003 of £81,943 (2002: £80,092). The intention of these arrangements is to provide benefits broadly comparable to an accrual rate of one-thirtieth of pensionable salary for each year of pensionable service.

         The pension arrangements for D G Eldon are provided under the HSBC International Staff Retirement Benefits Scheme. Pension accrues at a rate of one twenty-seventh of pensionable salary per year of pensionable service.


     

    224


    Back to Contents

                 Transfer value 
    (less personal
    contributions)
    at 31 December
    Increase inIncrease of2003 relating to
    accruedTransferTransfertransfer valueincrease in
    Accruedpensionvaluevalueof accruedaccrued
    annualIncrease induring 2003,of accruedof accruedpension (lesspensions during
    pension ataccruedexcludingpension atpension atpersonal2003, excluding
    31 Decemberpensionany increase1 January31 Decembercontributions)any increase for
    2003during 2003for inflation20032003in 2003inflation
     £000£000£000£0001£0001£0001£0001
                   
    Sir John Bond2398 74 66 5,504 7,924 2,420 1,306 
    C F W de Croisset64 9 7 626 860 234 97 
    W R P Dalton274 17 14 3,680 4,258 578 212 
                   
    D G Eldon3251 17 11 4,703 5,045 3424205 
    S K Green178 19 15 1,901 2,367 466 193 
                   
    A W Jebson5141 17 14 1,384 1,769 385 175 
                   
    Sir Keith Whitson6 36 29 4,514 5,713 1,199 611 
                   
    1 The transfer value represents a liability of HSBC’s pension funds and not a sum paid or due to the individual; it cannot therefore meaningfully be added to annual remuneration.
    2  On attaining age 60, Sir John Bond has been able, under the terms of the scheme, to retire at any time with an immediate pension equal to his accrued pension which, at 31 December 2003, is shown above.
    3  On attaining age 53, D G Eldon has been able, under the terms of the scheme, to retire at any time with an immediate pension equal to his accrued pension which, at 31 December 2003, is shown above.
    4D G Eldon made personal contributions towards his pension of £14,625 in respect of 2003.
    5A W Jebson’s entitlement has been supplemented by an employer contribution of £175,000 in return for the prior waiver of part of his bonus in respect of 2002.
    6Sir Keith Whitson retired from the Group with effect from 30 May 2003, with a gross pension of £287,472 per annum. Sir Keith Whitson elected to commute part of this pension for a lump sum payment of £664,825 leaving a residual pension of £233,737 per annum. As a result, the pension in payment at 31 December 2003 is lower than the accrued pension at 1 January 2003. The increase in accrued pension during 2003 reflects the gross pension before commutation. The transfer value of benefits at 31 December 2003 reflects both the pension in payment and the commutation lump sum, increased with interest.
      

         The following unfunded pension payments, in respect of which provision has been made, were made during 2003 to four former Directors of HSBC Holdings:

     2003 2002 
     £ £ 
         
    B H Asher83,277 81,564 
    R Delbridge119,777 117,313 
    Sir Brian Pearse49,947 48,918 
    Sir William Purves88,158 86,343 
     
     
     
     341,159 334,138 
     
     
     

    The payments in respect of R Delbridge and Sir Brian Pearse were made by HSBC Bank plc as former Directors of the bank.

    Share options

    At 31 December 2003, the undernamed Directors held options to acquire the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares set against their respective names. The options were awarded for nil

    consideration at exercise prices equivalent to the market value at the date of award, except that options awarded under the HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans before 2001 are exercisable at a 15 per cent discount to the market value at the date of award and those awarded since 2001 at a 20 per cent discount. The options are categorised as unlisted physically settled share options under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong.

         Except as otherwise indicated, no options were exercised or lapsed during the year and there are no remaining performance criteria conditional upon which the outstanding options are exercisable. The market value of the ordinary shares at 31 December 2003 was £8.78. The highest and lowest market values during the year were £9.135 and £6.31. Market value is the mid-market price derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List on the relevant date.


    225


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

      
      
      
         On 27 August 2003, a payment of £400,000 was made to J M Gray, a former director of the Company and Chairman of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, who retired in 1996. The payment, which was effected after having taken legal advice, represents compensation in respect of losses suffered by Mr Gray as a result of alleged negligent advice given to Mr Gray at the time of his retirement. The advice concerned the impact of his retirement on his then existing share options and the time at which these options would lapse. The compensation payment represents a portion of the loss suffered by Mr Gray on the lapse of those options.
       
        Options    Options    Options    Options                
    held atawardedexercisedheld at    
    1 Januaryduringduring31 DecemberExerciseDate of
    Exercisable
    Exercisable
    2003yearyear2003price (£)award
    from1
    until
                     
    Sir John Bond75,0002 75,0003 
    3.3334
     1 Apr 1996 1 Apr 1999 1 Apr 2006 
     2,798   2,7984
    6.0299
     10 Apr 2000 1 Aug 2005 31 Jan 2006 
    C F W de Croisset206,000   206,0005
    8.7120
     23 Apr 2001 23 Apr 2004 23 Apr 2011 
     206,000   206,0005
    8.4050
     7 May 2002 7 May 2005 7 May 2012 
      206,0006 206,0005
    6.9100
     2 May 2003 2 May 2006 1 May 2013 
    W R P Dalton22,704  22,7047 
    2.4062
     12 Oct 1993 12 Oct 1996 12 Oct 2003 
     30,273  30,2737 
    2.8376
     8 Mar 1994 8 Mar 1997 8 Mar 2004 
     36,000  36,0007 
    2.1727
     7 Mar 1995 7 Mar 1998 7 Mar 2005 
     36,0002 36,0007 
    3.3334
     1 Apr 1996 1 Apr 1999 1 Apr 2006 
     2,798   2,7984
    6.0299
     10 Apr 2000 1 Aug 2005 31 Jan 2006 
    D G Eldon36,000  36,0008 
    2.1727
     7 Mar 1995 7 Mar 1998 7 Mar 2005 
     40,5002 40,5008 
    3.3334
     1 Apr 1996 1 Apr 1999 1 Apr 2006 
    D J Flint27,0002  27,000 
    3.3334
     1 Apr 1996 1 Apr 1999 1 Apr 2006 
     2,617   2,6174
    6.3224
     2 May 2002 1 Aug 2007 31 Jan 2008 
    S K Green2,4984  9
    6.7536
     11 Apr 2001 1 Aug 2006 31 Jan 2007 
      3,0704 3,0704
    5.3496
     23 Apr 2003 1 Aug 2008 31 Jan 2009 
    A W Jebson1,434   1,4344
    6.7536
     11 Apr 2001 1 Aug 2004 31 Jan 2005 
    Sir Keith Whitson10 60,0001 60,000 11 
    3.3334
     1 Apr 1996 1 Apr 1999 1 Apr 2006 
     2,798   2,79812
    6.0299
     10 Apr 2000 1 Aug 2005 31 Jan 2006 
             
           
      1May be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. retirement.
      2The exercise of these options was conditional upon the growth in earnings per share over a three-year period being equal to or greater than a composite rate of inflation (comprising 50 per cent of the Hong Kong Composite Consumer Price
        Index, 35 per cent of the UK Retail Price Index and 15 per cent of the USA All Urban Consumer Price Index) plus 2 per cent per annum. This condition has been satisfied.
      3At the date of exercise, 31 March 2003, the market value per share was £6.49.
      4Options awarded under the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan.
      5Options awarded under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan
      6Vesting of 50 per cent of the award is subject to the performance tests set out in the section headed ‘Performance Conditions’ on pages 217 to 219.
      7At the date of exercise, 5 March 2003, the market value per share was £6.70.
      8At the date of exercise, 27 May 2003, the market value per share was £7.20.
      9Options lapsed on 9 April 2003 following closure of the associated savings-related account by the Director.
    10Retired on 30 May 2003.
    11At the date of exercise, 11 March 2003, the market value per share was £6.53.
    12Options held under the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan at date of retirement (30 May 2003).

       
         At 31 December 2003, C F W de Croisset held the following options to acquire CCF shares of €5 each. On exercise of these options each CCF share will be exchanged for 13 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. The options were granted by CCF for nil consideration at a 5 per cent discount to the market value at the date of award. There are no remaining performance criteria conditional upon which the outstanding options are exercisable. No options over CCF shares of €5 each were awarded to or exercised by Mr de Croisset during the year.
       

    226


    Back to Contents

     
    Options held at
    1 January 2003
        Exercise priceper
    share (€)
        
    Options
    held at
    31 December
    2003
        Equivalent
    HSBC Holdings
    ordinary
    shares at
    31 December
    2003
          
    Date
    of award
          
    Exercisable
    from
          
    Exercisable
    until
                 
    CCF S.A. shares of €5          
    10,000
     32.78 10,000 130,000 
    23 Jun 1994
     
    23 Jun 1996
     
    23 Jun 2004
    30,000
     34.00 30,000 390,000 
    22 Jun 1995
     
    22 Jun 1997
     
    22 Jun 2005
    30,000
     35.52 30,000 390,000 
    9 May 1996
     
    9 May 1998
     
    9 May 2006
    30,000
     37.05 30,000 390,000 
    7 May 1997
     
    7 Jun 2000
     
    7 May 2007
    30,000
     73.50 30,000 390,000 
    29 Apr 1998
     
    7 Jun 2000
     
    29 Apr 2008
    28,000
     81.71 28,000 364,000 
    7 Apr 1999
     
    7 Jun 2000
     
    7 Apr 2009
    28,000
     142.50 28,000 364,000 
    12 Apr 2000
     
    1 Jan 2002
     
    12 Apr 2010
                 

         At 31 December 2003, W F Aldinger held options to acquire HSBC Holdings ordinary shares as set out in the table below. These options arise from the conversion of options he held over shares of Household International into options over HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the same ratio as the offer for Household (2.675 HSBC Holdings ordinary

    shares for each Household common share) and the exercise prices per share adjusted accordingly. The Household options were granted at nil consideration.

         No options over HSBC Holdings ordinary shares were awarded to Mr Aldinger from 25 April to 31 December 2003.


                 
    Options held at Exercise price per Options exercised Options held at 31 Date of
     
    Exercisable
     
    Exercisable
    25 April 20031 share (US$) during year2 December 2003 award  
    from
     
    until
                 
    HSBC Holdings ordinary            
         shares of US$0.50            
    535,000 4.74 535,000  13 Sep 1994 
    13 Sep 1995
     
    13 Sep 2004
    971,025 5.09 971,025  7 Feb 1995 
    7 Feb 1996
     
    7 Feb 2005
    971,025 7.43  971,025 13 Nov 1995 
    13 Nov 1996
     
    13 Nov 2005
    1,003,125 11.43  1,003,125 11 Nov 1996 
    11 Nov 1997
     
    11 Nov 2006
    1,203,750 14.60  1,203,750 10 Nov 1997 
    10 Nov 1998
     
    10 Nov 2007
    1,337,500 13.72  1,337,500 9 Nov 1998 
    9 Nov 1999
     
    9 Nov 2008
    1,230,500 16.96  1,230,500 8 Nov 1999 
    8 Nov 2000
     
    8 Nov 2009
    1,605,000 18.40  1,605,000 13 Nov 2000 
    13 Nov 2001
     
    13 Nov 2010
    2,140,000 21.37  2,140,000 12 Nov 2001 
    12 Nov 2002
     
    12 Nov 2011
    2,140,000 10.66  2,140,000 20 Nov 2002 
    20 Nov 2003
     
    20 Nov 2012
                 
    1Date of appointment.
    2At the date of exercise, 19 December 2003, the market value per share was £8.82.
    3535,000 options are exercisable on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of award.
       
         Save as stated above, none of the Directors, or members of their immediate families, were awarded or exercised any right to subscribe for any shares or debentures during the year.   
       

    227


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

      
      
      
    Restricted Share Plan               
                Monetary value      
    1
    Monetary value                  
    AwardsAwardsof awardsAwardsof awardsAwards  
    held atmademade duringvestedvested duringheld at Year in
    1 Januaryduring thethe yearduringthe year31 DecemberDate ofwhich awards
    2003year£000the year £00020031awardmay vest
    HSBC Holdings ordinary                
       shares of US$0.50                
    W F Aldinger 942,80826,403   960,662 15 Apr 2003 2004 to 20063
                     
    Sir John Bond29,746   30,6474193  2 Mar 1998 2003 
     67,996     71,386 4 Mar 1999 2004 
     85,365     89,621 10 Mar 2000 2005 
     80,001     83,988 12 Mar 2001 2006 
     119,795     125,767 8 Mar 2002 2007 
      159,87351,100   167,843 5 Mar 2003 2008 
    W R P Dalton19,833   20,4334129  2 Mar 1998 2003 
     39,665     41,643 4 Mar 1999 2004 
     38,803     40,738 10 Mar 2000 2005 
     45,715     47,994 12 Mar 2001 2006 
     75,660     79,432 8 Mar 2002 2007 
      109,0045750   114,438 5 Mar 2003 2008 
    D G Eldon23,796   24,5164154  2 Mar 1998 2003 
     39,665     41,643 4 Mar 1999 2004 
     38,803     40,738 10 Mar 2000 2005 
     7,388   7,388650  3 Apr 2000 2003 
     45,715     47,994 12 Mar 2001 2006 
     6,736     7,072630 Apr 2001 2004 
     50,440     52,955 8 Mar 2002 2007 
     9,340     9,806615 May 2002 2005 
      72,6695500   76,292 5 Mar 2003 2008 
      13,081690   13,329 12 May 2003 2006 
    D J Flint19,833   20,4334129  2 Mar 1998 2003 
     39,665     41,643 4 Mar 1999 2004 
     34,922     36,663 10 Mar 2000 2005 
     57,144     59,992 12 Mar 2001 2006 
     75,660     79,432 8 Mar 2002 2007 
      109,0045750   114,438 5 Mar 2003 2008 
    S K Green23,796   24,5164154  2 Mar 1998 2003 
     39,665     41,643 4 Mar 1999 2004 
     38,803     40,738 10 Mar 2000 2005 
     80,001     83,988 12 Mar 2001 2006 
     94,575     99,290 8 Mar 2002 2007 
      109,0045750   114,438 5 Mar 2003 2008 
    A W Jebson9,917   10,216464  2 Mar 1998 2003 
     33,998     35,693 4 Mar 1999 2004 
     31,041     32,589 10 Mar 2000 2005 
     68,572     71,990 12 Mar 2001 2006 
     88,270     92,671 8 Mar 2002 2007 
      109,0045750   114,438 5 Mar 2003 2008 
    Sir Keith Whitson723,796   24,5164154  2 Mar 1998 2003 
     56,663     58,38384 Mar 1999 2004 
     54,323     55,971810 Mar 2000 2005 
     62,858     64,765812 Mar 2001 2006 
     94,575     97,44488 Mar 2002 2007 
     
    Unless otherwise indicated, vesting of these shares is subject to the performance tests set out in the section headed ‘Performance Conditions’ on pages 217 to 219.
     
    1Includes additional shares arising from scrip dividends.
    2The market value per share on 15 April 2003 was £6.81. The shares acquired by the Trustee were purchased at an average price of £6.79.

    228


    Back to Contents

    3The shares will vest in three equal instalments on each of the first three anniversaries of 28 March 2003 so long as Mr Aldinger remains employed on the relevant vesting date, subject to accelerated vesting upon a termination of cause, or by Mr Aldinger for good reason or due to his death or disability.
    4At the date of vesting, 31 March 2003, the market value per share was £6.49. The market value per share (adjusted for the share capital reorganisation implemented on 2 July 1999) on 2 March 1998, the date of award, was £6.22. The awards were subject to earnings per share performance conditions, to be achieved in whole or in part, as follows: (1) earnings per share in the year 2001 to be greater than earnings per share in 1997 by a factor equivalent to the composite rate of inflation (a weighted average of inflation in the UK, USA and Hong Kong) plus 2 per cent, compounded over each year of the performance period; (2) earnings per share to increase relative to the previous year in not less than three of the four years of the performance period; and (3) cumulative earnings per share over the four years of the performance period, 1998 to 2001 inclusive, must exceed an aggregate figure calculated by compoundin g 1997 earnings per share by a factor equivalent to the annual composite rate of inflation plus 2 per cent for each year of the performance period. On meeting all of these three primary tests, 50 per cent of the conditional awards would be released to each eligible participant. A secondary test would apply such that, if the cumulative earnings per share over the performance period exceeded an aggregate figure calculated by compounding 1997 earnings per share by a factor equivalent to the same annual composite rate of inflation as described above, plus 5 per cent or more, or 8 per cent or more, for each year of the performance period, 75 per cent or 100 per cent respectively of the conditional awards would be released. In accordance with the rules of the plan, these conditions were retested over the years 1999 to 2002. The performance conditions were met in full and the shares were released.
    5The market value per share on 5 March 2003 was £6.70. The shares acquired by the Trustee of the Plan were purchased at an average price of £6.88.
    650 per cent of D G Eldon’s discretionary bonus in respect of 1999, 2000, 2001 and 2002 respectively was awarded in Restricted Shares with a three-year restricted period.
    7Retired on 30 May 2003.
    8Interest at date of retirement (30 May 2003).
      
      
    On behalf of the Board  
      
    Sir Mark Moody-Stuart, Chairman of Remuneration Committee1 March 2004
      

    229


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in Relation to Financial Statements

      

    The following statement, which should be read in conjunction with the Auditors’ statement of their responsibilities set out in their report on page 231 and 232, is made with a view to distinguishing for shareholders the respective responsibilities of the Directors and of the Auditors in relation to the financial statements.

         The Directors are required by the Companies Act 1985 to prepare financial statements for each financial year which give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of HSBC Holdings plc together with its subsidiary undertakings as at the end of the financial year and of the profit or loss for the financial year. They are also required to present additional information for US shareholders. Accordingly, these financial statements are framed to meet both UK and US requirements to give a consistent view to all shareholders. The Directors are required to prepare these financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is not appropriate. Since the Directors are satisfied that HSBC has the resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future, the financial statements continue to be prepared on the going concern basis. The Directors consider that in preparing the financial statements on pages 233 to 366, HSBC Holdings has used appropriate accounting policies, consistently applied, save as disclosed in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’, and supported by reasonable and prudent judgements and estimates, and that all accounting standards which they consider to be applicable have been followed.

         The Directors have responsibility for ensuring that HSBC Holdings keeps accounting records which disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of HSBC Holdings and which enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 1985.

         The Directors have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of HSBC and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

    On behalf of the Board 1 March 2004
      
    R G Barber, Secretary 

    230


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Independent auditors’ report to the Board of Directors and shareholders of HSBC Holdings plc

      

    We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of HSBC Holdings plc and its subsidiary undertakings (together ‘HSBC’) on pages 233 to 366 which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as at 31 December 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts, statements of total consolidated recognised gains and losses, reconciliations of movements in consolidated shareholders’ funds and consolidated cash flow statements for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2003. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

         We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of HSBC as at 31 December 2003 and 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom.

         Accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom vary in certain significant respects from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 50 to the consolidated financial statements.

    KPMG Audit Plc1 March 2004
    Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditor 
    London, England 

    231


    Back to Contents

     

     

     

    This page is left blank intentionally.

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    232


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Financial statements

      

    Consolidated profit and loss account for the year ended 31 December 2003

      
    2003
    2002
    2001
      





      
    Rest of
     
    Notes
    Total
    Household
    1
    HSBC
      
    US$m
    US$m
    US$m
    US$m
    US$m
    Interest receivable           
    – interest receivable and similar income arising from debt securities  6,947 60 6,887 7,253 8,590 
    – other interest receivable and similar  income  33,021 10,326 22,695 21,342 26,671 
    Interest payable (14,370)(2,081)(12,289)(13,135)(20,536)
      
     
     
     
     
     
    Net interest income 25,598 8,305 17,293 15,460 14,725 
    Dividend income3222 12 210 278 186 
    Fees and commissions receivable 12,560 1,674 10,886 9,245 8,756 
    Fees and commissions payable (2,166)(458)(1,708)(1,421)(1,286)
    Dealing profits42,178  2,178 1,313 1,685 
    Other operating income 2,680 650 2,030 1,720 1,822 
      
     
     
     
     
     
    Operating income741,072 10,183 30,889 26,595 25,888 
    Administrative expenses5,7(19,685)(3,296)(16,389)(13,764)(13,471)
    Depreciation and amortisation           
    – tangible fixed assets25(1,382)(99)(1,283)(1,190)(1,134)
    – intangible assets24(15)(11)(4)  
    – goodwill24(1,450)(381)(1,069)(854)(799)
      
     
     
     
     
     
    Operating profit before provisions 18,540 6,396 12,144 10,787 10,484 
    Provisions for bad and doubtful debts17(6,093)(4,575)(1,518)(1,321)(2,037)
     Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments32(35) (35)(39)(649)
     Loss from foreign currency redenomination in Argentina6(9) (9)(68)(520)
    Amounts written off fixed asset  investments  (106) (106)(324)(125)
      
     
     
     
     
     
    Operating profit 12,297 1,821 10,476 9,035 7,153 
    Share of operating loss in joint ventures (116) (116)(28)(91)
    Share of operating profit in associates 221  221 135 164 
    Gains/(losses) on disposal of           
    – investments 451 6 445 532 754 
    – tangible fixed assets (37) (37)(24)20 
      
     
     
     
     
     
    Profit on ordinary activities before tax712,816 1,827 10,989 9,650 8,000 
    Tax on profit on ordinary activities8(3,120)(463)(2,657)(2,534)(1,988)
      
     
     
     
     
     
    Profit on ordinary activities after tax  9,696 1,364 8,332 7,116 6,012 
    Minority interests           
    – equity (487) (487)(505)(579)
    – non-equity (435) (435)(372)(441)
      
     
     
     
     
     
    Profit attributable to shareholders 8,774 1,364 7,410 6,239 4,992 
        
     
         
    Dividends10(6,532)    (5,001)(4,467)
      
         
     
     
    Retained profit for the period 2,242     1,238 525 
      
         
     
     
      

    US$

         US$ US$ 
    Basic earnings per ordinary share110.84     0.67 0.54 
    Diluted earnings per ordinary share110.83     0.66 0.53 
    Dividends per ordinary share100.60     0.53 0.48 
                
    Movements in reserves are set out in Note 36.
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
    All results are from continuing operations.
      
    1The results of Household cover the period since the date of acquisition, 28 March, 2003.

    233


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Financial statements (continued)

      

     

    Consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2003     
      2003 20021
     
    Notes
    US$m US$m 
          
    ASSETS     
          
    Cash and balances at central banks 7,661 7,659 
    Items in the course of collection from other banks 6,628 5,651 
    Treasury bills and other eligible bills1220,391 18,141 
    Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness1310,987 9,445 
    Loans and advances to banks15117,173 95,496 
    Loans and advances to customers16528,977 352,344 
    Debt securities19205,722 175,730 
    Equity shares2012,879 7,664 
          
    Interests in joint ventures: gross assets 87 486 
                                                   gross liabilities (77)(296)
          
     2110 190 
    Interests in associates221,263 1,116 
    Other participating interests23690 651 
    Goodwill and intangible assets2428,640 17,192 
    Tangible fixed assets2515,748 14,181 
    Other assets2763,128 45,763 
    Prepayments and accrued income 14,319 7,382 
      
     
     
    Total assets 1,034,216 758,605 
      
     
     

    234


    Back to Contents

       2003 20021
     Notes US$m US$m 
           
    LIABILITIES      
           
    Hong Kong currency notes in circulation13 10,987 9,445 
    Deposits by banks28 70,426 52,933 
    Customer accounts29 573,130 495,438 
    Items in the course of transmission to other banks  4,383 4,634 
    Debt securities in issue30 153,562 34,965 
    Other liabilities31 94,669 72,090 
    Accruals and deferred income  13,760 7,574 
    Provisions for liabilities and charges32     
    – deferred taxation  1,670 1,154 
    – other provisions  5,078 3,683 
    Subordinated liabilities33     
    – undated loan capital  3,617 3,540 
    – dated loan capital  17,580 14,831 
    Minority interests      
    – equity  2,162 2,122 
    – non-equity34 8,719 4,431 
           
    Called up share capital35 5,481 4,741 
    Share premium account36 4,406 3,647 
    Own shares held reserve36 (923)(646)
    Other reserves36 21,543 8,729 
    Revaluation reserves36 1,615 1,954 
    Profit and loss account36 42,351 33,340 
           
    Shareholders’ funds  74,473 51,765 
       
     
     
    Total liabilities  1,034,216 758,605 
       
     
     
           
    MEMORANDUM ITEMS      
           
    Contingent liabilitiess39     
    – acceptances and endorsements  5,412 4,711 
    – guarantees and assets pledged as collateral security  54,439 46,527 
    – other contingent liabilities  29 17 
       
     
     
       59,880 51,255 
       
     
     
    Commitments39 428,764 225,629 
       
     
     

    Sir John Bond, Group Chairman

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

    1.Figures for 2002 have been restated to reflect the adoption of UITF Abstracts 37 ‘Purchases and sales of own shares’, and 38 ‘Accounting for ESOP trusts’, details of which are set out in Note 1 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on pages 239 to 240.

    235


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Financial statements (continued)

      

    HSBC Holdings balance sheet at 31 December 2003

       2003 20021
     Notes US$m US$m 
    FIXED ASSETS      
    Tangible assets25 2 2 
    Investments26     
    – shares in HSBC undertakings  80,501 57,510 
    – loans to HSBC undertakings  3,788 4,163 
    – other investments other than loans  537 484 
       
     
     
       84,828 62,159 
       
     
     
    CURRENT ASSETS      
    Debtors      
    – money market deposits with HSBC undertakings  6,995 5,708 
    – other amounts owed by HSBC undertakings  2,526 1,634 
    – amounts owed by HSBC undertakings (falling due after more than 1 year)  2,412 1,012 
    – other debtors  95 28 
       
     
     
    Total assets  12,028 8,382 
    Cash at bank and in hand      
    – balances with HSBC undertakings  901 870 
       
     
     
       12,929 9,252 
       
     
     
    CREDITORS: amounts falling due within 1 year      
    Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings  (700)(1,370)
    Subordinated liabilities33     
    – owed to HSBC undertakings   (350)
    Other creditors  (261)(196)
    Second interim dividend declared10 (1,309)(3,069)
    Third interim dividend declared10 (2,627) 
       
     
     
       (4,897)(4,985)
       
     
     
    NET CURRENT ASSETS  8,032 4,267 
       
     
     
    TOTAL ASSETS LESS CURRENT LIABILITIES  92,860 66,426 
    CREDITORS: amounts falling due after more than 1 year      
    Subordinated liabilities33     
    – owed to third parties  (5,970)(5,790)
    – owed to HSBC undertakings  (6,845)(3,686)
    Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings  (5,479)(5,092)
    PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES      
    Deferred taxation32 (93)(93)
       
     
     
    NET ASSETS  74,473 51,765 
       
     
     
    CAPITAL AND RESERVES      
    Called up share capital35 5,481 4,741 
    Share premium account36 4,406 3,647 
    Own shares held reserve36 (653)(540)
    Revaluation reserve36 57,041 36,883 
    Reserve in respect of obligations under CCF and Household share options36 485 439 
    Profit and loss account36 7,713 6,595 
       
     
     
       74,473 51,765 
       
     
     

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

    1.Figures for 2002 have been restated to reflect the adoption of UITF Abstracts 37 ‘Purchases and sales of own shares’, and 38 ‘Accounting for ESOP trusts’, details of which are set out in Note 1 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on pages239 to 240.

    236


    Back to Contents

    Statement of total consolidated recognised gains and losses for the year ended 31 December 2003

     2003 2002 2001 
     US$m US$m US$m 
           
    Profit for the financial year attributable to shareholders8,774 6,239 4,992 
    Unrealised deficit on revaluation of investment properties:      
       Subsidiaries(28)(22)(18)
       Associates(10)(1)(5)
    Unrealised deficit on revaluation of land and buildings      
       (excluding investment properties):      
       Subsidiaries(292)(297)(227)
    Exchange and other movements5,318 3,781 (1,242)
     
     
     
     
    Total recognised gains and losses for the year13,762 9,700 3,500 
     
     
     
     

    Reconciliation of movements in consolidated shareholders’ funds for the year to 31 December 2003

     2003 2002120011
     US$m US$m US$m 
           
    Profit for the period attributable to shareholders8,774 6,239 4,992 
    Dividends(6,532)(5,001)(4,467)
     
     
     
     
     2,242 1,238 525 
    Other recognised gains and losses relating to the year4,988 3,461 (1,492)
    New share capital subscribed, net of costs862 337 112 
           
    Purchases of own shares to meet share awards      
       and share option awards(301)(5)(66)
    Own shares released on vesting of share awards and      
       exercise of options162 45 15 
    Amortisation of shares in restricted share plan19 19 25 
    Net purchases and sales of own shares for market making      
       purposes2(138) 88 
    Total net change in shareholders’ funds arising from own      
       shares adjustments(258)59 62 
    Reserve in respect of obligations under CCF share options(41)(41)(16)
    New share capital issued in connection with the acquisition      
       of Household13,405   
    Net reserve in respect of obligations under Household      
       share options84   
    Net reserve in respect of the equity component of      
       Household 8.875 per cent Adjustable Conversion-Rate      
       Equity Security Units3   
    Amounts arising on shares issued in lieu of dividends1,423 1,023 866 
     
     
     
     
    Net addition to shareholders’ funds22,708 6,077 57 
           
    Shareholders’ funds at 1 January as reported52,406 46,388 46,393 
    Prior period adjustment (as explained in Note 1)(641)(700)(762)
           
    Shareholders’ funds at 1 January restated51,765 45,688 45,631 
     
     
     
     
    Shareholders’ funds at end of period74,473 51,765 45,688 
     
     
     
     

    No note of historical cost profits and losses has been presented as there is no material difference between HSBC’s results as disclosed in the consolidated profit and loss account and the results on an unmodified historical cost basis.

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

    1Figures for 2002 and 2001 have been restated to reflect the adoption of UITF Abstracts 37 ‘Purchases and sales of own shares’, and 38 ‘Accounting for ESOP trusts’, details of which are set out in Note 1 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on pages 239 to 240.
    2The net purchases and sales for market making purposes relate to long positions. Short positions arising in market making activities are included within ‘Other liabilities’. In 2003, total purchases and sales for market making purposes (including those related to short positions) each amounted to about US$8.8 billion, with similar levels of trading in both 2002 and 2001.

    237


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Financial statements (continued)

      

    Consolidated cash flow statement for the year ended 31 December 2003

       2003 2002120011
     Notes US$m US$m US$m 
             
    Net cash inflow from operating activities41 22,675 16,426 12,827 
    Dividends received from associated undertakings  108 114 113 
    Returns on investments and servicing of finance        
       Interest paid on finance leases and similar hire purchase contracts  (37)(29) (27) 
       Interest paid on subordinated loan capital  (882)(870)(1,116)
       Dividends paid to minority interests        
       – equity  (514)(480)(472)
       – non-equity  (392)(357)(599)
             
    Net cash outflow from returns on investments and servicing of finance  (1,825)(1,736) (2,214) 
    Taxation paid  (2,631)(1,371)(2,106)
    Capital expenditure and financial investments        
       Purchase of investment securities  (218,196)(130,166)(148,760)
       Proceeds from sale and maturities of investment securities  206,099 122,495 145,321 
       Purchase of tangible fixed assets  (1,981)(1,723)(1,873)
       Proceeds from sale of tangible fixed assets  346 328 557 
       Purchase of intangible assets  (87)  
             
    Net cash outflow from capital expenditure and financial investments  (13,819)(9,066) (4,755) 
    Acquisitions and disposals        
       Net cash inflow/(outflow) from acquisition of and increase in stake in subsidiary undertakings26 (2,137)264  (834) 
       Net cash inflow from disposal of subsidiary undertakings  556  26 
       Purchase of interests in associated undertakings and other participating interests  (47)(649) (154) 
       Proceeds from disposal of associated undertakings and other participating interests  3 341  79  
             
    Net cash outflow from acquisitions and disposals  (1,625)(44) (883) 
    Equity dividends paid  (4,242)(3,609)(3,528)
       
     
     
     
    Net cash inflow/(outflow) before financing  (1,359)714 (546)
    Financing        
       Issue of ordinary share capital  845 337 112 
       Net purchases and sales of own shares for market making purposes  (138)  88  
       Purchases of own shares to meet share awards and share option awards  (301)(5) (66) 
       Own shares released on vesting of share awards and exercise of options  181 64  40  
       Increase of non equity minority interests  4,104   
       Decrease of non equity minority interests  (206)(50)(825)
       Subordinated loan capital issued  2,358 4,105 456 
       Subordinated loan capital repaid  (1,464)(1,923)(965)
             
    Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing42 5,379 2,528 (1,160)
       
     
     
     
    Increase/(decrease) in cash43 4,020 3,242 (1,706)
       
     
     
     

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements

    1Figures for 2002 and 2001 have been restated to reflect the adoption of UITF Abstracts 37  ‘Purchases and sales of own shares’, and 38 ‘Accounting for ESOP trusts’, details of which are set out in Note 1 in the  ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’ on pages 239 to 240.

    238


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Notes on the Financial Statements

      
      
    1Basis of preparation



       
     (a)The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain investments and land and buildings, and in accordance with applicable accounting standards.
       
      The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with the special provisions of Part VII Chapter II of the UK Companies Act 1985 (‘the Act’) relating to banking groups. The consolidated financial statements comply with Schedule 9 and the financial statements of HSBC Holdings comply with Schedule 4 to the Act.
       
      As permitted by Section 230 of the Act, no profit and loss account is presented for HSBC Holdings.
       
      HSBC has adopted the provisions of the UITF Abstract 37 ‘Purchases and sales of own shares’, and UITF Abstract 38 ‘Accounting for ESOP trusts’. For a discussion of the impact of the adoption of UITF Abstracts 37 and 38 see Note 1(e) below.
       
      The accounts have been prepared in accordance with the Statements of Recommended Accounting Practice (‘SORP’s) issued by the British Bankers’ Association (‘BBA’) and Irish Bankers’ Federation (‘IBF’) and with the SORP ‘Accounting issues in the asset finance and leasing industry’ issued by the Finance & Leasing Association (‘FLA’).
       
      The SORP issued by the Association of British Insurers (‘ABI’) ‘Accounting for insurance business’ contains recommendations on accounting for insurance business for insurance companies and insurance groups. HSBC is primarily a banking group, rather than an insurance group, and, consistent with previously established practice for such groups preparing consolidated financial statements complying with Schedule 9 to the Act, values its long-term assurance businesses using the Embedded Value method. This method includes a valuation of the discounted future earnings expected to emerge from business currently in force, taking into account factors such as recent experience and general economic conditions, together with the surplus retained in the long-term assurance funds.
       
     (b)The preparation of financial information requires the use of estimates and assumptions about future conditions. In this connection, management believes that the critical accounting policies where management judgement is necessarily applied are those in relation to provisions for bad and doubtful debts, goodwill impairment, and the valuation of unquoted and illiquid debt and equity securities. Application of these policies and the key estimates and assumptions used are described in the Financial Review section on pages 118 to 121 under the heading ‘Critical Accounting Policies’.
       
     (c)The consolidated financial statements of HSBC comprise the financial statements of HSBC Holdings and its subsidiary undertakings. Financial statements of subsidiary undertakings are made up to 31 December, with the exception of the banking and insurance subsidiaries of HSBC Bank Argentina, whose financial statements are made up to 30 June annually to comply with local regulations. Accordingly HSBC uses interim financial statements for its principal banking and insurance subsidiaries in Argentina, drawn up to 31 December annually, and these interim financial statements are audited.
       
      The consolidated financial statements include the attributable share of the results and reserves of joint ventures and associates, based on financial statements made up to dates not earlier than six months prior to 31 December.
       
      All significant intra-HSBC transactions are eliminated on consolidation.
       
     (d)HSBC’s financial statements are prepared in accordance with UK generally accepted accounting principles (‘UK GAAP’), which differs in certain respects from Hong Kong and US generally accepted accounting principles (‘Hong Kong GAAP’ and ‘US GAAP’). A discussion of the significant differences between UK GAAP and Hong Kong GAAP is contained in note 49. A discussion of the significant differences between UK GAAP and US GAAP and a reconciliation to US GAAP of certain amounts is contained in Note 50. The Notes on the Financial Statements, taken together with the Financial Review, include the aggregate of all disclosures necessary to satisfy both UK and US reporting requirements.
       
     (e)The presentation in the financial statements of shares in HSBC Holdings held by HSBC changed in 2003 following the adoption of UITF Abstracts 37 and 38. HSBC Holdings shares held on HSBC’s own account are

    239


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

      
       
      now deducted from shareholders’ funds; previously they were included in equity shares and other assets. No gains or losses are recognised in the profit and loss account reserve on purchases, sales or cancellation of own shares. The change in accounting policy has been reflected by way of a prior period adjustment. Comparative figures have been restated as follows:
       
      Consolidated profit and loss account
       
      UITF Abstract 38 does not impact on the profit and loss account. Profit and loss account comparative figures have not been restated upon the adoption of UITF Abstract 37 since the effect is immaterial. The effect on the results for the current period of the adoption of UITF Abstract 37 is to reduce profits by US$39 million arising from the increase in the market value of own shares held within long-term assurance assets attributable to policy holders (see Note 27).
       
      Consolidated balance sheet
       
      Statement of reclassifications as a result of UITF Abstracts 37 and 38
       
       
          Own shares Profit and loss 
      Other assets Equity shares held reserve account reserve 
      US$m US$m US$m US$m 
              
     At 31 December 2002        
     Under previous policy45,85518,213  33,335 
     Impact of UITF Abstracts 37 and 38(92)(549)(646)5 
      
     
     
     
     
     Under new policy45,763 7,664 (646)33,340 
      
     
     
     
     
     At 31 December 2001        
     Under previous policy38,632 8,057  27,296 
     Impact of UITF Abstracts 37 and 38(92)(608)(686)(14)
      
     
     
     
     
     Under new policy38,540 7,449 (686)27,282 
      
     
     
     
     
     At 31 December 2000        
     Under previous policy36,030 8,104  27,057 
     Impact of UITF Abstracts 37 and 38(92)(670)(723)(39)
      
     
     
     
     
     Under new policy35,938 7,434 (723)27,018 
      
     
     
     
     
       
      1  This excludes US$29 million of intangible assets, which have now been combined with Goodwill on the face of the balance sheet.
       
       HSBC Holdings’ balance sheet
       
      Statement of reclassifications as a result of UITF Abstracts 37 and 38
       
      Investments –         
      shares in HSBC Investments – Revaluation Own shares Profit and loss 
      undertakings own shares reserve held reserve account 
      US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m 
     At 31 December 2002          
     Under previous policy57,637 514 37,010  6,569 
     Impact of UITF Abstracts 37 and 38 (127) (514) (127) (540) 26 
      
     
     
     
     
     
     Under new policy57,510  36,883 (540)6,595 
      
     
     
     
     
     
     At 31 December 2001          
     Under previous policy49,762 555 32,581  5,276 
     Impact of UITF Abstracts 37 and 38(145)(555)(145)(571)16 
      
     
     
     
     
     
     Under new policy49,617  32,436 (571)5,292 
      
     
     
     
     
     
     At 31 December 2000          
     Under previous policy47,106 564 32,363  5,595 
     Impact of UITF Abstracts 37 and 38(198)(564)(198)(573)9 
      
     
     
     
     
     
     Under new policy46,908  32,165 (573)5,604 
      
     
     
     
     
     

    240


    Back to Contents

    2Principal accounting policies

     (a)Income recognition
        
      Interest income is recognised in the profit and loss account as it accrues, except in the case of doubtful debts (Note 2 (b) below).
        
      Fee and commission income is accounted for in the period when receivable, except where it is charged to cover the costs of a continuing service to, or risk borne for, the customer, or is interest in nature. In these cases, it is recognised on an appropriate basis over the relevant period.
        
     (b)Loans and advances and doubtful debts
        
      It is HSBC’s policy that each operating company will make provisions for bad and doubtful debts promptly where required and on a consistent basis in accordance with established Group guidelines.
        
      

    There are two basic types of provision, specific and general, each of which is considered in terms of the charge and the amount outstanding.

        
      Specific provisions
        
      Specific provisions represent the quantification of actual and inherent losses from homogeneous portfolios of assets and individually identified accounts. Specific provisions are deducted from loans and advances in the balance sheet. The majority of specific provisions are determined on a portfolio basis.
        
      Portfolios
        
      Where homogeneous groups of assets are reviewed on a portfolio basis, two alternative methods are used to calculate specific provisions:
        
      When appropriate empirical information is available, the Group utilises roll rate methodology (a statistical analysis of historical trends of the probability of default and amount of consequential loss, assessed at each time period for which payments are overdue), other historical data and an evaluation of current economic conditions to calculate an appropriate level of specific provision based on inherent loss. Additionally, in certain highly developed markets, sophisticated models also take into account behavioural and account management trends such as bankruptcy and rescheduling statistics. Roll rates are regularly benchmarked against actual outcomes to ensure they remain appropriate.
        
      In other cases, when information is insufficient or not sufficiently reliable to adopt a roll rate methodology, the Group adopts a formulaic approach which allocates progressively higher loss rates in line with the period of time for which a customer’s loan is overdue.
        
      Individually assessed accounts
        
      Specific provisions on individually assessed accounts are determined by an evaluation of the exposures on a case-by-case basis. This procedure is applied to all accounts that do not qualify for, or are not subject to, a portfolio based approach. In determining such provisions on individually assessed accounts, the following factors are considered:
        
      the Group’s aggregate exposure to the customer (including contingent liabilities);
        
      the viability of the customer’s business model and the capability of management to trade successfully out of financial difficulties and generate sufficient cash flow to service their debt obligations;
        
      the likely dividend available on liquidation or bankruptcy;

    241


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

      
      
      the extent of other creditors’ commitments ranking ahead of, or pari passu with, the Group and the likelihood of other creditors continuing to support the company;
        
      the complexity of determining the aggregate amount and ranking of all creditor claims and the extent to which legal and insurance uncertainties are evident;
        
      the amount and timing of expected receipts and recoveries;
        
      the realisable value of security (or other credit mitigants) and likelihood of successful repossession;
        
      the deduction of any costs involved in recovery of amounts outstanding; and
        
      the ability of the borrower to obtain the relevant foreign currency if loans are not in local currency.
       
     

     

    Releases on individually calculated specific provisions are recognised whenever the Group has reasonable evidence that the established estimate of loss has been reduced.
       
      Cross-border exposures
       
      Specific provisions are established in respect of cross-border exposures to countries assessed by management to be vulnerable to foreign currency payment restrictions. This assessment includes analysis of both economic and political factors.
       
      Provisions are applied to all qualifying exposures within these countries unless these exposures:
       
      are fully performing and of less than one year’s maturity;
       
      are mitigated by acceptable security cover held outside the country concerned; or
       
      are represented by securities held for trading purposes for which a liquid and active market exists, and which are marked to market daily.
       
      General provisions
      
      General provisions augment specific provisions and provide cover for loans that are impaired at the balance sheet date but which will not be individually identified as such until some time in the future. HSBC requires operating companies to maintain a general provision, which is determined after taking into account:
       
      historical loss experience in portfolios of similar risk characteristics (for example, by industry sector, loan grade or product);
       
      the estimated period between a loss occurring and that loss being identified and evidenced by the establishment of a specific provision against that loss; and
       
      management’s judgement as to whether the current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual level of inherent losses is likely to be greater or less than that suggested by historical experience.
      
      The estimated period between a loss occurring and its identification (as evidenced by the establishment of a specific provision for that loss) is determined by local management for each identified portfolio.
      
      Loans on which interest is being suspended and non-accrual loans
      
     

     

    Loans are designated as non-performing as soon as management has doubts as to the ultimate collectibility of principal or interest or when contractual payments of principal or interest are 90 days overdue. When a loan is designated as non-performing, interest is not normally credited to the profit and loss account and either interest accruals will cease (‘non-accrual loans’) or interest will be credited to an interest suspense account in the balance sheet which is netted against the relevant loan (‘suspended interest’)

    242


    Back to Contents

      The designation of a loan as non-performing and the suspension of interest may be deferred for up to 12 months in either of the following situations:
        
      cash collateral is held covering the total of principal and interest due and the right of set-off is legally sound; or
        
      the value of any net realisable tangible security is considered more than sufficient to cover the full repayment of all principal and interest due and credit approval has been given to the rolling-up or capitalisation of interest payments.
        
      In certain subsidiaries, principally in the UK and Hong Kong, provided that there is a realistic prospect of interest being paid at some future date, interest on non-performing loans is charged to the customer’s account. However, the interest is not credited to the profit and loss account but to an interest suspense account in the balance sheet, which is netted against the relevant loan.
        
      In other subsidiaries and in any event where the probability of receiving interest payments is remote, interest is no longer accrued and any suspended interest balance is written off.
        
      On receipt of cash (other than from the realisation of security), the overall risk is re-evaluated and, if appropriate, suspended or non-accrual interest is recovered and taken to the profit and loss account. A specific provision of the same amount as the interest receipt is then raised against the principal balance. Amounts received from the realisation of security are applied to the repayment of outstanding indebtedness, with any surplus used to recover any specific provisions and then suspended interest.
        
      Loans are not reclassified as accruing until interest and principal payments are up-to-date and future payments are reasonably assured.
        
      Loan write-offs
        
      Loans (and the related provisions) are normally written off, either partially or in full, when there is no realistic prospect of recovery of these amounts and when the proceeds from the realisation of security have been received.
        
      Assets acquired in exchange for advances
        
      Assets acquired in exchange for advances in order to achieve an orderly realisation continue to be reported as advances. The asset acquired is recorded at the carrying value of the advance disposed of at the date of the exchange and subsequent provisions are based on any further deterioration in value.
        
     (c)Treasury bills, debt securities and equity shares
        
      Treasury bills, debt securities and equity shares intended to be held on a continuing basis are disclosed as investment securities and are included in the balance sheet at cost less provision for any permanent diminution in value.
        
      Where dated investment securities have been purchased at a premium or discount, these premiums and discounts are amortised through the profit and loss account over the period from the date of purchase to the date of maturity so as to give a constant rate of return. If the maturity is at the borrowers’ option within a specified range of years, the earliest maturity is adopted. These securities are included in the balance sheet at cost adjusted for the amortisation of premiums and discounts arising on acquisition. The amortisation of premiums and discounts is included in ‘Interest receivable’. Any profit or loss on realisation of these securities is recognised in the profit and loss account as it arises and included in ‘Gains on disposal of investments’.
        
      Other treasury bills, debt securities, equity shares and short positions in securities are included in the balance sheet at market value. Changes in the market value of such assets and liabilities are recognised in the profit and loss account as ‘Dealing profits’ as they arise. For liquid portfolios market values are determined by reference to independently sourced mid-market prices. In certain less liquid portfolios securities are valued by reference to bid or offer prices as appropriate. Where independent prices are not available, market values may be determined

    243


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

      
      
      
      
      
     by discounting the expected future cash flows using an appropriate interest rate adjusted for the credit risk of the counterparty.
        
     Where securities are sold subject to a commitment to repurchase them at a predetermined price, they remain on the balance sheet and a liability is recorded in respect of the consideration received. Conversely, securities purchased under analogous commitments to resell are not recognised on the balance sheet and the consideration paid is recorded in ‘Loans and advances to banks’ or ‘Loans and advances to customers’.
      
    (d)Subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures, associates and other participating interests
        
     (i)HSBC Holdings’ investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated at net asset values, including attributable goodwill, adjusted for shares held by subsidiaries in HSBC Holdings. Changes in the value of subsidiary undertakings are accounted for as movements in the revaluation reserve.
        
     (ii)Interests in joint ventures are stated at HSBC’s share of gross assets, including attributable goodwill, less HSBC’s share of gross liabilities.
        
     (iii)Interests in associates are stated at HSBC’s share of net assets, including attributable goodwill.
        
     (iv)Other participating interests are investments in the shares of undertakings which are held on a long-term basis for the purpose of securing a contribution to HSBC’s business, other than subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures or associates. Other participating interests are stated at cost less any permanent diminution in value.
       
    (e)Goodwill and intangible assets
       
     (i)Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures or associates when the cost of acquisition exceeds the fair value of HSBC’s share of separable net assets acquired. Negative goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates when the fair value of HSBC’s share of separable net assets acquired exceeds the cost of acquisition. For acquisitions made on or after 1 January 1998, goodwill is included in the balance sheet in ‘Goodwill and intangible assets’ in respect of subsidiary undertakings, in ‘Interests in joint ventures’ in respect of joint ventures and in ‘Interests in associates’ in respect of associates. Capitalised goodwill is amortised over its estimated life on a straight-line basis. Capitalised goodwill is tested for impairment when necessary by comparing the present value of the expected future cash flows from an entity with the carrying value of its net assets, including attributable goodwill. Negative goodwill is credited to the profit and loss account in the periods expected to be benefited. For acquisitions prior to 1 January 1998, goodwill was charged against reserves in the year of acquisition.
       
      At the date of disposal of subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures or associates, any unamortised goodwill or goodwill previously charged directly to reserves is included in HSBC’s share of net assets of the undertaking in the calculation of the gain or loss on disposal of the undertaking.
       
     (ii)Intangible assets represent contracts with retailers and other organisations to originate and promote HSBC products such as credit cards, store cards and retail loans. They are stated at their cost less amortisation to write off the assets over the contract lives. Intangible assets are subject to impairment review if there are events or changes in circumstances that indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
       
    (f)Tangible fixed assets
       
     (i)Land and buildings are stated at valuation or cost less depreciation calculated to write off the assets over their estimated useful lives as follows:
        
      freehold land and land held on leases with more than 50 years to expiry are not depreciated;
        
      land held on leases with 50 years or less to expiry is depreciated over the unexpired terms of the leases; and
        

    244


    Back to Contents

        
        
        
        
      buildings and improvements thereto are depreciated on cost or valuation at the greater of 2 per cent per annum on the straight-line basis or over the unexpired terms of the leases or over the remaining useful lives.
       
     (ii)Equipment, fixtures and fittings are stated at cost less depreciation calculated on the straight-line basis to write off the assets over their estimated useful lives, which are generally between 5 years and 20 years.
        
     (iii)HSBC holds certain properties as investments. No depreciation is provided in respect of such properties other than leaseholds with 20 years or less to expiry. Investment properties are included in the balance sheet at their open market value and the aggregate surplus or deficit, where material, is transferred to the investment property revaluation reserve.
        
    (g)Finance and operating leases
        
     (i)Assets leased to customers under agreements which transfer substantially all the risks and rewards associated with ownership, other than legal title, are classified as finance leases. Where HSBC is a lessor under finance leases the amounts due under the leases, after deduction of unearned charges, are included in ‘Loans and advances to banks’ or ‘Loans and advances to customers’. Finance charges receivable are recognised over the periods of the leases so as to give a constant rate of return on the net cash investment in the leases, taking into account tax payments and receipts associated with the leases.
        
     (ii)Where HSBC is a lessee under finance leases the leased assets are capitalised and included in ‘Equipment, fixtures and fittings’ and the corresponding liability to the lessor is included in ‘Other liabilities’. Finance charges payable are recognised over the periods of the leases based on the interest rates implicit in the leases.
       
     (iii)All other leases are classified as operating leases and, where HSBC is the lessor, are included in ‘Tangible fixed assets’. Provision is made to the extent that the carrying value of equipment is impaired through residual values not being fully recoverable. Rentals payable and receivable under operating leases are accounted for on the straight-line basis over the periods of the leases and are included in ‘Administrative expenses’ and ‘Other operating income’ respectively.
       
    (h)Deferred taxation
       
     Deferred tax is recognised in full on timing differences between the accounting and taxation treatment of income and expenditure, subject to assessment of the recoverability of deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets are regarded as recoverable to the extent that it is more likely than not there will suitable taxable profits from which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted. Deferred tax balances are not discounted.
      
    (i)Pension and other post-retirement benefits
      
     HSBC operates a number of pension and other post-retirement benefit schemes throughout the world.
      
     For UK defined benefit schemes annual contributions are made, on the advice of qualified actuaries, for funding of retirement benefits in order to build up reserves for each scheme member during the employee’s working life and used to pay a pension to the employee or dependant after retirement. The costs of providing these benefits are charged to the profit and loss account on a systematic basis.
      
     Arrangements for staff retirement benefits in overseas locations vary from country to country and are made in accordance with local regulations and custom. The pension cost of the major overseas schemes is assessed in accordance with the advice of qualified actuaries so as to recognise the cost of pensions on a systematic basis over employees’ service lives.

    245


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

      
      
      
      
      
     Since 1 January 1993, the cost of providing post-retirement health-care benefits, which is assessed in accordance with the advice of qualified actuaries, has been recognised on a systematic basis over employees’ service lives. At 1 January 1993, there was an accumulated obligation in respect of these benefits relating to current and retired employees which is being charged to the profit and loss account in equal instalments over 20 years.
      
    (j)Foreign currencies
        
     (i)Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into US dollars at the rates of exchange ruling at the year-end. The results of branches, subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates not reporting in US dollars are translated into US dollars at the average rates of exchange for the year.
        
     (ii)Exchange differences arising from the retranslation of opening foreign currency net investments and the related cost of hedging and exchange differences arising from retranslation of the result for the year from the average rate to the exchange rate ruling at the year-end are accounted for in reserves.
       
     (iii)Other exchange differences are recognised in the profit and loss account.
       
    (k)Off-balance-sheet financial instruments
      
     Off-balance-sheet financial instruments comprise futures, forward, swap and option transactions undertaken by HSBC in the foreign exchange, interest rate, equity, credit derivative, and commodity markets. Netting is applied where a legal right of set-off exists.
      
     Accounting for these instruments is dependent upon whether the transactions are undertaken for trading or non-trading purposes.
      
     Trading transactions
      
     Trading transactions include transactions undertaken for market-making, to service customers’ needs and for proprietary purposes, as well as any related hedges.
      
     Transactions undertaken for trading purposes are marked-to-market and the net present value of any gain or loss arising is recognised in the profit and loss account as ‘Dealing profits’, after appropriate deferrals for unearned credit margin and future servicing costs. Off-balance sheet trading transactions are valued by reference to an independent liquid price where this is available. For those transactions where there are no readily quoted prices, which predominantly relates to over the counter transactions, market values are determined by reference to independently sourced rates, using valuation models. Adjustments are made for illiquid positions where appropriate.
      
     Assets, including gains, resulting from off-balance sheet exchange rate, interest rate, equities, credit derivative and commodity contracts which are marked-to-market are included in ‘Other assets’. Liabilities, including losses, resulting from such contracts, are included in ‘Other liabilities’.
      
     Non-trading transactions
      
     Non-trading transactions are those which are held for hedging purposes as part of HSBC’s risk management strategy against cashflows, assets, liabilities or positions measured on an accruals basis. Non-trading transactions include qualifying hedges and positions that synthetically alter the characteristics of specified financial instruments.
      
     Non-trading transactions are accounted for on an equivalent basis to the underlying assets, liabilities or net positions. Any gain or loss arising is recognised on the same basis as that arising from the related assets, liabilities or positions.
      
     To qualify as a hedge, a derivative must effectively reduce the price, foreign exchange or interest rate risk of the asset, liability or anticipated transaction to which it is linked and be designated as a hedge at inception of the

    246


    Back to Contents

       derivative contract. Accordingly, changes in the market value of the derivative must be highly correlated with changes in the market value of the underlying hedged item at inception of the hedge and over the life of the hedge contract. If these criteria are met, the derivative is accounted for on the same basis as the underlying hedged item. Derivatives used for hedging purposes include swaps, forwards and futures.
       
       Interest rate swaps are also used to alter synthetically the interest rate characteristics of financial instruments. In order to qualify for synthetic alteration, a derivative instrument must be linked to specific individual, or pools of similar, assets or liabilities by the notional principal and interest rate risks of the associated instruments, and must achieve a result that is consistent with defined risk management objectives. If these criteria are met, accruals based accounting is applied, i.e. income or expense is recognised and accrued to the next settlement date in accordance with the contractual terms of the agreement.
       
       Any gain or loss arising on the termination of a qualifying derivative is deferred and amortised to earnings over the original life of the terminated contract. Where the underlying asset, liability or position is sold or terminated, the qualifying derivative is immediately marked-to-market and any gain or loss arising is taken to the profit and loss account.
       
     (I)Long-term assurance business
       
      The value placed on HSBC’s interest in long-term assurance business includes a valuation of the discounted future earnings expected to emerge from business currently in force, using appropriate assumptions in assessing factors such as recent experience and general economic conditions, together with the surplus retained in the long-term assurance funds. These are determined annually in consultation with independent actuaries and are included in ‘Other assets’.
       
       Changes in the value placed on HSBC’s interest in long-term assurance business are calculated on a post-tax basis and reported gross in the profit and loss account as part of ‘Other operating income’ after adjusting for taxation.
       
       Long-term assurance assets excluding own shares held (see note 27) and liabilities attributable to policyholders are recognised in HSBC’s accounts in ‘Other assets’ and ‘Other liabilities’.
       
    3Dividend income



      2003 2002 2001 
      US$m US$m US$m 
            
     Income from equity shares213 274 184 
     Income from participating interests other than joint ventures      
        and associates9 4 2 
      
     
     
     
      222 278 186 
      
     
     
     
      
    4Analysis of income from dealing in financial instruments

        2003     2002     2002   
      




     




     




     
        Dividend     Dividend     Dividend   
        and net     and net     and net   
      Dealing interest   Dealing  interest    Dealing  interest    
      profits income Total profits  income  Total  profits  income  Total  
      US$m US$m US$m US$m  US$m  US$m  US$m  US$m  US$m  
                        
     Foreign exchange1,239 31 1,270 1,167 43 1,210 1,120 1 1,121 
     Interest rate                  
        derivatives330 16 346 47 (7)40 159 20 179 
     Debt securities251 460 711 75 259 334 311 174 485 
     Equities and other                  
        trading358 198 556 24 186 210 95 75 170 
      
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
      2,178 705 2,883 1,313 481 1,794 1,685 270 1,955 
      
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

    247


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

      

     

    5Administrative expenses

     (a) 2003 2002 2001 
       US$m US$m US$m 
      Staff costs      
             
      – wages and salaries10,434 7,367 7,329 
      – social security costs809 630 613 
      – retirement benefits (Note 5(b) below)868 612 611 
       
     
     
     
       12,111 8,609 8,553 
      Premises and equipment (excluding depreciation)2,331 1,824 1,639 
      Other administrative expenses5,243 3,331 3,279 
       
     
     
     
       19,685 13,764 13,471 
       
     
     
     
      The average number of persons employed by HSBC during the year was made up as follows:      
       2003 2002 2001 
             
      Europe80,541 76,924 77,435 
      Hong Kong23,871 24,452 25,081 
      Rest of Asia-Pacific30,247 27,584 25,142 
      North America58,964 22,262 21,136 
      South America25,663 26,253 27,888 
       
     
     
     
       219,286 177,475 176,682 
       
     
     
     
        
     (b)Retirement benefits
        
      HSBC has continued to account for pensions in accordance with Statement of Standard Accounting Practice (‘SSAP’) 24 ‘Accounting for pension costs’ and the disclosures given in (i) are those required by that standard. FRS 17 ‘Retirement benefits’ was issued in November 2000. Prior to full implementation, which has been deferred until accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2005, phased transitional disclosures are required from 31 December 2001. These disclosures, to the extent not given in (i), are set out in (ii).
        
      (i)HSBC Pension Schemes
        
       HSBC operates some 174 pension schemes throughout the world, covering 88 per cent of HSBC’s employees, with a total pension cost of US$814 million (2002: US$558 million; 2001: US$572 million;), of which US$443 million (2002: US$316 million; 2001: US$349 million) relates to overseas schemes. Of the overseas schemes, US$146 million (2002: US$43 million; 2001: US$31 million) has been determined in accordance with best practice and regulations in the United States and Canada.
        
        Progressively HSBC has been moving to defined contribution schemes for all new employees and this will be the case for all major subsidiaries in 2004.
        
        The majority of the extant schemes are funded defined benefit schemes, which cover 54 per cent of HSBC’s employees, with assets, in the case of most of the larger schemes, held in trust or similar funds separate from HSBC. The pension cost relating to these schemes was US$649 million (2002: US$406 million; 2001: US$428 million) which is assessed in accordance with the advice of qualified actuaries. The schemes are reviewed at least on a triennial basis or in accordance with local practice and regulations. The actuarial assumptions used to calculate the projected benefit obligations of HSBC’s pension schemes vary according to the economic conditions of the countries in which they are situated.
        
        Included in the above figures is the pension cost relating to the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme. This comprises:
        
        2003  
        US$m  
           
       Regular cost217  
       Amortisation of deficit87  
        
      
       Total cost for the year304  
        
      

    248


    Back to Contents

       In the United Kingdom, the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme covers employees of HSBC Bank plc and certain other employees of HSBC. This scheme comprises a funded defined benefit scheme (‘the principal scheme’) which is closed and a defined contribution scheme which was established on 1 July 1996 for new employees. The latest valuation of the principal scheme was made at 31 December 2002 by C G Singer, Fellow of the Institute of Actuaries, of Watson Wyatt LLP. At that date, the market value of the principal scheme’s assets was US$9,302 million. The actuarial value of the assets represented 88 per cent of the benefits accrued to members, after allowing for expected future increases in earnings, and the resulting deficit amounted to US$1,270 million. The method adopted for this valuation was the projected unit method and the main assumptions used were a long-term investment return of 6.85 per cent per annum, salary increases of 3.0 per cent per annum, and post-retirement pension increases of 2.5 per cent per annum.
       
       In anticipation of the above valuation result, HSBC made a payment into the scheme in February 2003 amounting to US$817 million. In addition, following receipt of the valuation results, a further payment of US$137 million was made into the scheme. HSBC has decided to continue ongoing contributions to the scheme at the rate of 20 per cent of pensionable salaries until completion of the next actuarial valuation, due as at 31 December 2005.
       
       The deficit as at 31 December 2002 is being amortised over a thirteen year period, the average remaining service life of the existing employed members. The amortisation is net of the interest benefit from the payments of US$817 million in February and US$137 million in August 2003.
       
       In Hong Kong, the HSBC Group Hong Kong Local Staff Retirement Benefit Scheme covers employees of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited and certain other employees of HSBC. The scheme comprises a funded defined benefit scheme (which is a lump sum scheme) and a defined contribution scheme. The latter was established on 1 January 1999 for new employees. The latest valuation of the defined benefit scheme was made at 31 December 2003 and was performed by E Chiu, Fellow of the Society of Actuaries of the United States of America, of HSBC Life (International) Limited, a subsidiary of HSBC Holdings. At that date, the market value of the defined benefit scheme’s assets was US$883 million. On an ongoing basis, the actuarial value of the scheme’s assets represented 121 per cent of the benefits accrued to members, after allowing for expected future increases in salaries, and the resulting surplus amounted to US$156 million. On a wind-up basis, the actuarial value of the scheme’s assets represents 124 per cent of the members’ vested benefits, based on current salaries, and the resulting surplus amounted to US$169 million. The actuarial method used was the projected unit credit method and the main assumptions used in this valuation were a long-term investment return of 5.5 per cent per annum and salary increases of 4.5 per cent per annum.
       
       In the United States, the HSBC Bank USA Pension Plan (the ‘principal scheme’) covers employees of HSBC Bank USA and certain other employees of HSBC. The latest valuation of the principal scheme was made at 1 January 2003 by R G Gendron and K G Leister, Fellows of the Society of Actuaries, of Hewitt Associates LLC. At that date, the market value of the scheme’s assets was US$878 million. The actuarial value of the assets represented 92 per cent of the benefits accrued to members, after allowing for expected future increases in earnings, and the resulting deficit amounted to US$81 million. This deficit was eliminated by means of contributions made to the scheme in 2003. The method employed for this valuation was the projected unit credit method and the main assumptions used were a discount rate of 6.75 per cent per annum and average salary increases of 3.75 per cent per annum.
       
       The acquisition of Household International brought with it additional retirement benefit schemes. The largest of these is Household International Retirement Income Plan, which comprises a funded defined benefit scheme (the ‘Household principle scheme’) which is closed and a cash balance plan which was established on 1 January 2000.
       
       The last reported actuarial valuation was made as at 1 July 2003. At that date, the market value of the Household principle schemes assets was US$853 million, representing 127 per cent of the benefits accrued to members, after allowing for future increases in earnings. The resulting surplus amounted to US$181 million. The method employed for this valuation was the projected unit credit method and the main

    249


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S    P L C

    Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

      

     

     assumptions used were a discount rate of 8 per cent per annum and average salary increases of 4 per cent per annum.
      
     The HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme, The HSBC Group Hong Kong Local Staff Retirement Benefits Scheme, the HSBC Bank USA Pension Plan and the Household International Retirement Plan cover 41 per cent (2002: 37 per cent; 2001: 42 per cent) of HSBC’s employees.
      
     The pension cost for defined contribution schemes, which cover 34 per cent (2002: 38 per cent; 2001: 41 per cent) of HSBC’s employees, was US$165 million (2002: US$152 million; 2001: US$144 million).
      
    (ii)FRS 17 Retirement Benefits
      
     At 31 December 2003 the assumptions used to calculate scheme liabilities for HSBC’s main defined benefit pension schemes under FRS 17 are:
              
          
    Rate of increase
       
          
    for pensions in
       
      
    payment and
      
    Discount
    Inflation
    deferred
    Rate of pay
      
    rate
    assumption
    pension
    increase
      % % % % 
              
     United Kingdom5.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 
     Hong Kong5.5 
    n/a
     
    n/a
     4.5 
     United States6.25 2.5 
    n/a
     3.75 
     Jersey5.5 2.5 2.5 4.25 
     Mexico10.75 5.0 5.0 7.5 
     Brazil11.30 5.0 5.0 5.11 
     France5.25 2.0 2.0 3.5 
     Other3.5-6.25 1.5-2.0 0-1.5 2.5-3.0 
              
     The variation in discount rates between countries reflects the impact of local economic conditions. 
              
     

    At 31 December 2002 the assumptions used to calculate scheme liabilities for HSBC’s main defined benefit pension schemes under FRS 17 were:

              
      
    Rate of increase
     
      
    for pensions in
     
      
    payment and
     
      
    Discount
    Inflation
    deferred
    Rate of pay
     
      
    rate
    assumption
    pension
    Increase
     
      
    %
     
    %
     
    %
     
    %
     
      
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     United Kingdom
    5.6
     
    2.25
     
    2.25
     
    2.75
     
     Hong Kong
    5.5
     
    n/a
     
    n/a
     
    4.5
     
     United States
    6.75
     
    2.5
     
    n/a
     
    3.75
     
     Jersey
    5.6
     
    2.25
     
    2.25
     
    4.0
     
     Mexico
    10.78
     
    5.0
     
    5.0
     
    7.62
     
     Brazil
    10.25
     
    5.0
     
    5.0
     
    6.05
     
     France
    5.5
     
    2.0
     
    2.0
     
    3.5
     
     Other
    3.75-6.75
     
    1.5-2.0
     
    0-1.5
     
    2.5-3.0
     

    250


    Back to Contents

     At 31 December 2001 the assumptions used to calculate scheme liabilities for HSBC’s main defined benefit pension schemes under FRS 17 were: 
              
      
    Rate of increase
      
    for pensions in
      
    payment and
      
    Discount
    Inflation
    deferred
    Rate of pay
      
    rate
    assumption
    pension
    Increase
      % % % % 
              
     United Kingdom
    5.9
    2.5
    2.5
    3.75
     Hong Kong
    6.5
    n/a
    n/a
    6.0
     United States
    7.25
    2.75
    n/a
    4.0
     Jersey
    5.9
    2.5
    2.5
    4.25
     Brazil
    10.25
    5.0
    5.0
    6.05
     France
    5.5
    2.0
    2.0
    3.5
     Other
    4.5-6.25
    1.5-2.0
    1.5-2.0
    2.5-3.5
            
      The assets in the defined benefit schemes and the expected rates of returns are:     
            
       
     At 31 December 2003  
     
       



     
       
    HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme
     Other schemes   
       
     


     
       
    Expected rate
     
     
    Expected rate
     
     
     
       
    of return
    Value
     
    of return
     
    Value
     
       
    %
    US$m
     
    %
     
    US$m
     
       
     
      Equities
    8.5
    7,232
     
    9.3
     
    2,740
     
      Bonds
    5.0
    3,544
     
    5.6
     
    2,124
     
      Property
    7.0
    1,167
     
    7.0
     
    26
     
      Other
    4.0
    917
     
    3.1
     
    372
     
       
     

     
     
     

     
      Total market value of assets
     
    12,860
     
     
     
    5,262
     
      Present value of scheme liabilities
     
    (16,232
    )
     
     
    (5,514
    )
       
     

     
     
     

     
      Deficit in the schemes
     
    (3,372
    )
     
    (252
    )1
      Related deferred tax asset
     
    1,012
     
     
     
    45
     
       
     

     
     
     

     
      Net pension liability
     
    (2,360
    )
     
     
    (207
    )
       
     

     
     
     
     
     
      Net amounts provided in the balance sheet for unfunded schemes
     
     
     
     
     
    388
     
       
     
     
     
     
     

     
      Net pension asset
     
     
     
     
     
    181
     
       
     
     
     
     
     

     
      
     1Of the deficit in other schemes, US$679 million relates to schemes in deficit and US$427 million relates to schemes in surplus. Of the schemes in deficit, US$514 million relates to unfunded pension schemes in respect of which a provision, net of deferred tax, of US$388 million has been made. In relation to main schemes, there is a surplus of US$156 million in the HSBC Group Hong Kong Local Staff Retirement Benefit Scheme and a surplus of US$112 million in the HSBC Bank USA Pension Plan.
       
     The net pension liability will have a consequent effect on reserves when FRS17 is fully implemented.
       
     The defined benefit section of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme and the HSBC Group Hong Kong Local Staff Retirement Benefit Scheme are closed to new entrants. For these schemes the current service cost will increase under the projected unit credit method as the members of the scheme approach retirement.

     

    251


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

      

     

      
    At 31 December 2002
     
      






     
      HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme Other schemes   
      


     


     
      
    Expected rate
    Expected rate
     
      
    of return
    Value
    of return
    Value
     
      % US$m % US$m 
              
     Equities8.5 5,682 10.75 1,491 
     Bonds5.0 2,032 6.3 1,418 
     Property7.0 1,139   
     Other3.75 415 3.1 402 
        
       
     
     Total market value of assets  9,268   3,311 
     Present value of scheme liabilities  (12,094)  (4,030)
        
       
     
     Deficit in the schemes  (2,826)  (719)1
     Related deferred tax asset  848   150 
        
       
     
     Net pension liability  (1,978)  (569)
        
         
     Net amounts provided in the balance sheet for unfunded schemes      402 
            
     
     Net unprovided pension liability      (167)
            
     
     1Of the deficit in other schemes, US$832 million related to schemes in deficit and US$113 million related to schemes in surplus. Of the schemes in deficit, US$442 million related to unfunded pension schemes in respect of which a provision, net of deferred tax, of US$402 million was made. In relation to main schemes, there was a surplus of US$86 million in the HSBC Group Hong Kong Local Staff Retirement Benefit Scheme and a deficit of US$79 million in the HSBC Bank USA Pension Plan.
              
      
    At 31 December 2001
     
      
     
      HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme Other schemes   
      
     
     
      
    Expected rate
    Expected rate
      
    of return
    Value
    of return
    Value
      % US$m % US$m 
              
     Equities7.5 6,385 9.7 1,652 
     Bonds5.1 1,329 6.0 1,212 
     Property7.5 1,066   
     Other4.0 865 3.4 221 
        
       
     
     Total market value of assets  9,645   3,085 
     Present value of scheme liabilities  (10,736)  (3,739)
        
       
     
     Deficit in the schemes  (1,091)  (654)1
     Related deferred tax asset  327   166 
        
       
     
     Net pension liability  (764)  (488)
        
         
     Net amounts provided in the balance sheet  for unfunded schemes      356 
            
     
     Net unprovided pension liability      (132)
            
     
     1Of the deficit in other schemes, US$738 million related to schemes in deficit and US$84 million related to schemes in surplus. Of the schemes in deficit, US$565 million related to unfunded pension schemes in respect of which a provision, net of deferred tax, of US$356 million was made. In relation to main schemes, there was a surplus of US$17 million in the HSBC Group Hong Kong Local Staff Retirement Benefit Scheme and a deficit of US$48 million in the HSBC Bank USA Pension Plan.
       

     

    252


    Back to Contents

      
     The following amounts would be reflected in the profit and loss account and statement of total consolidated recognised gains and losses on implementation of FRS 17: 
      
      Year ended 31 December  

     2003   2002  

     
         HSBC Bank   HSBC Bank      
    (UK) Pension Other(UK) PensionOther
    Scheme schemesSchemeschemes
    US$m US$mUS$mUS$m
     Amount that would be charged to operating profit        
     Current service cost277 215280 184 
     Past service cost  28    
      
     
     
     
     
     Total operating charge277 243 280 184 
      
     
     
     
     
     Amount that would be credited to other finance income        
     Expected return on pension scheme assets728 304 673 236 
     Interest on pension scheme liabilities(675)(277)(645)(234)
      
     
     
     
     
     Net return53  27 28 2 
      
     
     
     
     
     Amount that would be recognised in the statement of total        
        consolidated recognised gains and losses        
     Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets987 442 (1,825)(510)
     Experience gains and losses arising on the scheme liabilities(195)19  (18)95 
     Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the scheme liabilities(1,978)(184)402 59 
      
     
     
     
     
     Actuarial gain/(loss)(1,186)277 (1,441)(356)
      
     
     
     
     
     Movement in deficit in the pension schemes during the year        
     Deficit in the pension schemes at 1 January(2,826)(719)(1,091)(654)
     Movement in the year:        
     Total operating charge(277)(243)(280)(184)
     Contributions1,189 548 191 445 
     Other finance income53  27 28 2 
     Actuarial gain/(loss)(1,186)277 (1,441)(356)
     Acquisition of subsidiary undertaking  (106) (15 )
     Exchange and other movements(325)(36)(233)43 
      
     
     
     
     
     Deficit in the pension schemes at 31 December(3,372)(252)(2,826)(719)
      
     
     
     
     
     History of experience gains and losses        
     Difference between expected and actual return on scheme assets:        
     – amount987 442 (1,825)(510)
     – percentage of scheme assets8%8%(20%)(15%)
     Experience gains and losses arising on scheme liabilities:        
     – amount(195) 19 (18
    )
    95 
     – percentage of the present value of the scheme liabilities(1%)0.4%(0.1%)2% 
     Total amount recognised in the statement of total consolidated gains and losses:         
     – amount(1,186)277 (1,441)(356)
     – percentage of the present value of the scheme liabilities(7%)5%(12%)(9%)
      
     Most of the employees of HSBC Holdings are members of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme. HSBC Holdings is unable to identify the share of the underlying assets and liabilities of this scheme which are attributable to its employees.
      
    (iii)Post-retirement healthcare benefits
      
     HSBC also provides post-retirement healthcare benefits under schemes, mainly in the United Kingdom and also in the United States, Canada, Mexico and Brazil. The charge relating to these schemes is US$54 million for the year (2002: US$54 million; 2001: US$39 million). The schemes are unfunded, except for the

    253


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Notes onthe Financial Statements (continued)

      
        
        
        
        
       scheme in Mexico which had assets of US$68 million at 31 December 2003 (2002: US$13 million) comprising US$nil in equities (2002: US$2 million), US$52 million in bonds (2002: US$6 million) and US$16 million in cash (2002: US$5 million). The latest full actuarial valuations of the liability were carried out at dates between 31 December 1999 and 31 December 2003 by independent qualified actuaries and have been updated to 31 December 2003 as necessary. These latest actuarial reviews (in accordance with FRS 17) estimated the present value of the accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation at US$850 million (2002: US$491 million; 2001: US$404 million), of which US$656 million (2002: US$366 million; 2001: US$269 million) has been provided and US$68 million (2002: US$13 million) is held in assets in the funded scheme in Mexico. Of the year-end obligation, US$251 million arose on the acquisition of Household International, Inc. The actuarial assumptions used to estimate this obligation vary according to the claims experience and economic conditions of the countries in which the schemes are situated. For the UK schemes, the main financial assumptions used at 31 December 2003 were price inflation of 2.5 per cent per annum (2002: 2.5 per cent), health-care claims cost escalation of 7.5 per cent per annum (2002: 7.5 per cent) and a discount rate of 5.3 per cent per annum (2002: 5.6 per cent).
        
       Under FRS 17, the deferred tax asset related to the unprovided liability of US$126 million (2002: US$112 million) would be US$46 million (2002: US$38 million). The movement in the FRS 17 liability is as follows:
        
           Year ended 31 December   

     
    2003  2002  
    US$mUS$m
            
       Deficit at 1 January(478)(404)
       Current service cost(11)(5)
       Contributions81 15 
       Interest cost on liabilities(49)(28)
       Expected return on scheme assets1  
       Experience gains and losses arising on liabilities32 (21)
       Change in assumptions underlying the present value of scheme liabilities(67)40 
       Actual return less expected return on scheme assets(3) 
       Acquisition of subsidiary undertaking(251)(67)
       Exchange and other movements(37)(8)
        
     
       Deficit at 31 December(782)(478)
       Amounts provided in the balance sheet for unfunded liabilities656 366 
        
     
     
       Unprovided liability at 31 December(126)(112)
       Related deferred tax asset46 38 
        
     
     
       Net unprovided liability at 31 December(80)(74)
        

     
        
     (c)Directors’ emoluments
      The aggregate emoluments of the Directors of HSBC Holdings, computed in accordance with Part I of Schedule 6 of the Act were:
        
       2003 2002 2001 
       US$000 US$000 US$000 
             
      Fees1,525 1,338 1,412 
      Salaries and other emoluments8,712 7,605 7,445 
      Discretionary bonuses9,856 5,636 3,861 
       
     
     
     
       20,093 14,579 12,718 
       
     
     
     
      Gains on the exercise of share options2,066 514 1,990 
       
     
     
     
      Vesting of Restricted Share Plan awards1,728  756 
       
     
     
     
        
      In addition, there were payments under retirement benefit agreements with former Directors of US$557,000 (2002: US$501,000; 2001: US$472,000). The provision as at 31 December 2003 in respect of unfunded pension obligations to former Directors amounted to US$7,273,000 (2002: US$6,942,000; 2001: US$6,281,000).
        

    254


    Back to Contents

        
        
        
        
      During the year, aggregate contributions to pension schemes in respect of Directors were US$1,294,964 (2002: US$1,592,024; 2001: US$1,462,000).
        
      Discretionary bonuses for Directors are based on a combination of individual and corporate performance and are determined by the Remuneration Committee. The cost of the conditional awards under the Restricted Share Plan is recognised through an annual charge based on the likely level of vesting of shares, apportioned over the period of service to which the award relates.
       
      Details of Directors’ remuneration, share options and conditional awards under the Restricted Share Plan are included in the ‘Report of the Directors’ on pages 208 to 210 and ‘Directors’ Remuneration Report’ on pages 213 to 229.
       
     (d)Auditors’ remuneration
       
      Auditors’ remuneration in relation to statutory audit amounted to US$31.7 million (2002: US$24.8 million; 2001: US$24.3 million). The following remuneration was paid by HSBC companies to HSBC’s principal auditor, KPMG Audit Plc and its affiliated firms (‘KPMG’):
       
       2003 2002 2001 
       US$m US$m US$m 
      Audit services      
      Statutory audit30.2 23.5 23.8 
      Audit-related regulatory reporting6.1 5.6 5.6 
       
     
     
     
      Total audit services36.3 29.1 29.4 
       
     
     
     
      Further assurance services6.8 1.3 1.2 
      Tax services3.3 3.3 2.1 
      Other services      
      Financial information technology 0.1 0.8 
      Other services2.5 3.5 3.6 
       
     
     
     
      Total other services2.5 3.6 4.4 
       
     
     
     
      Total fees paid to KPMG48.9 37.3 37.1 
       
     
     
     
            
      All services entered into with KPMG after 5 May 2003 were pre-approved by the Group Audit Committee or were entered into under pre-approval policies established by the Group Audit Committee.
        
      Of fees paid to auditors for non-audit work, US$2.1 million were capitalised (2002: US$0.4 million; 2001: US$0.4 million).
       
      The following is a description of the type of services included within the categories listed above:
        
      Audit-related regulatory reporting services include services for assurance and other services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of financial statements, including comfort letters and interim reviews.
        
      Further assurance services include services for advice on accounting matters, reporting on internal controls not connected with the financial statements, due diligence work and environmental audits.
        
      Tax services include services for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning.
        
      Other services include other assurance and advisory services such as translation services, review of financial models and advice on IT security.
        
      In addition to the above, KPMG estimate they have been paid fees of US$12 million by parties other than HSBC but where HSBC is connected with the contracting party. These fees arise principally in respect of services such as audit of mutual funds managed by HSBC and reviews of the financial position of corporate borrowers where HSBC is a lender.
       

    255


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

      
      
    6Loss from foreign currency redenomination in Argentina


     The Argentine Government have issued and propose to issue bonds as compensation to the banks (including HSBC) who suffered losses as a result of the original redenomination. Certain of these bonds will be issued in exchange for Argentine Government loans which have been fair valued accordingly. The net effect of these transactions largely offset losses in 2003 which arose from continued repayment of certain deposits historically denominated in US dollars at current market rates rather than the pesification rates specified by the Argentine Government.
      
     The losses in 2002 related to the further impact of pesification including revisions to government decrees, renegotiation of banking contracts, and payments made to certain customers who had obtained court orders requiring HSBC to repay their deposits historically denominated in US dollars at the then current market rates rather than the pesification rate specified by the Argentine Government. The loss of US$520 million in 2001 arose on the redenomination by the Argentine Government of certain in-country US dollar assets and liabilities into pesos at various mandatory but different rates of exchange.
      
    Profit on ordinary activities before tax


     Profit on ordinary activities before tax is stated after:
            
      2003 2002 2001 
    US$mUS$mUS$m
     Income      
     Aggregate rentals receivable under      
     – finance leases and hire purchase contracts3,279 2,502 3,458 
     – operating leases553 490 465 
     Income from listed investments4,276 4,361 4,761 
     Profits less losses on debt securities and equities dealing294 19 348 
     Gains on disposal of investment securities396 405 475 
            
     Charges      
     Charges incurred with respect to subordinated liabilities958 862 1,074 
     Finance charges in respect of finance leases and similar hire purchase contracts38 36 27 
     Hire of plant and machinery110 81 90 
     Rentals payable on premises held under operating leases773 548 516 
      
     Gains on the disposal of investments and tangible fixed assets attracted a tax charge of US$84 million (2002: US$86 million; 2001: US$114 million). Of the after-tax amount, US$23 million (2002: US$23 million; 2001: US$18 million) is attributable to minority interests.

    256


    Back to Contents

    8Tax on profit on ordinary activities


     The charge for taxation comprises:
            
      2003 2002 2001 
    US$mUS$mUS$m
     Current taxation      
     United Kingdom corporation tax charge – current year1,819 1,096*1,217 
     United Kingdom corporation tax charge – adjustment in respect of prior years(149)(68)(261)
     Relief for overseas taxation(1,123)(344)*(540)
      
     
     
     
      547 684 416 
     Overseas taxation – current year2,646 1,246 1,638 
     Overseas taxation – adjustment in respect of prior years(56)(29)(68)
     Joint ventures1 (6)(13)
     Associates19 17 26 
      
     
     
     
      3,157 1,912 1,999 
      
     
     
     
     Deferred taxation      
     Origination and reversal of timing differences(5)615 (176)
     Effect of change in tax rate on opening asset(7) 3 
     Adjustment in respect of previous periods(25)7 162 
      
     
     
     
      (37)622 (11)
      
     
     
     
     Total charge for taxation3,120 2,534 1,988 
      
     
     
     
            
     HSBC Holdings and subsidiaries tax charge3,100 2,523 1,975 
     Joint ventures tax charge1 (6)(13)
     Associates tax charge19 17 26 
      
     
     
     
      3,120 2,534 1,988 
      
     
     
     
     *   Figures for 2002 have been restated to reflect in greater detail the effect of underlying taxes attributable to overseas group dividends receivable in the UK. This has no impact on the total tax charge.
         
     HSBC Holdings and its subsidiary undertakings in the United Kingdom provide for UK corporation tax at 30 per cent (2002 and 2001: 30 per cent). Overseas tax includes Hong Kong profits tax of US$483 million (2002: US$408 million; 2001: US$450 million). Subsidiary undertakings in Hong Kong provide for Hong Kong profits tax at the rate of 17.5 per cent (2002 and 2001: 16 per cent) on the profits for the year assessable in Hong Kong. Other overseas subsidiary undertakings and overseas branches provide for taxation at the appropriate rates in the countries in which they operate.
      
      2003 2002 2001 
    US$mUS$mUS$m
     Analysis of overall tax charge      
     Taxation at UK corporate tax rate of 30% (2002 and 2001: 30%)3,845 2,895 2,400 
     Impact of differently taxed overseas profits in principal locations(366)(472)(616)
     Tax free gains(17)(19)(102)
     Argentine losses(25)87 336 
     Goodwill amortisation476 261 263 
     Amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments(331)  
     Prior period adjustments(230)(90)(167)
     Other items(232)(128)(126)
      
     
     
     
     Overall tax credit charge3,120 2,534 1,988 
      
     
     
     
     Timing differences subject to deferred tax      
     Accelerated capital allowances(1)23 (84)
     Timing differences on lease income(187)(90)(97)
     Provision for bad and doubtful debts356 (29)46 
     Relief for losses brought forward52 (125)85 
     Provision for Princeton Note settlement (221)221 
     Other short-term timing differences(183)(180)(160)
      
     
     
     
     Deferred tax credit/(charge)37 (622)11 
      
     
     
     
     Current tax charge3,157 1,912 1,999 
      
     
     
     

    257


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

      
      
     Significant acquisition accounting adjustments arose because certain acquired assets and liabilities were revalued to their fair value on the purchase of Household and HSBC Mexico. The difference between the fair value of assets and liabilities, which is included in the accounts, and the previous book value is amortised to the profit and loss account over the life of the relevant assets and liabilities. The amortisation resulted in a credit to the profit and loss account of US$957 million and there is no tax associated with this adjustment to net income, which therefore reduces the effective tax rate for the year. Although similar adjustments arose in prior years the effect was not significant and is included in ‘Other items’ above.
      
    9Profit of HSBC Holdings
     
      2003 2002 2001 
    US$mUS$mUS$m
            
     Profit on ordinary activities before tax6,097 5,185 3,211 
     Tax credit on profit on ordinary activities116 82 71 
      
     
     
     
     Profit for the financial year attributable to shareholders6,213 5,267 3,282 
      
     
     
     
      
     Profit on ordinary activities before tax includes dividend income from subsidiary undertakings for the years ended 31 December as follows:
      
      2003 2002 2001 
    US$mUS$mUS$m
            
     Bank2,409 1,715 2,156 
     Non-bank3,933 3,745 1,251 
            
    10Dividends


            
    200320022001



    US$ per
    share
     US$mUS$ per
    share
     US$mUS$ per
    share
     US$m
      
     
     
     
     
     
     
     First interim0.240 2,596 0.205 1,932 0.190 1,767 
     Second interim0.120 1,309 0.325 3,069 0.290 2,700 
     Third interim0.240 2,627     
      
     
     
     
     
     
     
      0.600 6,532 0.530 5,001 0.480 4,467 
      
     
     
     
     
     
     
                  
       
     Of the first interim dividend for 2003, US$979 million (2002: US$166 million; 2001: US$129 million) was settled by the issue of shares. Of the second interim dividend for 2002, US$444 million (2001: US$857 million; 2000 US$737 million) was settled by the issue of shares in 2003.
      
    11 Earnings per ordinary share


      
     Basic earnings per ordinary share was calculated by dividing the earnings of US$8,774 million (2002: US$6,239 million; 2001: US$4,992 million) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares, excluding own shares held, outstanding in 2003 of 10,421 million (2002: 9,339 million; 2001: 9,237 million).
      
     Diluted earnings per share was calculated by dividing the basic earnings, which require no adjustment for the effects of dilutive potential ordinary shares, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, excluding own shares held, plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on ordinary conversion of dilutive potential ordinary shares (being share options outstanding not yet exercised) in 2003 of 10,539 million (2002: 9,436 million; 2001: 9,336 million).

    258


    Back to Contents

     The effect of dilutive share options on the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is as follows:
        
      Number of shares (millions)   
      
      
     
      2003 2002 2001 
            
     Average number of shares in issue10,421 9,339 9,237 
     Savings-related Share Option Plan30 30 46 
     Executive Share Option Scheme8 11 4 
     Group Share Option Plan4   
     Restricted Share Plan56 38 27 
     CCF share options14 18 22 
     Household share options6   
      
     
     
     
     Average number of shares in issue assuming dilution10,539 9,436 9,336 
      
     
     
     
      
      Of the total number of employee share options existing at 31 December 2003, 130 million were antidilutive (2002 and 2001: nil).
      
    12 Treasury bills and other eligible bills


      2003 2002 2001 
      US$m US$m US$m 
            
     Treasury bills and similar securities19,193 16,759 17,180 
     Other eligible bills1,198 1,382 791 
      
     
     
     
      20,391 18,141 17,971 
      
     
     
     
      
      Of the total treasury bills and other eligible bills, US$15,799 million (2002: US$12,902 million; 2001: US$12,902 million) are non-trading book investment securities. These are mainly short-term in maturity and are analysed below.
        
      Cost and book
    value
     
      US$m  
        
     At 1 January 2003 12,902 
     Additions 47,687 
     Acquisition of subsidiaries 3 
     Disposals and amounts repaid (46,093)
      Amortisation of discounts and premiums 239 
     Exchange and other movements 1,061 
      
     
     
     At 31 December 2003 15,799 
      
     
     
        
      Non-trading book treasury bills and other eligible bills are all available-for-sale. Their book value, analysed by type of borrower, is as follows:
      
      2003 2002 2001 
      US$m US$m US$m 
            
     US Treasury and Government agencies4,624 2,888 2,303 
     UK Government955 740 3,013 
     Hong Kong Government2,450 2,898 2,181 
     Other governments6,891 5,344 4,907 
     Corporate debt and other securities879 1,032 498 
      
     
     
     
      15,799 12,902 12,902 
      
     
     
     

    259


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

      

     

      The following tables provide an analysis of gross unrealised gains and losses on treasury bills and other eligible bills:
              
              Gross Gross   
      Carrying unrealised unrealised Market 
      value gains losses valuation 
      US$m US$m US$m US$m 
              
     At 31 December 2003        
     US Treasury and Government agencies4,624 2  4,626 
     UK Government955   955 
     Hong Kong Government2,450 2  2,452 
     Other governments6,891 10 (5)6,896 
     Corporate debt and other securities879   879 
      
     
     
     
     
      15,799 14 (5)15,808 
      
     
     
     
     
     At 31 December 2002        
     US Treasury and Government agencies2,888 3  2,891 
     UK Government740   740 
     Hong Kong Government2,898 2  2,900 
     Other governments5,344 8 (1)5,351 
     Corporate debt and other securities1,032   1,032 
      
     
     
     
     
      12,902 13 (1)12,914 
      
     
     
     
     
     31 December 2001        
     US Treasury and Government agencies2,303 1  2,304 
     UK Government3,013 6  3,019 
     Hong Kong Government2,181 2  2,183 
     Other governments4,907 7 (3)4,911 
     Corporate debt and other securities498   498 
      
     
     
     
     
      12,902 16 (3)12,915 
      
     
     
     
     
              
      The amounts shown under ‘other governments’ in the above table includes securities with a book and market value of US$711 million (2002: US$1,122 million) issued by the Government of Japan.
      
      The maturities of available-for-sale treasury bills and other eligible bills at 31 December 2003 are analysed as follows:
          
      Carrying Market 
      value valuation 
      US$m US$m 
          
     1 year or less 15,078 15,103 
     5 years or less but over 1 year676 658 
     10 years or less but over 5 years 45 47 
      
     
     
      15,799 15,808 
      
     
     
          
      The following table provides an analysis of contractual maturities and weighted average yields of available-for-sale treasury bills and other eligible bills as at 31 December 2003.
      
        After one year After five years  
      Within but within but within  
      one year five years ten years  
      
     
     
      
      Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield  
      US$m % US$m % US$m %  
                   
     US Treasury and Government agencies4,613 
    0.9
     11 5.4    
     UK Government649 
    2.4
     306 4.9    
     Hong Kong Government2,450 
    0.3
          
     Other governments6,507 
    2.9
     339 6.6 45 5.0  
     Corporate debt and other securities859 
    1.6
     20 2.7    
      
     
     
     
       
        
      15,078 
     
     676   45    
      
       
       
        

    260


    Back to Contents

    13Hong Kong currency notes in circulation


      The Hong Kong currency notes in circulation are secured by the deposit of funds in respect of which the Government of Hong Kong certificates of indebtedness are held.
      
    14Credit risk management


     HSBC’s credit risk management process is discussed in the ‘Financial Review’ in the section headed ‘Credit risk management’ on pages 136 to 138, ending with the sentence ‘Internal audit will discuss with management ….assigned to the facilities concerned’.
      
    15Loans and advances to banks


       2003 2002 
       US$m US$m 
          
     Remaining maturity:    
      Repayable on demand25,289 19,211 
      3 months or less but not repayable on demand77,188 63,526 
      1 year or less but over 3 months10,879 9,536 
      5 years or less but over 1 year1,454 1,211 
      Over 5 years2,387 2,035 
     Specific bad and doubtful debt provisions (Note 17)(24)(23)
       
     
     
       117,173 95,496 
       
     
     
     Amounts include:    
      Due from associates    
      – unsubordinated21 53 
       
     
     
           
    16Loans and advances to customers    


       2003 2002 
       US$m US$m 
          
     Remaining maturity:    
      Repayable on demand or at short notice60,331 48,463 
      3 months or less but not repayable on demand or at short notice94,001 74,193 
      1 year or less but over 3 months63,648 41,444 
      5 years or less but over 1 year142,814 97,068 
      Over 5 years181,874 100,293 
     General and specific bad and doubtful debt provisions (Note 17)(13,691)(9,117)
       
     
     
       528,977 352,344 
       
     
     
     Amounts include:    
      Subordinated advances202 187 
      Securitised advances not qualifying for linked presentation under FRS 5    
            (‘Reporting the substance of transactions’)26,640 655 
      Due from joint ventures    
      Unsubordinated65 61 
      Due from associates    
      Subordinated35 29 
      Unsubordinated464 460 
           
      Loans and advances to customers included US$824 million (2002: US$155 million) of repossessed real estate and other assets.
      

    261


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

      

    Securitisation transactions

    Loans and advances to customers include balances that have been securitised. Certain of these balances meet the requirements for linked presentation under FRS 5 ‘Reporting the substance of transactions’.

    The non-recourse finance has been netted against customer loans as follows:

     2003
    US$m
     2002
    US$m
     
     
        
    Customer loans2,555 2,294
    Non-recourse finance(2,291)(2,049)
     
     
     
    Funding provided by HSBC264 245
     
     
     

    Clover Funding Securitisation

    HSBC has securitised a designated portion of its corporate loan portfolio. The transaction was effected through a declaration of trust in favour of Clover Securitisation Limited. Clover Securitisation Limited holds its beneficial interest in the trust for Clover Funding No. 1 plc, Clover Funding No. 2 plc, Clover Funding No. 3 plc, Clover Funding No. 4 plc (collectively ‘Clover Funding’) and HSBC.

    To fund the acquisition of this beneficial interest, Clover Funding has issued US$2,541 million (2002: US$2,294 million) floating rate notes (‘FRNs’). Clover Funding No.2 plc is in scheduled accumulation and has collected US$395 million (2002: US$nil) to repay its outstanding Notes in April 2004. The offering circulars for the FRNs stated that they are the obligations of Clover Funding only and are not guaranteed by, or the responsibility of, any other party.

    Non-returnable proceeds of US$1,882 million (2002: US$2,049 million) received by HSBC from Clover Funding have been deducted from ‘Loans and advances to customers’. Clover Securitisation Limited has entered into swap agreements with HSBC under which Clover Securitisation Limited pays the floating rate of interest on the loans and receives interest linked to three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (‘LIBOR’). The proceeds generated from the loans are used in priority to meet the claims of the FRN holders, and amounts payable in respect of the interest rate swap arrangements after the payment of trustee and administration expenses.

    There is no provision whatsoever, either in the financing arrangements or otherwise, whereby HSBC has a right or obligation either to keep the loans and advances on repayment of the finance or to repurchase them at any time other than in certain circumstances where HSBC is in breach of warranty.

    HSBC is not obliged to support any losses that may be suffered by the FRN holders and does not intend to provide such support.

    HSBC has taken up US$73 million (2002: US$66 million) of subordinated FRNs that are repayable after payments in respect of senior FRNs. HSBC has made subordinated loans of US$46 million (2002: US$42 million) to Clover Funding that are repayable after all other payments. Interest is payable on the subordinated FRNs and subordinated loans conditional upon Clover Funding having funds available.

    Clover Securitisation Limited’s entire share capital is held by Clover Holdings Limited. Clover Funding’s entire share capital is held by Clover Holdings Limited. Clover Holdings Limited’s entire share capital is held by trustees under the terms of a trust for charitable purposes.

    HSBC recognised net income of US$7 million (2002: US$4 million) which comprised US$108 million (2002: US$96 million) of interest receivable by Clover Funding less US$101 million (2002: US$92 million) of interest on FRNs and other third party expenses payable by Clover Funding.

    HFC Bank Limited Securitisations

    HSBC, through its wholly-owned subsidiary company, HFC Bank Limited (formerly HFC Bank plc) (‘HFC Bank’), has securitised certain amounts of its personal loan portfolios. The transactions were effected through equitable assignment of those loans to receivables trusts, beneficial interests in which were purchased by several special purpose companies.

    262


    Back to Contents

    To fund the acquisition of these beneficial interests, the special purpose companies have issued asset backed notes, discounted notes, and subordinated loans, or have received funds on-lent by other companies that have issued such securities and loans for this purpose. Certain of the notes issued were credit enhanced by a third party to provide the required ratings at the time of issue. The securitisation documentation sets out the acknowledgement by the special purpose companies that they will seek to repay their financing only to the extent that repayment is funded by the proceeds generated by the securitised personal loans, and that they will not seek recourse in any other form from HFC Bank.

    As at 31 December 2003 non-returnable proceeds of US$409 million received by HFC Bank from the receivables trusts have been deducted from ‘Loans and advances to customers’. Certain of the special purpose companies have entered into swap agreements with HFC Bank (via a third party swap provider) under which the special purpose companies pay the fixed rate of interest on the personal loans and receive a floating interest rate. The proceeds generated from the loans are used in priority to meet the claims of the note holders and other lenders, and amounts payable in respect of the interest rate swap arrangements after the payment of trustee and administration expenses. HFC Bank is entitled to any residual income from the personal loans after the claims of the note-holders, other lenders and swap counterparties are met.

    Under the terms of the securitisation agreements, during the initial periods of the securitisations, HFC Bank was able to substitute securitised loans that were prepaid or expired with further loans that met the same criteria as those originally securitised. In the period since the acquisition of HFC Bank by HSBC, the special purpose companies acquired US$94 million of qualifying personal loans from HFC Bank under these arrangements. These initial periods have now expired, and further substitutions are no longer possible.

    There is no provision whatsoever, either in the financing arrangements or otherwise, whereby HFC Bank has a right or obligation either to keep the loans and advances on repayment of the finance or to repurchase them at any time other than in certain circumstances where HFC Bank is in breach of warranty.

    HFC Bank is not obliged to support any losses that may be suffered by the note-holders and does not intend to provide such support.

    The entire share capital of the special purpose companies is indirectly held by trustees under the terms of a trust for charitable purposes.

    263


    Back to Contents

    H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

    Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)

      

     In the period since the acquisition of HFC Bank by HSBC, HFC Bank recognised net income of US$33 million from these personal loan securitisations.
      
    17Provisions for bad and doubtful debts


     Provisions against advances     
     
       
        Specific